Foreword

This manual covers all models of the ASTRO® 25 Subscribers, APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li / 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li
Mobile Radios, unless otherwise specified. They will be called as APX Mobile Radios throughout this manual, unless they
are categorized specifically. It includes all the information necessary to maintain peak product performance and maximum
working time, using levels 1 and 2 maintenance procedures. This level of service goes down to the board replacement level
and is typical of some local service centers, self-maintained customers, and distributors.
For details on radio operation or component-level troubleshooting, refer to the applicable manuals available separately. A
list of related publications is provided in the section “Related Publications”, on page xxviii.

Product Safety and RF Exposure Compliance

ATTENTION! Before using this radio, read the guide enclosed with your
radio, which contains important operating instructions for
safe usage and RF energy awareness and control for
compliance with applicable standards and regulations.

For a list of Motorola-approved antennas, batteries, and other accessories, visit the following web site,
which lists approved accessories: http://www.motorolasolutions.com.

Manual Revisions
Changes which occur after this manual is printed are described in PMRs (Publication Manual Revisions). These PMRs
provide complete replacement pages for all added, changed, and deleted items. To obtain PMRs, go to
https://businessonline.motorolasolutions.com.

Computer Software Copyrights

The Motorola products described in this manual may include copyrighted Motorola computer programs stored in
semiconductor memories or other media. Laws in the United States and other countries preserve for Motorola certain
exclusive rights for copyrighted computer programs, including, but not limited to, the exclusive right to copy or reproduce in
any form the copyrighted computer program. Accordingly, any copyrighted Motorola computer programs contained in the
Motorola products described in this manual may not be copied, reproduced, modified, reverse-engineered, or distributed in
any manner without the express written permission of Motorola. Furthermore, the purchase of Motorola products shall not
be deemed to grant either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license under the copyrights, patents or
patent applications of Motorola, except for the normal non-exclusive license to use that arises by operation of law in the
sale of a product.

Document Copyrights
No duplication or distribution of this document or any portion thereof shall take place without the express written permission
of Motorola. No part of this manual may be reproduced, distributed, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic
or mechanical, for any purpose without the express written permission of Motorola.

Disclaimer
The information in this document is carefully examined, and is believed to be entirely reliable. However, no responsibility is
assumed for inaccuracies. Furthermore, Motorola reserves the right to make changes to any products herein to improve
readability, function, or design. Motorola does not assume any liability arising out of the applications or use of any product
or circuit described herein; nor does it cover any license under its patent rights nor the rights of others.

Trademarks
MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective
owners.
© 2009 – 2013 Motorola Solutions, Inc.All rights reserved.
Notes
 v

Document History
The following major changes have been implemented in this manual since the previous edition:

Edition Description Date

6875964M01-A Initial Release Oct. 2009

6875964M01-B Added O9 Control Head information Jun. 2010

6875964M01-C Added APX 6500, UHF R1 and 700–800 MHz, Dec. 2010
UHF R2, 700–800 model charts

6875964M01-D -Added UHF R2, 700–800 model charts Sept. 2011

-Added APX 5500, UHF and VHF model charts

6875964M01-E Updated model charts Dec. 2011

6875964M01-F Added APX 6500Li in model charts Jan. 2012

6875964M01-G Added O2 and O7 Control Head Jun. 2012

6875964M01-H Added APX 2500 / 4500 World Wide Mobile radio Nov. 2012
information.

6875964M01-J -Added APX 2500 / 4500 U1 and U2 information Jun. 2013

-Added APX 4500Li information.
-Added new service kit part number for O3
Control Head, in table 11-3

6875964M01-J
vi

Notes

6875964M01-J
Table of Contents vii

Table of Contents

Foreword ........................................................................................................iii
Product Safety and RF Exposure Compliance ........................................................................................... iii
Manual Revisions ....................................................................................................................................... iii
Computer Software Copyrights .................................................................................................................. iii
Document Copyrights ................................................................................................................................. iii
Disclaimer................................................................................................................................................... iii
Trademarks ................................................................................................................................................ iii

Document History ......................................................................................... v

Commercial Warranty ...............................................................................xxix

Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications.......................................xxxi

Mobile Radio Model Numbering Scheme ............................................................................................... xxxi
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart ............................... xxxii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.) ...................xxxiii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.) .................. xxxiv
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.) ................... xxxv
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.) .................. xxxvi
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.) ..................xxxvii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.) .................xxxviii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.) .................. xxxix
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.) ........................xl
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart.................................... xli
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.)....................... xlii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.)...................... xliii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.)...................... xliv
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.)....................... xlv
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.)...................... xlvi
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.)..................... xlvii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.).....................xlviii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.)...................... xlix
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model Chart.......................................l
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model Chart (Cont.)..........................li
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model Chart (Cont.)......................... lii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model Chart (Cont.)........................ liii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model Chart (Cont.)........................ liv
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model Chart (Cont.).........................lv
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model Chart (Cont.)........................ lvi
ASTRO APX 5500/ APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model Chart (Cont.)...................... lvii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model Chart (Cont.)...................... lviii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart................................................... lix
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)........................................lx
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)....................................... lxi
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)...................................... lxii

6875964M01-J
viii Table of Contents

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)..................................... lxiii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)..................................... lxiv
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)......................................lxv
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)..................................... lxvi
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.).................................... lxvii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart ..................................... lxviii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart (Cont.) ........................... lxix
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................lxx
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart (Cont.) ........................... lxxi
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart (Cont.) .......................... lxxii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart (Cont.) ......................... lxxiii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart (Cont.) ......................... lxxiv
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart (Cont.) .......................... lxxv
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart (Cont.) ......................... lxxvi
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart................................................... lxxvii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart (Cont.).......................................lxxviii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart (Cont.)........................................ lxxix
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart (Cont.)......................................... lxxx
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart (Cont.)........................................ lxxxi
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart (Cont.)....................................... lxxxii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart (Cont.).......................................lxxxiii
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart (Cont.)...................................... lxxxiv
ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart (Cont.)....................................... lxxxv
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart ................................................................................... lxxxvi
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) .......................................................................lxxxvii
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) ......................................................................lxxxviii
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) ....................................................................... lxxxix
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................................................................xc
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................................................................xci
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) ........................................................................... xcii
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) .......................................................................... xciii
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) .......................................................................... xciv
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart ...........................................................................................xcv
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................................................................. xcvi
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................................................................. xcvii
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................................................................ xcviii
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................................................................. xcix
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont.) .................................................................................. c
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont.) ..................................................................................ci
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont.) .................................................................................cii
ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont.) ................................................................................ ciii
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart.........................................................................civ
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)..............................................................cv
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.).............................................................cvi
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)............................................................ cvii
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)........................................................... cviii
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.).............................................................cix
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)..............................................................cx
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.).............................................................cxi
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)............................................................ cxii
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart ........................................... cxiii
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)................................ cxiv
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.).................................cxv
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)................................ cxvi

6875964M01-J
Table of Contents ix

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)............................... cxvii
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)...............................cxviii
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)................................ cxix
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)................................. cxx
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)................................ cxxi
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart ........................................... cxxii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) ...............................cxxiii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................. cxxiv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................... cxxv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................. cxxvi
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) ..............................cxxvii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................cxxviii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................. cxxix
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................... cxxx
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart ............................................... cxxxi
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont) ....................................cxxxii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont) ...................................cxxxiii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont) ...................................cxxxiv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont) ................................... cxxxv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont) ...................................cxxxvi
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont) ..................................cxxxvii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont) ................................. cxxxviii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont) ...................................cxxxix
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart ........................................... cxl
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................. cxli
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................. cxlii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................cxliii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................ cxliv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................. cxlv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................ cxlvi
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................cxlvii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ...........................cxlviii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart ............................................................................ cxlix
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont) ......................................................................cl
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont) ..................................................................... cli
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont) .................................................................... clii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont) ................................................................... cliii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont) ................................................................... cliv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont) .................................................................... clv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont) ................................................................... clvi
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont) .................................................................. clvii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart .................................................clviii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont) ....................................... clix
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont) ........................................ clx
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont) ....................................... clxi
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont) ...................................... clxii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont) ......................................clxiii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont) ..................................... clxiv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont) ...................................... clxv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont) ..................................... clxvi
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart ...........................................clxvii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) ..............................clxviii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................... clxix
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) ................................ clxx

6875964M01-J
x Table of Contents

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................... clxxi
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................. clxxii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) ..............................clxxiii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................. clxxiv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................. clxxv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart ................................................................... clxxvi
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.) ........................................................clxxvii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.) .......................................................clxxviii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.) ........................................................ clxxix
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.) ......................................................... clxxx
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.) ........................................................ clxxxi
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.) ........................................................clxxxii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.) .......................................................clxxxiii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.) .......................................................clxxxiv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart ....................................................................... clxxxv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart (Cont.) ...........................................................clxxxvi
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart (Cont.) ..........................................................clxxxvii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart (Cont.) ......................................................... clxxxviii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart (Cont.) ...........................................................clxxxix
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart (Cont.) ................................................................cxc
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................................................... cxci
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................................................. cxcii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................................................. cxciii
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart.............................................. cxciv
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont).................................... cxcv
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont)................................... cxcvi
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont).................................. cxcvii
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont)..................................cxcviii
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont)................................... cxcix
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont)........................................cc
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont).......................................cci
ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont)...................................... ccii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart ........................................ cciii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................ cciv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................ccv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................ ccvi
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart (Cont.) ........................... ccvii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart (Cont.) .......................... ccviii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................ ccix
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................ccx
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................ ccxi
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart ................................................... ccxii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont) ....................................... ccxiii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont) ....................................... ccxiv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont) ........................................ ccxv
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont) ....................................... ccxvi
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont) ...................................... ccxvii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont) ......................................ccxviii
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont) ....................................... ccxix
ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont) ........................................ ccxx
ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart .......................................................................................... ccxxi
ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................................................................. ccxxii
ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................................................................ccxxiii
ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................................................................ ccxxiv

6875964M01-J
Table of Contents xi

ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.)............................................................................. ccxxv

ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.).............................................................................ccxxvi
ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.)............................................................................ccxxvii
ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.)........................................................................... ccxxviii
ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.).............................................................................ccxxix
ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.)............................................................................. ccxxx
ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.).............................................................................ccxxxi
ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.)............................................................................ccxxxii
ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart.................................................................. ccxxxiii
ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)......................................................ccxxxiv
ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.).......................................................ccxxxv
ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)......................................................ccxxxvi
ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)..................................................... ccxxxvii
ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.).................................................... ccxxxviii
ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)......................................................ccxxxix
ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)........................................................... ccxl
ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.).......................................................... ccxli
ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)..........................................................ccxlii
ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.).........................................................ccxliii
ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.).........................................................ccxliv
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart ........................................................................... ccxlv
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.) ...............................................................ccxlvi
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.) ..............................................................ccxlvii
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................................................. ccxlviii
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.) ...............................................................ccxlix
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.) ................................................................... ccl
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.) .................................................................. ccli
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.) ................................................................. cclii
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.) .................................................................ccliii
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.) ................................................................ ccliv
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.) ................................................................. cclv
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.) ................................................................ cclvi
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart ............................................................................cclvii
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ...............................................................cclviii
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ................................................................ cclix
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ................................................................. cclx
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ................................................................ cclxi
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ................................................................cclxii
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ...............................................................cclxiii
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ...............................................................cclxiv
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................................................... cclxv
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ...............................................................cclxvi
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ..............................................................cclxvii
ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................................................. cclxviii
ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart .................................................................cclxix
ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) ..................................................... cclxx
ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) .....................................................cclxxi
ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) ....................................................cclxxii
ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) ................................................... cclxxiii
ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) ...................................................cclxxiv
ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) ....................................................cclxxv
ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) ...................................................cclxxvi
ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) .................................................. cclxxvii
ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) ................................................. cclxxviii

6875964M01-J
xii Table of Contents

ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart ..........................................cclxxix
ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................. cclxxx
ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) ..............................cclxxxi
ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................cclxxxii
ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................ cclxxxiii
ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................cclxxxiv
ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) .............................cclxxxv
ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) ............................cclxxxvi
ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) ........................... cclxxxvii
ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.) .......................... cclxxxviii
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart...............................................cclxxxix
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)........................................ ccxc
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)....................................... ccxci
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)...................................... ccxcii
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)......................................ccxciii
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)..................................... ccxciv
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)...................................... ccxcv
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)..................................... ccxcvi
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.).....................................ccxcvii
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)....................................ccxcviii
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart................................................. ccxcix
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)..........................................ccc
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)......................................... ccci
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)........................................ cccii
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)....................................... ccciii
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)....................................... ccciv
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)........................................ cccv
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)....................................... cccvi
ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)...................................... cccvii
VHF Radio Specifications ....................................................................................................................cccviii
UHF R1 Radio Specifications ................................................................................................................ cccx
UHF R2 Radio Specifications .............................................................................................................. cccxii
700–800 MHz Radio Specifications ................................................................................................... cccxiv

Chapter 1 Introduction ......................................................................... 1-1

1.1 Manual Notations ......................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.2 Radio Description......................................................................................................................... 1-2
1.3 FLASHport® ...................................................................................................................................................................1-4
1.4 O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Descriptions .............................................................................. 1-5
1.4.1 O2 Control Head.............................................................................................................. 1-5
1.4.2 O2 Controls...................................................................................................................... 1-5
1.4.3 O3 Control Head.............................................................................................................. 1-6
1.4.4 O3 Controls...................................................................................................................... 1-6
1.4.5 O5 Control Head.............................................................................................................. 1-7
1.4.6 O5 Controls...................................................................................................................... 1-7
1.4.7 O7 Control Head.............................................................................................................. 1-8
1.4.8 O7 Controls...................................................................................................................... 1-8
1.4.9 O9 Control Head.............................................................................................................. 1-9
1.4.10 O9 Controls...................................................................................................................... 1-9
1.5 P25 Digital Vehicular Repeater System (DVRS) ....................................................................... 1-10

6875964M01-J
Table of Contents xiii

Chapter 2 Basic Maintenance.............................................................. 2-1

2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 2-1
2.2 Preventive Maintenance .............................................................................................................. 2-1
2.2.1 Inspection ........................................................................................................................ 2-1
2.2.2 Cleaning Procedures ....................................................................................................... 2-2
2.2.2.1 Cleaning External Plastic Surfaces .................................................................. 2-2
2.2.2.2 Cleaning Internal Circuit Boards and Components .......................................... 2-2
2.2.3 General Radio Care and Handling Precautions .............................................................. 2-2
2.2.4 RF Power Amplifier (RF PA) Heatsinking........................................................................ 2-3
2.3 Safe Handling of CMOS and LDMOS Devices ............................................................................ 2-3

Chapter 3 Basic Theory of Operation ................................................. 3-1

3.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 3-1
3.2 General Overview ........................................................................................................................ 3-1
3.3 Controller Board........................................................................................................................... 3-2
3.3.1 Introduction...................................................................................................................... 3-2
3.3.2 Location ........................................................................................................................... 3-4
3.3.3 Microprocessor / Memory ................................................................................................ 3-8
3.3.3.1 Microprocessor ................................................................................................. 3-8
3.3.3.2 FLASH IC ......................................................................................................... 3-8
3.3.3.3 SDRAM IC ........................................................................................................ 3-8
3.3.4 Voltage Distribution / Power On/Off................................................................................. 3-9
3.3.4.1 Voltage Distribution for Controller and RF Board ........................................... 3-10
3.3.4.2 Power On/Off .................................................................................................. 3-10
3.3.4.3 Emergency ..................................................................................................... 3-10
3.3.5 Audio Circuitry ............................................................................................................... 3-11
3.3.5.1 RX Audio Path ................................................................................................ 3-11
3.3.5.2 TX Audio Path ................................................................................................ 3-11
3.3.6 Secure ........................................................................................................................... 3-12
3.3.7 GPS Overview ............................................................................................................... 3-13
3.3.8 Serial Interfaces............................................................................................................. 3-14
3.3.9 Accessory Power........................................................................................................... 3-17
3.4 Option Board Assembly ............................................................................................................. 3-17
3.4.1 Managed NAND ............................................................................................................ 3-18
3.4.2 Forced Fail Functionality ............................................................................................... 3-18
3.4.3 3-Day Secure Key Retention ......................................................................................... 3-18
3.5 O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Assembly ................................................................................ 3-18
3.5.1 OMAP Microcontroller ................................................................................................... 3-19
3.5.2 Field-Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) ...................................................................... 3-19
3.5.3 Controller Area Network (CAN) Transceivers................................................................ 3-19
3.5.4 Power Management ...................................................................................................... 3-20
3.5.5 SPI Controller ................................................................................................................ 3-21
3.5.6 Flash IC ......................................................................................................................... 3-21
3.5.7 SDRAM IC ..................................................................................................................... 3-21
3.5.8 Color Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) module for O3 ........................................................ 3-21
3.5.9 Bi-Color Backlit BW Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) module for O5 ................................. 3-22
3.5.10 TFT Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) module for O9 .......................................................... 3-22
3.5.11 TFT Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) module for O2 and O7 ............................................. 3-22
3.5.12 O3 Remote Mount ......................................................................................................... 3-23
3.5.13 O2 and O7 Remote Mount ............................................................................................ 3-24
3.5.14 O9 and Transceiver Interface ........................................................................................ 3-25

6875964M01-J
xiv Table of Contents

3.5.15 Vehicle Interface Port (VIP) ........................................................................................... 3-26

3.5.15.1 O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Remote-Mount ................................................................... 3-26
3.5.15.2 O5 Dash-Mount (Mid Power Only).................................................................. 3-28
3.5.16 Data Entry Keyboard (DEK)........................................................................................... 3-29
3.5.17 CAN Termination Section .............................................................................................. 3-31
3.6 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB) ........................................................................................ 3-32
3.6.1 FPGA Section ................................................................................................................ 3-33
3.6.2 Audio Section................................................................................................................. 3-33
3.6.3 Power Section................................................................................................................ 3-33
3.6.4 Connectivity Section ...................................................................................................... 3-33
3.7 O2/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Universal Connector (CHUC) ....................................................... 3-34
3.8 O9 Universal Relay Controller Operation................................................................................... 3-35
3.8.1 Universal Relay Controller Architecture......................................................................... 3-35
3.8.2 Controller Section .......................................................................................................... 3-36
3.8.3 Power Management Section.......................................................................................... 3-36
3.8.4 Power Relays Section.................................................................................................... 3-36
3.9 Transceiver Interface Board (TIB).............................................................................................. 3-37
3.9.1 Quick Disconnect Circuit................................................................................................ 3-37
3.10 Analog Mode of Operation ......................................................................................................... 3-38
3.10.1 Receive Operation ......................................................................................................... 3-38
3.10.2 Transmit Operation ........................................................................................................ 3-38
3.11 ASTRO Mode of Operation ........................................................................................................ 3-38
3.12 Radio Frequency Transceiver Board (RF Board) ...................................................................... 3-39
3.12.1 Radio-Frequency Power Amplifier (RF PA) & Output Network (ON)............................. 3-39
3.12.2 Gain Stages ................................................................................................................... 3-39
3.12.3 Power Control ................................................................................................................ 3-39
3.12.4 Circuit Protection ........................................................................................................... 3-39
3.12.5 DC Interconnect............................................................................................................. 3-40
3.13 VHF Receiver Overview............................................................................................................. 3-40
3.13.1 Receiver Front-End........................................................................................................ 3-40
3.13.2 Mixer .............................................................................................................................. 3-40
3.13.3 IF Circuitry ..................................................................................................................... 3-40
3.13.4 Receiver Back-End ........................................................................................................ 3-41
3.14 UHF R1 & R2 Receiver Overview .............................................................................................. 3-41
3.14.1 Receiver Front-End........................................................................................................ 3-41
3.14.2 Mixer .............................................................................................................................. 3-41
3.14.3 IF Circuitry ..................................................................................................................... 3-41
3.14.4 Receiver Back-End ........................................................................................................ 3-42
3.15 700–800 MHz Receiver Overview ............................................................................................. 3-42
3.15.1 Receiver Front-End........................................................................................................ 3-42
3.15.2 Mixer .............................................................................................................................. 3-42
3.15.3 IF Circuitry ..................................................................................................................... 3-42
3.15.4 Receiver Back-End ........................................................................................................ 3-42
3.16 Frequency Generation Unit ........................................................................................................ 3-43

Chapter 4 Test Equipment, Service Aids, and Tools......................... 4-1

4.1 Recommended Test Equipment .................................................................................................. 4-1
4.2 Service Aids and Recommended Tools ....................................................................................... 4-3
4.3 APX Mobile Radios Field Programming and Equipment ............................................................. 4-5

6875964M01-J
Table of Contents xv

Chapter 5 Performance Checks .......................................................... 5-1

5.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 5-1
5.2 Test Setup ................................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.3 Test Mode .................................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.3.1 Entering Test Mode ......................................................................................................... 5-1
5.3.2 RF Test Mode.................................................................................................................. 5-3
5.3.3 O2 Control Head Test Mode............................................................................................ 5-5
5.3.4 O3 Control Head Test Mode............................................................................................ 5-6
5.3.5 O5 Control Head Test Mode............................................................................................ 5-7
5.3.6 O7 Control Head Test Mode............................................................................................ 5-8
5.3.7 O9 Control Head Test Mode............................................................................................ 5-9
5.4 Receiver Performance Checks .................................................................................................. 5-10
5.5 Transmitter Performance Checks .............................................................................................. 5-11

Chapter 6 Radio Alignment Procedures............................................. 6-1

6.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 6-1
6.2 ASTRO APX Mobile Radio Tuner Software................................................................................. 6-1
6.3 Radio Information ........................................................................................................................ 6-3
6.4 Transmitter Alignments ................................................................................................................ 6-3
6.4.1 PA Bias 1 Alignment........................................................................................................ 6-3
6.4.2 PA Bias 2 Alignment........................................................................................................ 6-5
6.4.3 PA Bias 3 Alignment........................................................................................................ 6-7
6.4.4 Reference Oscillator Alignment ....................................................................................... 6-8
6.4.5 Power Detector Calibration............................................................................................ 6-10
6.4.6 Tx Power Characterization ............................................................................................ 6-11
6.4.7 Tx Current Limit ............................................................................................................. 6-13
6.4.7.1 Tx Voltage Limit .............................................................................................. 6-14
6.4.8 Tx Deviation Balance (Compensation) .......................................................................... 6-16
6.5 Performance Testing ................................................................................................................. 6-18
6.5.1 Bit Error Rate (BER) Test .............................................................................................. 6-18
6.5.2 Transmitter Test Pattern................................................................................................ 6-19

Chapter 7 Encryption ........................................................................... 7-1

7.1 Motorola Advanced Crypto Engine Secure Options .................................................................... 7-1
7.1.1 Secure Key Retention...................................................................................................... 7-1
7.1.2 Secure Dispatch Operation ............................................................................................. 7-2
7.1.3 Secure Emergency Operation ......................................................................................... 7-2
7.2 Load an Encryption Key............................................................................................................... 7-2
7.3 Advanced Secure Operation........................................................................................................ 7-3
7.3.1 Multikey Operation........................................................................................................... 7-3
7.4 Erase a Single Key ...................................................................................................................... 7-3
7.5 Erase All Keys ............................................................................................................................. 7-4
7.6 Over-the-Air Rekeying ................................................................................................................. 7-4

Chapter 8 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures ............................. 8-1

8.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 8-1
8.2 Replacement Procedures ............................................................................................................ 8-1
8.2.1 Required Tools and Supplies .......................................................................................... 8-1

6875964M01-J
xvi Table of Contents

8.2.2 O2 Control Head Disassembly ........................................................................................ 8-2

8.2.3 O2 Control Head Reassembly ......................................................................................... 8-4
8.2.4 O3 Control Head Disassembly ........................................................................................ 8-6
8.2.5 O3 Control Head Reassembly ......................................................................................... 8-9
8.2.6 O5 Control Head Disassembly ........................................................................................ 8-9
8.2.7 O5 Control Head Reassembly ....................................................................................... 8-10
8.2.8 O7 Control Head Disassembly ...................................................................................... 8-10
8.2.9 O7 Control Head Reassembly ....................................................................................... 8-12
8.2.10 O9 Control Head Disassembly ...................................................................................... 8-14
8.2.11 O9 Control Head Reassembly ....................................................................................... 8-20
8.2.12 O9 Universal Relay Controller Disassembly.................................................................. 8-26
8.2.13 O9 Universal Relay Controller Reassembly .................................................................. 8-28
8.2.14 O9 Universal Relay Controller Cable Assembly ............................................................ 8-29
8.2.14.1 Power Cable ................................................................................................... 8-29
8.2.14.2 Ground Cable ................................................................................................. 8-29
8.2.14.3 Wires............................................................................................................... 8-30
8.2.14.4 O9 to URC Cable............................................................................................ 8-31
8.2.15 Transceiver Interface Board Disassembly/Reassembly ................................................ 8-32
8.2.15.1 Mid Power Model Disassembly....................................................................... 8-32
8.2.15.2 High Power Model Disassembly ..................................................................... 8-32
8.2.15.3 TIB Model Reassembly................................................................................... 8-33
8.2.16 Radio Disassembly ........................................................................................................ 8-35
8.2.16.1 APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 7500/APX 6500Li Mid Power Models................... 8-35
8.2.16.2 APX 2500/4500/4500Li Mid Power Models .................................................... 8-47
8.2.16.3 High Power Models......................................................................................... 8-55
8.2.16.4 O2 Radio Disassembly ................................................................................... 8-62
8.2.16.5 O7 Radio Disassembly ................................................................................... 8-66
8.2.16.6 TIB Disassembly............................................................................................. 8-69
8.2.17 Radio Reassembly......................................................................................................... 8-72
8.2.17.1 APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 7500/APX 6500Li Mid Power Models................... 8-72
8.2.17.2 APX 2500/4500/4500Li Mid Power Models .................................................... 8-86
8.2.17.3 High Power Models......................................................................................... 8-95
8.2.17.4 O2 Radio Reassembly .................................................................................. 8-104
8.2.17.5 O7 Radio Reassembly .................................................................................. 8-107
8.2.17.6 TIB Reassembly ........................................................................................... 8-110
8.3 Chassis Thermal Pad Replacement Procedure ....................................................................... 8-112
8.3.1 Mid Power Models ....................................................................................................... 8-112
8.3.2 High Power Models...................................................................................................... 8-114
8.4 Fastener Torque Chart............................................................................................................. 8-115

Chapter 9 System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis ..... 9-1
9.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 9-1
9.2 Accessory Connectors ................................................................................................................. 9-2
9.2.1 J1 – Mobile Microphone Port (MMP) ............................................................................... 9-2
9.2.2 J2 Mid Power Transceiver – Data and Audio Rear Interface........................................... 9-3
9.2.3 J100 CHUC – Mobile Accessory Port Interface for APX 7500 O2,O5,O7 and O9 .......... 9-5
9.2.4 J200 CHUC – Power and Audio Interface ....................................................................... 9-7
9.2.5 J300 CHUC – Controller Area Network (CAN) Interface ................................................. 9-8
9.2.6 J400 CHUC – VIP and DEK Interface ............................................................................. 9-9
9.2.7 J500 CHIB – USB HOST Interface ................................................................................ 9-10
9.2.8 J600 TIB – Data and Audio Interface............................................................................. 9-11
9.2.9 J700 TIB – Mobile Microphone Port (MMP)................................................................... 9-13

6875964M01-J
Table of Contents xvii

9.2.10 J800 TIB – Controller Area Network (CAN) Interface.................................................... 9-14

9.2.11 I/O Disclaimer ................................................................................................................ 9-14
9.3 Microphone Bias ........................................................................................................................ 9-15
9.4 Audio PA Out Bias ..................................................................................................................... 9-15
9.5 Replacement Board Procedures................................................................................................ 9-15
9.6 Power-Up Error Codes .............................................................................................................. 9-15
9.7 Operational Error Codes ............................................................................................................ 9-16
9.8 Transmitter Troubleshooting ...................................................................................................... 9-17
9.9 Receiver Troubleshooting .......................................................................................................... 9-18
9.10 Controller Troubleshooting ........................................................................................................ 9-19

Chapter 10 Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors ................. 10-1

10.1 APX Mobile Radio Transceiver Functional Block Diagram ........................................................ 10-2
10.2 O3 Dash and Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram ................................................ 10-3
10.3 O2, O5, and O7 Dash and Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram ........................... 10-4
10.4 O9 Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram ................................................................ 10-5
10.5 O2 Control Head Functional Block Diagram .............................................................................. 10-6
10.6 O3 Control Head Functional Block Diagram .............................................................................. 10-7
10.7 O5 Control Head Functional Block Diagram .............................................................................. 10-8
10.8 O7 Control Head Functional Block Diagram .............................................................................. 10-9
10.9 O9 Control Head Functional Block Diagram ............................................................................ 10-10
10.10 O5 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB) Functional Block Diagram ...................................... 10-11
10.11 O2 and O7 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB) Functional Block Diagram.......................... 10-11
10.12 APX Mobile Radio Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) Functional Block Diagram ................... 10-12
10.13 O3 Radio Connector Locations................................................................................................ 10-13
10.13.1Mid Power Only ........................................................................................................... 10-13
10.13.2High Power Only.......................................................................................................... 10-13
10.14 O5 Radio Connector Locations................................................................................................ 10-14
10.14.1Mid Power Only ........................................................................................................... 10-14
10.14.2High Power Only.......................................................................................................... 10-14
10.15 O9 Transceiver Interface ......................................................................................................... 10-15

Chapter 11 Exploded Views and Parts Lists ...................................... 11-1

11.1 O2 Control Head Exploded View and Parts List ........................................................................ 11-2
11.2 O3 Control Head Exploded View and Parts List ........................................................................ 11-3
11.3 O5 Control Head Exploded View and Parts List ........................................................................ 11-4
11.4 O7 Control Head Exploded View and Parts List ........................................................................ 11-5
11.5 O9 Control Head Exploded View and Parts List ........................................................................ 11-6
11.6 O2 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View and Parts List .................................................................. 11-7
11.7 O5 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View and Parts List .................................................................. 11-8
11.8 O7 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View and Parts List .................................................................. 11-9
11.9 Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) Exploded View and Parts List............................................ 11-10
11.10 APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li O2 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View and Parts List .................. 11-11
11.11 APX 2500 O3 Radio Exploded View and Parts List ................................................................ 11-12
11.12 APX 2500 O7 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View and Parts List ........................................... 11-13
11.13 APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li O2 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View and Parts
List .......................................................................................................................................... 11-14
11.14 APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li O3 Radio Exploded View and Parts List .. 11-15
11.15 APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li O5 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View and Parts
List .......................................................................................................................................... 11-16
11.16 APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li O7 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View and Parts

6875964M01-J
xviii Table of Contents

List .......................................................................................................................................... 11-17

11.17 APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li 100 W Remote Mount Radio Exploded View and
Parts List .................................................................................................................................. 11-18
11.18 Universal Relay Controller Exploded View and Parts List ....................................................... 11-19

Appendix A Accessories .........................................................................A-1

Appendix B EMEA Warranty, Service and Technical Support.............B-1

B.1 Warranty and Service Support .....................................................................................................B-1
B.1.1 Warranty Period and Return Instructions.........................................................................B-1
B.1.2 After Warranty Period ......................................................................................................B-1
B.2 European Radio Support Centre (ERSC) ....................................................................................B-2
B.3 Piece Parts...................................................................................................................................B-2
B.4 Technical Support ........................................................................................................................B-3
B.5 Further Assistance From Motorola...............................................................................................B-3

Appendix C LACR Replacement Parts Ordering and Motorola Service

Centers ..............................................................................................C-1
C.1 Commercial Warranty ................................................................................................................. C-1
C.2 Replacement Parts Ordering ...................................................................................................... C-3
C.2.1 Basic Ordering Information ............................................................................................. C-3
C.2.2 Motorola Online .............................................................................................................. C-3
C.3 Motorola Service Centers ........................................................................................................... C-3
C.3.1 Servicing Information ...................................................................................................... C-3
C.3.2 Motorola de México, S.A................................................................................................. C-3
C.3.3 Motorola de Colombia, Ltd.............................................................................................. C-3

Appendix D NAG Replacement Parts Ordering and Motorola Service

Centers ..............................................................................................D-1
D.1 Commercial Warranty ................................................................................................................. D-1
D.2 Replacement Parts Ordering ...................................................................................................... D-3
D.2.1 Basic Ordering Information ............................................................................................. D-3
D.2.2 Motorola Online .............................................................................................................. D-3
D.2.3 Mail Orders ..................................................................................................................... D-3
D.2.4 Telephone Orders........................................................................................................... D-3
D.2.5 Fax Orders...................................................................................................................... D-3
D.2.6 Parts Identification .......................................................................................................... D-3
D.2.7 Product Customer Service.............................................................................................. D-4
D.3 Motorola Service Centers ........................................................................................................... D-4
D.3.1 Servicing Information ...................................................................................................... D-4
D.3.2 Motorola Service Center ................................................................................................. D-4
D.3.3 Motorola Federal Technical Center ................................................................................ D-4
D.3.4 Motorola Canadian Technical Logistics Center .............................................................. D-4

6875964M01-J
Table of Contents xix

Appendix E Asia-Pacific Warranty, Service and Technical Support... E-1

E.1 Commercial Warranty ..................................................................................................................E-1
E.2 Further Assistance From Motorola ..............................................................................................E-3
E.3 Asia-Pacific Customer Interaction Centre (APCIC) .....................................................................E-3

Appendix F Environmental Information ................................................ F-1

Appendix G Maritime Radio Use in the VHF Frequency Range...........G-1

G.1 Special Channel Assignments .................................................................................................... G-1
G.1.1 Emergency Channel ....................................................................................................... G-1
G.1.2 Non-Commercial Call Channel ....................................................................................... G-1
G.2 Operating Frequency Requirements........................................................................................... G-2

Master Glossary ............................................................................ Glossary-1

Index ...................................................................................................... Index-i

6875964M01-J
xx Table of Contents

Notes

6875964M01-J
List of Figures xxi

List of Figures

Figure 1-1. O2 Control Head .................................................................................................................. 1-5

Figure 1-2. O3 Control Head .................................................................................................................. 1-6
Figure 1-3. O5 Control Head .................................................................................................................. 1-7
Figure 1-4. O7 Control Head .................................................................................................................. 1-8
Figure 1-5. O9 Control Head .................................................................................................................. 1-9
Figure 3-1. Mobile Controller Block Diagram for APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li ............................... 3-3
Figure 3-2. Mobile Controller Block Diagram for APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li .......................................... 3-3
Figure 3-3. APX 5500 / 6500 / 6500Li / 7500 Controller Overlay (Side 1).............................................. 3-4
Figure 3-4. APX 5500 / 6500 / 6500Li / 7500 Controller Overlay (Side 2).............................................. 3-5
Figure 3-5. APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li Controller Overlay (Side 1)......................................................... 3-6
Figure 3-6. APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li Controller Overlay (Side 2)......................................................... 3-7
Figure 3-7. Voltage Distribution / Power On/Off Diagram for APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li............. 3-9
Figure 3-8. Voltage Distribution / Power On/Off Diagram for APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li........................ 3-9
Figure 3-9. Audio Receive Path in APX mobile radio Transceiver ....................................................... 3-11
Figure 3-10. Audio Transmit Path in APX mobile radio Transceiver ...................................................... 3-12
Figure 3-11. Key Retention Graph ......................................................................................................... 3-13
Figure 3-12. GPS Architecture ............................................................................................................... 3-13
Figure 3-13. Dash-Mount Configuration ................................................................................................. 3-14
Figure 3-14. Remote-Mount Configuration for APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li................................... 3-15
Figure 3-15. Remote-Mount Configuration for APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li.............................................. 3-15
Figure 3-16. Option PCB with Memory and 3-Day Secure Key (MHLN6999_) ...................................... 3-17
Figure 3-17. O3 Remote Mount Configuration ....................................................................................... 3-23
Figure 3-18. O2 and O7 Remote Mount Configuration........................................................................... 3-24
Figure 3-19. O9 and Transceiver Interface Block Diagram .................................................................... 3-25
Figure 3-20. Single O3 Control Head + VIPS......................................................................................... 3-26
Figure 3-21. Single O2,O5,O7, and O9 Control Head + VIPS ............................................................... 3-27
Figure 3-22. Multiple O5 Control Heads + VIPS..................................................................................... 3-27
Figure 3-23. Single Control Head + VIPS............................................................................................... 3-28
Figure 3-24. Single O3 Control Head + DEK + VIPS ............................................................................. 3-29
Figure 3-25. Single O5 Control Head + DEK + VIPS ............................................................................. 3-30
Figure 3-26. Multiple Control Heads + DEK +VIPS ................................................................................ 3-30
Figure 3-27. Two node system with CAN terminations enabled............................................................. 3-31
Figure 3-28. CAN Termination Section. .................................................................................................. 3-31
Figure 3-29. O5 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB)........................................................................... 3-32
Figure 3-30. O2 and O7 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB).............................................................. 3-32
Figure 3-31. Control Head Universal Connector (CHUC)....................................................................... 3-34
Figure 3-32. HUB-Box Block Diagram.................................................................................................... 3-35
Figure 3-33. Transceiver Interface Board (TIB)...................................................................................... 3-37
Figure 3-34. Configuration of the Dual Band Frequency Generation Unit for
APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li ....................................................................................... 3-43
Figure 3-35. Configuration of APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li Frequency Generation Unit............................ 3-44
Figure 5-1. Performance Checks Test Setup.......................................................................................... 5-1
Figure 5-2. O2 Control Head .................................................................................................................. 5-5
Figure 5-3. O3 Control Head .................................................................................................................. 5-6
Figure 5-4. O5 Control Head .................................................................................................................. 5-7
Figure 5-5. O7 Control Head .................................................................................................................. 5-8
Figure 5-6. O9 Control Head .................................................................................................................. 5-9
Figure 6-1. Radio Alignment Test Setup for APX Mobile Radio ............................................................. 6-1
Figure 6-2. VHF/700-800 MHz Tuner Main Menu .................................................................................. 6-2
Figure 6-3. Radio Information Screen .................................................................................................... 6-3

6875964M01-J
xxii List of Figures

Figure 6-4. PA Bias 1 Alignment Screen ................................................................................................ 6-4

Figure 6-5. PA Bias 2 Alignment Screen ................................................................................................ 6-5
Figure 6-6. PA Bias 3 Alignment Screen ................................................................................................ 6-7
Figure 6-7. Reference Oscillator Window ............................................................................................... 6-9
Figure 6-8. Power Detection Calibration Alignment Screen ................................................................. 6-10
Figure 6-9. Tx Power Characterization Alignment Screen ................................................................... 6-12
Figure 6-10. Tx Current Limit Alignment Screen .................................................................................... 6-13
Figure 6-11. Tx Voltage Limit Alignment Screen .................................................................................... 6-15
Figure 6-12. Tx Deviation Balance (Compensation) Alignment Screen ................................................. 6-17
Figure 6-13. Bit Error Rate Screen ......................................................................................................... 6-18
Figure 6-14. Transmitter Test Pattern Screen......................................................................................... 6-19
Figure 8-1. PCB Screw Sequence.......................................................................................................... 8-2
Figure 8-2. Removing The Encoder Assembly ....................................................................................... 8-3
Figure 8-3. Speaker Retainer Alignment................................................................................................. 8-4
Figure 8-4. PCB Screw Alignment .......................................................................................................... 8-5
Figure 8-5. Cable Lock Detachment ....................................................................................................... 8-6
Figure 8-6. Front Housing and Back Housing Detachment .................................................................... 8-7
Figure 8-7. Separate Front Housing and Back Housing ......................................................................... 8-7
Figure 8-8. PCB Detachment.................................................................................................................. 8-8
Figure 8-9. Disconnecting the 2-pin Connector ...................................................................................... 8-8
Figure 8-10. Control Head Screw Sequence ............................................................................................ 8-9
Figure 8-11. Main PCB Retention Screw Sequence .............................................................................. 8-10
Figure 8-12. Removing the Encoder Assembly ...................................................................................... 8-11
Figure 8-13. Bluetooth PCB Retention Screw Sequence ....................................................................... 8-12
Figure 8-14. Bluetooth PCB Retention Screw Alignment ....................................................................... 8-13
Figure 8-15. Main PCB Retention Screw Alignment............................................................................... 8-14
Figure 8-16. Control Head Screw Sequence .......................................................................................... 8-15
Figure 8-17. Separated Front and Back Housing Assemblies................................................................ 8-15
Figure 8-18. Location of Flex Connectors .............................................................................................. 8-16
Figure 8-19. Self Tapping Screws Sequence ......................................................................................... 8-17
Figure 8-20. Disconnect Frequency Flex................................................................................................ 8-17
Figure 8-21. Self Tapping Screws Sequence ......................................................................................... 8-18
Figure 8-22. Self Tapping Screws Sequence ......................................................................................... 8-19
Figure 8-23. Assemble Flexes Into Front Housing ................................................................................. 8-20
Figure 8-24. Assemble Keypads and Indicator Light Guide ................................................................... 8-21
Figure 8-25. Assemble Front Keypad PCB and LCD Display................................................................. 8-21
Figure 8-26. Orientation Proof Features at the Housing......................................................................... 8-22
Figure 8-27. Location of Alignment Pins................................................................................................. 8-22
Figure 8-28. Align LCD Flex and Front Keypad Flex .............................................................................. 8-23
Figure 8-29. Location of Guiding Pins .................................................................................................... 8-24
Figure 8-30. Cable Lock Detachment ..................................................................................................... 8-26
Figure 8-31. Universal Relay Controller Screw Sequence ..................................................................... 8-26
Figure 8-32. Universal Relay Controller Wire Connections .................................................................... 8-27
Figure 8-33. Cable Gland Assembly with Gasket ................................................................................... 8-28
Figure 8-34. Wires Installation ................................................................................................................ 8-30
Figure 8-35. Wire Installation with Black Stick ........................................................................................ 8-30
Figure 8-36. O9 to URC Cable Installation ............................................................................................. 8-31
Figure 8-37. Front Panel Disassembly for Mid Power Model ................................................................. 8-32
Figure 8-38. Front Panel Disassembly for High Power Model................................................................ 8-33
Figure 8-39. TUC Seal Placement.......................................................................................................... 8-33
Figure 8-40. Front Panel Reassembly for Mid Power Model .................................................................. 8-34
Figure 8-41. Front Panel Reassembly for High Power Model ................................................................ 8-34
Figure 8-42. Removing the Control Head Screws .................................................................................. 8-35
Figure 8-43. Removing the Control Head/TIB ........................................................................................ 8-36

6875964M01-J
List of Figures xxiii

Figure 8-44. Removing the Control Head Flex ....................................................................................... 8-37

Figure 8-45. Removing the Option Board Screws .................................................................................. 8-38
Figure 8-46. Removing the Option Board............................................................................................... 8-38
Figure 8-47. Removing the Controller Cover Screws ............................................................................. 8-39
Figure 8-48. Lifting the Controller Cover ................................................................................................ 8-39
Figure 8-49. Disconnecting the GPS Cable ........................................................................................... 8-40
Figure 8-50. Removing the J2 Rear Accessory Flex from the Controller Board..................................... 8-40
Figure 8-51. Removing the Controller Board.......................................................................................... 8-41
Figure 8-52. Removing the RF Cover Screws........................................................................................ 8-41
Figure 8-53. Lifting the RF Cover ........................................................................................................... 8-42
Figure 8-54. Removing the PA Screws................................................................................................... 8-43
Figure 8-55. Removing the RF/DC Retention Clips................................................................................ 8-43
Figure 8-56. Removing the RF Board .................................................................................................... 8-44
Figure 8-57. Removing the J2 Rear Accessory Connector Internal Screw ............................................ 8-44
Figure 8-58. Removing the J2 Rear Accessory Connector External Screws ......................................... 8-45
Figure 8-59. Removing the J2 Rear Accessory Connector .................................................................... 8-45
Figure 8-60. Removing the GPS Cable Nut ........................................................................................... 8-46
Figure 8-61. Removing the GPS Cable .................................................................................................. 8-46
Figure 8-62. Removing the Bottom Cover Screws ................................................................................. 8-47
Figure 8-63. Removing the Bottom Cover .............................................................................................. 8-48
Figure 8-64. Disconnecting the GPS Cable ........................................................................................... 8-49
Figure 8-65. Disconnecting the Rear Accessory Flex ............................................................................ 8-49
Figure 8-66. Removing the Controller Board.......................................................................................... 8-50
Figure 8-67. Removing the Top Cover Screws....................................................................................... 8-50
Figure 8-68. Removing the RF Cover..................................................................................................... 8-51
Figure 8-69. Removing the PA Screws................................................................................................... 8-51
Figure 8-70. Removing the RF/DC Retention Clips................................................................................ 8-52
Figure 8-71. Removing the RF Board .................................................................................................... 8-52
Figure 8-72. Removing the Rear Accessory Connector screws............................................................. 8-53
Figure 8-73. Removing the Rear Connector Flex................................................................................... 8-53
Figure 8-74. Removing the GPS SMA connector................................................................................... 8-54
Figure 8-75. Removing the GPS Cable .................................................................................................. 8-54
Figure 8-76. Removing the Transceiver Interface Board Screws ........................................................... 8-55
Figure 8-77. Removing the Transceiver Interface Board Assembly ....................................................... 8-55
Figure 8-78. Removing the Flex (Transceiver Interface Board Connector) ............................................ 8-56
Figure 8-79. Removing the Option Board............................................................................................... 8-56
Figure 8-80. Removing the Controller Cover Screws ............................................................................. 8-57
Figure 8-81. Lifting the Controller Cover ................................................................................................ 8-57
Figure 8-82. Controller Cover Removed................................................................................................. 8-58
Figure 8-83. Removing the Controller Board.......................................................................................... 8-58
Figure 8-84. Removing the RF Cover Screws........................................................................................ 8-59
Figure 8-85. Lifting the RF Cover ........................................................................................................... 8-59
Figure 8-86. Removing the PA Screws (MP/HP Configuration Shown) ................................................. 8-60
Figure 8-87. Removing the RF/DC Retention Clips................................................................................ 8-60
Figure 8-88. Pushing Up the Main Board ............................................................................................... 8-61
Figure 8-89. Removing the Pivot Pin Clip............................................................................................... 8-61
Figure 8-90. Removing the Control Head Screws .................................................................................. 8-62
Figure 8-91. Removing the Control Head............................................................................................... 8-63
Figure 8-92. Disconnecting the Transceiver Flex from the Front Housing Assembly............................. 8-64
Figure 8-93. Removing the Back Housing Assembly ............................................................................. 8-65
Figure 8-94. Removing the Transceiver Flex ......................................................................................... 8-65
Figure 8-95. Removing the Transceiver Screws .................................................................................... 8-66
Figure 8-96. Removing the Control Head............................................................................................... 8-67
Figure 8-97. Disconnecting the Transceiver Flex from the Transceiver ................................................. 8-67

6875964M01-J
xxiv List of Figures

Figure 8-98. Removing the Transceiver Flex.......................................................................................... 8-68

Figure 8-99. Removing the TIB Screws.................................................................................................. 8-69
Figure 8-100.Laying down the TIB .......................................................................................................... 8-70
Figure 8-101.Disconnecting Remote Mount Flex from the Transceiver .................................................. 8-70
Figure 8-102.Separating I-Seal from TIB................................................................................................. 8-71
Figure 8-103.Inspecting the Chassis Shield Gasketing and Thermal Pads ............................................ 8-72
Figure 8-104.Installing the GPS Nut and Torque Nut .............................................................................. 8-72
Figure 8-105.Inserting Rear Accessory Flex ........................................................................................... 8-73
Figure 8-106.Installing Rear Accessory Connector Screws .................................................................... 8-73
Figure 8-107.Installing Accessory Flex Screw......................................................................................... 8-74
Figure 8-108.Applying Thermal Grease to RF Board Heat Sinks............................................................ 8-74
Figure 8-109.Ensuring RF and DC Connector Seals are properly seated .............................................. 8-75
Figure 8-110.Inserting RF Board into Chassis ........................................................................................ 8-75
Figure 8-111. Inserting RF/DC Retention Clips ........................................................................................ 8-76
Figure 8-112.Installing PA Screws........................................................................................................... 8-76
Figure 8-113.Inspecting Thermal Pad and Installing RF Cover Main Seal.............................................. 8-76
Figure 8-114.Securing RF Cover to Chassis ........................................................................................... 8-77
Figure 8-115.Securing the RF Cover to the Chassis ............................................................................... 8-77
Figure 8-116.Installing the Controller Board into the Chassis ................................................................. 8-78
Figure 8-117.Install the Accessory Flex Connector to the Controller Board............................................ 8-78
Figure 8-118.Installing the GPS Connector to the Controller Board........................................................ 8-79
Figure 8-119.Applying Thermal Grease to the Controller Cover ............................................................. 8-79
Figure 8-120.Inspecting and installing Controller Cover Seal onto Controller Cover .............................. 8-80
Figure 8-121.Placing Controller Cover onto Chassis .............................................................................. 8-80
Figure 8-122.Securing the Controller Cover Screws ............................................................................... 8-81
Figure 8-123.Installing the Option Board ................................................................................................. 8-81
Figure 8-124.Installing the Option Board Screws .................................................................................... 8-82
Figure 8-125.Installing the WLAN Port Plug ............................................................................................ 8-82
Figure 8-126.Installing Flex into Controller PCB...................................................................................... 8-83
Figure 8-127.Aligning frame seal to TIB .................................................................................................. 8-84
Figure 8-128.Installing Control Head/TIB Flex to Control Head/TIB........................................................ 8-84
Figure 8-129.Aligning Control Head/TIB front of chassis, and Installing the Control Head/TIB screws .. 8-85
Figure 8-130.Inspecting the Chassis Shield Gasketing and Thermal Pads ............................................ 8-86
Figure 8-131.Inserting GPS cable ........................................................................................................... 8-86
Figure 8-132.Inserting Rear Accessory Flex ........................................................................................... 8-87
Figure 8-133.Installing Rear Accessory Connector Screws .................................................................... 8-87
Figure 8-134.Applying Thermal Grease to RF Board Heat Sinks............................................................ 8-88
Figure 8-135.Ensuring RF and DC Connector Seals are properly seated .............................................. 8-88
Figure 8-136.Inserting RF Board into the Chassis .................................................................................. 8-89
Figure 8-137.Inserting RF/DC Retention Clips ........................................................................................ 8-89
Figure 8-138.Installing PA Screws........................................................................................................... 8-90
Figure 8-139.Inspecting and Installing the RF Cover Seal ...................................................................... 8-90
Figure 8-140.Placing the RF Cover onto Chassis ................................................................................... 8-91
Figure 8-141.Installing screws onto RF cover/chassis ............................................................................ 8-91
Figure 8-142.Installing Controller Board into Chassis ............................................................................. 8-92
Figure 8-143.Installing Accessory Flex Connector to Controller Board ................................................... 8-92
Figure 8-144.Installing GPS Connector to Controller Board.................................................................... 8-93
Figure 8-145.Inspecting and installing Controller Cover Seal onto Controller Cover .............................. 8-93
Figure 8-146.Placing the Controller Cover on Chassis ........................................................................... 8-94
Figure 8-147.Placing the Controller Cover Screws ................................................................................. 8-94
Figure 8-148.Inspecting the Chassis Shield Gasketing and Thermal Pads ............................................ 8-95
Figure 8-149.Inserting the RF Board into the Chassis ............................................................................ 8-95
Figure 8-150.Inserting the RF/DC Retention Clips (Before) .................................................................... 8-96
Figure 8-151.Inserting the RF/DC Retention Clips (After) ....................................................................... 8-96

6875964M01-J
List of Figures xxv

Figure 8-152.Installing the PA Screws (HP/MP radio shown) ................................................................. 8-97

Figure 8-153.Inspecting the Thermal Pad and Installing the Cover Main Seal ....................................... 8-97
Figure 8-154.RF Screw Locations ........................................................................................................... 8-98
Figure 8-155.Torque Sequence ............................................................................................................... 8-98
Figure 8-156.Inserting the Controller Board in the Chassis .................................................................... 8-99
Figure 8-157.Inserting the GPS Connector to the Controller Board ........................................................ 8-99
Figure 8-158.Applying Thermal Grease to the Controller Board ........................................................... 8-100
Figure 8-159.Inspect and Install Controller Cover Seal onto the Controller Cover................................ 8-100
Figure 8-160.Place the Controller Cover onto the Chassis ................................................................... 8-101
Figure 8-161.Securing the Controller Cover to Chassis ........................................................................ 8-101
Figure 8-162.Installing the Option Board............................................................................................... 8-102
Figure 8-163.Attaching the Flex Edge Card Connector......................................................................... 8-102
Figure 8-164.Installing the Control Head/TIB ........................................................................................ 8-103
Figure 8-165.Installing the Transceiver Flex onto the Transceiver........................................................ 8-104
Figure 8-166.Installing the Back Housing Assembly onto the Transceiver ........................................... 8-104
Figure 8-167.Installing the Transceiver Flex onto the Front Housing Assembly ................................... 8-105
Figure 8-168.Attaching the Front Housing Assembly to the Back Housing Assembly .......................... 8-105
Figure 8-169.Attaching the Control Head Screws ................................................................................. 8-106
Figure 8-170.Installing the Transceiver Flex onto the Control Head ..................................................... 8-107
Figure 8-171.Attaching the I-seal to the Control Head .......................................................................... 8-108
Figure 8-172.Attaching the Control Head to the Transceiver ................................................................ 8-109
Figure 8-173.Attaching the Transceiver Screws.................................................................................... 8-109
Figure 8-174.Reinstalling TIB Flex/Remote Mount Flex........................................................................ 8-110
Figure 8-175.Aligning and placing the I-Seal ........................................................................................ 8-110
Figure 8-176.Aligning and Placing TIB on Transceiver ..........................................................................8-111
Figure 8-177.Installing the TIB screws ...................................................................................................8-111
Figure 8-178.Chassis Thermal Pad and Grease Locations .................................................................. 8-112
Figure 8-179.Chassis Thermal Pad and Grease Locations .................................................................. 8-114
Figure 9-1. MMP Connector ................................................................................................................... 9-2
Figure 9-2. J2 Rear Accessory Connector ............................................................................................. 9-3
Figure 9-3. J100 Mobile Accessory Port (MAP) Connector.................................................................... 9-5
Figure 9-4. J200 Power and Audio Connector ....................................................................................... 9-7
Figure 9-5. J300 Controller Area Network (CAN) Connector on CHIB................................................... 9-8
Figure 9-6. J400 VIP and DEK Connector ............................................................................................. 9-9
Figure 9-7. J500 USB Host Connector ................................................................................................. 9-10
Figure 9-8. J600 Connector.................................................................................................................. 9-11
Figure 9-9. J700 MMP Programming Connector.................................................................................. 9-13
Figure 9-10. J800 Controller Area Network (CAN) Connector on TIB.................................................... 9-14
Figure 10-1. APX Mobile Radio Transceiver Functional Block Diagram ................................................ 10-2
Figure 10-2. O3 Dash and Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram ........................................ 10-3
Figure 10-3. O2, O5, and O7 Dash and Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram.................... 10-4
Figure 10-4. O9 Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram......................................................... 10-5
Figure 10-5. O2 Control Head Functional Block Diagram ...................................................................... 10-6
Figure 10-6. O3 Control Head Functional Block Diagram ...................................................................... 10-7
Figure 10-7. O5 Control Head Functional Block Diagram ...................................................................... 10-8
Figure 10-8. O7 Control Head Functional Block Diagram ...................................................................... 10-9
Figure 10-9. O9 Control Head Functional Block Diagram .................................................................... 10-10
Figure 10-10.O5 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB) Functional Block Diagram............................... 10-11
Figure 10-11.O2 and O7 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB) Functional Block Diagram.................. 10-11
Figure 10-12.APX Mobile Radio Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) Functional Block Diagram............ 10-12
Figure 10-13.O3 Dash-Mount Radio Connector Locations (Mid Power Only)....................................... 10-13
Figure 10-14.O3 Remote-Mount Radio Connector Locations ............................................................... 10-13
Figure 10-15.O3 Remote-Mount Radio Connector Locations (High Power Only)................................. 10-13
Figure 10-16.O5 Dash-Mount Radio Connector Locations (Mid Power Only)....................................... 10-14

6875964M01-J
xxvi List of Figures

Figure 10-17.O5 Remote-Mount Radio Connector Locations (Mid Power Only) .................................. 10-14
Figure 10-18.O5 Remote-Mount Radio Connector Locations (High Power Only) ................................. 10-14
Figure 10-19.Transceiver Interface Board (TIB), Universal Relay Controller & Control Head View. ..... 10-15
Figure 10-20.Remote-Mount Configuration with 100W or Higher Power Radio .................................... 10-15
Figure 11-1. O2 Control Head Exploded View........................................................................................ 11-2
Figure 11-2. O3 Control Head Exploded View........................................................................................ 11-3
Figure 11-3. O5 Control Head Exploded View....................................................................................... 11-4
Figure 11-4. O7 Control Head Exploded View........................................................................................ 11-5
Figure 11-5. O9 Control Head Exploded View........................................................................................ 11-6
Figure 11-6. O2 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View.................................................................................. 11-7
Figure 11-7. O5 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View.................................................................................. 11-8
Figure 11-8. O7 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View.................................................................................. 11-9
Figure 11-9. Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) Exploded View ........................................................... 11-10
Figure 11-10.APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li O2 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View ....................................11-11
Figure 11-11. APX 2500 O3 Radio Exploded View ................................................................................ 11-12
Figure 11-12.APX 2500 O7 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View............................................................ 11-13
Figure 11-13.APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O2 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View ....................... 11-14
Figure 11-14.APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O3 Radio Exploded View ........................................... 11-15
Figure 11-15.APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O5 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View ....................... 11-16
Figure 11-16.APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O7 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View ....................... 11-17
Figure 11-17.APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li 100 W Remote Mount Radio Exploded View ............. 11-18
Figure 11-18.Universal Relay Controller Exploded View....................................................................... 11-19

6875964M01-J
List of Tables xxvii

List of Tables
Table 1-1. APX Mobile Radios Frequency Ranges and Power Level ................................................... 1-2
Table 1-2. O2 Control Head Basic Features ......................................................................................... 1-2
Table 1-4. O5 Control Head Basic Features ......................................................................................... 1-3
Table 1-3. O3 Control Head Basic Features ......................................................................................... 1-3
Table 1-5. O7 Control Head Basic Features ......................................................................................... 1-4
Table 1-6. O9 Control Head Basic Features ......................................................................................... 1-4
Table 4-1. Recommended Motorola Test Equipment ............................................................................ 4-1
Table 4-2. Wattmeter Plug-In Elements ................................................................................................ 4-1
Table 4-3. Recommended Non-Motorola Test Equipment .................................................................... 4-2
Table 4-4. Service Aids for APX Mobile Radios .................................................................................... 4-3
Table 4-5. Recommended Motorola Tools for Board-Level Troubleshooting ........................................ 4-4
Table 4-6. APX 2500/4500/4500Li Chassis Eliminator Internal Assemblies ......................................... 4-4
Table 4-7. Recommended Non-Motorola Tools for APX Mobile Radios ............................................... 4-5
Table 4-8. APX Mobile Radios Field-Programming Items..................................................................... 4-5
Table 5-1. Test-Mode Displays ............................................................................................................. 5-2
Table 5-2. Rx Test Frequencies ............................................................................................................ 5-3
Table 5-3. Tx Test Frequencies............................................................................................................. 5-4
Table 5-4. Signaling Types.................................................................................................................... 5-4
Table 5-5. Receiver Performance Checks .......................................................................................... 5-10
Table 5-6. Transmitter Performance Checks ...................................................................................... 5-11
Table 6-1. PA Bias 1 Alignment RF Power Amplifier Devices............................................................... 6-3
Table 6-2. Power Supply Voltage Settings ............................................................................................ 6-3
Table 6-3. PA Bias 1 Alignment Device Bias Current............................................................................ 6-4
Table 6-4. PA Bias 2 Alignment Amplifier Devices................................................................................ 6-5
Table 6-5. Power Supply Voltage Settings ............................................................................................ 6-5
Table 6-6. PA Bias 2 Alignment Device Bias Current............................................................................ 6-6
Table 6-7. PA Bias 3 Alignment Amplifier Devices................................................................................ 6-7
Table 6-8. Power Supply Voltage Settings ............................................................................................ 6-7
Table 6-9. PA Bias 3 Alignment Device Bias Current............................................................................ 6-8
Table 6-10. Reference Oscillator Alignment............................................................................................ 6-9
Table 6-11. Power Supply Voltage Settings .......................................................................................... 6-10
Table 6-12. Power Supply Voltage Settings .......................................................................................... 6-11
Table 6-13. Power Supply Voltage Settings .......................................................................................... 6-13
Table 6-14. Transmit Current Limit Devices.......................................................................................... 6-14
Table 6-15. Bit Error Rate Test Fields ................................................................................................... 6-18
Table 6-16. Transmitter Test Pattern Fields .......................................................................................... 6-19
Table 7-1. Secure Board Kit .................................................................................................................. 7-1
Table 7-2. Controller Boards with Programmed Secure Algorithms for APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li7-1
Table 7-3. Controller Boards with Programmed Secure Algorithms for APX 2500 ............................... 7-1
Table 7-4. Controller Boards with Programmed Secure Algorithms for APX 4500 ............................... 7-2
Table 8-1. Required Tools and Supplies ............................................................................................... 8-1
Table 8-2. Number of PA Screws to Install.......................................................................................... 8-76
Table 8-3. Number of PA Screws ........................................................................................................ 8-97
Table 8-4. Chassis Thermal Pad and Grease Part Numbers............................................................ 8-113
Table 8-5. Chassis Thermal Pad and Grease Part Numbers............................................................ 8-114
Table 8-6. Fastener Torque Chart ..................................................................................................... 8-115
Table 9-1. MMP Connector Signal Descriptions ................................................................................... 9-2
Table 9-2. J2 Rear Accessory Connector Signal and Voltage Descriptions.......................................... 9-3
Table 9-3. J100 Remote Mount Control Head Mobile Accessory Port (MAP)....................................... 9-5
Table 9-4. J200 Power and Audio Connector Pin Functions................................................................. 9-7
Table 9-5. J300 Controller Area Network Connector Pin Functions...................................................... 9-8
Table 9-6. J400 VIP and DEK Connector Functionality ........................................................................ 9-9
Table 9-7. J500 USB Host Connector ................................................................................................. 9-10
Table 9-8. J600 Remote Mount Accessory Connector........................................................................ 9-11
Table 9-9. J800 Controller Area Network Connector Pin Functions.................................................... 9-14
Table 9-10. Power-Up Error Codes....................................................................................................... 9-15

6875964M01-J
xxviii Related Publications

Table 9-11. Operational Error Codes .................................................................................................... 9-16

Table 9-12. Transmitter Troubleshooting Chart..................................................................................... 9-17
Table 9-13. Receiver Troubleshooting Chart......................................................................................... 9-18
Table 9-14. Controller Troubleshooting Chart ....................................................................................... 9-19
Table 10-1. Table of Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors ......................................................... 10-1
Table 11-1. Table of Exploded Views .................................................................................................... 11-1
Table 11-2. O2 Control Head Parts List ................................................................................................ 11-2
Table 11-3. O3 Control Head Parts List ................................................................................................ 11-3
Table 11-4. O5 Control Head Parts List ................................................................................................ 11-4
Table 11-5. O7 Control Head Parts List ................................................................................................ 11-5
Table 11-6. O9 Control Head Parts List ................................................................................................ 11-6
Table 11-7. O2 CHIB and CHUC Parts List........................................................................................... 11-7
Table 11-8. O5 CHIB and CHUC Parts List........................................................................................... 11-8
Table 11-9. O7 CHIB and CHUC Parts List........................................................................................... 11-9
Table 11-10. Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) Parts List .................................................................... 11-10
Table 11-11. APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li O2 Dash Mount Radio Parts List ............................................11-11
Table 11-12. APX 2500 O3 Radio Parts List ......................................................................................... 11-12
Table 11-13. APX 2500 O7 Dash Mount Radio Parts List..................................................................... 11-13
Table 11-14. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O2 Dash Mount Radio Parts List................................ 11-14
Table 11-15. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O3 Radio Parts List .................................................... 11-15
Table 11-16. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O5 Dash Mount Radio Parts List................................ 11-16
Table 11-17. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O7 Dash Mount Radio Parts List................................ 11-17
Table 11-18. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li 100 W Remote Mount Radio Parts List ...................... 11-18
Table 11-19. Universal Relay Controller Parts List................................................................................ 11-19
Table 11-20. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li / 2500 / 4500 Low/Mid Power RF Board .................... 11-19
Table 11-21. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li 100 W Power RF Board ............................................. 11-20
Table 11-22. APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li Low/Mid Power Controller Board ........................................... 11-20

Related Publications
ASTRO APX Mobile Radios And O3,O5 & O9 Detailed Service Manual ................................... 6875963M01
ASTRO APX Mobile Radio O3 Control Head User Guide .......................................................... 6875946M01
ASTRO APX Mobile Radio O5 Control Head User Guide .......................................................... 6875947M01
ASTRO APX Mobile Radio O9 Control Head User Guide ......................................................... 68007024014
ASTRO APX Mobiles O2, O3, O5, O7 & O9 Control Head Installation Manual ..........................6878215A01
Product Safety and RF Energy Exposure Booklet for Mobile Two-Way Radios ..........................6881095C99
CPS Programming Installation Guide ..........................................................................................6881095C44

6875964M01-J
Commercial Warranty xxix

Commercial Warranty

For details on the regional Motorola Service Centers, Replacement Parts Ordering, and Technical Support
assistance, see relevant regions in the Appendix sections of this manual.

6875964M01-J
xxx Commercial Warranty

Notes

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications xxxi

Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

Mobile Radio Model Numbering Scheme

Typical Model Number: M 3 0 U R S 9 P W 1 A N S P 0 1

Position: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Position 1 - Type of Unit
M = Mobile Positions 13 - 16
L = Table Top Station SP Model Suffix
Positions 2 & 3 - Model Series Position 12 -
30 = APX 7500 Unique Model Variations
25 = APX 6500/5500/6500Li C = Cenelec
24 = APX 2500 N = Standard Package
22 = APX 4500/4500Li
Position 4 - Frequency Band Position 11 - Version
A = Less than 29.7MHz N = 330 to 370MHz Version Letter (Alpha) - Major Change
B = 29.7 to 35.99MHz P = 366 to 410MHz
C = 36 to 41MHz Q = 403 to 437MHz* Position 10 - Feature Level
D = 42 to 50MHz R = 438 to 482MHz 1 = Basic 6 = Standard Plus
E = 300 to 345MHz S = 470 to 620MHz* 2 = Limited Package 7 = Expanded Package
F = 66 to 80MHz T = Product Specific 3 = Limited Plus 8 = Expanded Plus
G = 74 to 90MHz UHF Range 4 = Intermediate 9 = Full Feature/
H = Product Specific U = 806 to 870MHz* 5 = Standard Package Programmable
VHF Range V = 825 to 870MHz
Position 9 - Primary SystemType
J = 136 to 162MHz W = 896 to 941MHz
A = Conventional
K = 146 to 178MHz* X = 403-470MHz
B = Privacy Plus
L = 174 to 210MHz Y = 1.0 to 1.6GHz
C = Clear SMARTNET
M = 190 to 235MHz Z = 1.5 to 2.0GHz
D = Advanced Conventional Stat-Alert
* For APX Mobiles "K" in Position 4 represents
E = Enhanced Privacy Plus
136-174MHz.
F = Nauganet 888 Series
* For APX Mobiles "Q" in Position 4 represents
G = Japan Specialized Mobile Radio (JSMR)
380-470MHz.
H = Multi-Channel Access (MCA)
* For APX Mobiles "S" in Position 4 represents
J = CoveragePLUS
450-520MHz.
K = MPT1327* - Public
* For APX Mobiles "U" in Position 4 represents
L = MPT1327* - Private
764-870MHz.
M = Radiocom
Note: Values represented are not absolute, N = Tone Signalling
and are given to indicate range only.
P = Binary Signalling
Position 5 - Power Level
Q = Phonenet
A = 0 to 0.7 Watts K = 36 to 60 Watts
R = IDEN Basic
B = 0.7 to 0.9 Watts L = 61 to 110 Watts
S = IDEN Advanced Feature
C = 1.0 to 3.9 Watts M = Up to 125 Watts
T = JSMR Digital
D = 4.0 to 5.0 Watts N = 1 to 25 Watts
U = LTR Protocol
E = 5.1 to 6.0 Watts P = 25 to 40 Watts
V = Single Sideband
F = 6.1 to 10 Watts Q = 25 to 45 Watts
W = Programmable
G = 10.1 to 15 Watts R = 10 to 35 Watts
X = Secure Conventional
H = 16 to 25 Watts S = 10 to 50 Watts
Y = Secure SMARTNET
J = 26 to 35 Watts T = 25 to 110 Watts
Z = TETRA
Note: Values represented are not absolute,
and are given to indicate range only
. 2 = SmartZone
* MPT = Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications
Position 6 - Physical Packages Position 8 - Primary Operation
A = RF Modem Operation A = Conventional/Simplex
B = Receiver Only B = Conventional/Duplex
C = Standard Control; No Display C = Trunked Twin Type
D = Standard Control; With Display D = Dual Mode Trunked
E = Limited Keypad; No Display E = Dual Mode Trunked/Duplex
F = Limited Keypad; With Display F = Trunked Type I
G = Full Keypad; No Display G = Trunked Type II
H = Full Keypad; With Display H = FDMA* Digital Dual Mode
J = Limited Controls; No Display J = TDMA** Digital Dual Mode
K = Limited Controls; Basic Display K = Single Sideband
L = Limited Controls; Limited Display L = Global Positioning Satellite Capable
M = Rotary Controls; Standard Display M = Amplitude Companded Sideband (ACSB)
N = Enhanced Controls; Enhanced Display N = Digital Dispatch
P = Low Profile; No Display P = Programmable
Q = Low Profile; Basic Display Q = Digital Interconnect
R = Low Profile; Basic Display, Full Keypad R = Digital Multi-Service
S = Tranceiver with Selectable Control Head S = 9600 Capable
T = T = TDMA
U= * FDMA = Frequency Division Multiple Access
V = VDV Control Head ** TDMA = Time Division Multiple Access
W = Control Head #2
Position 7 - Channel Spacing
0= 5 = 15KHz
MAEPF-27634-B
1 = 5KHz 6 = 20/25KHz
2 = 6.25KHz 7 = 30KHz
3 = 10KHz 8 = 12.5/25KHz
4 = 12.5KHz 9 = Variable/Programmable

6875964M01-J
xxxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model

Chart
M25URS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25URS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G174AD ADD: ANT 3 dB LOW-PROFILE 762–870 MHz
G175AD ADD: ANT 3 dB ELEVATED FEED 762–870 MHz
G335AW ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 762–870 MHz
W484AF ADD: ANT 3 dB COLLINEAR 762–870 MHz
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAF4013_ ANT 3 dB LOW-PROFILE 762–870 MHz
X HAF4014_ ANT 3 dB ELEVATED FEED 762–870 MHz
X HAF4016_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 762–870 MHz
X HAF4017_ ANT 3 dB COLLINEAR 762–870 MHz
X HAG4000_ APX 6500 ROOF MT GPS ANTENNA
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications xxxiii

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25URS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25URS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G66AL ADD: DASH MOUNT 03
G66AM ADD: DASH MOUNT 05
G67BE ADD:SCREW, REM MT NO CH MP
G67BB ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O3 MID POWER
G67BC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O5 MID POWER
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
Item No. Description
X X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X X X X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HKN6206_ DASH FLEX KIT
X PHLN1000_ ASSY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSY APX
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X X X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X X X X HLN7002_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X X X X PMUN1038_ APX 7500 STANDARD TIB MP

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
xxxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25URS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25URS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X HKN6186_ TRUNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HLN6980_ COVER, DUST, KIT
X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X 3364430H03 NEW LABEL FOR MOBILE RADIO
X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications xxxv

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25URS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25URS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX 03 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER'S GUIDE
X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE W3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, W3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
xxxvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25URS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25URS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD:BUZZER 110 MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD:PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
Item No. Description
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications xxxvii

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25URS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25URS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD:USB DATA INTFC CABLE-DASH APEX
G309AC ADD:USB DATA INTFC CABLE-TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G927AB INT:CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
xxxviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25URS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25URS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G892AB ENH: HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD: MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD: CNTRL STATION PALM MIC GCAI APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD: PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications xxxix

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25URS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25URS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W947AT ADD:RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ SAFE & EFFICIENT OP OF MOT RDS
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X NVN5424_ DATA LINK MANAGER APPLICATION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
xl Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25URS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25URS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 W APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5 W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13 W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5 W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5 W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13 W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13 W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications xli

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model

Chart
M25QSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Description
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5DB 450-470 MHZ
G427AB ADD: ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 380-433 MHz
G429AB ADD: ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 380-433 MHz
G425AC ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-420 MHZ
ADD: ANT WIDEBAND 380-470 MHZ
G431AC MAXRA
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 380–520 MHz
G430AC ADD: ANT 5.0DB 445-470 MHZ
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA
GA00270AA ADD: GPS GLASS MOUNT ANTENNA
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAE4003_ ANTENNA, QUARTERWAVE, 450-470
X HAE4011_ ANTENNA ROOF TOP 3.5DB UHF
X HAE6010_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 380-433MHz
X HAE6011_ ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 380-433MHz
X HAE6012_ ANT 5.0DB GAIN 445-470MHZ
X HAE6013_ ANT WIDEBAND 2.0DB GAIN 380-470 MHz
X HAE6031_ ANT, 2DB WIDEBAND 380–520 MHz
X RAE4014AR_ ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 445-470MHz
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
xlii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25QSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G66AL ADD: DASH MOUNT 03
G66AM ADD: DASH MOUNT 05
G67BE ADD:SCREW, REM MT NO CH MP
G67BB ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O3 MID POWER
G67BC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O5 MID POWER
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
Item No. Description
X X X X PMUN1038_ APX7500 STANDARD TIB MP
X X X X X HLN7002_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X X X X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
X HKN6206_ DASH FLEX KIT
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X PHLN1000_ ASSY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSY APX
0715044C01 BRKT, MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING (O5/M5)
3075217A01 CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5/M5)
X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
PMUN1042 APX7500 HIROSE TIB MP
PMLN4983 HIROSE TIB DUST COVER KIT
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications xliii

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25QSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX 7500 TRI–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX 7500 QUAD–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X X X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X HKN6186_ TRUNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HLN6980_ COVER, DUST, KIT
X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X 3364430H03 NEW LABEL FOR MOBILE RADIO
X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
xliv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25QSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX 03 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS 09 CH APX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER'S GUID
X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE W3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, W3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339 DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications xlv

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25QSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD:BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD:PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
Item No. Description
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
xlvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25QSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD:USB DATA INTFC CABLE-DASH APEX
G309AC ADD:USB DATA INTFC CABLE-TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD:REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT:CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications xlvii

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25QSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G892AB ENH:HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD:MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD:HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD:CNTRL STATION PALM MIC GCAI APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
xlviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25QSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X 6881095C99 CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ TRAY BASE SPECTRA
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X NVN5424_ SOFTWARE,ASSEMBLY,INF FILE CD

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications xlix

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25QSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 W APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5 W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13 W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5 W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5 W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13 W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13 W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
l Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model

Chart
M25SSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25SSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5 dB 450-470 MHZ
G486AC ADD: 5 dB GAIN ANT 494-512 MHZ
G490AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 470-512 MHZ
G493AD ADD: ANT 3 dB ROOF TOP 470-495 MHZ
G494AD ADD: ANT 3 dB ROOF TOP 494-512 MHZ
G510AB ADD:ANT LOW PROFILE 450-512 MHZ
G511AB ADD:2 dB ANT WIDEBAND 450-520 MHZ
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
GA00652AA ADD: ANT ROOF TOP 5 dB 470–494 MHZ
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAE4003_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
X HAE4011_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 450-470 MHz
X RAE4016AR_ ANT ROOF TOP 5 dB, 494-512 MHz
X HAE4004_ ANTENNA 1/4 WAVE 470-512 MHZ
X HAE4012_ ANT ROOF TOP 3.5 dB 470-495 MHz
X HAE4013_ ANT ROOF TOP 3.5 dB 494-512 MHz
X HAE6016_ ANT LOW PROFILE 450-512 MHZ
X HAE6015_ ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 450-520 MHZ
X HAE6031_ ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
X RAE4015AR_ ANT ROOF TOP 5 dB 470-494 MHz
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications li

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25SSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25SSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G66AL ADD: DASH MOUNT 03
G66AM ADD: DASH MOUNT 05
G67BE ADD:SCREW, REM MT NO CH MP
G67BB ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O3 MID POWER
G67BC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O5 MID POWER
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
Item No. Description
X X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
0715044C01 BRKT, MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING (O5)
3075217A01 CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5)
X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X X X X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
HKN6032_ MCYCLE POWER CABLE
X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HKN6206_ DASH FLEX KIT
X PHLN1000_ ASSY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSY APX
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X X X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X X X X HLN7002_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X X X X PMUN1038_ APX7500 STANDARD TIB MP
PMUN1042_ APX7500 HIROSE TIB MP
PMLN4983_ HIROSE TIB DUST COVER KIT
HLN7026_ MCYCLE HEADSET CBL & LEAFLET

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25SSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25SSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX 7500 TRI–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX 7500 QUAD–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX 7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X HKN6186_ TRUNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HLN6980_ COVER, DUST, KIT
X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X 3364430H03 NEW LABEL FOR MOBILE RADIO
X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications liii

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25SSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25SSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX 03 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER'S GUID
X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE W3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, W3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339 DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
liv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25SSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25SSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD:BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD:PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
Item No. Description
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lv

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25SSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25SSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD:USB DATA INTFC CABLE-DASH APEX
G309AC ADD:USB DATA INTFC CABLE-TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT: CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25SSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25SSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G892AB ENH:HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BB ADD: HAND MIC (MTRCYCLE WP MIC) APX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD:MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD:HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD:CNTRL STATION PALM MIC GCAI APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1079_ MODIFIED MOTORCYCLE WP MIC w/ DB9
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lvii

ASTRO APX 5500/ APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model
Chart (Cont.)
M25SSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25SSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ SAFE & EFFICIENT OP OF MOT RDS
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X NVN5424_ DATA LINK MANAGER APPLICATION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 2 10–45 W Model

Chart (Cont.)
M25SSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25SSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 WATT APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lix

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart

M25KSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G296AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 136-144 MHz
G297AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 144-150.8 MHz
G299AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8-162 MHz
G300AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 162-174 MHz
W652AN ADD: ANT 1/4 WV BD-BAND 136-162 MHz
G629AB ADD: ANT 1/4WV BD-BAND 146-174 MHz
G792AB ADD: ANT VHF WIDEBAND 136-174 MHz
G301AC ADD:3BD ANT 136-174MHZ
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA GLASS MT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAD4006_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 136-144 MHz
X HAD4007_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 144-150.8 MHz
X HAD4008_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8-162 MHz
X HAD4009_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 162-174 MHz
X HAD4016_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 136-162 MHz
X HAD4017_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 146-174 MHz
X HAD4021_ ANT VHF WIDEBAND 136-174 MHz
X RAD4010AR_ ANT 3dB TUNABLE 132–174 MHz
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lx Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart

(Cont.)
M25KSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G66AL ADD: DASH MOUNT 03
G66AM ADD: DASH MOUNT 05
G67BE ADD:SCREW, REM MT NO CH MP
G67BB ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O3 MID POWER
G67BC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O5 MID POWER
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
Item No. Description
X X X X PMUN1038_ APX7500 STANDARD TIB MP
X X X X X HLN7002_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X X X X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
X HKN6206_ DASH FLEX KIT
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X PHLN1000_ ASSY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSY APX
0715044C01 BRKT, MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING (O5/M5)
3075217A01 CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5/M5)
X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
PMUN1042 APX7500 HIROSE TIB MP
PMLN4983 HIROSE TIB DUST COVER KIT
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lxi

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart

(Cont.)
M25KSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX7500 DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00804 ADD: APX7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X HKN6186_ TRUNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HLN6980_ COVER, DUST, KIT
X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X 3364430H03 NEW LABEL FOR MOBILE RADIO
X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart

(Cont.)
M25KSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX 03 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER GUIDE
X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE O3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, O3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SIREN/PA SYS 9000
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK SIREN/PA SPARE BUTTON
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lxiii

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart

(Cont.)
M25KSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD:BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD:PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX

X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart

(Cont.)
M25KSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD:USB DATA INTFC CABLE-DASH APEX
G309AC ADD:USB DATA INTFC CABLE-TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT:CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lxv

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart

(Cont.)
M25KSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT:USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W947AT ADD:RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX

X NNTN7851_ SAFE & EFFICIENT OP OF MOT RDS

X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X NVN5314_ DATA LINK MANAGER APPLICATION
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lxvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart

(Cont.)
M25KSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G892AB ENH:HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD:MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD:HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD:CNTRL STATION PALM MIC GCAI APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lxvii

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 10–50 W Model Chart

(Cont.)
M25KSS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KSS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 W APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5 W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13 W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5 W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5 W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13 W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13 W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lxviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart
M25QTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5 dB 450-470 MHZ
G425AC ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380–433 MHZ
G431AC ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380–470 MHZ
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380–520 MHZ
G430AC ADD: ANT 5.0 dB 445–470 MHZ
G427AB ADD: ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 380–433 MHz
G429AB ADD: ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 380–433 MHz
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAE4003_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
X HAE4011_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 450-470 MHz
X HAE6012_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380–433 MHZ
X HAE6013_ ANT WIDEBAND 2.0 dB GAIN 380–470 MHZ
X HAE6031_ ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
X RAE4014AR_ ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 445-470MHz
X HAE6010_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 380-433MHz
X HAE6011_ ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 380-433MHz
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lxix

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M25QTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G655AJ INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT O5 CH
G655AK INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT O3 CH
G655AM INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT NO CH
Item No. Description
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X X X HKN6110_ CABLE, POWER, 100W
X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB
X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT, CH + TRNS
X X X HLN7003_ INSTALLATION HARDWARE HP KIT
X X X HLN7017_ DC CONNECTOR BRACKET KIT
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X X X PMUN1040_ APX 7500 STANDARD TIB HP

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lxx Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M25QTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX7500 DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00804 ADD: APX7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X HKN6186_ TRUNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HLN6980_ COVER, DUST, KIT
X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lxxi

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M25QTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX 03 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER'S GUID
X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE W3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, W3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lxxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M25QTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD:BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD:PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
Item No. Description
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lxxiii

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M25QTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G309AC ADD:USB DATA INTFC CABLE-TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G607AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G618AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G879AC ADD:REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G927AB INT:CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
Item No. Description
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lxxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M25QTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X 6881095C99 CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X NVN5424_ SOFTWARE,ASSEMBLY,INF FILE CD

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lxxv

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M25QTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G892AB ENH: HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD: MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD: PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lxxvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li UHF Range 1 100W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M25QTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25QTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 WATT APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lxxvii

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart

M25KTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G296AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 136-144 MHz
G297AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 144-150.8 MHz
G299AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8-162 MHz
G300AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 162-174 MHz
W652AN ADD: ANT 1/4 WV BD-BAND 136-162 MHz
G629AB ADD: ANT 1/4WV BD-BAND 146-174 MHz
G792AB ADD: ANT VHF WIDEBAND 136-174 MHz
G301AC ADD:3 dB ANT 136-174MHZ
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA GLASS MT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAD4006_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 136-144 MHz
X HAD4007_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 144-150.8 MHz
X HAD4008_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8-162 MHz
X HAD4009_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 162-174 MHz
X HAD4016_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 136-162 MHz
X HAD4017_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 146-174 MHz
X HAD4021_ ANT VHF WIDEBAND 136-174 MHz
X RAD4010AR_ ANT 3 dB TUNABLE 132–174 MHz
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lxxviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart (Cont.)
M25KTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G655AJ INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT O5 CH
G655AK INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT O3 CH
G655AM INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT NO CH
Item No. Description
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X X 3271902H01 FRAME SEAL, OVERMOLDED
X X X HKN6110_ CABLE, POWER, 100W
X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB
X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT, CH + TRNS
X X X HLN7003_ INSTALLATION HARDWARE HP KIT
X X X HLN7017_ DC CONNECTOR BRACKET KIT
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X X X PMUN1040_ APX 7500 STANDARD TIB HP

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lxxix

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart (Cont.)
M25KTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X HKN6186_ TRUNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HLN6980_ COVER, DUST, KIT
X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lxxx Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart (Cont.)
M25KTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX 03 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER'S GUIDE
X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE W3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, W3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lxxxi

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart (Cont.)
M25KTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD:BUZZER 110 MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD:PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
Item No. Description
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lxxxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart (Cont.)
M25KTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G879AC ADD:REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G927AB INT:CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
Item No. Description
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lxxxiii

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart (Cont.)
M25KTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X 6881095C99 CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X NVN5424_ SOFTWARE,ASSEMBLY,INF FILE CD

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lxxxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart (Cont.)
M25KTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
G892AB ENH:HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD:MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD:HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lxxxv

ASTRO APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 6500 Li VHF 100W Model Chart (Cont.)
M25KTS9PW1_NI (APX 5500)/ M25KTS9PW1_N (APX 6500)
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 W APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lxxxvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart

M30KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G296AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 136-144 MHz
G297AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 144-150.8 MHz
G299AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8-162 MHz
G300AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 162-174 MHz
W652AN ADD: ANT 1/4 WV BROADBAND 136-162 MHz
G629AB ADD: 1/4 WAVE BROADBAND ANT 146–174 MHz
G792AB ADD: VHF ANT WIDEBAND 136–174 MHZ
G301AC ADD:3BD ANT 136-174MHZ
GA00510AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 136-144
GA00511AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 144-150
GA00512AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WV WHIP 150.8-162
GA00513AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WV WHIP 162-174
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA
GA00269AA ADD: GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA GLASS MT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAD4006_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 136-144 MHz
X HAD4007_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 144-150.8 MHz
X HAD4008_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8-162 MHz
X HAD4009_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 162-174 MHz
X HAD4016_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 136-162 MHz
X HAD4017_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 146-174 MHz
X HAD4021_ ANT VHF WIDEBAND 136-174 MHz
X RAD4010AR_ ANT 3dB TUNABLE 132–174 MHz
X HAD4023_ ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 136-144
X HAD4024_ ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 144-150.8
X HAD4025_ ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 150.8-162
X HAD4026_ ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 162-174
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X HAG4001_ GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lxxxvii

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G66AL ADD: DASH MOUNT 03
G66AM ADD: DASH MOUNT 05
G67BE ADD:SCREW, REMOTE MOUNT NO CH MP
G67BD ADD:REMOTE MOUNT NO CH MCYCLE
G67BA ADD:REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE
G67BB ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O3 MID POWER
G67BC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O5 MID POWER
GA00187AB INT: O5 SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
G67BK ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O9 MID POWER
Item No. Description
X X X X X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X 0715044C01 BRKT, MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING (O5/M5)
X 3075217A01 CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5/M5)
X X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X X X X X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
X X HKN6032_ MCYCLE POWER CABLE
X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HKN6206_ DASH FLEX KIT
X X PHLN1000_ ASSY,KIT,CONTROL HEAD END REM ASSY APX
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X X X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X X X X X X X HLN7002_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X NNTN7279_ SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X X X X X X X PMUN1038_ APX 7500 STANDARD TIB MP
PMUN1042_ APX7500 HIROSE TIB MP
PMLN4983_ HIROSE TIB DUST COVER KIT
X PMLN5420_ O9, STD TILTING MOUNT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
lxxxviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX 7500 TRI–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX 7500 QUAD–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X PMUN1045_ ODYSSEY 9 CONTROL HEAD REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X HLN6980_ COVER, DUST, KIT
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X X X 3364430H03 NEW LABEL FOR MOBILE RADIO
X X X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X X X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications lxxxix

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX O3 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS 09 CH APX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER GUIDE
X X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE O3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, O3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ AUX SWITCH PANEL
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE
X X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK SIREN/PA SPARE BUTTON
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
xc Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W15AJ ADD:WETHR PROOF HSNG ENCLO BLK APEX
W620AE ADD:NO MTRCYCLE ENCL NEEDED APEX
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD: BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD: PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE URC TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00261AA ADD:PEDESTAL MOUNT BALL JOINT
GA00281AA ADD: PEDESTAL MOUNT LOW SWIVEL
Item No. Description
X HLN7022_ Black Motorcycle Enclosure
X HLN6179_ MCYCLE ADPTR CTRL HD SPKR
X HLN6889_ MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING KIT
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X 3064153H02 ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X 40012006001 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 60A
X PMLN5421_ O9, LOW SWIVEL MOUNT, G.JOHNSON
X PMLN5422_ O9, 360 DEG SWIVEL MOUNT, RAM
X PMLN5436_ O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT
X PMKN4109_ WIRE, AWG 14
X PMUN1046_ 09 RELAY CONTROL BOX

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications xci

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–DASH APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT: CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
xcii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ SAFE & EFFICIENT OP OF MOT RDS
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X NVN5314_ DATA LINK MANAGER APPLICATION
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications xciii

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH: HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BB ADD: HAND MIC (MTRCYCLE WP MIC) APX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD: MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD: CNTRL STATION PALM MIC GCAI APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD: PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1079_ MODIFIED MOTORCYCLE WP MIC w/ DB9
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
xciv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 10–50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 W APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
B18CS ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR SPEC MCYCL APEX
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN6003_ 13 W SPEAKER (MOTORCYCLE)

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications xcv

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart

M30KTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G296AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 136–144 MHz
G297AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 144–150.8 MHz
G299AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8–162 MHz
G300AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 162–174 MHz
W652AN ADD: ANT 1/4 WV BD-BAND 136–162 MHz
G629AB ADD: ANT 1/4WV BD-BAND 146–174 MHz
G792AB ADD: ANT VHF WIDEBAND 136–174 MHz
G301AC ADD: ANT 3 dB TUNABLE 132–174 MHz
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA GLASS MT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAD4006_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 136–144 MHz
X HAD4007_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 144–150.8 MHz
X HAD4008_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8–162 MHz
X HAD4009_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 162–174 MHz
X HAD4016_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 136–162 MHz
X HAD4017_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 146–174 MHz
X HAD4021_ VHF ANT WIDEBAND 136–174 MHZ
X RAD4010AR_ ANT 3dB TUNABLE 132–174 MHz
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
xcvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30KTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G655AJ INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT O5 CH
G655AK INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT O3 CH
G655AM INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT NO CH
G655AN INT: QUICK, HP REM MT 09 CH
Item No. Description
X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X X X 3271902H01 FRAME SEAL, OVERMOLDED
X X X X HKN6110_ CABLE, POWER, 100W
X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB
X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X HLN6961_ ASSEMBLY,ACCESSORY,CONNECTOR (CHIB)
X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT, CH + TRNS
X X X X HLN7003_ INSTALLATION HARDWARE HP KIT
X X X X HLN7017_ DC CONNECTOR BRACKET KIT
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X PMLN5420_ BRACKET,O9, STD TILTING MOUNT,FINISHED GOOD
X X X X PMUN1040_ APX 7500 STANDARD TIB HP

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications xcvii

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30KTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX 7500 TRI–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX 7500 QUAD–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X PMUN1045_ ODYSSEY 9 CONTROL HEAD REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT, CH + TRNS
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X X X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X X X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
xcviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30KTS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX 03 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS 09 CH APX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER GUIDE
X X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE, O3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, O3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ AUX SWITCH PANEL
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE
X X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK SIREN/PA SPARE BUTTON
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications xcix

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30KTS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD: BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD: PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE URC TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00261AA ADD:PEDESTAL MOUNT BALL JOINT
GA00281AA ADD: PEDESTAL MOUNT LOW SWIVEL
Item No. Description
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X 3064153H02 ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X 40012006001 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 60A
X PMLN5421_ O9, LOW SWIVEL MOUNT, G.JOHNSON
X PMLN5422_ O9, 360 DEG SWIVEL MOUNT, RAM
X PMLN5436_ O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT
X PMKN4109_ WIRE, AWG 14
X PMUN1046_ 09 RELAY CONTROL BOX

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
c Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30KTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G879AC ADD:REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G927AB INT:CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ci

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30KTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X 6881095C99 CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X NVN5424_ SOFTWARE,ASSEMBLY,INF FILE CD

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30KTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH: HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BB ADD: HAND MIC (MTRCYCLE WP MIC) APX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD: MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD: PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1079_ MODIFIED MOTORCYCLE WP MIC w/ DB9
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ciii

ASTRO APX 7500 VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30KTS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 W APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
civ Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart

M30URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G174AD ADD: ANT 3 dB LOW–PROFILE 762–870
G174AE ADD: ANT 3 dB LOWPRO MCYC 762–870
G175AD ADD: ANT 3 dB ELEVATED FEED 762–870
G335AW ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 762–870MHZ
G335AX ADD: ANT 3 dB MCYCLE 762–870MHZ
W484AF ADD: ANT 3 dB COLLINEAR 762–870 MHz
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
GA00269AA ADD: GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA GLASS MT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAF4013_ ANT 3 dB LOW–PROFILE 762–870
X HAF4018_ ANT 3 dB LOW PRO MCYC 762–870MH
X HAF4014_ ANT 3 dB ELEVATED FEED 762–870
X HAF4016_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 762–870MHZ
X HAF4015_ ANT 3DB MCYCLE 762–870MHZ
X HAF4017_ ANT 3DB COLLINEAR 762–870MHZ
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X HAG4001_ GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cv

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G66AL ADD: DASH MOUNT O3
G66AM ADD: DASH MOUNT O5
G67BE ADD: SCREW, REM MT NO CH MP
G67BD ADD: REM MT NO CH MCYCLE
G67BA ADD: REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE
G67BB ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O3 MP
G67BC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O5 MP
GA00187AB INT: O5 SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
W81AQ INT:O5 SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
G67BK ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O9 MID POWER
Item No. Description
X X X X X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X 0715044C01 BRKT, MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING (O5)
X 3075217A01 CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5)
X X 3080010R04 CABLE, ACCESSORY, MOTORCYCLE
X X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL DASH
X X X X X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL REMOTE 20'
X X HKN6032_ MCYCLE POWER CABLE
X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X X X X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HKN6206_ DASH FLEX KIT
X X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X X X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT - REMOTE
X HLN7025_ DUST CAPS KIT - DASH
X X HLN7026_ MCYCLE HEADSET CBL & LEAFLET
X X X X X X X X HLN7002_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X NNTN7279_ SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ ACCESSORY CABLE, J600
X X X X X X X PMUN1038_ APX7500 STANDARD TIB MP
X PMLN5420_ O9, STD TILTING MOUNT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX 7500 TRI–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX 7500 QUAD–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X PMUN1045_ ODYSSEY 9 CONTROL HEAD REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT, CH + TRNS
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X X X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X X X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cvii

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30URS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX O3 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS 09 CH APX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER GUIDE
X X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE, O3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, O3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ AUX SWITCH PANEL
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE
X X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK SIREN/PA SPARE BUTTON
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X x X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30URS9PW1_N
Option Description
W15AJ ADD: WETHR PROOF HSNG ENCLO BLK APEX
W620AE ADD: NO MTRCYCLE ENCL NEEDED APEX
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD: BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD: PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE URC TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00261AA ADD:PEDESTAL MOUNT BALL JOINT
GA00281AA ADD: PEDESTAL MOUNT LOW SWIVEL
Item No. Description
X HLN7022_ BLACK M/C ENCLOSURE & HDW
X HLN6179_ MCYCLE ADPTR CTRL HD SPKR
X HLN6889_ MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING KIT
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X 3064153H02 ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X 40012006001 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 60A
X PMLN5421_ O9, LOW SWIVEL MOUNT, G.JOHNSON
X PMLN5422_ O9, 360 DEG SWIVEL MOUNT, RAM
X PMLN5436_ O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT
X PMKN4109_ WIRE, AWG 14
X PMUN1046_ 09 RELAY CONTROL BOX

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cix

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–DASH APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT: CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ CABLE, 1.5M USB DATA ACCESS, DASH
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cx Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X 6881095C99 CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ TRAY BASE SPECTRA
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X NVN5424_ SOFTWARE,ASSEMBLY,INF FILE CD

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxi

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH: HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BB ADD: HAND MIC (MTRCYCLE WP MIC) APX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD: MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD: CNTRL STATION PALM MIC GCAI APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD: PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1079_ MODIFIED MOTORCYCLE WP MIC w/ DB9
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (MMP)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC, IMPRESS
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MIC (MMP)
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30URS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 W APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5 W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13 W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5 W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5 W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13 W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13 W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxiii

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G296AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 136-144 MHz
G297AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 144-150.8 MHz
G299AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8-162 MHz
G300AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 162-174 MHz
W652AN ADD: ANT 1/4 WV BD-BAND 136-162 MHz
G629AB ADD: ANT 1/4WV BD-BAND 146-174 MHz
G792AB ADD: ANT VHF WIDEBAND 136-174 MHz
G301AC ADD:3BD ANT 136-174MHz
GA00510AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 136-144
ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 144-
GA00511AA 150.8
GA00512AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WV WHIP 150.8-162
GA00513AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WV WHIP 162-174
G174AD ADD: ANT 3 DB LOW-PROFILE 762-870
G174AE ADD: ANT 3 DB LOWPRO MCYC 762-870
G175AD ADD: ANT 3DB ELEVATED FEED 762-870
G335AW ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 762-870MHZ
G335AX ADD: ANT 3DB MCYCLE 762-870MHZ
W484AF ADD: ANT 3dB COLLINEAR 762-870 MHz
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
GA00269AA ADD: GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAD4006_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 136-144 MHz
X HAD4007_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 144-150.8 MHz
X HAD4008_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8-162 MHz
X HAD4009_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 162-174 MHz
X HAD4016_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 136-162 MHz
X HAD4017_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 146-174 MHz
X HAD4021_ ANT VHF WIDEBAND 136-174 MHz
X RAD4010AR_ ANT 3dB TUNABLE 132–174 MHz
X HAD4023_ ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 136-144 MHZ
X HAD4024_ ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 144-150.8
X HAD4025_ ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 150.8-162
X HAD4026_ ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 162-174
X HAF4013_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
x HAF4018_ ANT 3 DB LOW-PROFILE 762-870
X HAF4014_ ANT 3 DB LOW PRO MCYC 762-870MH
X HAF4016_ ANT 3 DB ELEVATED FEED 762-870
X HAF4015_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 762-870MHZ
X HAF4017_ ANT 3 dB COLLINEAR 762-870 MHz
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X HAG4001_ GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G66AL ADD: DASH MOUNT 03
G66AM ADD: DASH MOUNT 05
G67BE ADD:SCREW, REM MT NO CH MP
G67BD ADD:REM MT NO CH MCYCLE
G67BA ADD:REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE
G67BB ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O3 MID POWER
G67BC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O5 MID POWER
GA00187AB INT:O5 SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
G67BK ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O9 MID POWER
Item No. Description
X X X X X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X 0715044C01 BRKT, MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING (O5)
X 3075217A01 CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5)
X X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X X X X X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
X X HKN6032_ MCYCLE POWER CABLE
X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HKN6206_ DASH FLEX KIT
X X PHLN1000_ ASSY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSY APX
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X X X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X X X X X X X HLN7002_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X NNTN7279_ SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X X X X X X X PMUN1038_ APX7500 STANDARD TIB MP
PMUN1042_ APX7500 HIROSE TIB MP
PMLN4983_ HIROSE TIB DUST COVER KIT
X PMLN5420_ O9, STD TILTING MOUNT
X X HLN7026_ MCYCLE HEADSET CBL & LEAFLET

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxv

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX 7500 TRI–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX 7500 QUAD–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X PMUN1045_ ODYSSEY 9 CONTROL HEAD REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X HLN6980_ COVER, DUST, KIT
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X X X 3364430H03 NEW LABEL FOR MOBILE RADIO
X X X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X X X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX O3 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS 09 CH APX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MANUAL
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER'S GUIDE
X X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE W3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, W3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxvii

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W15AJ ADD:WETHR PROOF HSNG ENCLO BLK APEX
W620AE ADD:NO MTRCYCLE ENCL NEEDED APEX
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD: BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD: PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSH BUTTON APEX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE URC TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00261AA ADD:PEDESTAL MOUNT BALL JOINT
GA00281AA ADD: PEDESTAL MOUNT LOW SWIVEL
Item No. Description
X HLN7022_ Black Motorcycle Enclosure
X HLN6179_ MCYCLE ADPTR CTRL HD SPKR
X HLN6889_ MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING KIT
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X 3064153H02 ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X 40012006001 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 60A
X PMLN5421_ O9, LOW SWIVEL MOUNT, G.JOHNSON
X PMLN5422_ O9, 360 DEG SWIVEL MOUNT, RAM
X PMLN5436_ O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT
X PMKN4109_ WIRE, AWG 14
X PMUN1046_ 09 RELAY CONTROL BOX

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–DASH APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT: CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxix

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ SAFE & EFFICIENT OP OF MOT RDS
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X NVN5424_ DATA LINK MANAGER APPLICATION
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxx Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH:HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BB ADD: HAND MIC (MTRCYCLE WP MIC) APX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD:MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD:HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD:CNTRL STATION PALM MIC GCAI APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1079_ MODIFIED MOTORCYCLE WP MIC w/ DB9
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxxi

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 WATT APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
B18CS ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR SPEC MCYCL APEX
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN6003_ 13 Watt Speaker (Motorcycle)

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G296AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 136-144 MHz
G297AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 144-150.8 MHz
G299AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8-162 MHz
G300AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 162-174 MHz
W652AN ADD: ANT 1/4 WV BD-BAND 136-162 MHz
G629AB ADD: ANT 1/4WV BD-BAND 146-174 MHz
G792AB ADD: ANT VHF WIDEBAND 136-174 MHz
G301AC ADD:3BD ANT 136-174MHz
GA00510AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 136-144
ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 144-
GA00511AA 150.8
GA00512AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WV WHIP 150.8-162
GA00513AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WV WHIP 162-174
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHz
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5 dB 450-470 MHz
G427AB ADD: ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 380-433 MHz
G429AB ADD: ANT 5.0dB GAIN 380-433 MHz
G425AC ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-433 MHz
G431AC ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-470 MHz
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHz
G430AC ADD: ANT 5.0 dB 445-470 MHz
ADD: ANT MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-
G210AB 433
ADD: ANT MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 425-
GA00506AA 470
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
GA00269AA ADD: GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAD4006_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 136-144 MHz
X HAD4007_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 144-150.8 MHz
X HAD4008_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8-162 MHz
X HAD4009_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 162-174 MHz
X HAD4016_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 136-162 MHz
X HAD4017_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 146-174 MHz
X HAD4021_ ANT VHF WIDEBAND 136-174 MHz
X RAD4010AR_ ANT 3dB TUNABLE 132–174 MHz
X HAD4023_ ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 136-144 MHZ
X HAD4024_ ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 144-150.8
X HAD4025_ ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 150.8-162
X HAD4026_ ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 162-174
X HAE4003_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
x HAE4011_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 450-470 MHz
X HAE6010_ ANT 3.5DB GAIN 380-433MHZ
X HAE6011_ ANT 5.0DB GAIN 380-433MHZ
X HAE6012_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-433MHZ
X HAE6013_ ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-470 MHZ
X HAE6031_ ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
X RAE4014AR_ ANT 5.0DB GAIN 445-470MHZ
X HAE6014_ ANT,MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-433
X HAE6032_ ANT,MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 425-470
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X HAG4001_ GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxxiii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G66AL ADD: DASH MOUNT 03
G66AM ADD: DASH MOUNT 05
G67BE ADD:SCREW, REM MT NO CH MP
G67BD ADD:REM MT NO CH MCYCLE
G67BA ADD:REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE
G67BB ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O3 MID POWER
G67BC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O5 MID POWER
GA00187AB INT:O5 SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
G67BK ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O9 MID POWER
Item No. Description
X X X X X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X 0715044C01 BRKT, MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING (O5)
X 3075217A01 CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5)
X X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X X X X X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
X X HKN6032_ MCYCLE POWER CABLE
X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HKN6206_ DASH FLEX KIT
X X PHLN1000_ ASSY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSY APX
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X X X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X X X X X X X HLN7002_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X NNTN7279_ SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X X X X X X X PMUN1038_ APX7500 STANDARD TIB MP
PMUN1042_ APX7500 HIROSE TIB MP
PMLN4983_ HIROSE TIB DUST COVER KIT
X PMLN5420_ O9, STD TILTING MOUNT
X X HLN7026_ MCYCLE HEADSET CBL & LEAFLET

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX 7500 TRI–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX 7500 QUAD–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1045_ ODYSSEY 9 CONTROL HEAD REMOTE MOUNT
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X HLN6980_ COVER, DUST, KIT
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X X X 3364430H03 NEW LABEL FOR MOBILE RADIO
X X X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X X X PHCN4000_ APX7500 CONTROL HEAD
X X X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxxv

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)

M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX O3 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS 09 CH APX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MANUAL
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER'S GUIDE
X X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE W3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, W3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxxvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W15AJ ADD:WETHR PROOF HSNG ENCLO BLK APEX
W620AE ADD:NO MTRCYCLE ENCL NEEDED APEX
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD: BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD: PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSH BUTTON APEX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE URC TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00261AA ADD:PEDESTAL MOUNT BALL JOINT
GA00281AA ADD: PEDESTAL MOUNT LOW SWIVEL
Item No. Description
X HLN7022_ Black Motorcycle Enclosure
X HLN6179_ MCYCLE ADPTR CTRL HD SPKR
X HLN6889_ MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING KIT
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X 3064153H02 ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X 40012006001 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 60A
X PMLN5421_ O9, LOW SWIVEL MOUNT, G.JOHNSON
X PMLN5422_ O9, 360 DEG SWIVEL MOUNT, RAM
X PMLN5436_ O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT
X PMKN4109_ WIRE, AWG 14
X PMUN1046_ 09 RELAY CONTROL BOX

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxxvii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–DASH APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT: CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxxviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)

M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH:HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BB ADD: HAND MIC (MTRCYCLE WP MIC) APX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD:MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD:HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD:CNTRL STATION PALM MIC GCAI APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1079_ MODIFIED MOTORCYCLE WP MIC w/ DB9
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxxix

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)

M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ SAFE & EFFICIENT OP OF MOT RDS
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X NVN5424_ DATA LINK MANAGER APPLICATION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxxx Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 WATT APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
B18CS ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR SPEC MCYCL APEX
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN6003_ 13 Watt Speaker (Motorcycle)

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxxxi

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart

M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450–470 MHz
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5 dB 450–470 MHz
G427AB ADD: ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 380–433 MHz
G429AB ADD: ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 380–433 MHz
G425AC ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380–433 MHz
G431AC ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380–470 MHz
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380–520 MHz
G430AC ADD: ANT 5.0 dB 445–470 MHZ
ADD: ANT MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380–433
G210AB MHz
ADD: ANT MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 425–470
GA00506AA MHz
G174AD ADD: ANT 3 dB LOW-PROFILE 762–870 MHz
G174AE ADD: ANT 3 dB LOWPRO MCYC 762–870 MHz
G175AD ADD: ANT 3 dB ELEVATED FEED 762–870 MHz
G335AW ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 762–870 MHz
G335AX ADD: ANT 3 dB MCYCLE 762–870 MHz
W484AF ADD: ANT 3 dB COLLINEAR 762–870 MHz
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
GA00269AA ADD: GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAE4003_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450–470 MHz
X HAE4011_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 450–470 MHz
X HAE6010_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 380–433 MHz
X HAE6011_ ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 380–433 MHz
X HAE6012_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380 433MHz
X HAE6013_ ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380–470 MHz
X HAE6031_ ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380–520 MHz
X RAE4014AR_ ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 445–470 MHz
X HAE6014_ ANT,MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380–433 MHz
X HAE6032_ ANT,MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 425–470 MHz
X HAF4013_ ANT 3 dB LOW-PROFILE 762–870 MHz
X HAF4018_ ANT 3 dB LOW PRO MCYC 762–870 MHz
X HAF4014_ ANT 3 dB ELEVATED FEED 762–870 MHz
X HAF4016_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 762–870 MHz
X HAF4015_ ANT 3 dB MCYCLE 762–870 MHz
X HAF4017_ ANT 3 dB COLLINEAR 762–870 MHz
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X HAG4001_ GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxxxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G66AL ADD: DASH MOUNT 03
G66AM ADD: DASH MOUNT 05
G67BE ADD:SCREW, REM MT NO CH MP
G67BD ADD:REM MT NO CH MCYCLE
G67BA ADD:REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE
G67BB ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O3 MID POWER
G67BC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O5 MID POWER
GA00187AB INT:O5 SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
G67BK ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O9 MID POWER
Item No. Description
X X X X X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X 0715044C01 BRKT, MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING (O5)
X 3075217A01 CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5)
X X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X X X X X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
X X HKN6032_ MCYCLE POWER CABLE
X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HKN6206_ DASH FLEX KIT
X X PHLN1000_ ASSY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSY APX
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X X X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X X X X X X XHLN7002_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X NNTN7279_ SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X X X X X X X PMUN1038_ APX7500 STANDARD TIB MP
PMUN1042_ APX7500 HIROSE TIB MP
PMLN4983_ HIROSE TIB DUST COVER KIT
X PMLN5420_ O9, STD TILTING MOUNT
X X HLN7026_ MCYCLE HEADSET CBL & LEAFLET

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxxxiii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX 7500 TRI–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX 7500 QUAD–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X PMUN1045_ ODYSSEY 9 CONTROL HEAD REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X HLN6980_ COVER, DUST, KIT
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X X X 3364430H03 NEW LABEL FOR MOBILE RADIO
X X X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X X X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxxxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX O3 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS 09 CH APX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MANUAL
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER'S GUIDE
X X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE W3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, W3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxxxv

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W15AJ ADD:WETHR PROOF HSNG ENCLO BLK APEX
W620AE ADD:NO MTRCYCLE ENCL NEEDED APEX
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD: BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD: PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSH BUTTON APEX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE URC TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00261AA ADD:PEDESTAL MOUNT BALL JOINT
GA00281AA ADD: PEDESTAL MOUNT LOW SWIVEL
Item No. Description
X HLN7022_ Black Motorcycle Enclosure
X HLN6179_ MCYCLE ADPTR CTRL HD SPKR
X HLN6889_ MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING KIT
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X 3064153H02 ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X 40012006001 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 60A
X PMLN5421_ O9, LOW SWIVEL MOUNT, G.JOHNSON
X PMLN5422_ O9, 360 DEG SWIVEL MOUNT, RAM
X PMLN5436_ O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT
X PMKN4109_ WIRE, AWG 14
X PMUN1046_ 09 RELAY CONTROL BOX

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxxxvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–DASH APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT: CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxxxvii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH:HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BB ADD: HAND MIC (MTRCYCLE WP MIC) APX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD:MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD:HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD:CNTRL STATION PALM MIC GCAI APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1079_ MODIFIED MOTORCYCLE WP MIC w/ DB9
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxxxviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ SAFE & EFFICIENT OP OF MOT RDS
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X NVN5424_ DATA LINK MANAGER APPLICATION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxxxix

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 WATT APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
B18CS ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR SPEC MCYCL APEX
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN6003_ 13 Watt Speaker (Motorcycle)

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxl Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450–470 MHZ
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5 dB 450–470 MHZ
G427AB ADD: ANT 3.5dB GAIN 380-433 MHz
G429AB ADD: ANT 5.0dB GAIN 380-433 MHz
G425AC ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-433 MHZ
G431AC ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-470 MHZ
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
G430AC ADD: ANT 5.0DB 445-470 MHZ
G210AB ADD: ANT MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-433
GA00506AA ADD: ANT MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 425-470
G486AC ADD: 5 dB GAIN ANT 494-512 MHZ
G490AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 470-512 MHZ
G493AD ADD: ANT 3 DB ROOF TOP 470-495 MHZ
G494AD ADD: ANT 3 DB ROOF TOP 494-512 MHZ
G510AB ADD:ANT LOW PROFILE 450-512 MHZ
G511AB ADD:2DB ANT WIDEBAND 450-520 MHZ
GA00652AA ADD: ANT ROOF TOP 5 dB 470–494 MHZ
GA00507AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-482
GA00508AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 482-512
GA00509AA ADD: ANT MTCL LO PRO UNITY 450-512
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
GA00269AA ADD: GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAE4003_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450–470 MHz
X HAE4011_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 450–470 MHz
X HAE6010_ ANT 3.5DB GAIN 380-433MHZ
X HAE6011_ ANT 5.0DB GAIN 380-433MHZ
X HAE6012_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-433MHZ
X HAE6013_ ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-470 MHZ
X HAE6031_ ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
X RAE4014AR_ ANT 5.0DB GAIN 445-470MHZ
X HAE6014_ ANT,MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-433
X HAE6032_ ANT,MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 425-470
X RAE4016AR_ ANT ROOF TOP 5 dB, 494-512 MHz
X HAE4004_ ANTENNA 1/4 WAVE 470-512 MHZ
X HAE4012_ ANT ROOF TOP 3.5 dB 470-495 MHz
X HAE4013_ ANT ROOF TOP 3.5 dB 494-512 MHz
X HAE6016_ ANT LOW PROFILE 450-512 MHZ
X HAE6015_ ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 450-520 MHZ
X RAE4015AR_ ANT ROOF TOP 5 dB 470-494 MHz
X HAE6033_ ANT,MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-482
X HAE6034_ ANT,MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 482-512
X HAE6035_ ANT,MCYCLE LO PRO UNITY 450-512
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X HAG4001_ GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxli

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G66AL ADD: DASH MOUNT 03
G66AM ADD: DASH MOUNT 05
G67BE ADD:SCREW, REM MT NO CH MP
G67BD ADD:REM MT NO CH MCYCLE
G67BA ADD:REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE
G67BB ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O3 MID POWER
G67BC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O5 MID POWER
GA00187AB INT:O5 SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
G67BK ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O9 MID POWER
Item No. Description
X X X X X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X 0715044C01 BRKT, MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING (O5)
X 3075217A01 CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5)
X X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X X X X X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
X X HKN6032_ MCYCLE POWER CABLE
X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HKN6206_ DASH FLEX KIT
X X PHLN1000_ ASSY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSY APX
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X X X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X X X X X X XHLN7002_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X NNTN7279_ SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X X X X X X X PMUN1038_ APX7500 STANDARD TIB MP
PMUN1042_ APX7500 HIROSE TIB MP
PMLN4983_ HIROSE TIB DUST COVER KIT
X PMLN5420_ O9, STD TILTING MOUNT
X X HLN7026_ MCYCLE HEADSET CBL & LEAFLET

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxlii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX 7500 TRI–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX 7500 QUAD–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X PMUN1045_ ODYSSEY 9 CONTROL HEAD REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT, CH + TRNS
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X X X 3364430H03 NEW LABEL FOR MOBILE RADIO
X X X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X X X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxliii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX O3 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS 09 CH APX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MANUAL
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER'S GUIDE
X X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE W3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, W3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxliv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W15AJ ADD:WETHR PROOF HSNG ENCLO BLK APEX
W620AE ADD:NO MTRCYCLE ENCL NEEDED APEX
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD: BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD: PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSH BUTTON APEX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE URC TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00261AA ADD:PEDESTAL MOUNT BALL JOINT
GA00281AA ADD: PEDESTAL MOUNT LOW SWIVEL
Item No. Description
X HLN7022_ Black Motorcycle Enclosure
X HLN6179_ MCYCLE ADPTR CTRL HD SPKR
X HLN6889_ MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING KIT
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X 3064153H02 ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X 40012006001 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 60A
X PMLN5421_ O9, LOW SWIVEL MOUNT, G.JOHNSON
X PMLN5422_ O9, 360 DEG SWIVEL MOUNT, RAM
X PMLN5436_ O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT
X PMKN4109_ WIRE, AWG 14
X PMUN1046_ 09 RELAY CONTROL BOX

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxlv

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–DASH APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT: CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxlvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH:HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BB ADD: HAND MIC (MTRCYCLE WP MIC) APX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD:MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD:HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD:CNTRL STATION PALM MIC GCAI APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1079_ MODIFIED MOTORCYCLE WP MIC w/ DB9
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxlvii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ SAFE & EFFICIENT OP OF MOT RDS
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X NVN5424_ DATA LINK MANAGER APPLICATION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxlviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 40 W & UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 WATT APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
B18CS ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR SPEC MCYCL APEX
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN6003_ 13 Watt Speaker (Motorcycle)

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxlix

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart

M30SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450–470 MHz
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5 dB 450–470 MHz
G430AC ADD: ANT 5.0 dB 445-470 MHZ
G486AC ADD: 5 dB GAIN ANT 494-512 MHZ
G490AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 470-512 MHZ
G493AD ADD: ANT 3 DB ROOF TOP 470-495 MHZ
G494AD ADD: ANT 3 DB ROOF TOP 494-512 MHZ
G510AB ADD:ANT LOW PROFILE 450-512 MHZ
G511AB ADD:2DB ANT WIDEBAND 450-520 MHZ
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
GA00652AA ADD: ANT ROOF TOP 5 dB 470–494 MHZ
GA00507AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-482
GA00508AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 482-512
GA00509AA ADD: ANT MTCL LO PRO UNITY 450-512
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
GA00269AA ADD: GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAE4003_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450–470 MHz
X HAE4011_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 450–470 MHz
X RAE4014AR_ ANT 5.0DB GAIN 445-470MHZ
X RAE4016AR_ ANT ROOF TOP 5 dB, 494-512 MHz
X HAE4004_ ANTENNA 1/4 WAVE 470-512 MHZ
X HAE4012_ ANT ROOF TOP 3.5 dB 470-495 MHz
X HAE4013_ ANT ROOF TOP 3.5 dB 494-512 MHz
X HAE6016_ ANT LOW PROFILE 450-512 MHZ
X HAE6015_ ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 450-520 MHZ
X HAE6031_ ANT,2DB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
X RAE4015AR_ ANT ROOF TOP 5 dB 470-494 MHz
X HAE6033_ ANT,MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-482 MHz
X HAE6034_ ANT,MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 482-520 MHz
X HAE6035_ ANT,MCYCLE LO PRO UNITY 450-512 MHz
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X HAG4001_ GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cl Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont)

M30SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G66AL ADD: DASH MOUNT 03
G66AM ADD: DASH MOUNT 05
G67BE ADD:SCREW, REM MT NO CH MP
G67BD ADD:REM MT NO CH MCYCLE
G67BA ADD:REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE
G67BB ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O3 MID POWER
G67BC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O5 MID POWER
GA00187AB INT:O5 SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
G67BK ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O9 MID POWER
Item No. Description
X X X X X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X 0715044C01 BRKT, MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING (O5)
X 3075217A01 CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5)
X X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X X X X X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
X X HKN6032_ MCYCLE POWER CABLE
X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HKN6206_ DASH FLEX KIT
X X PHLN1000_ ASSY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSY APX
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X X X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X X X X X X XHLN7002_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X NNTN7279_ SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X X X X X X X PMUN1038_ APX7500 STANDARD TIB MP
PMUN1042_ APX7500 HIROSE TIB MP
PMLN4983_ HIROSE TIB DUST COVER KIT
X PMLN5420_ O9, STD TILTING MOUNT
X X HLN7026_ MCYCLE HEADSET CBL & LEAFLET

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cli

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont)

M30SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX 7500 TRI–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX 7500 QUAD–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X PMUN1045_ ODYSSEY 9 CONTROL HEAD REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT, CH + TRNS
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X X X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X X X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont)

M30SSS9PW1AN
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX O3 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS 09 CH APX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MANUAL
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER'S GUIDE
X X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE W3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, W3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cliii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont)

M30SSS9PW1AN
Option Description
W15AJ ADD:WETHR PROOF HSNG ENCLO BLK APEX
W620AE ADD:NO MTRCYCLE ENCL NEEDED APEX
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD: BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD: PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSH BUTTON APEX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE URC TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00261AA ADD:PEDESTAL MOUNT BALL JOINT
GA00281AA ADD: PEDESTAL MOUNT LOW SWIVEL
Item No. Description
X HLN7022_ Black Motorcycle Enclosure
X HLN6179_ MCYCLE ADPTR CTRL HD SPKR
X HLN6889_ MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING KIT
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X 3064153H02 ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X 40012006001 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 60A
X PMLN5421_ O9, LOW SWIVEL MOUNT, G.JOHNSON
X PMLN5422_ O9, 360 DEG SWIVEL MOUNT, RAM
X PMLN5436_ O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT
X PMKN4109_ WIRE, AWG 14
X PMUN1046_ 09 RELAY CONTROL BOX

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cliv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont)

M30SSS9PW1AN
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–DASH APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT: CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clv

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont)

M30SSS9PW1AN
Option Description
G892AB ENH:HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BB ADD: HAND MIC (MTRCYCLE WP MIC) APX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD:MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD:HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD:CNTRL STATION PALM MIC GCAI APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1079_ MODIFIED MOTORCYCLE WP MIC w/ DB9
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont)

M30SSS9PW1AN
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ SAFE & EFFICIENT OP OF MOT RDS
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X NVN5424_ DATA LINK MANAGER APPLICATION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clvii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont)

M30SSS9PW1AN
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 WATT APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
B18CS ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR SPEC MCYCL APEX
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN6003_ 13 Watt Speaker (Motorcycle)

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart

M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450–470 MHZ
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5 dB 450–470 MHZ
G430AC ADD: ANT 5.0 dB 445–470 MHZ
G486AC ADD: 5DB GAIN ANT 494-512 MHZ
G490AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 470-512 MHZ
G493AD ADD: ANT 3 dB ROOF TOP 470-495 MHZ
G494AD ADD: ANT 3 dB ROOF TOP 494-512 MHZ
G510AB ADD:ANT LOW PROFILE 450-512 MHZ
G511AB ADD:2 dB ANT WIDEBAND 450-520 MHZ
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
GA00652AA ADD: ANT ROOF TOP 5 dB 470–494 MHZ
GA00507AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-482
GA00508AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 482-512
GA00509AA ADD: ANT MTCL LO PRO UNITY 450-512
G174AD ADD: ANT 3 dB LOW-PROFILE 762-870
G174AE ADD: ANT 3 dB LOWPRO MCYC 762-870
G175AD ADD: ANT 3 dB ELEVATED FEED 762-870
G335AW ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 762-870MHZ
G335AX ADD: ANT 3 dB MCYCLE 762-870MHZ
W484AF ADD: ANT 3 dB COLLINEAR 762-870 MHz
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
GA00269AA ADD: GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAE4003_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450–470 MHz
X HAE4011_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 450–470 MHz
X RAE4014AR_ ANT 5.0DB GAIN 445-470MHZ
X RAE4016AR_ ANT ROOF TOP 5 dB, 494-512 MHz
X HAE4004_ ANTENNA 1/4 WAVE 470-512 MHZ
X HAE4012_ ANT ROOF TOP 3.5 dB 470-495 MHz
X HAE4013_ ANT ROOF TOP 3.5 dB 494-512 MHz
X HAE6016_ ANT LOW PROFILE 450-512 MHZ
X HAE6015_ ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 450-520 MHZ
X HAE6031_ ANT,2 dB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
X RAE4015AR_ ANT ROOF TOP 5 dB 470-494 MHz
X HAE6033_ ANT,MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-482 MHz
X HAE6034_ ANT,MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 482-520 MHz
X HAE6035_ ANT,MCYCLE LO PRO UNITY 450-512 MHz
X HAF4013_ ANT 3 dB LOW-PROFILE 762-870 MHz
X HAF4018_ ANT 3 dB LOW PRO MCYC 762-870 MHz
X HAF4014_ ANT 3 dB ELEVATED FEED 762-870 MHz
X HAF4016_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 762-870 MHZ
X HAF4015_ ANT 3 dB MCYCLE 762-870 MHZ
X HAF4017_ ANT 3 dB COLLINEAR 762-870 MHz
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X HAG4001_ GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clix

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G66AL ADD: DASH MOUNT 03
G66AM ADD: DASH MOUNT 05
G67BE ADD:SCREW, REM MT NO CH MP
G67BD ADD:REM MT NO CH MCYCLE
G67BA ADD:REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE
G67BB ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O3 MID POWER
G67BC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O5 MID POWER
GA00187AB INT:O5 SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
G67BK ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O9 MID POWER
Item No. Description
X X X X X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X 0715044C01 BRKT, MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING (O5)
X 3075217A01 CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5)
X X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X X X X X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
X X HKN6032_ MCYCLE POWER CABLE
X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HKN6206_ DASH FLEX KIT
X X PHLN1000_ ASSY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSY APX
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X X X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X X X X X X XHLN7002_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X NNTN7279_ SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X X X X X X X PMUN1038_ APX7500 STANDARD TIB MP
PMUN1042_ APX7500 HIROSE TIB MP
PMLN4983_ HIROSE TIB DUST COVER KIT
X PMLN5420_ O9, STD TILTING MOUNT
X X HLN7026_ MCYCLE HEADSET CBL & LEAFLET

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clx Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX 7500 TRI–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX 7500 QUAD–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X PMUN1045_ ODYSSEY 9 CONTROL HEAD REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X HLN6980_ COVER, DUST, KIT
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X X X 3364430H03 NEW LABEL FOR MOBILE RADIO
X X X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X X X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clxi

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX O3 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS 09 CH APX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MANUAL
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER'S GUIDE
X X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE W3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, W3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W15AJ ADD:WETHR PROOF HSNG ENCLO BLK APEX
W620AE ADD:NO MTRCYCLE ENCL NEEDED APEX
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD: BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD: PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSH BUTTON APEX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE URC TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00261AA ADD:PEDESTAL MOUNT BALL JOINT
GA00281AA ADD: PEDESTAL MOUNT LOW SWIVEL
Item No. Description
X HLN7022_ Black Motorcycle Enclosure
X HLN6179_ MCYCLE ADPTR CTRL HD SPKR
X HLN6889_ MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING KIT
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X 3064153H02 ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X 40012006001 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 60A
X PMLN5421_ O9, LOW SWIVEL MOUNT, G.JOHNSON
X PMLN5422_ O9, 360 DEG SWIVEL MOUNT, RAM
X PMLN5436_ O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT
X PMKN4109_ WIRE, AWG 14
X PMUN1046_ 09 RELAY CONTROL BOX

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clxiii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–DASH APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT: CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH:HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BB ADD: HAND MIC (MTRCYCLE WP MIC) APX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD:MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD:HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD:CNTRL STATION PALM MIC GCAI APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1079_ MODIFIED MOTORCYCLE WP MIC w/ DB9
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clxv

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ SAFE & EFFICIENT OP OF MOT RDS
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X NVN5424_ DATA LINK MANAGER APPLICATION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clxvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 700–800 35 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 WATT APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
B18CS ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR SPEC MCYCL APEX
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN6003_ 13 Watt Speaker (Motorcycle)

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clxvii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G296AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 136–144 MHz
G297AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 144-150.8 MHz
G299AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8-162 MHz
G300AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 162-174 MHz
ADD: ANT 1/4 WV BROADBAND 136-162
W652AN MHz
ADD: 1/4 WAVE BROADBAND ANT 146–
G629AB 174 MHz
G792AB ADD: ANT VHF WIDEBAND 136–174 MHZ
G301AC ADD: 3 dB ANT 136-174MHZ
GA00510AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 136-144
ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 144-
GA00511AA 150.8
GA00512AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WV WHIP 150.8-162
GA00513AA ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WV WHIP 162-174
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHz
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5 dB 450-470 MHz
G430AC ADD: ANT 5.0 dB 445-47 MHz
G486AC ADD: 5.0 DB GAIN ANT 494-512 MHz
G490AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 470-512 MHz
G493AD ADD: ANT 3 dB ROOF TOP 470-495 MHz
G494AD ADD: ANT 3 dB ROOF TOP 494-512 MHz
G510AB ADD: ANT LOW PROFILE 450-512 MHz
G511AB ADD: 2 dB ANT WIDEBAND 450-520 MHz
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHz
GA00652AA ADD: ANT ROOF TOP 5 dB 470-494 MHz
ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-482
GA00507AA MHz
ADD: ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 482-512
GA00508AA MHz
ADD: ANT MTCL LO PRO UNITY 450-512
GA00509AA MHz
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
GA00269AA ADD: GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAE4003_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHz
X HAE4011_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 450-470 MHz
X RAE4014AR_ ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 445-470 MHZ
X RAE4016AR_ ANT ROOF TOP 5 DB 494-512 MHZ
X HAE4004_ ANTENNA 1/4 WAVE 470-512 MHZ
X HAE4012_ ANT ROOF TOP 3.5 DB 470-495 MHZ
X HAE4013_ ANT ROOF TOP 3.5 DB 494-512 MHZ
X HAE6016_ ANT LOW PROFILE 450-512 MHZ
X HAE6031_ ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
X RAE4015AR_ ANT ROOF TOP 5 DB 470-494 MHZ
X HAE6033_ ANT MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-482
X HAE6034_ ANT MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP482-512
X HAE6035_ ANT MCYCLE LO PRO UNITY 450-512
x HAD4006_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 136-144 MHz
X HAD4007_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 144-150.8 MHz
X HAD4008_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8-162 MHz
X HAD4009_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 162-174 MHz
X HAD4016_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 136-162 MHz
X HAD4017_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 146-174 MHz
X HAD4021_ ANT VHF WIDEBAND 136-174 MHz
X RAD4010AR_ ANT 3dB TUNABLE 132–174 MHz
X HAD4023_ ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 136-144
X HAD4024_ ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 144-150.8
X HAD4025_ ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 150.8-162
X HAD4026_ ANT MTCL 1/4 WAVE WHIP 162-174
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X HAG4001_ GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clxviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G66AL ADD: DASH MOUNT 03
G66AM ADD: DASH MOUNT 05
G67BE ADD:SCREW, REM MT NO CH MP
G67BD ADD:REM MT NO CH MCYCLE
G67BA ADD:REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE
G67BB ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O3 MID POWER
G67BC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O5 MID POWER
GA00187AB INT:O5 SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
G67BK ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O9 MID POWER
Item No. Description
X X X X X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X 0715044C01 BRKT, MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING (O5)
X 3075217A01 CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5)
X X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X X X X X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
X X HKN6032_ MCYCLE POWER CABLE
X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X HKN6191_ CABLE, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HKN6206_ DASH FLEX KIT
X X PHLN1000_ ASSY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSY APX
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X X X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X HLN7026_ MCYCLE HEADSET CBL & LEAFLET
X X X X X X X X HLN7002_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X NNTN7279_ SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X X X X X X X PMUN1038_ APX7500 STANDARD TIB MP
X PMLN5420_ O9, STD TILTING MOUNT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clxix

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX7500 DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX7500 TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX7500 QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X PMUN1045_ ODYSSEY 9 CONTROL HEAD REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6186_ TRUNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X HLN6980_ COVER, DUST, KIT
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X X X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X X X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clxx Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX 03 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS 09 CH APX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER'S GUID
X X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE W3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, W3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clxxi

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
W15AJ ADD:WETHR PROOF HSNG ENCLO BLK APEX
W620AE ADD:NO MTRCYCLE ENCL NEEDED APEX
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD:BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD:PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE URC TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00261AA ADD:PEDESTAL MOUNT BALL JOINT
GA00281AA ADD: PEDESTAL MOUNT LOW SWIVEL
Item No. Description
X HLN7022_ Black Motorcycle Enclosure
X HLN6179_ MCYCLE ADPTR CTRL HD SPKR
X HLN6889_ MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING KIT
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X 3064153H02 ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X 40012006001 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 60A
X PMLN5421_ O9, LOW SWIVEL MOUNT, G.JOHNSON
X PMLN5422_ O9, 360 DEG SWIVEL MOUNT, RAM
X PMLN5436_ O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT
X PMKN4109_ WIRE, AWG 14
X PMUN1046_ 09 RELAY CONTROL BOX

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clxxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD:USB DATA INTFC CABLE-DASH APEX
G309AC ADD:USB DATA INTFC CABLE-TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD:REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT:CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clxxiii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT:USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W947AT ADD:RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X 6881095C99 CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X NVN5424_ DATA LINK MANAGER APPLICATION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clxxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH:HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BB ADD: HAND MIC (MTRCYCLE WP MIC) APX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD:MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD:HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD:CNTRL STATION PALM MIC GCAI APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1079_ MODIFIED MOTORCYCLE WP MIC w/ DB9
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMH5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clxxv

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 2 10–45 W & VHF 10–50 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 WATT APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clxxvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart

M30QSS9PW1_N
Description
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5 dB 450-470 MHZ
G427AB ADD: ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 380-433 MHz
G429AB ADD: ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 380-433 MHz
G425AC ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-433 MHZ
G431AC ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-470 MHZ
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
G430AC ADD: ANT 5.0 dB 445-470 MHZ
ADD: ANT MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-
G210AB 433
ADD: ANT MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 425-
GA00506AA 470
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
GA00269AA ADD: GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAE4003_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHz
X HAE4011_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 450-470 MHz
X HAE6010_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 380-433MHz
X HAE6011_ ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 380-433MHz
X HAE6012_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-433MHz
X HAE6013_ ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-470 MHz
X HAE6031_ ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHz
X RAE4014AR_ ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 445-470MHz
X HAE6014_ ANT,MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-433
X HAE6032_ ANT,MCYCLE 1/4 WAVE WHIP 425-470
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X HAG4001_ GPS ANT MCYCLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clxxvii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G66AL ADD: DASH MOUNT 03
G66AM ADD: DASH MOUNT 05
G67BE ADD:SCREW, REM MT NO CH MP
G67BD ADD:REM MT NO CH MCYCLE
G67BA ADD:REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE
G67BB ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O3 MID POWER
G67BC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O5 MID POWER
GA00187AB INT:O5 SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
G67BK ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O9 MID POWER
Item No. Description
X X X X X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X 0715044C01 BRKT, MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING (O5)
X 3075217A01 CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5)
X X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X X X X X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
X X HKN6032_ MCYCLE POWER CABLE
X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X HKN6191_ CABLE, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HKN6206_ DASH FLEX KIT
X X PHLN1000_ ASSY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSY APX
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X X X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X X X X X X X HLN7002_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X NNTN7279_ SHIELD, SUN, MOTORCYCLE
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X X X X X X X PMUN1038_ APX7500 STANDARD TIB MP
PMUN1042_ APX7500 HIROSE TIB MP
PMLN4983_ HIROSE TIB DUST COVER KIT
X PMLN5420_ O9, STD TILTING MOUNT
X X HLN7026_ MCYCLE HEADSET CBL & LEAFLET

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clxxviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX7500 DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX7500 TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX7500 QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X PMUN1045_ ODYSSEY 9 CONTROL HEAD REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6186_ TRUNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X HLN6980_ COVER, DUST, KIT
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X X X 3364430H03 NEW LABEL FOR MOBILE RADIO
X X X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X X X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clxxix

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX 03 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS 09 CH APX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER'S GUID
X X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE W3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, W3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clxxx Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W15AJ ADD:WETHR PROOF HSNG ENCLO BLK APEX
W620AE ADD:NO MTRCYCLE ENCL NEEDED APEX
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD:BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD:PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE URC TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00261AA ADD:PEDESTAL MOUNT BALL JOINT
GA00281AA ADD: PEDESTAL MOUNT LOW SWIVEL
Item No. Description
X HLN7022_ Black Motorcycle Enclosure
X HLN6179_ MCYCLE ADPTR CTRL HD SPKR
X HLN6889_ MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING KIT
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X 3064153H02 ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X 40012006001 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 60A
X PMLN5421_ O9, LOW SWIVEL MOUNT, G.JOHNSON
X PMLN5422_ O9, 360 DEG SWIVEL MOUNT, RAM
X PMLN5436_ O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT
X PMKN4109_ WIRE, AWG 14
X PMUN1046_ 09 RELAY CONTROL BOX

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clxxxi

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD:USB DATA INTFC CABLE-DASH APEX
G309AC ADD:USB DATA INTFC CABLE-TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD:REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT:CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clxxxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH:HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BB ADD: HAND MIC (MTRCYCLE WP MIC) APX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD:MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD:HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD:CNTRL STATION PALM MIC GCAI APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1079_ MODIFIED MOTORCYCLE WP MIC w/ DB9
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMH5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clxxxiii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT:USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W947AT ADD:RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ SAFE & EFFICIENT OP OF MOT RDS
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X NVN5424_ DATA LINK MANAGER APPLICATION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clxxxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 10–40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 WATT APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
B18CS ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR SPEC MCYCL APEX
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN6003_ 13 Watt Speaker (Motorcycle)

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clxxxv

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart

M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450–470 MHZ
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5DB 450–470 MHZ
G427AB ADD: ANT 3.5dB GAIN 380–433 MHz
G429AB ADD: ANT 5.0dB GAIN 380–433 MHz
G425AC ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380–433 MHZ
G431AC ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380–470 MHZ
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380–520 MHZ
G430AC ADD: ANT 5.0 dB 445–470 MHZ
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAE4003_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450–470 MHZ
X HAE4011_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 450–470 MHz
X HAE6010_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 380–433MHZ
X HAE6011_ ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 380–433MHZ
X HAE6012_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380–433MHZ
ANT WIDEBAND 2.0 dB GAIN 380–470
X HAE6013_ MHZ
X HAE6031_ ANT 2.0 dB WIDEBAND 380–520 MHZ
X RAE4014AR_ ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 445–470 MHz
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clxxxvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G655AJ INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT O5 CH
G655AK INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT O3 CH
G655AM INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT NO CH
G655AN INT: QUICK, HP REM MT 09 CH
Item No. Description
X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X X X 3271902H01 FRAME SEAL, OVERMOLDED
X X X X HKN6110_ CABLE, POWER, 100W
X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB
X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X HLN6961_ ASSEMBLY,ACCESSORY,CONNECTOR (CHIB)
X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT, CH + TRNS
X X X X HLN7003_ INSTALLATION HARDWARE HP KIT
X X X X HLN7017_ DC CONNECTOR BRACKET KIT
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X PMLN5420_ BRACKET,O9, STD TILTING MOUNT,FINISHED GOOD
X X X X PMUN1040_ APX 7500 STANDARD TIB HP

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clxxxvii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX 7500 TRI–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX 7500 QUAD–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X PMUN1045_ ODYSSEY 9 CONTROL HEAD REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT, CH + TRNS
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X X X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X X X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
clxxxviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX O3 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS 09 CH APX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER GUIDE
X X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE O3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, O3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ AUX SWITCH PANEL
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE
X X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK SIREN/PA SPARE BUTTON
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications clxxxix

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD: BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD: PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE URC TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00261AA ADD:PEDESTAL MOUNT BALL JOINT
GA00281AA ADD: PEDESTAL MOUNT LOW SWIVEL
Item No. Description
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X 3064153H02 ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X 40012006001 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 60A
X PMLN5421_ O9, LOW SWIVEL MOUNT, G.JOHNSON
X PMLN5422_ O9, 360 DEG SWIVEL MOUNT, RAM
X PMLN5436_ O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT
X PMKN4109_ WIRE, AWG 14
X PMUN1046_ 09 RELAY CONTROL BOX

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxc Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G607AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G618AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G879AC ADD:REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G927AB INT:CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxci

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X 6881095C99 CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X NVN5424_ SOFTWARE,ASSEMBLY,INF FILE CD

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxcii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH: HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BB ADD: HAND MIC (MTRCYCLE WP MIC) APX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD: MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD: PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1079_ MODIFIED MOTORCYCLE WP MIC w/ DB9
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxciii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M30QTS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 W APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxciv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
G296AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 136–144 MHz
G297AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 144–150.8 MHz
G299AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8–162 MHz
G300AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 162–174 MHz
W652AN ADD: ANT 1/4 WV BD-BAND 136–162 MHz
G629AB ADD: ANT 1/4WV BD-BAND 146–174 MHz
G792AB ADD: ANT VHF WIDEBAND 136–174 MHz
G301AC ADD: ANT 3 dB TUNABLE 132–174 MHz
G174AD ADD: ANT 3 dB LOW-PROFILE 762–870
G175AD ADD: ANT 3 dB ELEVATED FEED 762–870
G335AW ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 762–870MHZ
W484AF ADD: ANT 3 dB COLLINEAR 762–870 MHz
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAD4006_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 136–144 MHz
X HAD4007_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 144–150.8 MHz
X HAD4008_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8–162 MHz
X HAD4009_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 162–174 MHz
X HAD4016_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 136–162 MHz
X HAD4017_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 146–174 MHz
X HAD4021_ ANT VHF WIDEBAND 136–174 MHz
X RAD4010AR_ ANT 3dB TUNABLE 132–174 MHz
X HAF4013_ ANT 3 dB LOW-PROFILE 762–870
X HAF4014_ ANT 3 dB ELEVATED FEED 762–870
X HAF4016_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 762–870MHZ
X HAF4017_ ANT 3 dB COLLINEAR 762–870 MHz
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxcv

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart
(Cont)
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
G655AJ INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT O5 CH
G655AK INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT O3 CH
G655AM INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT NO CH
G655AN INT: QUICK, HP REM MT 09 CH
Item No. Description
X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X X X 3271902H01 FRAME SEAL, OVERMOLDED
X X X X HKN6110_ CABLE, POWER, 100W
X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB
X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X HLN6961_ ASSEMBLY,ACCESSORY,CONNECTOR (CHIB)
X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT, CH + TRNS
X X X X HLN7003_ INSTALLATION HARDWARE HP KIT
X X X X HLN7017_ DC CONNECTOR BRACKET KIT
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X PMLN5420_ BRACKET,O9, STD TILTING MOUNT,FINISHED GOOD
X X X X PMUN1040_ APX 7500 STANDARD TIB HP

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxcvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart
(Cont)
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX 7500 TRI–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX 7500 QUAD–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X PMUN1045_ ODYSSEY 9 CONTROL HEAD REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT, CH + TRNS
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X X X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X X X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxcvii

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart
(Cont)
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX O3 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS 09 CH APX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER GUIDE
X X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE O3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, O3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ AUX SWITCH PANEL
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE
X X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK SIREN/PA SPARE BUTTON
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cxcviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart
(Cont)
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD: BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD: PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE URC TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00261AA ADD:PEDESTAL MOUNT BALL JOINT
GA00281AA ADD: PEDESTAL MOUNT LOW SWIVEL
Item No. Description
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X 3064153H02 ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X 40012006001 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 60A
X PMLN5421_ O9, LOW SWIVEL MOUNT, G.JOHNSON
X PMLN5422_ O9, 360 DEG SWIVEL MOUNT, RAM
X PMLN5436_ O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT
X PMKN4109_ WIRE, AWG 14
X PMUN1046_ 09 RELAY CONTROL BOX

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cxcix

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart
(Cont)
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G607AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G618AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G879AC ADD:REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G927AB INT:CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cc Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart
(Cont)
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X 6881095C99 CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X NVN5424_ SOFTWARE,ASSEMBLY,INF FILE CD

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cci

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart
(Cont)
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH: HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BB ADD: HAND MIC (MTRCYCLE WP MIC) APX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD: MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD: PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1079_ MODIFIED MOTORCYCLE WP MIC w/ DB9
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 700–800 MHz 10–35 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart
(Cont)
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 W APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cciii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart
M30TSS9PW1_N
Description
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5DB 450-470 MHZ
G425AC ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380–433 MHZ
G431AC ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380–470 MHZ
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380–520 MHZ
G430AC ADD: ANT 5.0 dB 445–470 MHZ
G427AB ADD: ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 380-433 MHz
G429AB ADD: ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 380-433 MHz
G174AD ADD: ANT 3 dB LOW–PROFILE 762–870
G175AD ADD: ANT 3 dB ELEVATED FEED 762–870
G335AW ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 762–870MHZ
W484AF ADD: ANT 3 dB COLLINEAR 762–870 MHz
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAE4003_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHz
X HAE4011_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 450-470 MHz
X HAE6012_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-433MHz
X HAE6013_ ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-470 MHz
X HAE6031_ ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHz
X RAE4014AR_ ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 445-470 MHz
X HAE6010_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 380-433MHz
X HAE6011_ ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 380-433MHz
X HAF4013_ ANT 3 dB LOW–PROFILE 762–870 MHz
X HAF4014_ ANT 3 dB ELEVATED FEED 762–870 MHz
X HAF4016_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 762–870 MHz
X HAF4017_ ANT 3DB COLLINEAR 762–870MHz
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cciv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G655AJ INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT O5 CH
G655AK INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT O3 CH
G655AM INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT NO CH
G655AN INT: QUICK, HP REM MT 09 CH
Item No. Description
X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X X X 3271902H01 FRAME SEAL, OVERMOLDED
X X X X HKN6110_ CABLE, POWER, 100W
X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB
X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X HLN6961_ ASSEMBLY,ACCESSORY,CONNECTOR (CHIB)
X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT, CH + TRNS
X X X X HLN7003_ INSTALLATION HARDWARE HP KIT
X X X X HLN7017_ DC CONNECTOR BRACKET KIT
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X PMLN5420_ BRACKET,O9, STD TILTING MOUNT,FINISHED GOOD
X X X X PMUN1040_ APX 7500 STANDARD TIB HP

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccv

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX 7500 TRI–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX 7500 QUAD–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X PMUN1045_ ODYSSEY 9 CONTROL HEAD REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X HLN6980_ COVER, DUST, KIT
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X X X 3364430H03 NEW LABEL FOR MOBILE RADIO
X X X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X X X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX O3 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS 09 CH APX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER GUIDE
X X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE W3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, W3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccvii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD: BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD: PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE URC TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00261AA ADD:PEDESTAL MOUNT BALL JOINT
GA00281AA ADD: PEDESTAL MOUNT LOW SWIVEL
Item No. Description
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X 3064153H02 ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X 40012006001 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 60A
X PMLN5421_ O9, LOW SWIVEL MOUNT, G.JOHNSON
X PMLN5422_ O9, 360 DEG SWIVEL MOUNT, RAM
X PMLN5436_ O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT
X PMKN4109_ WIRE, AWG 14
X PMUN1046_ 09 RELAY CONTROL BOX

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD:USB DATA INTFC CABLE-DASH APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD:REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT:CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccix

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH:HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD:MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD:HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccx Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ SAFE & EFFICIENT OP OF MOT RDS
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X NVN5424_ DATA LINK MANAGER APPLICATION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxi

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & 700–800MHz 35 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M30TSS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 W APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
G296AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 136–144 MHz
G297AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 144–150.8 MHz
G299AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8–162 MHz
G300AE ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 162–174 MHz
W652AN ADD: ANT 1/4 WV BD-BAND 136–162 MHz
G629AB ADD: ANT 1/4 WV BD-BAND 146–174 MHz
G792AB ADD: ANT VHF WIDEBAND 136–174 MHz
G301AC ADD: ANT 3 dB TUNABLE 132–174 MHz
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5DB 450-470 MHZ
G427AB ADD: ANT 3.5dB GAIN 380-433 MHz
G429AB ADD: ANT 5.0dB GAIN 380-433 MHz
G425AC ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-433 MHZ
G431AC ADD: ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380-470 MHZ
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
G430AC ADD: ANT 5.0DB 445-470 MHZ
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID
Item No. Description
X HAD4006_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 136–144 MHz
X HAD4007_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 144–150.8 MHz
X HAD4008_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 150.8–162 MHz
X HAD4009_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 162–174 MHz
X HAD4016_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 136–162 MHz
X HAD4017_ ANT 1/4 WAVE BD-BAND 146–174 MHz
X HAD4021_ VHF ANT WIDEBAND 136–174 MHZ
X RAD4010AR_ ANT 3dB TUNABLE 132–174 MHz
X HAE4003_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
X HAE4011_ ANT 3.5 dB GAIN 450-470 MHz
X HAE6010_ ANT 3.5DB GAIN 380-433MHZ
X HAE6011_ ANT 5.0DB GAIN 380-433MHZ
X HAE6012_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380–433MHZ
X HAE6013_ ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380–470 MHZ
X HAE6031_ ANT 2 dB WIDEBAND 380–520 MHZ
X RAE4014AR_ ANT 5.0 dB GAIN 445–470MHZ
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxiii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
G655AJ INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT O5 CH
G655AK INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT O3 CH
G655AM INT: QUICK, HP REMOTE MOUNT NO CH
G655AN INT: QUICK, HP REM MT 09 CH
Item No. Description
X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X X X 3271902H01 FRAME SEAL, OVERMOLDED
X X X X HKN6110_ CABLE, POWER, 100W
X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HKN6191_ CBL, REAR REMOTE FLEX ASSY (CHIB)
X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB
X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X HLN6961_ ASSEMBLY,ACCESSORY,CONNECTOR (CHIB)
X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT, CH + TRNS
X X X X HLN7003_ INSTALLATION HARDWARE HP KIT
X X X X HLN7017_ DC CONNECTOR BRACKET KIT
X PMLN4958_ O3 CAN 17' EXTENSION CABLE
X PMLN4959_ O3 ACCESSORY CABLE
X PMLN5420_ BRACKET,O9, STD TILTING MOUNT,FINISHED GOOD
X X X X PMUN1040_ APX 7500 STANDARD TIB HP

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
G442AJ ADD: APX 7500 O5 CONTROL HEAD
G72AD ADD: APX 7500 O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00092AC ADD: APX 7500 DUAL–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00093AB ADD: APX 7500 TRI–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00094AB ADD: APX 7500 QUAD–CONTROL HARDWARE
GA00245AA ADD: APX7500 O9 CONTROL HEAD
GA00804 ADD: APX 7500 O2 CONTROL HEAD
GA00805 ADD: APX 7500 O7 CONTROL HEAD
MHLN6979AS ADD: MACK CONTROL BOARD
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Grey )
X PMHN4195_ O2 FRONT HOUSING ( Green )
X PMHN4194_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English )
X PMHN4192_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Chinese )
X PMHN4197_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Cyrillic )
X PMHN4196_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( English_Hebrew )
X PMHN4191_ O7 CONTROL HEAD ( Siren and Light )
X X X X PHCN4000_ O5 CONTROL HEAD
X PMUN1034_ O3 CONTROL HEAD
X NNTN7918_ ADP/AES/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7919_ ADP/DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7920_ ADP/AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7921_ ADP/AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7922_ ADP/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN7923_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X PMUN1045_ ODYSSEY 9 CONTROL HEAD REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT, CH + TRNS
X X X 0364332H02 SCREW, M3X.5
X X X HKN6191_ FLEX, CNTR HEAD TO CHIB
X X X PHLN1000_ REMOTE ASSY, CHIB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxv

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W269BQ ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O3 CH APEX
W269BP ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O5 CH APEX
W271AS ADD: SIREN PA/SWITCH BOX O3 APEX
W589BD ADD: PUBLIC ADDRESS APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS 09 CH APX
Item No. Description
X X X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X X 6881093C18 SERVICE MANUAL AND USER GUIDE
X X X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X X X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X X X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HKN6145_ CABLE O3 SIREN DEK
X HKN6146_ CABLE, O3 SIREN SWITCH BOX
X HLN1196_ AUX SWITCH PANEL
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SIREN/PA
X HLN1338_ DEK SIREN PA
X HLN1339_ DEK PA
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE
X X X X X HLN1439_ SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK SIREN/PA SPARE BUTTON
X HLN6819_ SIREN SWITCH BOX
X X X X X X X X HKN6189_ CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X X X HLN6938_ HDWR DEK MOUNTING

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00238AA INT: REMOVABLE MEMORY BRD APX
GA00239AA INT: REM MEM 3 DAY KEY RET BRD APX
B116BD ADD: BUZZER 110MA APEX
W116AQ ADD: EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY AND CABLE APX
G235AC ADD: PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE URC TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00261AA ADD:PEDESTAL MOUNT BALL JOINT
GA00281AA ADD: PEDESTAL MOUNT LOW SWIVEL
Item No. Description
X X 0310909A33 SCREW
X MHLN7000_ 1G MEMORY EXPANSION BRD
X MHLN6999_ 1G MEM EXPANSION BRD W/ 3 DAY KEY
X HLN6953_ BUZZER KIT 110 MA
X HKN4258_ CABLE RELAY
X HLN6969_ EXTERNAL ALARM RELAY
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X 3064153H02 ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X 40012006001 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 60A
X PMLN5421_ O9, LOW SWIVEL MOUNT, G.JOHNSON
X PMLN5422_ O9, 360 DEG SWIVEL MOUNT, RAM
X PMLN5436_ O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT
X PMKN4109_ WIRE, AWG 14
X PMUN1046_ 09 RELAY CONTROL BOX

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxvii

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE–TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G607AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G618AC ADD:CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G879AC ADD:REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G927AB INT:CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G146AE INT: SAFETY LEAFLET WEEE APEX
G657AD INT: USER/INSTALL MANUAL CD APEX
W947AT ADD: RS232 PACKET DATA INTERFACE APX
Item No. Description
X 6881095C99 CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X 6866537D90 WEEE SAFETY SUPPLEMENT
X PMLN5336_ APX 7500 CDROM O5 & O3 CH UG'S
X NVN5424_ SOFTWARE,ASSEMBLY,INF FILE CD

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxix

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH: HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BB ADD: HAND MIC (MTRCYCLE WP MIC) APX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD: MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
GA00304AA ADD: PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1079_ MODIFIED MOTORCYCLE WP MIC w/ DB9
X HMN1090_ STD PALM MICROPHONE (GCAI)
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxx Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 7500 UHF Range 1 100 W & VHF 100 W Model Chart (Cont)
M30TXS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 W APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST
W432AG ENH: SPKR INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPKR 7.5W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPKR 13W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPKR 13W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxxi

ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart

M24KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G296AF ADD: 1/4 WAVE WHIP ROOF TOP 136-144
G297AF ADD: 1/4 WAVE ROOF TOP 144-150.8
G299AF ADD: 1/4 WAVE ROOF TOP 150.8-162
G300AF ADD: 1/4 WAVE ROOF TOP ANT VHF
W652AP ALT: 1/4 WV BDBD ANT 136-162 MHZ
G629AC ADD: 1/4 WAVE BROADBAND ANT 146-174
G792AC ADD: VHF ANT WIDEBAND 136-174 MHZ
G301AD ADD:3BD ANT 136-174MHZ
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA GLASS MT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID LABEL APEX
Item No. Description
X HAD4006_ ASSEMBLY,ANTENNA,ROOF TOP VHF
X HAD4007_ ANTENNA ROOF TOP VHF
X HAD4008_ ANTENNA, QUARTERWAVE, 152-162
X HAD4009_ ANTENNA ROOF TOP VHF
X HAD4016_ ANT ROOF MT WB VHF 136/162
X HAD4017_ ANT ROOF MT WB VHF 146/174
X HAD4021_ ASSEMBLY,ANTENNA,VHF ANT WIDEBAND 136-174 MHZ
X HAD4022_ ANTENNA, SPECTRUM, 136-174 MHZ
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID ASSEMBLY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G67CH ADD: REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE O7 WWM
G67CG ADD: REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE O2 WWM
G66AW ADD: DASH MOUNT O2 WWM
G66AX ADD: DASH MOUNT O7 WWM
G67CF ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O2 WWM
G67CE ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O7 WWM
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
W15AJ ADD: WETHR PROOF HSNG ENCLO BLK APEX
W620AE ADD: NO MTRCYCLE ENCL NEEDED APEX
Item No. Description
X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X X HKN4191_ MOBILE POWER CBL LO/MED POWER
X X HKN4192_ MOBILE POWER CBL HI POWER 20'
X X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CONTROL HEAD POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X X X X X HLN 6861_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X X X X PMUN1038_ APX 7500 STANDARD TIB MP
X HLN7022_ BLACK MOTORCYCLE ENCLOSURE
X HLN6179_ MOTORCYCLE ADAPTER CONTROL HEAD SPEAKER
X HLN6889_ XTL5000 MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING KIT
X X 0104046J26 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2/O7 DASH MOUNT FLEX ASSY
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,BACK,BACK HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY, O2
X X X 0104046J72 CONTROL HEAD
X X X 03012062001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M3 X 0.5 X 39MM, WITH WASHER & SEAL
X X X 03012052001 SCREW,MACHINE SCREW, M3, STAINLESS STEEL 401 HARDENED
X X X 03012063001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M4 X 0.7 X 27MM, WITH WASHER & SEAL
X X X X 5680002G03 PACKAGING,10X10 ANTI STATIC PE POUCH IN PINK
X X 3075217A02 CABLE ASSEMBLY,CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5/M5)
X X X X PMUN1057_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSEMBLY O2/O7
X X X X 0104046J13 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2/O7 CHIB FLEX ASSEMBLY
X X HKN6032_ MOTORCYCLE POWER CABLE
BRACKET,MOUNTING,STAINLESS STEEL,BRKT, MOTORCYCLE
X X 0715044C01 MOUNTING (O5/M5)
X X HLN7026_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CABLE,MCYCLE HEADSET CBL & LEAFLET

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxxiii

ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00804AA ADD: APX O2 CONTROL HEAD (Grey)
GA00804AB ADD: APX O2 CONTROL HEAD (Green)
G72AJ ADD: APX O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00805AA ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Satandard Keypad)
GA00805AB ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Siren/Lights Keypad)
GA00805AC ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Hebrew)
GA00805AD ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Chinese)
GA00805AE ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Russian)
GA00092AF ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Standard Keypad)
ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Siren/Lights
GA00092AG Keypad)
GA00092AH ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Hebrew Keypad)
GA00092AJ ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Chinese Keypad)
GA00092AK ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Russian Keypad)
GA00092AL ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Grey)
Item No. Description
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2
X X PMHN4193_ CONTROL HEAD (GREY)
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2
X PMHN4195_ CONTROL HEAD (GREEN)
X X X X X X HKN6186_ TRUNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CONTROL HEAD POWER AND SPEAKER
X PMUN1034_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CONTROL UNIT,O3 CONTROL HEAD
X X PMHN4194_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH)
X X PMHN4191_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (SIREN & LIGHTS)
X X PMHN4196_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_HEBREW)
X X PMHN4192_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_CHINESE)
X X PMHN4197_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_CYRILLIC)
SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M3 X 0.5 X 39MM, WITH WASHER &
X X X X X 03012062001 SEAL
SCREW,MACHINE SCREW, M3, STAINLESS STEEL 401
X 03012052001 HARDENED
X X X X X X 0104046J13 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2O7 CHIB FLEX ASSEMBLY
X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL,OVERMOLDED FRAME
X X X X X X PMUN1057_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CONTROL HEAD END REM ASSEMBLY O2/O7
X X X X X X HLN6954_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,COVER,COVER, DUST, KIT
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,BACK,BACK HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY,
X 0104046J72 O2 CONTROL HEAD
X 03012063001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY,M4x0.7x27MM,WITH WASHER & SEAL

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00092AM ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Green)
GA00093AC ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Standard Keypad)
GA00093AD ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Siren/Lights Keypad)
GA00093AE ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Hebrew Keypad)
GA00093AF ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Chinese Keypad)
GA00093AG ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Russian Keypad)
GA00093AH ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Grey)
GA00093AJ ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Green)
GA00094AC ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Standard Keypad)
ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Siren/Lights
GA00094AD Keypad)
GA00094AE ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Hebrew Keypad)
GA00094AF ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Chinese Keypad)
GA00094AG ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Russian Keypad)
GA00094AH ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Grey)
GA00094AJ ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Green)
Item No. Description
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2
X X PMHN4193_ CONTROL HEAD (GREY)
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2
X X X PMHN4195_ CONTROL HEAD (GREEN)
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X HKN6186_ TRUNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CONTROL HEAD POWER AND SPEAKER
X X PMHN4194_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH)
X X PMHN4191_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (SIREN & LIGHTS)
X X PMHN4196_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_HEBREW)
X X PMHN4192_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_CHINESE)
X X PMHN4197_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_CYRILLIC)
SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M3 X 0.5 X 39MM, WITH WASHER &
X X X X X X X X X X 03012062001 SEAL
SCREW,MACHINE SCREW, M3, STAINLESS STEEL 401
X X X X X 03012052001 HARDENED
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 0104046J13 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2O7 CHIB FLEX ASSEMBLY
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL,OVERMOLDED FRAME
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X PMUN1057_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CONTROL HEAD END REM ASSEMBLY O2/O7
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X HLN6954_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,COVER,COVER, DUST, KIT
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,BACK,BACK HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY,
X X X X X 0104046J72 O2 CONTROL HEAD
X X X X X 03012063001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY,M4x0.7x27MM,WITH WASHER & SEAL

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxxv

ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G625AP ENH: DES,DES-XL,DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
W797BD ENH: DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
G843AH ENH: AES ENCRYPTION
G447AD INT: NO ALGO PROVIDED

X NNTN8425_ AES ENCRYPTION

X NNTN8426_ DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN8427_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X NNTN8428_ DVP-XL ENCRYPTION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxxvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O7/O9 CONTROL HEAD APX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00814AA ADD: DEK BOX FOR WHELEN SIREN
Item No. Description
X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1439_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X X X X X X HKN6189_ KIT,CABLE,CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X HLN6938_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,HDWR DEK MOUNTING
X PMUN1046_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,HARDWARE,09 RELAY CONTROL BOX
X PMLN5436_ BRACKET,O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT,FINISHED GOOD
CIRCUIT BREAKER,CIRCUIT BREAKER,1,60A,30V-DC,CIRCUIT
X 40012006001 BREAKER, 60A
X PMKN4109_ CABLE,WIRE, AWG 14,FINISHED GOOD
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxxvii

ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G235AC ADD:PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxxviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE-DASH APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE-TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT: CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE LIGHTBAR BOX TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
CABLE ASSEMBLY,SHIELD,4500MM
X 3064153H02 L,ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxxix

ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G91AE ADD: CONTROL STATION POWER SUPPLY APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxxx Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH: HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD: MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD: CONTROL STATION DESK GCAI MIC
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
G233AD ADD: GOOSENECK PTT APEX
G874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP (HANGUP CUP)
G876AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP COIL CBL APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1090_ TRADITIONAL PALM MICROPHONE
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE-NEW DESIGN
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X GLN7279_ GOOSENECK PTT
X HLN1457_ HANDSET/HANGUP MIC
X HKN1017_ HANDSET/HANGUP MIC COIL CBL

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxxxi

ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD : AUXILIARY SPEAKER 7.5 W APEX
G832AD ADD : SPEAKER 7.5 W WTR RST
W432AG ENH : SPEAKER INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD : SPEAKER 13 W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPEAKER 7.5 W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPEAKER 7.5 W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPEAKER 13 W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPEAKER 13 W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxxxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 VHF 50 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00926AA INT: USER / INSTALL MANUAL CD APX 4500/2500
GA00926AB INT: USER / INSTALL MANUAL CD APX 4500/2500 U
GA01849AB INT: LACR USER GUIDE
GA01849AC INT: LACR USER GUIDE U
G213BN INT: TRIPLE PACK KIT, MOBILE O2/O7
G213BP INT: DOUBLE PACK KIT, MOBILE O2/O7
G213BR INT: SINGLE PACK KIT, MOBILE O2/O7
G213BS INT: SINGLE PACK KIT, MOBILE DASH
Item No. Description
X X PMLN5336_ APX 4500/2500 CDROM
X X NNTN7930_ ASTRO USER GUIDE CD SP-PG-ENG
X HBN5104_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,TRIPLE PACKING KIT
X HBN5103_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,DOUBLE PACKING KIT
X HBN5102_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,SINGLE PACKING KIT
X HBN5105_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,SINGLE PACKING KIT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxxxiii

ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart

M24URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G174AF ADD: ANT 3DB LOW-PROFILE 762-870
G175AE ADD: ANT 3DB ELEVATED FEED 762-870
G335AY ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 762-870MHZ
W484AG ALT: ANT 3DB GAIN 762-870MHZ
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA GLASS MT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID LABEL APEX
Item No. Description
X HAF4013A ANT 3DB LOW-PROFILE 762-870
X HAF4014A ANT 3DB ELEVATED FEED 762-870
X HAF4016A ANT 1/4 WAVE 762-870MHZ
X HAF4017A ADD: ANT 3DB COLLINEAR 762-870MHz
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID ASSEMBLY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxxxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G67CH ADD: REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE O7 WWM
G67CG ADD: REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE O2 WWM
G66AW ADD: DASH MOUNT O2 WWM
G66AX ADD: DASH MOUNT O7 WWM
G67CE ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O7 WWM
G67CF ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O2 WWM
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
W15AJ ADD: WETHR PROOF HSNG ENCLO BLK APEX
W620AE ADD: NO MTRCYCLE ENCL NEEDED APEX
Item No. Description
X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X X HKN4191_ MOBILE POWER CBL LO/MED POWER
X X HKN4192_ MOBILE POWER CBL HI POWER 20'
X X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CONTROL HEAD POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X X X X X HLN 6861_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X X X X PMUN1038_ APX 7500 STANDARD TIB MP
X HLN7022_ BLACK MOTORCYCLE ENCLOSURE
X HLN6179_ MOTORCYCLE ADAPTER CONTROL HEAD SPEAKER
X HLN6889_ XTL5000 MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING KIT
X X 0104046J26 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2/O7 DASH MOUNT FLEX ASSY
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,BACK,BACK HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY, O2
X X X 0104046J72 CONTROL HEAD
X X X 03012062001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M3 X 0.5 X 39MM, WITH WASHER & SEAL
X X X 03012052001 SCREW,MACHINE SCREW, M3, STAINLESS STEEL 401 HARDENED
X X X 03012063001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M4 X 0.7 X 27MM, WITH WASHER & SEAL
X X X X 5680002G03 PACKAGING,10X10 ANTI STATIC PE POUCH IN PINK
X X 3075217A02 CABLE ASSEMBLY,CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5/M5)
X X X X PMUN1057_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSEMBLY O2/O7
X X X X 0104046J13 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2/O7 CHIB FLEX ASSEMBLY
X X HKN6032_ MOTORCYCLE POWER CABLE
BRACKET,MOUNTING,STAINLESS STEEL,BRKT, MOTORCYCLE
X X 0715044C01 MOUNTING (O5/M5)
X X HLN7026_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CABLE,MCYCLE HEADSET CBL & LEAFLET

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxxxv

ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24URS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00804AA ADD: APX O2 CONTROL HEAD (Grey)
GA00804AB ADD: APX O2 CONTROL HEAD (Green)
G72AJ ADD: APX O3 HANDHELD CONTROL HEAD
GA00805AA ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Satandard Keypad)
GA00805AB ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Siren/Lights Keypad)
GA00805AC ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Hebrew)
GA00805AD ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Chinese)
GA00805AE ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Russian)
GA00092AF ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Standard Keypad)
ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Siren/Lights
GA00092AG Keypad)
GA00092AH ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Hebrew Keypad)
GA00092AJ ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Chinese Keypad)
GA00092AK ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Russian Keypad)
GA00092AL ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Grey)
Item No. Description
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2
X X PMHN4193_ CONTROL HEAD (GREY)
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2
X PMHN4195_ CONTROL HEAD (GREEN)
X X X X X X HKN6186_ TRUNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CONTROL HEAD POWER AND SPEAKER
X PMUN1034_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CONTROL UNIT,O3 CONTROL HEAD
X X PMHN4194_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH)
X X PMHN4191_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (SIREN & LIGHTS)
X X PMHN4196_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_HEBREW)
X X PMHN4192_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_CHINESE)
X X PMHN4197_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_CYRILLIC)
SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M3 X 0.5 X 39MM, WITH WASHER &
X X X X X 03012062001 SEAL
SCREW,MACHINE SCREW, M3, STAINLESS STEEL 401
X 03012052001 HARDENED
X X X X X X 0104046J13 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2O7 CHIB FLEX ASSEMBLY
X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL,OVERMOLDED FRAME
X X X X X X PMUN1057_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CONTROL HEAD END REM ASSEMBLY O2/O7
X X X X X X HLN6954_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,COVER,COVER, DUST, KIT
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,BACK,BACK HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY,
X 0104046J72 O2 CONTROL HEAD
X 03012063001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY,M4x0.7x27MM,WITH WASHER & SEAL

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxxxvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24URS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00092AM ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Green)
GA00093AC ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Standard Keypad)
GA00093AD ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Siren/Lights Keypad)
GA00093AE ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Hebrew Keypad)
GA00093AF ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Chinese Keypad)
GA00093AG ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Russian Keypad)
GA00093AH ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Grey)
GA00093AJ ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Green)
GA00094AC ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Standard Keypad)
ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Siren/Lights
GA00094AD Keypad)
GA00094AE ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Hebrew Keypad)
GA00094AF ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Chinese Keypad)
GA00094AG ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Russian Keypad)
GA00094AH ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Grey)
GA00094AJ ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Green)
Item No. Description
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2
X X PMHN4193_ CONTROL HEAD (GREY)
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2
X X X PMHN4195_ CONTROL HEAD (GREEN)
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X HKN6186_ TRUNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CONTROL HEAD POWER AND SPEAKER
X X PMHN4194_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH)
X X PMHN4191_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (SIREN & LIGHTS)
X X PMHN4196_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_HEBREW)
X X PMHN4192_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_CHINESE)
X X PMHN4197_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_CYRILLIC)
SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M3 X 0.5 X 39MM, WITH WASHER &
X X X X X X X X X X 03012062001 SEAL
SCREW,MACHINE SCREW, M3, STAINLESS STEEL 401
X X X X X 03012052001 HARDENED
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 0104046J13 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2O7 CHIB FLEX ASSEMBLY
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL,OVERMOLDED FRAME
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X PMUN1057_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CONTROL HEAD END REM ASSEMBLY O2/O7
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X HLN6954_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,COVER,COVER, DUST, KIT
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,BACK,BACK HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY,
X X X X X 0104046J72 O2 CONTROL HEAD
X X X X X 03012063001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY,M4x0.7x27MM,WITH WASHER & SEAL

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxxxvii

ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G625AP ENH: DES,DES-XL,DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
W797BD ENH: DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
G843AH ENH: AES ENCRYPTION
G447AD INT: NO ALGO PROVIDED

X NNTN8425_ AES ENCRYPTION

X NNTN8426_ DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN8427_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X NNTN8428_ DVP-XL ENCRYPTION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxxxviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24URS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O7/O9 CONTROL HEAD APX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00814AA ADD: DEK BOX FOR WHELEN SIREN
Item No. Description
X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1439_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X X X X X X HKN6189_ KIT,CABLE,CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X HLN6938_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,HDWR DEK MOUNTING
X PMUN1046_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,HARDWARE,09 RELAY CONTROL BOX
X PMLN5436_ BRACKET,O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT,FINISHED GOOD
CIRCUIT BREAKER,CIRCUIT BREAKER,1,60A,30V-DC,CIRCUIT
X 40012006001 BREAKER, 60A
X PMKN4109_ CABLE,WIRE, AWG 14,FINISHED GOOD
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxxxix

ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G235AC ADD:PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxl Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE-DASH APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE-TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT: CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE LIGHTBAR BOX TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
CABLE ASSEMBLY,SHIELD,4500MM
X 3064153H02 L,ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxli

ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G91AE ADD: CONTROL STATION POWER SUPPLY APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxlii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH: HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD: MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD: CONTROL STATION DESK GCAI MIC
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
G233AD ADD: GOOSENECK PTT APEX
G874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP (HANGUP CUP)
G876AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP COIL CBL APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1090_ TRADITIONAL PALM MICROPHONE
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE-NEW DESIGN
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X GLN7279_ GOOSENECK PTT
X HLN1457_ HANDSET/HANGUP MIC
X HKN1017_ HANDSET/HANGUP MIC COIL CBL

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxliii

ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24URS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD : AUXILIARY SPEAKER 7.5 W APEX
G832AD ADD : SPEAKER 7.5 W WTR RST
W432AG ENH : SPEAKER INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD : SPEAKER 13 W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPEAKER 7.5 W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPEAKER 7.5 W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPEAKER 13 W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPEAKER 13 W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxliv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24URS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00926AA INT: USER / INSTALL MANUAL CD APX 4500/2500
GA00926AB INT: USER / INSTALL MANUAL CD APX 4500/2500 U
GA01849AB INT: LACR USER GUIDE
GA01849AC INT: LACR USER GUIDE U
G213BN INT: TRIPLE PACK KIT, MOBILE O2/O7
G213BP INT: DOUBLE PACK KIT, MOBILE O2/O7
G213BR INT: SINGLE PACK KIT, MOBILE O2/O7
G213BS INT: SINGLE PACK KIT, MOBILE DASH
Item No. Description
X X PMLN5336_ APX 4500/2500 CDROM
X X NNTN7930_ ASTRO USER GUIDE CD SP-PG-ENG
X HBN5104_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,TRIPLE PACKING KIT
X HBN5103_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,DOUBLE PACKING KIT
X HBN5102_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,SINGLE PACKING KIT
X HBN5105_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,SINGLE PACKING KIT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxlv

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart

M24QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G427AB ADD: ANT 3.5DB 380–433 MHZ MAXRAD
G429AB ADD: ANT 5.0DB 380–433 MHZ MAXRAD
G430AC ADD: ANT 5.0DB 445–470 MHZ
G425AC ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380–433 MHZ
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450–470 MHZ
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5DB 450–470 MHZ
G431AC ADD: ANT WIDEBAND 380–470 MHZ MAXRA
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 380–520 MHZ
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA GLASS MT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID LABEL APEX
Item No. Description
X HAE6010_ ANT 3.5DB 380-433 MHZ MAXRAD
X HAE6011_ ANT 5.0DB 380-433 MHZ MAXRAD
X RAE4014AR_ ANT 5.0DB 445-470 MHZ
X HAE6012_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-433 MHZ
X HAE4003_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
X HAE4011_ ANT 3.5DB 450-470 MHZ
X HAE6013_ ANT WIDEBAND 380-470 MHZ MAXRA
X HAE6031_ ADD: ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID ASSEMBLY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxlvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G67CH ADD: REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE O7 WWM
G67CG ADD: REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE O2 WWM
G66AW ADD: DASH MOUNT O2 WWM
G66AX ADD: DASH MOUNT O7 WWM
G67CF ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O2 WWM
G67CE ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O7 WWM
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
W15AJ ADD: WETHR PROOF HSNG ENCLO BLK APEX
W620AE ADD: NO MTRCYCLE ENCL NEEDED APEX
Item No. Description
X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X X HKN4191_ MOBILE POWER CBL LO/MED POWER
X X HKN4192_ MOBILE POWER CBL HI POWER 20'
X X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CONTROL HEAD POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X X X X X HLN 6861_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X X X X PMUN1038_ APX 7500 STANDARD TIB MP
X HLN7022_ BLACK MOTORCYCLE ENCLOSURE
X HLN6179_ MOTORCYCLE ADAPTER CONTROL HEAD SPEAKER
X HLN6889_ XTL5000 MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING KIT
X X 0104046J26 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2/O7 DASH MOUNT FLEX ASSY
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,BACK,BACK HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY, O2
X X X 0104046J72 CONTROL HEAD
X X X 03012062001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M3 X 0.5 X 39MM, WITH WASHER & SEAL
X X X 03012052001 SCREW,MACHINE SCREW, M3, STAINLESS STEEL 401 HARDENED
X X X 03012063001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M4 X 0.7 X 27MM, WITH WASHER & SEAL
X X X X 5680002G03 PACKAGING,10X10 ANTI STATIC PE POUCH IN PINK
X X 3075217A02 CABLE ASSEMBLY,CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5/M5)
X X X X PMUN1057_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSEMBLY O2/O7
X X X X 0104046J13 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2/O7 CHIB FLEX ASSEMBLY
X X HKN6032_ MOTORCYCLE POWER CABLE
BRACKET,MOUNTING,STAINLESS STEEL,BRKT, MOTORCYCLE
X X 0715044C01 MOUNTING (O5/M5)
X X HLN7026_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CABLE,MCYCLE HEADSET CBL & LEAFLET

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxlvii

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00804AA ADD: APX O2 CONTROL HEAD (Grey)
GA00804AB ADD: APX O2 CONTROL HEAD (Green)
G72AJ ADD: APX O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00805AA ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Satandard Keypad)
GA00805AB ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Siren/Lights Keypad)
GA00805AC ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Hebrew)
GA00805AD ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Chinese)
GA00805AE ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Russian)
GA00092AF ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Standard Keypad)
ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Siren/Lights
GA00092AG Keypad)
GA00092AH ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Hebrew Keypad)
GA00092AJ ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Chinese Keypad)
GA00092AK ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Russian Keypad)
GA00092AL ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Grey)
Item No. Description
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2
X X PMHN4193_ CONTROL HEAD (GREY)
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2
X PMHN4195_ CONTROL HEAD (GREEN)
X X X X X X HKN6186_ TRUNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CONTROL HEAD POWER AND SPEAKER
X PMUN1034_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CONTROL UNIT,O3 CONTROL HEAD
X X PMHN4194_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH)
X X PMHN4191_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (SIREN & LIGHTS)
X X PMHN4196_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_HEBREW)
X X PMHN4192_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_CHINESE)
X X PMHN4197_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_CYRILLIC)
SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M3 X 0.5 X 39MM, WITH WASHER &
X X X X X 03012062001 SEAL
SCREW,MACHINE SCREW, M3, STAINLESS STEEL 401
X 03012052001 HARDENED
X X X X X X 0104046J13 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2O7 CHIB FLEX ASSEMBLY
X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL,OVERMOLDED FRAME
X X X X X X PMUN1057_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CONTROL HEAD END REM ASSEMBLY O2/O7
X X X X X X HLN6954_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,COVER,COVER, DUST, KIT
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,BACK,BACK HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY,
X 0104046J72 O2 CONTROL HEAD
X 03012063001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY,M4x0.7x27MM,WITH WASHER & SEAL

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxlviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00092AM ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Green)
GA00093AC ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Standard Keypad)
GA00093AD ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Siren/Lights Keypad)
GA00093AE ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Hebrew Keypad)
GA00093AF ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Chinese Keypad)
GA00093AG ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Russian Keypad)
GA00093AH ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Grey)
GA00093AJ ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Green)
GA00094AC ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Standard Keypad)
ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Siren/Lights
GA00094AD Keypad)
GA00094AE ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Hebrew Keypad)
GA00094AF ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Chinese Keypad)
GA00094AG ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Russian Keypad)
GA00094AH ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Grey)
GA00094AJ ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Green)
Item No. Description
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2
X X PMHN4193_ CONTROL HEAD (GREY)
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2
X X X PMHN4195_ CONTROL HEAD (GREEN)
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X HKN6186_ TRUNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CONTROL HEAD POWER AND SPEAKER
X X PMHN4194_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH)
X X PMHN4191_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (SIREN & LIGHTS)
X X PMHN4196_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_HEBREW)
X X PMHN4192_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_CHINESE)
X X PMHN4197_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_CYRILLIC)
SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M3 X 0.5 X 39MM, WITH WASHER &
X X X X X X X X X X 03012062001 SEAL
SCREW,MACHINE SCREW, M3, STAINLESS STEEL 401
X X X X X 03012052001 HARDENED
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 0104046J13 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2O7 CHIB FLEX ASSEMBLY
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL,OVERMOLDED FRAME
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X PMUN1057_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CONTROL HEAD END REM ASSEMBLY O2/O7
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X HLN6954_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,COVER,COVER, DUST, KIT
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,BACK,BACK HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY,
X X X X X 0104046J72 O2 CONTROL HEAD
X X X X X 03012063001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY,M4x0.7x27MM,WITH WASHER & SEAL

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxlix

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G625AP ENH: DES,DES-XL,DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
W797BD ENH: DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
G843AH ENH: AES ENCRYPTION
G447AD INT: NO ALGO PROVIDED

X NNTN8425_ AES ENCRYPTION

X NNTN8426_ DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN8427_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X NNTN8428_ DVP-XL ENCRYPTION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccl Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O7/O9 CONTROL HEAD APX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00814AA ADD: DEK BOX FOR WHELEN SIREN
Item No. Description
X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1439_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X X X X X X HKN6189_ KIT,CABLE,CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X HLN6938_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,HDWR DEK MOUNTING
X PMUN1046_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,HARDWARE,09 RELAY CONTROL BOX
X PMLN5436_ BRACKET,O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT,FINISHED GOOD
CIRCUIT BREAKER,CIRCUIT BREAKER,1,60A,30V-DC,CIRCUIT
X 40012006001 BREAKER, 60A
X PMKN4109_ CABLE,WIRE, AWG 14,FINISHED GOOD
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccli

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G235AC ADD:PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cclii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE-DASH APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE-TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT: CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE LIGHTBAR BOX TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
CABLE ASSEMBLY,SHIELD,4500MM
X 3064153H02 L,ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccliii

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G91AE ADD: CONTROL STATION POWER SUPPLY APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
G799AC ADD: PRINTED TEST RESULTS APEX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY
X 1205043A59 TEST DATA SHEET OPTION H799

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccliv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH: HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD: MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD: CONTROL STATION DESK GCAI MIC
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
G233AD ADD: GOOSENECK PTT APEX
G874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP (HANGUP CUP)
G876AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP COIL CBL APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1090_ TRADITIONAL PALM MICROPHONE
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE-NEW DESIGN
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X GLN7279_ GOOSENECK PTT
X HLN1457_ HANDSET/HANGUP MIC
X HKN1017_ HANDSET/HANGUP MIC COIL CBL

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclv

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD : AUXILIARY SPEAKER 7.5 W APEX
G832AD ADD : SPEAKER 7.5 W WTR RST
W432AG ENH : SPEAKER INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD : SPEAKER 13 W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPEAKER 7.5 W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPEAKER 7.5 W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPEAKER 13 W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPEAKER 13 W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cclvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 1 40 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00926AA INT: USER / INSTALL MANUAL CD APX 4500/2500
GA00926AB INT: USER / INSTALL MANUAL CD APX 4500/2500 U
GA01849AB INT: LACR USER GUIDE
GA01849AC INT: LACR USER GUIDE U
G213BN INT: TRIPLE PACK KIT, MOBILE O2/O7
G213BP INT: DOUBLE PACK KIT, MOBILE O2/O7
G213BR INT: SINGLE PACK KIT, MOBILE O2/O7
G213BS INT: SINGLE PACK KIT, MOBILE DASH
Item No. Description
X X PMLN5336_ APX 4500/2500 CDROM
X X NNTN7930_ ASTRO USER GUIDE CD SP-PG-ENG
X HBN5104_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,TRIPLE PACKING KIT
X HBN5103_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,DOUBLE PACKING KIT
X HBN5102_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,SINGLE PACKING KIT
X HBN5105_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,SINGLE PACKING KIT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclvii

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart

M24SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G486AC ADD: 5DB GAIN ANT 494-512 MHZ
G490AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 470-512 MHZ
G493AD ADD: ANT 3 DB ROOF TOP 470-495 MHZ
G494AD ADD: ANT 3 DB ROOF TOP 494-512 MHZ
G510AB ADD:ANT LOW PROFILE 450-512 MHZ
G430AC ADD: ANT 5.0DB 445-470 MHZ
G511AB ADD:2DB ANT WIDEBAND 450-520 MHZ
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5DB 450-470 MHZ
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
GA00652AA ADD: ANT ROOF TOP 5 DB 470-494 MHZ
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA GLASS MT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID LABEL APEX
Item No. Description
X RAE4016AR_ ANT ROOF TOP 5 DB, 494-512 MHZ
X HAE4004_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 470-512 MHZ
X HAE4012_ ANT ROOF TOP 3.5 DB 470-495 MHZ
X HAE4013_ ANT ROOF TOP 3.5 DB 494-512 MHZ
X HAE6016_ ANT LOW PROFILE 450-512 MHZ
X RAE4014AR_ ANT 5.0DB 445-470 MHZ
X HAE6015_ ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 450-520 MHZ
X HAE4003_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
X HAE4011_ ANT 3.5DB 450-470 MHZ
X HAE6031_ ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
X RAE4015AR_ ANT ROOF TOP 5 DB 470-494 MHZ
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID ASSEMBLY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cclviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G67CH ADD: REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE O7 WWM
G67CG ADD: REMOTE MOUNT MOTORCYCLE O2 WWM
G66AW ADD: DASH MOUNT O2 WWM
G66AX ADD: DASH MOUNT O7 WWM
G67CF ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O2 WWM
G67CE ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O7 WWM
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
W15AJ ADD: WETHR PROOF HSNG ENCLO BLK APEX
W620AE ADD: NO MTRCYCLE ENCL NEEDED APEX
Item No. Description
X X X X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X X HKN4191_ MOBILE POWER CBL LO/MED POWER
X X HKN4192_ MOBILE POWER CBL HI POWER 20'
X X X X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CONTROL HEAD POWER AND SPEAKER
X X X X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X X X X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X X X X X HLN 6861_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X X X X PMUN1038_ APX 7500 STANDARD TIB MP
X HLN7022_ BLACK MOTORCYCLE ENCLOSURE
X HLN6179_ MOTORCYCLE ADAPTER CONTROL HEAD SPEAKER
X HLN6889_ XTL5000 MOTORCYCLE MOUNTING KIT
X X 0104046J26 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2/O7 DASH MOUNT FLEX ASSY
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,BACK,BACK HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY, O2
X X X 0104046J72 CONTROL HEAD
X X X 03012062001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M3 X 0.5 X 39MM, WITH WASHER & SEAL
X X X 03012052001 SCREW,MACHINE SCREW, M3, STAINLESS STEEL 401 HARDENED
X X X 03012063001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M4 X 0.7 X 27MM, WITH WASHER & SEAL
X X X X 5680002G03 PACKAGING,10X10 ANTI STATIC PE POUCH IN PINK
X X 3075217A02 CABLE ASSEMBLY,CABLE, MOTORCYCLE REMOTE (O5/M5)
X X X X PMUN1057_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSEMBLY O2/O7
X X X X 0104046J13 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2/O7 CHIB FLEX ASSEMBLY
X X HKN6032_ MOTORCYCLE POWER CABLE
BRACKET,MOUNTING,STAINLESS STEEL,BRKT, MOTORCYCLE
X X 0715044C01 MOUNTING (O5/M5)
X X HLN7026_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CABLE,MCYCLE HEADSET CBL & LEAFLET

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclix

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00804AA ADD: APX O2 CONTROL HEAD (Grey)
GA00804AB ADD: APX O2 CONTROL HEAD (Green)
G72AJ ADD: APX O3 HANDHELD CH
GA00805AA ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Satandard Keypad)
GA00805AB ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Siren/Lights Keypad)
GA00805AC ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Hebrew)
GA00805AD ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Chinese)
GA00805AE ADD: APX O7 CONTROL HEAD (Russian)
GA00092AF ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Standard Keypad)
ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Siren/Lights
GA00092AG Keypad)
GA00092AH ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Hebrew Keypad)
GA00092AJ ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Chinese Keypad)
GA00092AK ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Russian Keypad)
GA00092AL ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Grey)
Item No. Description
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2
X X PMHN4193_ CONTROL HEAD (GREY)
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2
X PMHN4195_ CONTROL HEAD (GREEN)
X X X X X X HKN6186_ TRUNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CONTROL HEAD POWER AND SPEAKER
X PMUN1034_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CONTROL UNIT,O3 CONTROL HEAD
X X PMHN4194_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH)
X X PMHN4191_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (SIREN & LIGHTS)
X X PMHN4196_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_HEBREW)
X X PMHN4192_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_CHINESE)
X X PMHN4197_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_CYRILLIC)
SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M3 X 0.5 X 39MM, WITH WASHER &
X X X X X 03012062001 SEAL
SCREW,MACHINE SCREW, M3, STAINLESS STEEL 401
X 03012052001 HARDENED
X X X X X X 0104046J13 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2O7 CHIB FLEX ASSEMBLY
X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL,OVERMOLDED FRAME
X X X X X X PMUN1057_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CONTROL HEAD END REM ASSEMBLY O2/O7
X X X X X X HLN6954_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,COVER,COVER, DUST, KIT
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,BACK,BACK HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY,
X 0104046J72 O2 CONTROL HEAD
X 03012063001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY,M4x0.7x27MM,WITH WASHER & SEAL

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cclx Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00092AM ADD: APX DUAL-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Green)
GA00093AC ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Standard Keypad)
GA00093AD ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Siren/Lights Keypad)
GA00093AE ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Hebrew Keypad)
GA00093AF ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Chinese Keypad)
GA00093AG ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Russian Keypad)
GA00093AH ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Grey)
GA00093AJ ADD: APX TRI-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Green)
GA00094AC ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Standard Keypad)
ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Siren/Lights
GA00094AD Keypad)
GA00094AE ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Hebrew Keypad)
GA00094AF ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Chinese Keypad)
GA00094AG ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O7 Russian Keypad)
GA00094AH ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Grey)
GA00094AJ ADD: APX QUAD-CONTROL HARDWARE (O2 Green)
Item No. Description
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2
X X PMHN4193_ CONTROL HEAD (GREY)
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2
X X X PMHN4195_ CONTROL HEAD (GREEN)
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X HKN6186_ TRUNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X HKN6188_ CABLE, CONTROL HEAD POWER AND SPEAKER
X X PMHN4194_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH)
X X PMHN4191_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (SIREN & LIGHTS)
X X PMHN4196_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_HEBREW)
X X PMHN4192_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_CHINESE)
X X PMHN4197_ ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,FRONT,O7 CH (ENGLISH_CYRILLIC)
SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M3 X 0.5 X 39MM, WITH WASHER &
X X X X X X X X X X 03012062001 SEAL
SCREW,MACHINE SCREW, M3, STAINLESS STEEL 401
X X X X X 03012052001 HARDENED
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 0104046J13 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2O7 CHIB FLEX ASSEMBLY
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 3264059H03 SEAL,OVERMOLDED FRAME
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X PMUN1057_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CONTROL HEAD END REM ASSEMBLY O2/O7
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X HLN6954_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,COVER,COVER, DUST, KIT
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,BACK,BACK HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY,
X X X X X 0104046J72 O2 CONTROL HEAD
X X X X X 03012063001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY,M4x0.7x27MM,WITH WASHER & SEAL

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclxi

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G625AP ENH: DES,DES-XL,DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
W797BD ENH: DVP-XL ENCRYPTION
G843AH ENH: AES ENCRYPTION
G447AD INT: NO ALGO PROVIDED

X NNTN8425_ AES ENCRYPTION

X NNTN8426_ DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
X NNTN8427_ ADP ENCRYPTION
X NNTN8428_ DVP-XL ENCRYPTION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cclxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W271AR ADD: SIREN/PUBLIC ADDRESS O7/O9 CONTROL HEAD APX
GA00259AA ADD: UNIVERSAL RELAY CONTROLLER
GA00814AA ADD: DEK BOX FOR WHELEN SIREN
Item No. Description
X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X 6881094C81 INSTR MAN FOR HLN1439B SIREN PA
X X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X HKN4363_ CBL SPECTRA TO SIREN
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1439_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,SIREN ASTRO MOBILE
X X X X X X HKN6189_ KIT,CABLE,CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X HLN6938_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,HDWR DEK MOUNTING
X PMUN1046_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,HARDWARE,09 RELAY CONTROL BOX
X PMLN5436_ BRACKET,O9 HUB, STD TILTING MOUNT,FINISHED GOOD
CIRCUIT BREAKER,CIRCUIT BREAKER,1,60A,30V-DC,CIRCUIT
X 40012006001 BREAKER, 60A
X PMKN4109_ CABLE,WIRE, AWG 14,FINISHED GOOD
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclxiii

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G235AC ADD:PTT FOOTSWITCH APEX
W470AT ADD: EMERG ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERG PUSHBUTTON APEX
GA00304AA ADD:PUSHBUTTON PTT APX
Item No. Description
X GLN7278_ PTT FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
X RLN5926_ PUSH BUTTON PTT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cclxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE-DASH APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE-TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT: CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00260AA ADD: CABLE LIGHTBAR BOX TO TRANSCEIVER
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
CABLE ASSEMBLY,SHIELD,4500MM
X 3064153H02 L,ASSEMBLY,CABLE,SHIELDED
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclxv

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G146AF INT: SAFETY LEAFLET EMEA/MCIL APEX
G91AE ADD: CONTROL STATION POWER SUPPLY APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
G799AC ADD: PRINTED TEST RESULTS APEX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X 6866537D37 SAFETY INFO MOBILE ANALOG EMEA
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY
X 1205043A59 TEST DATA SHEET OPTION H799

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cclxvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G892AB ENH: HAND MIC,GCAI WTR RESISTANT APX
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD: MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD: CONTROL STATION DESK GCAI MIC
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
G233AD ADD: GOOSENECK PTT APEX
G874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP (HANGUP CUP)
G876AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP COIL CBL APX
Item No. Description
X HMN1089_ HAND MIC,GCAI (WATER RESISTANT)
X HMN4079_ KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1090_ TRADITIONAL PALM MICROPHONE
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE-NEW DESIGN
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X GLN7279_ GOOSENECK PTT
X HLN1457_ HANDSET/HANGUP MIC
X HKN1017_ HANDSET/HANGUP MIC COIL CBL

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclxvii

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD : AUXILIARY SPEAKER 7.5 W APEX
G832AD ADD : SPEAKER 7.5 W WTR RST
W432AG ENH : SPEAKER INCREASED AUDIO POWER APX
G831AD ADD : SPEAKER 13 W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ EXT SPEAKER 7.5 W
X HSN4038_ EXT SPEAKER 7.5 W
X HSN4032_ EXT SPEAKER 13 W
X HSN4040_ EXT SPEAKER 13 W

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cclxviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 2500 UHF Range 2 45 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M24SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00926AA INT: USER / INSTALL MANUAL CD APX 4500/2500
GA00926AB INT: USER / INSTALL MANUAL CD APX 4500/2500 U
GA01849AB INT: LACR USER GUIDE
GA01849AC INT: LACR USER GUIDE U
G213BN INT: TRIPLE PACK KIT, MOBILE O2/O7
G213BP INT: DOUBLE PACK KIT, MOBILE O2/O7
G213BR INT: SINGLE PACK KIT, MOBILE O2/O7
G213BS INT: SINGLE PACK KIT, MOBILE DASH
Item No. Description
X X PMLN5336_ APX 4500/2500 CDROM
X X NNTN7930_ ASTRO USER GUIDE CD SP-PG-ENG
X HBN5104_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,TRIPLE PACKING KIT
X HBN5103_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,DOUBLE PACKING KIT
X HBN5102_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,SINGLE PACKING KIT
X HBN5105_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,SINGLE PACKING KIT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclxix

ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart

M22KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G296AF ADD: 1/4 WAVE WHIP ROOF TOP 136-144
G297AF ADD: 1/4 WAVE ROOF TOP 144-150.8
G299AF ADD: 1/4 WAVE ROOF TOP 150.8-162
G300AF ADD: 1/4 WAVE ROOF TOP ANT VHF
W652AP ALT: 1/4 WV BDBD ANT 136-162 MHZ
G629AC ADD: 1/4 WAVE BROADBAND ANT 146-174
G792AC ADD: VHF ANT WIDEBAND 136-174 MHZ
G301AD ADD:3BD ANT 136-174MHZ
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA GLASS MT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID LABEL APEX
Item No. Description
X HAD4006_ ASSEMBLY,ANTENNA,ROOF TOP VHF
X HAD4007_ ANTENNA ROOF TOP VHF
X HAD4008_ ANTENNA, QUARTERWAVE, 152-162
X HAD4009_ ANTENNA ROOF TOP VHF
X HAD4016_ ANT ROOF MT WB VHF 136/162
X HAD4017_ ANT ROOF MT WB VHF 146/174
X HAD4021_ ASSEMBLY,ANTENNA,VHF ANT WIDEBAND 136-174 MHZ
X HAD4022_ ANTENNA, SPECTRUM, 136-174 MHZ
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID ASSEMBLY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cclxx Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M22KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G66AW ADD: DASH MOUNT O2 WWM
G67CF ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O2 WWM
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
Item No. Description
X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X HLN6861_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X PMUN1038_ APX7500 STANDARD TIB MP
X 0104046J26 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2O7 DASH MOUNT FLEX ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,BACK,BACK HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY, O2
X X 0104046J72 CONTROL HEAD
X X 03012052001 SCREW,MACHINE SCREW, M3, STAINLESS STEEL 401 HARDENED
X X 03012063001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M4 X 0.7 X 27MM, WITH WASHER & SEAL
X 5680002G03 PACKAGING,10X10 ANTI STATIC PE POUCH IN PINK
X PMUN1057_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSY O2O7
X 0104046J13 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2O7 CHIB FLEX ASSY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclxxi

ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M22KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00804AA ADD: APX O2 CONTROL HEAD (Grey)
G843AH ENH: AES ENCRYPTION
G447AD INT: NO ALGO PROVIDED
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2 CH (GREY)
X NNTN8425_ AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN8427_ ADP ENCRYPTION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cclxxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M22KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
GA00814AA ADD: DEK BOX FOR WHELEN SIREN
Item No. Description
X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X X X HKN6189_ KIT,CABLE,CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X HLN6938_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,HDWR DEK MOUNTING
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclxxiii

ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M22KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W470AT ADD: EMERGENCY ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERGENCY PUSHBUTTON APEX
Item No. Description
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix
number.

6875964M01-J
cclxxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M22KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE-DASH APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE-TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT: CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclxxv

ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M22KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cclxxvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M22KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD:MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD: CONTROL STATION DESK GCAI MIC
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
G233AD ADD:GOOSENECK PTT APEX
G874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP (HANGUP CUP)
G876AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP COIL CBL APX
Item No. Description
X HMN4079 KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1090_ TRADITIONAL PALM MICROPHONE
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE-NEW DESIGN
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X GLN7279_ GOOSENECK PTT
X HLN1457_ HANDSET/HANGUP MIC
X HKN1017_ HANDSET/HANGUP MIC COIL CB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclxxvii

ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M22KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 WATT APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST APEX
W432AG ADD: AUXILARY SPKR 13W (3.2ohm)
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ 7.5 W SPEAKER NON WATER RESISTANT
X HSN4038_ 7.5 W SPEAKER WATER RESISTANT
X HSN4032_ 13 W SPEAKER MINI SIZE WATER RESISTANT
X HSN4040_ 13 W SPEAKER WATER RESISTANT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cclxxviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 VHF 50 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)

M22KSS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00926AA INT: USER / INSTALL MANUAL CD APX 4500/2500
GA00926AB INT: USER / INSTALL MANUAL CD APX 4500/2500 U
G213BS INT: SINGLE PACK KIT, MOBILE DASH
Item No. Description
X X PMLN5336_ APX 4500/2500 CDROM
X HBN5105_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,SINGLE PACKING KIT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclxxix

ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart
M22URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G174AF ADD: ANT 3DB LOW-PROFILE 762-870
G175AE ADD: ANT 3DB ELEVATED FEED 762-870
G335AY ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 762-870MHZ
W484AG ALT: ANT 3DB GAIN 762-870MHZ
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA GLASS MT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID LABEL APEX
Item No. Description
X HAF4013A ANT 3DB LOW-PROFILE 762-870
X HAF4014A ANT 3DB ELEVATED FEED 762-870
X HAF4016A ANT 1/4 WAVE 762-870MHZ
X HAF4017A ADD: ANT 3DB COLLINEAR 762-870MHz
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID ASSEMBLY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cclxxx Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M22URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G66AW ADD: DASH MOUNT O2 WWM
G67CF ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O2 WWM
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
Item No. Description
X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X HLN6861_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X PMUN1038_ APX7500 STANDARD TIB MP
X 0104046J26 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2O7 DASH MOUNT FLEX ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,BACK,BACK HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY, O2
X X 0104046J72 CONTROL HEAD
X X 03012052001 SCREW,MACHINE SCREW, M3, STAINLESS STEEL 401 HARDENED
X X 03012063001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M4 X 0.7 X 27MM, WITH WASHER & SEAL
X 5680002G03 PACKAGING,10X10 ANTI STATIC PE POUCH IN PINK
X PMUN1057_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSY O2O7
X 0104046J13 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2O7 CHIB FLEX ASSY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclxxxi

ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M22URS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00804AA ADD: APX O2 CONTROL HEAD (Grey)
G843AH ENH: AES ENCRYPTION
G447AD INT: NO ALGO PROVIDED
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2 CH (GREY)
X NNTN8425_ AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN8427_ ADP ENCRYPTION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cclxxxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M22URS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
GA00814AA ADD: DEK BOX FOR WHELEN SIREN
Item No. Description
X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X X X HKN6189_ KIT,CABLE,CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X HLN6938_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,HDWR DEK MOUNTING
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclxxxiii

ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M22URS9PW1_N
Option Description
W470AT ADD: EMERGENCY ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERGENCY PUSHBUTTON APEX
Item No. Description
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix
number.

6875964M01-J
cclxxxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M22URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE-DASH APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE-TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT: CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclxxxv

ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M22URS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cclxxxvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M22URS9PW1_N
Option Description
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD:MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD: CONTROL STATION DESK GCAI MIC
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
G233AD ADD:GOOSENECK PTT APEX
G874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP (HANGUP CUP)
G876AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP COIL CBL APX
Item No. Description
X HMN4079 KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1090_ TRADITIONAL PALM MICROPHONE
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE-NEW DESIGN
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X GLN7279_ GOOSENECK PTT
X HLN1457_ HANDSET/HANGUP MIC
X HKN1017_ HANDSET/HANGUP MIC COIL CB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclxxxvii

ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M22URS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 WATT APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST APEX
W432AG ADD: AUXILARY SPKR 13W (3.2ohm)
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ 7.5 W SPEAKER NON WATER RESISTANT
X HSN4038_ 7.5 W SPEAKER WATER RESISTANT
X HSN4032_ 13 W SPEAKER MINI SIZE WATER RESISTANT
X HSN4040_ 13 W SPEAKER WATER RESISTANT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cclxxxviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 700–800 MHz 30–35 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart
(Cont.)
M22URS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00926AA INT: USER / INSTALL MANUAL CD APX 4500/2500
GA00926AB INT: USER / INSTALL MANUAL CD APX 4500/2500 U
G213BS INT: SINGLE PACK KIT, MOBILE DASH
Item No. Description
X X PMLN5336_ APX 4500/2500 CDROM
X HBN5105_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,SINGLE PACKING KIT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cclxxxix

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart

M22QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G427AB ADD: ANT 3.5DB 380-433 MHZ MAXRAD
G429AB ADD: ANT 5.0DB 380-433 MHZ MAXRAD
G430AC ADD: ANT 5.0DB 445-470 MHZ
G425AC ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-433 MHZ
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5DB 450-470 MHZ
G431AC ADD: ANT WIDEBAND 380-470 MHZ MAXRA
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA GLASS MT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID LABEL APEX
Item No. Description
X HAE6010_ ANT 3.5DB 380-433 MHZ MAXRAD
X HAE6011_ ANT 5.0DB 380-433 MHZ MAXRAD
X RAE4014AR_ ANT 5.0DB 445-470 MHZ
X HAE6012_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 380-433 MHZ
X HAE4003_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
X HAE4011_ ANT 3.5DB 450-470 MHZ
X HAE6013_ ANT WIDEBAND 380-470 MHZ MAXRA
X HAE6031_ ADD: ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID ASSEMBLY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxc Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G66AW ADD: DASH MOUNT O2 WWM
G67CF ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O2 WWM
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
Item No. Description
X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X HLN6861_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X PMUN1038_ APX7500 STANDARD TIB MP
X 0104046J26 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2O7 DASH MOUNT FLEX ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,BACK,BACK HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY, O2
X X 0104046J72 CONTROL HEAD
X X 03012052001 SCREW,MACHINE SCREW, M3, STAINLESS STEEL 401 HARDENED
X X 03012063001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M4 X 0.7 X 27MM, WITH WASHER & SEAL
X 5680002G03 PACKAGING,10X10 ANTI STATIC PE POUCH IN PINK
X PMUN1057_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSY O2O7
X 0104046J13 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2O7 CHIB FLEX ASSY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxci

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00804AA ADD: APX O2 CONTROL HEAD (Grey)
G843AH ENH: AES ENCRYPTION
G447AD INT: NO ALGO PROVIDED
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2 CH (GREY)
X NNTN8425_ AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN8427_ ADP ENCRYPTION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxcii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W374AJ ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 16 APEX
W355AS ADD: STATUS/MESSAGE 8 APEX
W591AQ ADD: AUXILIARY SWITCH PANEL APEX
W599BF ADD: 8 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W614AT ADD: 16 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
W615AW ADD: 24 MODE DIRECT ENTRY APEX
GA00814AA ADD: DEK BOX FOR WHELEN SIREN
Item No. Description
X X 6880103W09 DIRECT ENTRY KEYBOARD INST MAN
X HKN4265_ FUSE CABLE
X HLN1196_ WILDCARD
X HLN1228_ DEK STATUS SYS 9000
X HLN1229_ DEK STATUS/MESSAGE SYS 9000
X X X HLN1362_ DEK 8 MODE SYS 9000
X X HLN1363_ DEK 16 MODE SYS 9000
X HLN1364_ DEK 24 MODE SYS 9000
X X X X X X HKN6189_ KIT,CABLE,CABLE, CH DEK
X X X X X X HLN6938_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,HDWR DEK MOUNTING
X HLN1241_ DEK HSNG ASEM SYS9000 SIREN/PA
X HLN5157_ DEK MOUNTING HARDWARE
X HLN5331_ DEK 9000E SIREN/PA SPARE BUT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxciii

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W470AT ADD: EMERGENCY ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERGENCY PUSHBUTTON APEX
Item No. Description
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix
number.

6875964M01-J
ccxciv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G304AC ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL TRK APEX
G308AD ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE-DASH APEX
G309AC ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE-TRK APEX
G582AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 131 FT APEX
G879AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 115 FEET APEX
G607AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 75 FEET APEX
G609AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 50 FEET APEX
G610AC ADD: REMOTE MOUNT CBL 30 FEET APEX
G628AD INT: REMOTE MOUNT CABLE 17 FT APEX
G618AC ADD: CBL REMOTE MOUNT 10 FEET APEX
G927AB INT: CONNECTOR RM MT APEX
GA00589AA ADD: GCAI EXTENSION CABLE 2 FT
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6161_ CABLE KIT 20' RS232/J2 DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M
X HKN6172_ CBL, DATA, USB, 4.5M, 26 PIN ACCY CONN
X HKN6164_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,131 FT
X HKN6165_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT,115 FT
X HKN6166_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 75 FT
X HKN6167_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 50 FT
X HKN6168_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 30 FT
X HKN6169_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 17 FT
X HKN6170_ CAN CABLE, REMOTE MOUNT, 10 FT
X HLN6961_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RM (CHIB)
X PMKN4093_ GCAI EXTENSION CABLE

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxcv

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
G799AC ADD: PRINTED TEST RESULTS APEX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY
X 1205043A59 TEST DATA SHEET OPTION H799

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxcvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W872AB ADD:MIC VISOR STD APEX
W874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD: CONTROL STATION DESK GCAI MIC
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
G233AD ADD:GOOSENECK PTT APEX
G874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP (HANGUP CUP)
G876AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP COIL CBL APX
Item No. Description
X HMN4079 KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1090_ TRADITIONAL PALM MICROPHONE
X RMN5054_ VISOR MIC REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE-NEW DESIGN
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X GLN7279_ GOOSENECK PTT
X HLN1457_ HANDSET/HANGUP MIC
X HKN1017_ HANDSET/HANGUP MIC COIL CB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxcvii

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 WATT APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST APEX
W432AG ADD: AUXILARY SPKR 13W (3.2ohm)
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ 7.5 W SPEAKER NON WATER RESISTANT
X HSN4038_ 7.5 W SPEAKER WATER RESISTANT
X HSN4032_ 13 W SPEAKER MINI SIZE WATER RESISTANT
X HSN4040_ 13 W SPEAKER WATER RESISTANT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccxcviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 1 40 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22QSS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00926AA INT: USER / INSTALL MANUAL CD APX 4500/2500
GA00926AB INT: USER / INSTALL MANUAL CD APX 4500/2500 U
G213BS INT: SINGLE PACK KIT, MOBILE DASH
Item No. Description
X X PMLN5336_ APX 4500/2500 CDROM
X HBN5105_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,SINGLE PACKING KIT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccxcix

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart

M22SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G486AC ADD: 5DB GAIN ANT 494-512 MHZ
G490AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE 470-512 MHZ
G493AD ADD: ANT 3 DB ROOF TOP 470-495 MHZ
G494AD ADD: ANT 3 DB ROOF TOP 494-512 MHZ
G510AB ADD:ANT LOW PROFILE 450-512 MHZ
G430AC ADD: ANT 5.0DB 445-470 MHZ
G511AB ADD:2DB ANT WIDEBAND 450-520 MHZ
G426AD ADD: ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
G428AD ADD: ANT 3.5DB 450-470 MHZ
GA00505AA ADD: ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
GA00652AA ADD: ANT ROOF TOP 5 DB 470-494 MHZ
GA00226AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA
GA00270AA ADD: GPS ANTENNA GLASS MT
GA00268AA ADD: RFID LABEL APEX
Item No. Description
X RAE4016AR_ ANT ROOF TOP 5 DB, 494-512 MHZ
X HAE4004_ ANT 1/4 WAVE 470-512 MHZ
X HAE4012_ ANT ROOF TOP 3.5 DB 470-495 MHZ
X HAE4013_ ANT ROOF TOP 3.5 DB 494-512 MHZ
X HAE6016_ ANT LOW PROFILE 450-512 MHZ
X RAE4014AR_ ANT 5.0DB 445-470 MHZ
X HAE6015_ ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 450-520 MHZ
X HAE4003_ ANT 1/4 WAVE WHIP 450-470 MHZ
X HAE4011_ ANT 3.5DB 450-470 MHZ
X HAE6031_ ANT 2DB WIDEBAND 380-520 MHZ
X RAE4015AR_ ANT ROOF TOP 5 DB 470-494 MHZ
X HAG4000_ GPS ANT THROUGH HOLE MOUNT
X PMAN4001_ GPS ANT GLASS MOUNT
X HLN7014_ RFID ASSEMBLY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
ccc Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G66AW ADD: DASH MOUNT O2 WWM
G67CF ADD: REMOTE MOUNT O2 WWM
W81AQ ADD: KEY LOCK MOUNT APEX
Item No. Description
X 0364332H02 SCREW ASSY, SEALING
X X 3264059H03 SEAL, OVERMOLDED FRAME
X HKN4191_ MOBILE PWR CBL LO/MED PWR
X HKN4192_ MOBILE PWR CBL HIPWR 20'
X HKN6186_ TRUNNION, CH REMOTE MOUNT
X HKN6188_ CABLE, CH POWER AND SPEAKER
X HKN6205_ REMOTE FLEX KIT
X HLN6372_ KEYLOCK MT
X HLN6863_ ACCESSORY CONNECTOR XTL5000
X HLN6980_ DUST CAPS KIT
X HLN7025_ DUST CAP KIT
X X HLN6861_ TRUNNION HARDWARE KIT
X PMUN1038_ APX7500 STANDARD TIB MP
X 0104046J26 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2O7 DASH MOUNT FLEX ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY,HOUSING,BACK,BACK HOUSING SUB-ASSEMBLY, O2
X X 0104046J72 CONTROL HEAD
X X 03012052001 SCREW,MACHINE SCREW, M3, STAINLESS STEEL 401 HARDENED
X X 03012063001 SCREW,SCREW ASSY, M4 X 0.7 X 27MM, WITH WASHER & SEAL
X 5680002G03 PACKAGING,10X10 ANTI STATIC PE POUCH IN PINK
X PMUN1057_ ASSEMBLY,KIT,CTRL HD END REM ASSY O2O7
X 0104046J13 ASSEMBLY,FLEX CIRCUIT,O2O7 CHIB FLEX ASSY

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccci

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00804AA ADD: APX O2 CONTROL HEAD (Grey)
G843AH ENH: AES ENCRYPTION
G447AD INT: NO ALGO PROVIDED
Item No. Description
X PMHN4193_ KIT,FRONT HOUSING, O2 CH (GREY)
X NNTN8425_ AES ENCRYPTION
X NNTN8427_ ADP ENCRYPTION

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cccii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W470AT ADD: EMERGENCY ID EXT. FOOTSWITCH APEX
W688AR ADD: EXT EMERGENCY PUSHBUTTON APEX
Item No. Description
X HLN5113_ EMERGENCY FOOTSWITCH
X HLN5131_ EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix
number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications ccciii

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G303AB ADD: RS232 DATA INTFC CBL DASH APEX
G308AD ADD: USB DATA INTFC CABLE-DASH APEX
Item No. Description
X HKN6160_ CABLE KIT 6' DASH MOUNT DATA
X HKN6163_ ASSEMBLY,CABLE,DATA,USB, 1.5M

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix
number.

6875964M01-J
ccciv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
G133AJ INT: SAFETY DATA SHEET APEX
G91AE ADD: CNTRL STATION PWR SUPPLY APEX
W665BF ADD: BASE STATION OP W/PS APEX
G799AC ADD: PRINTED TEST RESULTS APEX
Item No. Description
X NNTN7851_ CGISS MOB RADIO SAFETY BKLT
X HPN4007_ PS 14V 15A UNI 117/240 VAC
X 6880101W87 SPECTRA CTL STA INSTR MANUAL
X 6880102W93 SPECTRA MXTRC CTRL BASE MAN
X HLN6042_ DESK TRAY WITH SPEAKER
X HLN7024_ HDW INSTALLATION BASE TRAY
X 1205043A59 TEST DATA SHEET OPTION H799

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cccv

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APEX
W22BA ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX
W874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP MIC ARMR CBL APX
W382AM ADD: CONTROL STATION DESK GCAI MIC
GA00221AC ADD: MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
G874AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP (HANGUP CUP)
G876AB ADD: HANDSET/HANGUP COIL CBL APX
Item No. Description
X HMN4079 KEYPAD MICROPHONE
X HMN1090_ TRADITIONAL PALM MICROPHONE
X HKN1018_ HSET/HANGUP NORMAL ARMOURED CABLE
X RMN5070_ DESKTOP MICROPHONE-NEW DESIGN
X HMN4097_ MODEL III GCAI KEYPAD HANDSET
X HLN1457_ HANDSET/HANGUP MIC
X HKN1017_ HANDSET/HANGUP MIC COIL CB

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cccvi Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
B18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5 WATT APEX
G832AD ADD: SPKR 7.5W WTR RST APEX
W432AG ADD: AUXILARY SPKR 13W (3.2ohm)
G831AD ADD: SPKR 13W WATER RESISTANT
Item No. Description
X HSN4031_ 7.5 W SPEAKER NON WATER RESISTANT
X HSN4038_ 7.5 W SPEAKER WATER RESISTANT
X HSN4032_ 13 W SPEAKER MINI SIZE WATER RESISTANT
X HSN4040_ 13 W SPEAKER WATER RESISTANT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cccvii

ASTRO APX 4500 UHF Range 2 45 W & 4500Li 25 W Model Chart (Cont.)
M22SSS9PW1_N
Option Description
GA00926AA INT: USER / INSTALL MANUAL CD APX 4500/2500
GA00926AB INT: USER / INSTALL MANUAL CD APX 4500/2500 U
G213BS INT: SINGLE PACK KIT, MOBILE DASH
Item No. Description
X X PMLN5336_ APX 4500/2500 CDROM
X HBN5105_ ASSEMBLY,PACKING,SINGLE PACKING KIT

X = Item Included
_ = the latest version kit. When ordering a kit, refer to your specific kit for the suffix number.

6875964M01-J
cccviii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

VHF Radio Specifications

GENERAL RECEIVER TRANSMITTER

FCC Designations: AZ492FT7047 Frequency Range: 136–174 MHz Frequency Range: 136–174 MHz
AZ492FT3821
AZ492FT4898
AZ492FT4895
AZ492FT7037
AZ492FT7035
AZ492FT3824
AZ492FT3826
Temperature Range: Channel Spacing: 12.5 kHz/25 kHz/30 kHz Rated Output Power:
Motorcycle Radio 15 W
Operating: -30°C to +60°C Input Impedance: 50 Ohm Low-Power Radio: 25 W
Storage: -55°C to +85°C Mid-Power Radio: 50 W
Frequency Separation: Full Bandsplit High-Power Radio: 100 W
Power Supply: 12 Vdc Negative Ground Only
Sensitivity*: Channel Spacing: 12.5 kHz, 25 kHz or 30 kHz
Battery Drain: (Maximum) With pre-amplifier
50 W: 20 dB Quieting: (25 kHz Channel Spacing): Output Impedance: 50 Ohm
Standby @ 13.8 V: 0.85 A 0.25 µV
Receive at Rated Audio @ 13.8 V: 3.2 A 12 dB SINAD: (25 kHz Channel Spacing): Frequency Separation: Full Bandsplit
Transmit @ Rated Power: 0.20 µV
15 W 8.0 A Without pre-amplifier Frequency Stability:
50 W 13.0 A 20 dB Quieting: (25 kHz Channel Spacing): (-30° to +60°C; 25°C Ref.): ±2 ppm
0.4 µV
100 W: 12 dB SINAD: (25 kHz Channel Spacing): Modulation Limiting:
Standby @ 13.8 V: 0.85 A 0.3 µV 25 kHz Channel Spacing: ±5.0 kHz
Receive at Rated Audio @ 13.8 V: 3.2 A 12.5 kHz Channel Spacing: ±2.5 kHz
Transmit @ Rated Power: Intermodulation*:
100 W 20.0 A With pre-amplifier Frequency Deviation for (C4FM):
(Measured in the Analog Mode): 80 dB 12.5 kHz Digital Channel: ±2.8 kHz
Dimensions (H x W x D)*: Without pre-amplifier
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio (Measured in the Analog Mode): 85 dB FM Hum and Noise:
Transceiver:
50.8 mm x 177.8 mm x 218.4 mm 25 kHz Channel Spacing: 50 dB
(2" x 7" x 8.6") Digital Sensitivity**: 12.5 kHz Channel Spacing: 40 dB
O5 Control Head: With pre-amplifier
50.8 mm x 180.3 mm x 63.5 mm 1% BER (12.5 kHz channel): 0.25 µV Emission (Conduct/Radiated): -85 dBc/-20dBm
(2" x 7" x 2.5") 5% BER (12.5 kHz channel): 0.20 µV
O2 Control Head: Audio Sensitivity:
68.4 mm x 206 mm x 52.83 mm Without pre-amplifier (For 60% Max. Deviation at 1 kHz): 0.08V ±3 dB
(2.7" x 8" x 2.1") 1% BER (12.5 kHz channel): 0.4 µV
O7 Control Head: 5% BER (12.5 kHz channel): 0.3 µV Audio Response:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 40 mm (Measured in the Analog Mode)
(2" x 7" x 1.5") Selectivity*: (6 dB/Octave Pre-Emphasis 300 to 3000Hz):
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio 30 kHz Channel Spacing: 90 dB
Transceiver and O5 Control Head – Dash Mount:
50.8 mm x 180.3 mm x 243.8 mm 12.5 kHz Channel Spacing: 70 dB Audio Distortion:
(2" x 7" x 9.6") (For 60% Max. Deviation at 1 kHz): 2% per EIA
APX 5500/65007500 Mid Power Radio Spurious Rejection*: 90 dB
Transceiver and O2 Control Head – Dash Mount:
68.4 mm x 206 mm x 268 mm Emissions Designators:
(2.7" x 8" x 10.5") Frequency Stability: 8K10F1D, 8K10F1E, 8K10F1W, 11K0F3E,
(–30° to +60°C; 25°C Reference.): ±2 ppm 16K0F3E, 20K0F1E
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio
Transceiver and O7 Control Head – Dash Mount:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 262 mm Audio Output*:
(2" x 7" x 10.3") Measured in the Analog Mode at less than 3%
distortion. Maximum output level of Speaker lines
are 33 W with 3.2 ohm speaker. Acceptable
speaker loads are between 3 to 10 ohms total.
Attenuate headphones as needed for impedance
and power rating.
7.5 W (8 ohm Speaker)
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio 15 W (3.2 ohm Speaker)
Transceiver and Remote Mount:
50.8 mm x 180.3 mm x 243.8 mm
(2" x 7 "x 9.6")

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cccix

GENERAL RECEIVER TRANSMITTER

APX 5500/6500/7500 High Power Radio
Transceiver:
74 (87 locally at handle) mm x 293 mm x 223 mm
(2.9" (3.4” locally at handle) x 11.5" x 8.8")

APX 2500/4500/4500Li Mid Power Radio

Transceiver:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 163mm
(2" x 7" x 6.4")
O2 Control Head:
68.4 mm x 206 mm x 52.83 mm
(2.7" x 8" x 2.1")
O7 Control Head:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 40 mm
(2" x 7" x 1.5")
APX 2500/4500/4500Li Mid Power Radio
Transceiver and O2 Control Head – Dash Mount:
68.4 mm x 206 mm x 223 mm
(2.7" x 8" x 8.8")
APX 2500 Mid Power Radio Transceiver and O7
Control Head – Dash Mount:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 208 mm
(2" x 7" x 8.2")
APX 2500 Mid Power Radio Transceiver and
Remote Mount:
50.8 mm x 180.3 mm x 194mm
(2" x 7 "x 7.6")

Weight:
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio
Transceiver and Control Head:
3.17 kg (7 lbs)
APX 5500/6500/7500 High Power Radio
Transceiver:
6.4 kg (14.2 lbs with trunnion)
5.4 kg (12 lbs without trunnion)
APX 2500/4500/4500Li Mid Power Radio
Transceiver and O2 Control Head:
2.45 kg (5.28 lbs)
APX 2500 Mid Power Radio Transceiver and O7
Control Head:
2.24 kg (4.83 lbs)
APX 2500 Mid Power Radio Transceiver and
Remote Mount:
2.18 kg (4.70 lbs)

*All dimensions and weights are shown excluding

any mounting hardware or cables.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

* Measured in analog mode per TIA/EIA 603 under nominal conditions.
** Measured in digital mode per TIA/EIA IS 102.CAAB.

NOTE: All O5 Control Head dimensions and High Power Radio Transceiver specification are not
applicable for APX 2500/4500/4500Li radios.

6875964M01-J
cccx Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

UHF R1 Radio Specifications

GENERAL RECEIVER TRANSMITTER

FCC Designations: AZ492FT4894 Frequency Range: 380–470 MHz Frequency Range: 380–470 MHz
AZ492FT4897
AZ492FT4898
AZ492FT4895
AZ492FT7043
AZ492FT7048
AZ492FT4904
AZ492FT4915
Temperature Range: Channel Spacing: 12.5 kHz/25 kHz Rated Output Power:
Motorcycle Radio 15 W
Operating: -30°C to +60°C Low-Power Radio: 25 W
Storage: -55°C to +85°C Mid-Power Radio: 40 W
Input Impedance: 50 Ohm High-Power Radio: 100 W
Power Supply: 12 Vdc Negative Ground Only
Frequency Separation: Full Bandsplit Channel Spacing: 12.5 kHz or 25 kHz
Battery Drain: (Maximum)
40 W: Sensitivity*: Output Impedance: 50 Ohm
Standby @ 13.8 V: 0.85 A With pre-amplifier
Receive at Rated Audio @ 13.8 V: 3.2 A 20 dB Quieting: (25 kHz Channel Spacing): Frequency Separation: Full Bandsplit
Transmit @ Rated Power: 0.25 µV
15 W 8.0 A 12 dB SINAD: (25 kHz Channel Spacing): Frequency Stability:
40 W 11.0 A 0.20 µV (-30° to +60°C; 25°C Ref.): ±2 ppm
Without pre-amplifier
100 W: 20 dB Quieting: (25 kHz Channel Spacing): Modulation Limiting:
Standby @ 13.8 V: 0.85 A 0.4 µV 25 kHz Channel Spacing: ±5.0 kHz
Receive at Rated Audio @ 13.8 V: 3.2 A 12 dB SINAD: (25 kHz Channel Spacing): 12.5 kHz Channel Spacing: ±2.5 kHz
Transmit @ Rated Power: 0.3 µV
100 W 24.0 A Frequency Deviation for (C4FM):
Intermodulation*: 12.5 kHz Digital Channel: ±2.8 kHz
Dimensions (H x W x D)*: With pre-amplifier
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio (Measured in the Analog Mode): 80 dB FM Hum and Noise:
Transceiver:
50.8 mm x 177.8 mm x 218.4 mm Without pre-amplifier 25 kHz Channel Spacing: 45 dB
(2" x 7"x 8.6") (Measured in the Analog Mode): 85 dB 12.5 kHz Channel Spacing: 40 dB
O5 Control Head:
50.8 mm x 180.3 mm x 63.5 mm Digital Sensitivity**: Emission (Conduct/Radiated): -85 dBc/-20dBm
(2" x 7"x 2.5") With pre-amplifier
O2 Control Head: 1% BER (12.5 kHz channel): 0.25 µV Audio Sensitivity:
68.4 mm x 206 mm x 52.83 mm 5% BER (12.5 kHz channel): 0.20 µV (For 60% Max. Deviation at 1 kHz): 0.08V ±3 dB
(2.7" x 8" x 2.1")
O7 Control Head: Without pre-amplifier Audio Response:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 40 mm 1% BER (12.5 kHz channel): 0.4 µV (Measured in the Analog Mode)
(2" x 7" x 1.5") 5% BER (12.5 kHz channel): 0.3 µV (6 dB/Octave Pre-Emphasis 300 to 3000Hz):
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio Selectivity*: +1, -3 dB
Transceiver and O5 Control Head – Dash Mount:
50.8 mm x 180.3 mm x 243.8 mm 25 kHz Channel Spacing: 82 dB
(2" x 7"x 9.6") 12.5 kHz Channel Spacing: 70 dB Audio Distortion:
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio (For 60% Max. Deviation at 1 kHz): 2% per EIA
Transceiver and O2 Control Head – Dash Mount:
68.4 mm x 206 mm x 268 mm Spurious Rejection*: 90 dB
(2.7" x 8" x 10.5") Emissions Designators:
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio Frequency Stability: 8K10F1D, 8K10F1E, 8K10F1W, 11K0F3E,
Transceiver and O7 Control Head – Dash Mount:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 262 mm (–30° to +60°C; 25°C Reference.): ±2 ppm 16K0F3E, 20K0F1E
(2" x 7" x 10.3")
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio Audio Output*:
Transceiver and Remote Mount:
50.8 mm x 180.3 mm x 243.8 mm Measured in the Analog Mode at less than 3%
(2" x 7"x 9.6") distortion. Maximum output level of Speaker lines
APX 5500/6500/7500 High Power Radio are 33 W with 3.2 ohm speaker. Acceptable
Transceiver: speaker loads are between 3 to 10 ohms total.
Attenuate headphones as needed for impedance
74 (87 locally at handle) mm x 293 mm x 223 mm
and power rating.
(2.9" (3.4” locally at handle) x 11.5"x 8.8")

7.5 W (8 ohm Speaker)

15 W (3.2 ohm Speaker)

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cccxi

GENERAL RECEIVER TRANSMITTER

APX 2500/4500/4500Li Mid Power Radio

Transceiver:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 163mm
(2" x 7" x 6.4")
O2 Control Head:
68.4 mm x 206 mm x 52.83 mm
(2.7" x 8" x 2.1")
O7 Control Head:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 40 mm
(2" x 7" x 1.5")
APX 2500/4500/4500Li Mid Power Radio
Transceiver and O2 Control Head – Dash Mount:
68.4 mm x 206 mm x 223 mm
(2.7" x 8" x 8.8")
APX 2500 Mid Power Radio Transceiver and O7
Control Head – Dash Mount:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 208 mm
(2" x 7" x 8.2")
APX 2500 Mid Power Radio Transceiver and
Remote Mount:
50.8 mm x 180.3 mm x 194 mm
(2" x 7 "x 7.6")

Weight:
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio
Transceiver and Control Head:
3.17 kg (7 lbs)
APX 5500/6500/7500 High Power Radio
Transceiver:
6.4 kg (14.2 lbs with trunnion)
5.4 kg (12 lbs without trunnion)

APX 2500/4500/4500Li Mid Power Radio

Transceiver and O2 Control Head:
2.45 kg (5.28 lbs)
APX 2500 Mid Power Radio Transceiver and O7
Control Head:
2.24 kg (4.83 lbs)
APX 2500 Mid Power Radio Transceiver and
Remote Mount:
2.18 kg (4.70 lbs)

*All dimensions and weights are shown excluding

any mounting hardware or cables.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

* Measured in analog mode per TIA/EIA 603 under nominal conditions.
** Measured in digital mode per TIA/EIA IS 102.CAAB.

NOTE: All O5 Control Head dimensions and High Power Radio Transceiver specification are not
applicable for APX 2500/4500/4500Li radios.

6875964M01-J
cccxii Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

UHF R2 Radio Specifications

GENERAL RECEIVER TRANSMITTER

FCC Designations: AZ492FT4896 Frequency Range: 450–520 MHz Frequency Range: 450–520 MHz
AZ492FT7044
AZ492FT7047
AZ492FT4904
AZ492FT4916
Channel Spacing: 12.5 kHz/25 kHz Rated Output Power:
Motorcycle Radio 15 W
Temperature Range: Input Impedance: 50 Ohm Low-Power Radio: 25 W
Mid-Power Radio: 45 W
Operating: -30°C to +60°C Frequency Separation: Full Bandsplit
Storage: -55°C to +85°C
Sensitivity*: Channel Spacing: 12.5 kHz or 25 kHz
Power Supply: 12 Vdc Negative Ground Only With pre-amplifier
20 dB Quieting: (25 kHz Channel Spacing): Output Impedance: 50 Ohm
Battery Drain: (Maximum) 0.25 µV
45 W: 12 dB SINAD: (25 kHz Channel Spacing): Frequency Separation: Full Bandsplit
Standby @ 13.8 V: 0.85 A 0.20 µV
Receive at Rated Audio @ 13.8 V: 3.2 A Without pre-amplifier Frequency Stability:
Transmit @ Rated Power: 20 dB Quieting: (25 kHz Channel Spacing): (-30° to +60°C; 25°C Ref.): ±2 ppm
15 W 8.0 A 0.4 µV
45 W 11.0 A 12 dB SINAD: (25 kHz Channel Spacing): Modulation Limiting:
0.3 µV 25 kHz Channel Spacing: ±5.0 kHz
Dimensions (H x W x D)* 12.5 kHz Channel Spacing: ±2.5 kHz
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio Intermodulation*:
Transceiver:
50.8 mm x 177.8 mm x 218.4 mm With pre-amplifier Frequency Deviation for (C4FM):
(2" x 7"x 8.6") (Measured in the Analog Mode): 80 dB 12.5 kHz Digital Channel: ±2.8 kHz
O5 Control Head: Without pre-amplifier
50.8 mm x 180.3 mm x 63.5 mm (Measured in the Analog Mode): 85 dB FM Hum and Noise:
(2" x 7"x 2.5") 25 kHz Channel Spacing: 45 dB
O2 Control Head: Digital Sensitivity**: 12.5 kHz Channel Spacing: 40 dB
68.4 mm x 206 mm x 52.83 mm With pre-amplifier
(2.7" x 8" x 2.1") 1% BER (12.5 kHz channel): 0.25 µV Emission (Conduct/Radiated): -85 dBc/-20dBm
O7 Control Head: 5% BER (12.5 kHz channel): 0.20 µV
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 40 mm Audio Sensitivity:
(2" x 7" x 1.5") Without pre-amplifier (For 60% Max. Deviation at 1 kHz): 0.08V ±3 dB
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio 1% BER (12.5 kHz channel): 0.4 µV
Transceiver and O5 Control Head – Dash Mount:
50.8 mm x 180.3 mm x 243.8 mm 5% BER (12.5 kHz channel): 0.3 µV Audio Response:
(2" x 7"x 9.6") (Measured in the Analog Mode)
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio Selectivity*: (6 dB/Octave Pre-Emphasis 300 to 3000Hz):
Transceiver and O2 Control Head – Dash Mount:
68.4 mm x 206 mm x 268 mm 25 kHz Channel Spacing: 82 dB +1, -3 dB
(2.7" x 8" x 10.5") 12.5 kHz Channel Spacing: 70 dB
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio Audio Distortion:
Transceiver and O7 Control Head – Dash Mount:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 262 mm Spurious Rejection*: 90 dB (For 60% Max. Deviation at 1 kHz): 2% per EIA
(2" x 7" x 10.3")
Frequency Stability: Emissions Designators:
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio (–30° to +60°C; 25°C Reference.): ±2 ppm 8K10F1D, 8K10F1E, 8K10F1W, 11K0F3E,
Transceiver and Remote Mount:
50.8 mm x 180.3 mm x 243.8 mm 16K0F3E, 20K0F1E
(2" x 7"x 9.6") Audio Output*:
Measured in the Analog Mode at less than 3%
distortion. Maximum output level of Speaker lines
are 33 W with 3.2 ohm speaker. Acceptable
speaker loads are between 3 to 10 ohms
APX 2500/4500/4500Li Mid Power Radio total.Attenuate headphones as needed for
Transceiver: impedance and power rating.
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 163mm 7.5 W (8 ohm Speaker)
(2" x 7" x 6.4") 15 W (3.2 ohm Speaker)

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cccxiii

GENERAL RECEIVER TRANSMITTER

O2 Control Head:
68.4 mm x 206 mm x 52.83 mm
(2.7" x 8" x 2.1")
O7 Control Head:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 40 mm
(2" x 7" x 1.5")
APX 2500/4500/4500Li Mid Power Radio
Transceiver and O2 Control Head – Dash Mount:
68.4 mm x 206 mm x 223 mm
(2.7" x 8" x 8.8")
APX 2500 Mid Power Radio Transceiver and O7
Control Head – Dash Mount:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 208 mm
(2" x 7" x 8.2")
APX 2500 Mid Power Radio Transceiver and
Remote Mount:
50.8 mm x 180.3 mm x 194mm
(2" x 7 "x 7.6")

Weight:
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio
Transceiver and Control Head:
3.17 kg (7 lbs)

APX 2500/4500/4500Li Mid Power Radio

Transceiver and O2 Control Head:
2.45 kg (5.28 lbs)
APX 2500 Mid Power Radio Transceiver and O7
Control Head:
2.24 kg (4.83 lbs)
APX 2500 Mid Power Radio Transceiver and
Remote Mount:
2.18 kg (4.70 lbs)

*All dimensions and weights are shown excluding

any mounting hardware or cables.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

*Does not support 25 KHz channel spacing (16K0F3E, 20K0F1E) in North America.

6875964M01-J
cccxiv Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications

700–800 MHz Radio Specifications

GENERAL RECEIVER TRANSMITTER

FCC Designations: AZ492FT5858 Frequency Range: Frequency Range:

AZ492FT7037 700 MHz Band: 764–776 MHz 700 MHz Band:
AZ492FT7035 800 MHz Band: 851–870 MHz Repeater Mode: 794–806 MHz
AZ492FT7043 Talkaround Mode: 764–776 MHz
†
AZ492FT7044 800 MHz Band:
AZ492FT7048 Repeater Mode: 806–824 MHz
AZ492FT7055 Talkaround Mode: 851–870 MHz
Temperature Range: Channel Spacing: 12.5 kHz/20 kHz/25 kHz
Operating: -30° C to +60° C Rated Output Power:
Storage: -40° C to +85° C Input Impedance: 50 ohm Motorcycle Radio(700/800 MHz Band 2***/15 W

Power Supply: 12 Vdc Negative Ground Only Frequency Separation: Full Bandsplit Vehicle Mount Radio:
700 MHz Band: 2***/30 W
Battery Drain: (Maximum) Sensitivity: 800 MHz Band: 35 W
20 dB Quieting:
35 W: 25 kHz Channel Spacing: 0.30 µV Channel Spacing: 12.5 kHz/20 kHz/25 kHz
Standby @ 13.8 V: 0.85 A 12 dB SINAD:
Receive at Rated Audio @ 13.8 V: 3.2 A 25 kHz Channel Spacing: 0.25 µV Output Impedance: 50 ohm
Transmit @ Rated Power:
15 W 8.0 A Digital Sensitivity**: Frequency Separation: Full Bandsplit
35 W 12.0 A 1% BER (12.5 kHz channel): 0.30 µV
5% BER (12.5 kHz channel): 0.25 µV Frequency Stability:
Dimensions (H x W x D)* (–30° to +60°C; 25°C Ref.): ±1.5 ppm
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio Adjacent Channel Selectivity*:
Transceiver:
50.8 mm x 177.8 mm x 218.4 mm 25 kHz Channel: 80 dB Modulation Limiting*:
(2" x 7"x 8.6") 12.5 kHz Channel: 65 dB 25 kHz Channel Spacing: ±5.0 kHz
O5 Control Head: 12.5 kHz Channel Spacing: ±2.5 kHz
50.8 mm x 180.3 mm x 63.5 mm Intermodulation*: 80 dB
(2" x 7"x 2.5") Frequency Deviation for (C4FM)**:
O2 Control Head: Spurious Rejection*: 90 dB 12.5 kHz Digital Channel: ±2.8 kHz
68.4 mm x 206 mm x 52.83 mm
(2.7" x 8" x 2.1") Frequency Stability: FM Hum and Noise*:
O7 Control Head: (–30° to +60° C; 25° C Ref.): ±1.5 ppm 20/25 kHz Channel: 40 dB
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 40 mm 12.5 kHz Channel: 34 dB
(2" x 7" x 1.5") Audio Output at 3% Distortion*:
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio Measured in the Analog Mode at less than 3% Emission (Conducted/Radiated):
Transceiver and O5 Control Head – Dash Mount: distortion. Maximum output level of Speaker lines
50.8 mm x 180.3 mm x 243.8 mm are 33 W with 3.2 ohm speaker. Acceptable –70 dBc/–20dBm and –85 dBc/–40dBm (GNSS)
(2" x 7"x 9.6") speaker loads are between 3 to 10 ohms tota
Attenuate headphones as needed for impedance
and power rating. Audio Sensitivity*:
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio (For 60% Max. Deviation at 1 kHz):
Transceiver and O2 Control Head – Dash Mount:
68.4 mm x 206 mm x 268 mm 0.08 V ±3 dB
(2.7" x 8" x 10.5") 7.5 W (8 ohm Speaker)
15 W (3.2 ohm Speaker) Audio Response*:
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio (6 dB/Octave Pre-Emphasis 300 to 3000 Hz):
Transceiver and O7 Control Head – Dash Mount:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 262 mm +1,-3 dB
(2" x 7" x 10.3")
Audio Distortion*: 2%
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio
Transceiver and Remote Mount:
50.8 mm x 180.3 mm x 243.8 mm Emissions Designators:
(2" x 7"x 9.6") 8K10F1D, 8K10F1E, 8K10F1W, 11K0F3E,
APX 5500/6500/7500 High Power Radio 16K0F3E, 20K0F1E
Transceiver:
74 (87 locally at handle) mm x 293 mm x 223 mm
(2.9" (3.4” locally at handle) x 11.5"x 8.8")

6875964M01-J
Model Numbering, Charts, and Specifications cccxv

GENERAL RECEIVER TRANSMITTER

APX 2500/4500/4500Li Mid Power Radio

Transceiver:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 163mm
(2" x 7" x 6.4")
O2 Control Head:
68.4 mm x 206 mm x 52.83 mm
(2.7" x 8" x 2.1")
O7 Control Head:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 40 mm
(2" x 7" x 1.5")
APX 2500/4500/4500Li Mid Power Radio
Transceiver and O2 Control Head – Dash Mount:
68.4 mm x 206 mm x 223 mm
(2.7" x 8" x 8.8")
APX 2500 Mid Power Radio Transceiver and O7
Control Head – Dash Mount:
50.8 mm x 178 mm x 208 mm
(2" x 7" x 8.2")
APX 2500 Mid Power Radio Transceiver and
Remote Mount:
50.8 mm x 180.3 mm x 194mm
(2" x 7 "x 7.6")

Weight:
APX 5500/6500/7500 Mid Power Radio
Transceiver and Control Head:
3.17 kg (7 lbs)
APX 5500/6500/7500 High Power Radio
Transceiver:
6.4 kg (14.2 lbs with trunnion)
5.4 kg (12 lbs without trunnion)

APX 2500/4500/4500Li Mid Power Radio

Transceiver and O2 Control Head:
2.45 kg (5.28 lbs)
APX 2500 Mid Power Radio Transceiver and O7
Control Head:
2.24 kg (4.83 lbs)
APX 2500 Mid Power Radio Transceiver and
Remote Mount:
2.18 kg (4.70 lbs)

*All dimensions and weights are shown excluding

any mounting hardware or cables.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

* Measured in analog mode per TIA/EIA 603 under nominal conditions.
** Measured in digital mode per TIA/EIA IS 102.CAAB.
*** 2 W. itinerant frequencies.
† Does not support 25 KHz spacing (16K0F3E, 20K0F1E) in North America.

NOTE: All O5 Control Head dimensions and High Power Radio Transceiver specifications are not
applicable for APX 2500/4500/4500Li radios.

6875964M01-J
cccxvi

Notes

6875964M01-J
Chapter 1 Introduction

1.1 Manual Notations

Throughout the manual, you will notice the use of note, caution, warning, and danger notations.
These notations are used to emphasize that safety hazards exist, and due care must be taken and
observed.
NOTE: An operational procedure, practice, or condition that is essential to emphasize.

! CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if

not avoided, might result in equipment damage.
Caution

WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation

which, if not avoided, could result in death or injury.

DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous

! situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
injury.
DANGER
1-2 Introduction: Radio Description

1.2 Radio Description

The ASTRO APX mobile radios are Motorola’s newest two-way mobile radio designed for your
organization’s most demanding needs. These radios are available in the following frequencies and
power levels.
Table 1-1. APX Mobile Radios Frequency Ranges and Power Level

Power Level
Frequency Band Bandwidth
APX 7500 / 6500 / APX 4500 / 2500 APX 4500 Li
6500Li / 5500
VHF 136 – 174 MHz 10-50 W variable 1-50 W variable 1-25W variable
VHF 100W 136 – 174 MHz 25-100 W variable N/A N/A
UHF Range 1 380 – 470 MHz 10-40 W variable 10-40 W variable 10-25W variable
UHF Range 1 100W 380 – 470 MHz 25-100 W variable N/A N/A
UHF Range 2 450 – 520 MHz 10-45 W variable 10-45 W variable 10-25W variable
700-800 MHz 764 – 870 MHz 10-35 W variable 10-35 W variable 10-25W variable
(2 W itinerant) (2 W itinerant) (2 W itinerant)

NOTE: APX 4500Li follows the minimum power variable of APX 4500.
The APX mobile radios are among the most sophisticated two-way radios available. They have a
new robust design for radio users who need high performance, quality, and reliability in their daily
communications. This new architecture supports a multitude of legacy and advanced features
resulting in a more cost-effective two-way radio communications solution.
Table 1-2, Table 1-3, Table 1-4, Table 1-5 and Table 1-6 provides a description of basic features for
the APX mobile radios control head.

Table 1-2. O2 Control Head Basic Features

Feature APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li / 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li

Display 1 indicator line and 4 text lines ( inclusive of menu ) / 14
characters of text, 320 x 144 RGB resolutions TFT Liquid-
Crystal Display (LCD)
Control Type Multifunction knob for Volume and Channel, Push Button On/
Off, Home Keypad button, Data keypad button, Dimming button,
Navigation Key
Numeric Keypad Available with Keypad Microphone
Channel Capability Maximum channel for APX 7500 / 5500 / 6500 / 6500Li is 250
Maximum channel for APX 2500 is 1000
Maximum channel for APX 4500/4500Li is 512
Remote Mount Not available
Dash Mount Available
Dual Control Head Available
Motorcycle Configuration Future feature, but APX 4500/4500Li does not support
motorcycle configuration

6875964M01-J
Introduction: Radio Description 1-3

Table 1-3. O3 Control Head Basic Features

Feature APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li / 2500

Display 4 lines being for Primary, Secondary, Tertiary and
Menu line. Max primary text area character size
(WxH):12 x 18 pixels. Max secondary and tertiary
text are character size (WxH):10 x 15 pixels. Color
LCD with 3 dimming levels; High, Low and Off
Control Type Push Button On/Off, Keypad Up/Down for Mode
and Volume, Home Keypad Button, WAP keypad
Button, 3 Menu Keypad Buttons and 4 way
navigation pad.
Numeric Keypad 12 Keypad consisting of 1–9, 0, * and #
Channel Capability Maximum channel for all radios is 1250, except for
APX 2500 is 1000
Remote Mount Available
Dash Mount Available
Dual Control Head Future feature
Motorcycle Configuration Not available, but APX 2500 supports this feature

NOTE: APX 4500/4500Li do not support O3 control head.

Table 1-4. O5 Control Head Basic Features

Feature APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li

Display 2 lines/14 character of text, 1 menu line, bit map
Liquid-Crystal Display (LCD)
Control Type Rotary Mode and Volume Control, Push Button
On/Off
Numeric Keypad Available with Keypad Microphone
Channel Capability 1250
Remote Mount Available
Dash Mount Available
Dual Control Head Future feature
Motorcycle Configuration Available

NOTE: APX 2500/4500/4500Li do not support O5 control head.

6875964M01-J
1-4 Introduction: FLASHport®

Table 1-5. O7 Control Head Basic Features

Feature APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li / 2500

Display 1 indicator line and 4 text lines (inclusive of menu) / 14
characters of text, 320 x 144 RGD resolutions TFT Liquid-
Crystal Display (LCD)
Control Type Multifunction knob for Volume and Channel, Push Button
On/Off, Home Keypad button, Data keypad button,
Dimming button, Navigation Key
Numeric Keypad Alpha numerical keypad consisting of
1–9, 0, * and #
Channel Capability Maximum channel for all radios is 1250, except for APX
2500 is 1000
Remote Mount Available
Dash Mount Available
Dual Control Head Available
Motorcycle Configuration Available

NOTE: APX 4500/4500Li do not support O7 control head.

Table 1-6. O9 Control Head Basic Features

Feature APX 7500

Display 4 lines/14 character of text, 480 X 272
RGB resolution TFT Liquid-Crystal
Display (LCD)
Control Type Rotary Mode and Volume Control, Push
Button On/Off, Illumination rocker
Numeric Keypad Alpha numerical keypad consisting of
1–9, 0, * and #
Channel Capability 512
Remote Mount Available
Dash Mount Not Available
Dual Control Head Future Feature
Motorcycle Configuration Not Available

NOTE: Only APX 7500 supports O9 control head.

1.3 FLASHport®
All APX mobile radios are part of the FLASHport program and ship standard with a FLASH IC, which
allows for feature and system upgrades. FLASHport Aftermarket Software is used to upgrade to the
latest version of your System Enhancement Software Package, to upgrade to a different System
Enhancement Software Package, or to order enhancements for existing APX mobile radios in the
field.

6875964M01-J
Introduction: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Descriptions 1-5

1.4 O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Descriptions

The control head used with APX mobile radios has microprocessor circuitry that operates the
standard and optional features built into the system.
The following illustrations show a typical APX mobile radio control head.

1.4.1 O2 Control Head

LED Status
Indicators Emergency
Power On/Off Button Button
Up/Down Buttons

Dim Button

Accessory Menu Select Buttons Multi-Function

Port (Microphone) Knob
Home Button

Figure 1-1. O2 Control Head

1.4.2 O2 Controls
• MULTI-FUNCTION KNOB – Used to change audio volume and channels.
• HOME BUTTON – Used to exit all menu functions. The long press behavior of the HOME
button is programmable.
• POWER ON/OFF BUTTON – Turns the radio on and off.
• LED STATUS INDICATORS – Red, Yellow, and Green LED’s that indicate transmits, busy and
private call respectively.
• EMERGENCY BUTTON – Button that can be custom programmed by system manager and
usually used for emergency feature.
• UP/DOWN BUTTONS – Used to scroll through menu items and selections.
• MENU SELECT BUTTONS – Field-programmable buttons.
• DIM BUTTON – Use this button to adjust the brightness of the display. Long press to toggle
between day and night mode.

6875964M01-J
1-6 Introduction: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Descriptions

1.4.3 O3 Control Head

Orange Button

Programmable Button

Programmable Button (Monitor) 14-Character

Display

Side Button 1 (Programmable)

Side Button 2 (Programmable)

Navigation Keys

Data Button

Figure 1-2. O3 Control Head

1.4.4 O3 Controls
• POWER ON/OFF BUTTON – Turns the radio on and off.
• ORANGE BUTTON – Programmed at the factory to activate the Emergency feature.
• TOP PROGRAMMABLE BUTTON – Buttons that can be custom programmed by system
manager.
• PROGRAMMABLE SOFTKEYS – Field-programmable buttons.
• NAVIGATION KEYS – Used to scroll through menu items and selections.
• VOLUME ROCKER – Adjust the volume level up or down.
• MODE ROCKER – Scroll up or down through the list of available modes.
• HOME BUTTON – Used to exit all menu functions.
• WAP BUTTON – Programmable.
• NUMERIC KEYPAD – Features 12 keys and used to enter menus, scroll through a list of
displayed options, and enter data.
• PUSH TO TALK BUTTON – Pressed to transmit on the displayed mode and released to
receive.
• LED INDICATOR – Green/red light-emitting diode that indicates radio status as you operate
various features.
• SIDE PROGRAMMABLE BUTTONS – Buttons that can be custom programmed by system
manager.

6875964M01-J
Introduction: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Descriptions 1-7

1.4.5 O5 Control Head

VOLUME DIM
KNOB MODE EMERGENCY
BUTTON
KNOB

O5

HOME

POWER INDICATORS
ON/OFF
MMP NAVIGATION
CONNECTOR SOFT MENU
KEYS
KEYS

Figure 1-3. O5 Control Head

1.4.6 O5 Controls
• VOLUME KNOB – Changes the audio volume.
• MMP CONNECTOR – Used to connect accessories, such as the microphone, to the control
head.
• DIM BUTTON – Dims the backlight through three levels of brightness including backlight off.
• HOME – Used to exit all menu functions. The long press behavior of the HOME button is
programmable.
• POWER ON/OFF – Turns the radio on and off.
• SOFT MENU KEYS – Field-programmable buttons.
• INDICATORS – Red, Yellow and Green LED’s that indicate transmit, busy and private call
respectively.
• MODE KNOB – Used to change channels.
• NAVIGATION KEY – Used to scroll through menu items and selections.
• EMERGENCY – Field-programmable button via CPS, typically programmed for the emergency
feature but other functions are possible.

6875964M01-J
1-8 Introduction: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Descriptions

1.4.7 O7 Control Head

Power On/Off Button
Emergency
LED Status Indicators Button
Multi-Function Knob DTMF Keypad
Dim
Button

Data Button
Menu Select Buttons Home Button
Navigational Keys
Accessory Port (Microphone)

Figure 1-4. O7 Control Head

1.4.8 O7 Controls
• MULTI-FUNCTION KNOB – Used to change audio volume and channels.
• HOME BUTTON – Used to exit all menu functions. The long press behavior of the HOME
button is programmable.
• DATA BUTTON – Used to access data-related features, such as the Text Messaging Service
(TMS) feature screen.
• DTMF BUTTON – Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Signaling Button is used to perform Siren and
Light functions.
• POWER ON/OFF BUTTON – Turns the radio on and off.
• LED STATUS INDICATORS – Red, Yellow, and Green LED’s that indicates transmit, busy and
private call respectively.
• EMERGENCY BUTTON – Button that can be custom programmed by system manager and
usually used for emergency feature.
• 4-WAY NAVIGATION BUTTON – Used to scroll through menu items and selections.
• MENU SELECT BUTTONS – Field-programmable buttons.
• DIM BUTTON – Use this button to adjust the brightness of the display. Long press to toggle
between day and night mode.

6875964M01-J
Introduction: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Descriptions 1-9

1.4.9 O9 Control Head

Directional
Buttons
Siren Control Response
Buttons Selector

Programmable
Orange Button
Buttons (Top)
Public Address
Power On/Off
Button
Button

LED Indicators
Status Icons Keypad

4-Way Navigation
Display Backlight
Button
Control Buttons
Data Feature
Menu Select Buttons Button

Volume Knob Mode Knob

Programmable Home Button

Buttons (Bottom)

Figure 1-5. O9 Control Head

1.4.10 O9 Controls
• VOLUME KNOB – Changes the audio volume.
• MODE KNOB – Used to change channels.
• HOME BUTTON – Used to exit all menu functions. The long press behavior of the HOME
button is programmable.
• POWER ON/OFF BUTTON – Turns the radio on and off.
• LED INDICATORS – Red, Yellow, and Green LED’s that indicate transmit, busy and private call
respectively.
• ORANGE BUTTON– Field-programmable button usually used for the emergency feature
• 4-WAY NAVIGATION BUTTON – Used to scroll through menu items and selections.
• MENU SELECT BUTTONS – Field-programmable buttons.
• PROGRAMMABLE BUTTON – Buttons that can be custom programmed by system manager.

6875964M01-J
1-10 Introduction: P25 Digital Vehicular Repeater System (DVRS)

1.5 P25 Digital Vehicular Repeater System (DVRS)

Motorola Solutions offers an MSI Certified APX compatible, 3rd Party, P25 Digital Vehicular
Repeater System (DVRS) that provides low cost portable radio coverage in areas, where only mobile
radio coverage is available, and portable radio coverage is either intermittent or non-existent.

6875964M01-J
Chapter 2 Basic Maintenance

2.1 Introduction
This section of the manual describes preventive maintenance, handling precautions, and some basic
repair procedures and techniques. Each of these topics provides information vital to the successful
operation and maintenance of your radio.
NOTE: For board- and component-level repair of the radio, refer to the APX Mobile Radios And O3,
O5 & O9 Detailed Service Manual (see Related Publications).

2.2 Preventive Maintenance

Radios are shipped from the factory with a worst-case frequency error of:
• ±250 Hz for VHF
• ±250 Hz for UHF
• ±600 Hz for 700–800 MHz
These specifications are tighter than the more stringent FCC requirements of:
• ±2.0 ppm for the 136–174 MHz band
• ±2.0 ppm for the 380–470 MHz band Range 1 / 450–520 MHz band Range 2
• ±1.5 ppm for the 700–800 MHz bands
For radios that have been in storage for over six months from the factory ship date, the reference
oscillator should be checked when the radio is initially deployed to the field. It is strongly
recommended that the reference oscillator be checked every time the radio is serviced or at least
once a year, whichever comes first. The crystal contained in the reference oscillator naturally drifts
over time due to its aging characteristic. Periodic (annual) adjustment of the reference oscillator is
important for proper radio operation. Improper adjustment can result in both poor performance and
interference with other users operating on adjacent channels. Refer to section 6.4.4 for reference
oscillator alignment procedures.

2.2.1 Inspection
Check that the external surfaces of the radio are clean, and that all external controls and switches
are functional. A detailed inspection of the interior electronic circuitry is not needed.
NOTE: Verify that all dust covers are in place.
2-2 Basic Maintenance: Preventive Maintenance

2.2.2 Cleaning Procedures

The following procedures describe the recommended cleaning agents and the methods to be used
when cleaning the external and internal surfaces of the radio. External surfaces include the control
head and radio chassis. These surfaces should be cleaned whenever a periodic visual inspection
reveals the presence of smudges, grease, and/or grime. Internal surfaces should be cleaned only
when the radio is disassembled for servicing or repair.

Use all chemicals as prescribed by the manufacturer. Be sure to follow all

! safety precautions as defined on the label or material safety data sheet.

Caution The effects of certain chemicals and their vapors can have harmful results on
certain plastics. Aerosol sprays, tuner cleaners, circuit board cleaners,
alcohols, and other chemicals should not make contact with plastic or metal
radio housings. Extreme etching to disintegration of the plastic can result.

The only recommended agent for cleaning the external radio surfaces is a 0.5% solution of a mild
dishwashing detergent in water. The only factory recommended liquid for cleaning the printed circuit
boards and their components is isopropyl alcohol (100% by volume).

2.2.2.1 Cleaning External Plastic Surfaces

Apply the 0.5% detergent-water solution sparingly with a stiff, non-metallic, short-bristled brush to
work all loose dirt away from the radio. A soft, absorbent, lint-free cloth or tissue should be used to
remove the solution and dry the radio. Make sure that no water remains entrapped near the
connectors, cracks, or crevices.

2.2.2.2 Cleaning Internal Circuit Boards and Components

Isopropyl alcohol (100%) may be applied with a stiff, non-metallic, short-bristled brush to dislodge
embedded or caked materials located in hard-to-reach areas. The brush stroke should direct the
dislodged material out and away from the inside of the radio. Be careful not to break off electrical
components.
Alcohol is a high-wetting liquid and can carry contamination into unwanted places if an excessive
quantity is used. Make sure that controls or tunable components are not soaked with the liquid. Do
not use high-pressure air to hasten the drying process, since this could cause the liquid to puddle
and collect in unwanted places.
Upon completion of the cleaning process, use a soft, absorbent, lint-free cloth to dry the area. Do not
brush or apply any isopropyl alcohol to any plastic parts.
NOTE: Always use a fresh supply of alcohol and a clean container to prevent contamination by
dissolved material (from previous usage).

2.2.3 General Radio Care and Handling Precautions

• Avoid physical abuse: do not pound, drop, or throw the radio. Exposed parts, such as controls
and connectors, might be damaged.
• Operating the radio without an antenna cable attached may lead to radio failure and may void
the warranty.

6875964M01-J
Basic Maintenance: Safe Handling of CMOS and LDMOS Devices 2-3

2.2.4 RF Power Amplifier (RF PA) Heatsinking

You should never transmit unless the printed-circuit board (PCB) DC and RF connector clips and
internal screws are installed in the chassis. Doing so can result in immediate failure of RF PA devices
or greatly reduced RF PA device life. You also can transmit for short periods with the chassis
eliminator ( as mentioned in Table 4-5 ) if it is used properly.

2.3 Safe Handling of CMOS and LDMOS Devices

Complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS), and Laterally Diffused Metal-Oxide
Semiconductor (LDMOS) devices, are used in this family of radios, and are susceptible to damage
by electrostatic or high voltage charges. Damage can be latent, resulting in failures occurring weeks
or months later. Therefore, special precautions must be taken to prevent device damage during
disassembly, troubleshooting, and repair. Handling precautions are mandatory for CMOS/LDMOS
circuits and are especially important in low humidity conditions.
DO NOT attempt to disassemble the radio without first referring to the following CAUTION
statement.

This radio contains static-sensitive devices. Do not open the radio unless you

! are properly grounded. Take the following precautions when working on this
unit:
Caution
• Store and transport all CMOS/LDMOS devices in conductive
material so that all exposed leads are shorted together. Do
not insert CMOS/LDMOS devices into conventional plastic
“snow” trays used for storage and transportation of other
semiconductor devices.
• Ground the working surface of the service bench to protect
the CMOS/LDMOS device. We recommend using a wrist
strap, two ground cords, a table mat, a floor mat, ESD shoes,
and an ESD chair.
• Wear a conductive wrist strap in series with a 100k resistor to
ground. (Replacement wrist straps that connect to the bench
top covering are Motorola part number 4280385A59).
• Do not wear nylon clothing while handling CMOS/LDMOS
devices.
• Do not insert or remove CMOS/LDMOS devices with power
applied. Check all power supplies used for testing CMOS/
LDMOS devices to be certain that there are no voltage
transients present.
• When straightening CMOS/LDMOS pins, provide ground
straps for the apparatus used.
• When soldering, use a grounded soldering iron.
• If at all possible, handle CMOS/LDMOS devices by the
package and not by the leads. Prior to touching the unit,
touch an electrical ground to remove any static charge that
you may have accumulated. The package and substrate may
be electrically common. If so, the reaction of a discharge to
the case would cause the same damage as touching the
leads.

6875964M01-J
2-4 Basic Maintenance: Safe Handling of CMOS and LDMOS Devices

Notes

6875964M01-J
Chapter 3 Basic Theory of Operation

3.1 Introduction
The ASTRO APX mobile radios are a two-board assembly that consists of an RF board and a
controller board. It is important to correctly identify the malfunctioning region before replacing
expensive modules. To assist with radio repair, descriptions of the sections are listed below.

3.2 General Overview

The APX mobile radios are wideband, synthesized, fixed-tuned, single band and dual band radios,
and are available with the following frequency bands:
• VHF (136–174 MHz) (25 W, 50 W and 100 W models available)
• UHF Range 1 (380–470 MHz) (25 W, 40 W and 100 W models available)
• UHF Range 2 (450–520 MHz) (25 W, 45 W model available)
• 700–800 MHz (25 W, 30 W for 700 MHz Band, and 25 W, 35 W for 800 MHz Band)
However, APX 2500 and APX 4500 do not support high power radios, hence all its band do not
support 100 W, and currently only available on mid power model. Meanwhile, APX 4500Li has
rated power of 25 W for all its bands.
All APX mobile radios are capable of both analog operation (12.5 kHz, 20 kHz, and 25 kHz
bandwidths) and ASTRO mode operation (12.5 kHz bandwidth).
The APX mobile radios contain the following assemblies and sections:
• O2 Control Head Assembly – The control head assembly contains the LCD display, User
Interface, and OMAP 1710 microprocessor. For the dash mount configuration, the control head
assembly is attached directly to the controller via a flex, and utilizes SSI to communicate. For
remote mount configuration, the control head assembly is attached to the Control Head
Interface Board (CHIB) via a flex and a CAN cable is used to interface the Remote Control
Head to the Transceiver Interface Board (TIB). A flex connects the TIB to the Controller and RF
board.
• O3 Control Head Assembly – The control head assembly contains the LCD display, User
Interface, OMAP™ microprocessor, and a Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) to Controller
Area Network (CAN) protocol, and down this remote cable to the Transceiver Interface Board
(TIB), and eventually into the Controller and RF board. The only difference between Dash
mount and Remote Mount is the additional 17' Straight cable.
• O5 Control Head Assembly – The control head assembly contains the LCD display, User
Interface, OMAP microprocessor. For the dash mount configuration, the control head assembly
is attached directly to the controller via a flex, and utilizes SSI to communicate. For remote
mount configuration, the control head assembly is attached to the Control Head Interface Board
(CHIB) via a flex and a CAN cable is used to interface the Remote Control Head to the
Transceiver Interface Board (TIB). A flex connects the TIB to the Controller and RF board.
• O7 Control Head Assembly – The control head assembly contains the LCD display, User
Interface and OMAP 1710 microprocessor. For the dash mount configuration, the control head
assembly is attached directly to the controller via a flex, and utilizes SSI to communicate. For
remote mount configuration, the control head assembly is attached to the Control Head
Interface Board (CHIB) via a flex and a CAN cable is used to interface the Remote Control
Head to the Transceiver Interface Board (TIB). A flex connects the TIB to the Controller and RF
board.
3-2 Basic Theory of Operation: Controller Board

• O9 Control Head Assembly – The control head assembly contains the LCD display, User
Interface, OMAP microprocessor. For the dash mount configuration, the control head assembly
is attached directly to the controller via a flex, and utilizes SSI to communicate. For remote
mount configuration, the control head assembly is attached to the Control Head Interface Board
(CHIB) via a flex and a CAN cable is used to interface the Remote Control Head to the
Transceiver Interface Board (TIB). A flex connects the TIB to the Controller and RF board.
• Controller Board – Contains digital hardware (microcontroller, memory, logic, and supporting
peripherals) governing radio operation, servicing all radio inputs and outputs, and processing all
voice and data.
• The CHIB contains a SSI-CAN FPGA, a 16 bit CODEC for audio processing, a Class D Audio
PA, and three Controller Area Network (CAN) transceivers. Each CAN transceiver is used to
communicate with the RF transceiver, one for audio, one for data, and one for system power-on
commands.
• Transceiver Interface Board – Contains CAN transceivers and audio and digital routing for
accessories. The TIB is used with the O3 Control Head for Dash and Remote Mount
configuration but is only used for Remote Mount configuration with the O5 Control Head.
• Radio Frequency Transceiver Board
- Power Amplifier (PA) section – Contains the antenna switch, directional coupler/ detector,
and amplifier(s).
- Front-End Receiver section – Contains the preselector, low-noise amplifier (LNA), and
mixer.
- IF section – Contains the receiver intermediate-frequency (IF) amplifier/filter and the digital
receiver back-end integrated circuit (IC).
- Frequency Generation section – Contains the synthesizer, voltage-controlled oscillators
(VCOs), reference oscillator, and receive and transmit buffers.

3.3 Controller Board

3.3.1 Introduction
The Controller board contains the following elements:
• Voltage regulators and data communication circuitry (RS232, USB, and SB9600)
• Microcontroller, FLASH IC, SDRAM IC, I/O expansion IC
• RF Board interface connector
• CODEC and Audio circuitry
• Power Management and Voltage Regulator IC
• Emergency circuitry
• Secure IC
• Edge connector interface for control head or Transceiver Interface Board (TIB)
• Rear connector for additional accessories (Mid Power Only)
• GPS circuitry
• Edge connector for option board
Block diagrams of controller are shown below:

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: Controller Board 3-3

CPLD GPIO
Expansion / Vehicle
Clock Gen/ Battery
RS232 SB9600
Clock Secure +
Transceiver, (Siren, Buffering IC 9V
UART VRS) -
Regulator
External
Main Spkr
GPS Chipset UART 1 UART 3 EMIFS
Keypad Mic
UART 2 SAP SSI (CH)
‘MAKO’ (ASIC) IC
UART1
Microprocessor USB 1 • Power Management
NOR FLASH USB 0
Memory 64
EMIFS
C55 DSP + ARM9 • Switching & LDO Regulators
ARM SPI Audio PA +
MByte • RX Audio CODEC DAC
MMC, • A/D & D/A
SDIO • USB, RS232, GPIO, Spkr, Mic
DDR EMIFF BBP DSP
RAM 32 USB Host SSI SPI GPIO
Option
MByte Interface

• WLAN • Control Head

USB
• Expandable • TIB J700 MMP
Transceiver Memory
Mobile • TIB J600 1.4V, 1.8V, 5.0V
RF
Accessory Interface External Linear
Port Regulators

J2 Audio ( Mic/Spkr ), USB, RS232, SB9600, SSI, GPIO

Figure 3-1. Mobile Controller Block Diagram for APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li

4.096 MHz Clk

CPLD TO RF
Conn.
RS232 SB9600
(GPIO Expansion / J700
Transceiver Transceiver Vehicle
SSI Interface) Secure Battery
IC
+
9V
UART 1 UART 3 EMIFS 32 kHz Clk -
DAC Regulator

GPS Chipset
NL5500 UART 2 From RF
SSI
Conn.
MAKO IC
USB/UART
• Power Management
I2C
NOR FLASH OMAP 1710 Processor • Switching & LDO Regulators
EMIFS
ARM SPI
64 MB (ARM/DSP) • RX/TX Audio CODEC External Speaker
• A/D & D/A (CH/TIB, J2/MAP)
• GCAI Interface (USB, RS232,
GPIO, Spkr, Mic)
DDR EMIFF
SDRAM
32 MB
USB Host

USB USB
Microphone
Transceiver/ (CH/TIB, J2/MAP)
BBP DSP GPIO
HUB SSI SPI

USB
Mobile 1.4V, 1.8V, 5.0V
RF
Accessory Interface External Linear
• Control Head
Port Regulators
• TIB

J2 Audio (Mic/Spkr), USB, RS232, SB9600, GPIO

Figure 3-2. Mobile Controller Block Diagram for APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li

6875964M01-J
3-4 Basic Theory of Operation: Controller Board

3.3.2 Location
The controller overlays are shown and described below.

2 44 46 80
2 40

F I
G H K
A D
J

C
B E
1 31

2 32

Figure 3-3. APX 5500 / 6500 / 6500Li / 7500 Controller Overlay (Side 1)

Component
Description
No.

A 3.6V Switcher Regulator

B 5.45V Switcher Regulator

C SDRAM

D OMAP

E Flash

F 1.4V Linear Regulator

G 1.8V Linear Regulator

H MACE

I GPS Regulators

J GPS IC

K Audio PA Heatsink

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: Controller Board 3-5

79 45 43 1
39 1

D
C
A
F

B
E

70 2

69 1

Figure 3-4. APX 5500 / 6500 / 6500Li / 7500 Controller Overlay (Side 2)

Component
Description
No.

A Audio PA

B 9.3V Linear Regulator

C Audio DAC

D RS-232 Transceiver

E CPLD

F Mako

6875964M01-J
3-6 Basic Theory of Operation: Controller Board

D
A E F

B
C
G H

Figure 3-5. APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li Controller Overlay (Side 1)

NOTE: It is not necessary for all APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li radios to have MACE.

Component
Description
No.

A MACE

B RS-232 Transceiver

C SDRAM

D OMAP

E Flash

F CPLD

G 1.4V Linear Regulator

H 1.8V Linear Regulator

I GPS Regulators

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: Controller Board 3-7

F
D

A
E

Figure 3-6. APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li Controller Overlay (Side 2)

Component
Description
No.

A 3.6V Switcher Regulator

B 5.45V Switcher Regulator

C Audio DAC

D Mako

E GPS IC

F USB HUB

6875964M01-J
3-8 Basic Theory of Operation: Controller Board

3.3.3 Microprocessor / Memory

The ‘core’ of the controller consists of three parts: microprocessor/DSP, NOR-FLASH IC, and
DDR-SDRAM IC.
NOTE: The three parts are highly susceptible to ESD and moisture damage. Extreme care is advised.

3.3.3.1 Microprocessor
The microprocessor consists of an ARM-based controller and a C55-based DSP that communicates
with the memory ICs via a 16-bit data bus. It also communicates to peripheral ICs on the main board
via an SSI, I2C and SPI bus. This microprocessor contains a fixed amount of one-time
programmable ROM and a small section of RAM. However, the microprocessor does not contain the
customer codeplug settings as programmed in the Customer Programming Software (CPS) or the
firmware as installed at the factory. The purpose of this IC is for interpretation and processing of the
content inside the FLASH IC (and executed out of the SDRAM IC). Therefore, this part may be
replaced, as is, without the need to reflash the radio.
There are seven clocks supplied to the controller microprocessor: a 16.8 MHz reference/timing clock
for RF modulation processing, a 32 kHz real-time clock (CKIL), a 12 MHz operating clock, a 20 kHz
RX frame-sync clock, a 84 kHz TX frame-sync clock, a 1.2 MHz RX data clock, and a 4.2 MHz TX
data clock. The microprocessor also generates the digital audio bus clocks: a 1.536 MHz data clock
and an 8 kHz frame-sync clock.

3.3.3.2 FLASH IC
The FLASH IC is the firmware and codeplug storage IC. Programming this IC is accomplished using
one of the programming cables and input paths listed in Table 4-8:

If during a flash upgrade, the radio power becomes interrupted and the radio
! fails to recover, the radio must be reflashed utilizing the force fail circuitry.
An explanation of the circuitry can be found in Section 3.4 and the service
Caution procedure can be found in Chapter 4. Recommended Test Equipment.

3.3.3.3 SDRAM IC
The SDRAM IC is used by the microprocessor to execute code downloaded from the FLASH IC, and
to perform its memory operations and is not upgradeable to a larger density.

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: Controller Board 3-9

3.3.4 Voltage Distribution / Power On/Off

UNSW_5_EXT
U208 U211
Mako MIC29302
UNSW_9_EXT Voltage
U202 Regulator
Emergency RC SW_9_EXT
EMERG_PB OUTPUT
Filter Q201
ENABLE

MECH_SW
Q203
SW_B+ RC
Filter FET_ENX

DC
Regulators
A+

Controller Board

RF/Transceiver Board

Vehicle Battery

Figure 3-7. Voltage Distribution / Power On/Off Diagram for APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li

UNSW_5_EXT

U309
U320 Mako

RC
Filter Emerg_PB UNSW_9_EXT
Emergency

Q306 Mech_SW Q301

SW_B+ RC
FET_ENX
Filter

DC Regulators
A+

SW_9_EXT
Controller Board

U1001
MIC29302
RF/Transceiver Board
Voltage
Regulator

OUTPUT
ENABLE

+
Vehicle battery -

Figure 3-8. Voltage Distribution / Power On/Off Diagram for APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li

6875964M01-J
3-10 Basic Theory of Operation: Controller Board

3.3.4.1 Voltage Distribution for Controller and RF Board

The APX mobile radios are powered by a 12V vehicle battery (negative ground), or a AC-to-DC
desktop power adapter, and enters at the rear of the radio transceiver at a dedicated 2-pin DC
connector. This raw voltage, referred to as “A+”, is routed past a shunt clamping zener diode and into
the RF board. The voltage then splits to some components on the RF board, as well as into a Load
Dump “Over Voltage Protection” circuit. The output from this circuit clamps the voltage to a fixed
maximum level, which is then supplied to both the remainder of the RF board circuit sub-sections as
well as into the controller board's circuit sub-sections.

3.3.4.2 Power On/Off

There are four methods that can be used to turn the radio on and off; Power Button on the control
head, power button on an accessory connected to the Mobile Microphone Port (MMP) of the control
head, Ignition sense (ACC) line, and emergency.
Power Button – The power button will turn the radio on and off unless the codeplug is set to ignition
required and the ignition signal is not present.
Accessory with Power Button – An accessory that has power-on functionality can be connected to
the control head MMP port. The power button on the accessory will then function the same as the
control head power button. Note that power-on functionality is not available at the Transceiver
Interface Board (TIB) MMP.
Ignition sense (ACC) line – Ignition will turn the radio on in two cases. First, the codeplug is set to
ignition required and the radio was in the “ON” state when ignition was removed from the radio.
Second, the codeplug is set to “soft power off”. “Soft Power Off” is an “OR” function between the
power button and the ignition signal. If either the ignition signal is asserted or the power button is
pressed, then the radio will turn on.
Emergency – The emergency footswitch connected to pin 15 of the Mobile Accessory Port (MAP)
located on the rear of a mid-power transceiver and the rear of a remote mount control head will turn
the radio on if “emergency power-on” is enabled in the codeplug.
The control head power button, MMP power button, Ignition sense (ACC) line connected to a remote
control head, and emergency connected to a remote control head are all described in the control
head manual. In the dash mount configuration, Ignition sense (ACC) and emergency are connected
to the transceiver and handled by circuits on the controller board.
The transceiver regulators are controlled by the ‘MAKO’ (ASIC). This IC has a Power Management
Controller (PMC) state machine that monitors two inputs to the ‘MAKO’ (ASIC), MECH_SW and
EMERG_PB. The hardware for the state machine is powered by the UNSW_9 regulator.
To turn the radio on, the control head, or TIB in the remote mount case, applies SW_B+ to the
controller board. This signal is connected to the ‘MAKO’ (ASIC) pin MECH_SW through an inverting
isolation transistor. When MECH_SW is pulled low by this transistor, the state machine enters the
“ON” state, turning on the transceiver regulators. When SW_B+ is de-asserted, causing MECH_SW
to go high, a 125 ms timer is started. When the timer expires, the PMC state machine enters the
“OFF” state. System software can extend this time by sending periodic commands to the ‘MAKO’
(ASIC) IC.

3.3.4.3 Emergency
The emergency feature allows the radio to power-up and send an alert over the system by pressing
a footswitch. This feature must be enabled in the codeplug. In addition, emergency power-up is not
available using the control head orange programmable emergency button.

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: Controller Board 3-11

The emergency footswitch is a normally closed switch that connects to J2 pin 15. The emergency
signal is pulled to 5V on the controller board. When the emergency footswitch is pressed, the switch
opens allowing the line to be pulled high. To reduce the chances of false triggering due to noise, a
comparator with hysteresis is used. The comparator output is an open drain output and connects to
the ‘MAKO’ (ASIC) EMERG_PB signal.
When EMERG_PB is pulled low by the comparator output, the PMC state machine enters the “ON”
state. Software must turn the system off by sending a command to the ‘MAKO’ (ASIC). Specifically,
an emergency flag must be cleared.
In the remote mount configuration, the emergency footswitch is normally connected to the MAP
connector on the back of the control head assembly. The emergency footswitch can be connected to
the J2 connector if the TIB is modified. A jumper is present on the TIB that grounds J2 pin 15. This
jumper must be removed.

3.3.5 Audio Circuitry

3.3.5.1 RX Audio Path

The receive audio path consists of the following main components:
• Texas Instruments OMAP 1710
• Texas Instruments Audio DAC TLV320DAC32
• Mako IC
• NXP Audio PA TDA8932
The Digital audio signal comes from the processor using SSI protocol. The Audio SSI bus is routed
to Mako IC D/A converter (DAC) and the TI DAC. The Mako DAC converts the SSI digital data to
analog; the analog data from the Mako has a fixed level output which is used for the receive filtered
audio and universal speaker signals.
The TI DAC also converts SSI digital audio to analog audio which in then routed to the volume
control section of the DAC. Analog audio is attenuated based on the volume setting. The TI DAC
volume control uses I2C bus which is driven by the controller. The output of the TI DAC is routed to
the Class D Audio PA TDA8932. The Audio PA converts the analog signal to a PWM output, it also
adds 36 dB of gain. The output low pass filter (LC), filters out the Audio PA switching frequency
before the audio is routed to the speaker output.

Speaker
TI Stereo Audio PA
320DAC32
Processor
Digital DIFF -9 dB Gain = 30dB
DSP
Output Signal

Mako Additional DAC or Fixed Level Output

Codec
0 dB Gain

Figure 3-9. Audio Receive Path in APX mobile radio Transceiver

3.3.5.2 TX Audio Path

Main Components:
• Texas Instruments OMAP 1710
• Mako ADC
• Atten/PreAmp.

6875964M01-J
3-12 Basic Theory of Operation: Controller Board

Analog audio comes from the external Microphone attached to the radio via the control head mic port
or the rear accessory connector J2 (Mic_Hi or Aux_Mic). Analog audio is attenuated by 6dB and is
then routed to the Mako. Mako converts the analog audio to digital and sends it to the main
processor using the Audio SSI bus. OMAP processes the audio which is then converted to
Baseband audio which is routed to the RF board.

Mic. 80 Mv Att. 6 dB ADC DSP

Mako
Codec DSP
40 mV
Nom

Figure 3-10. Audio Transmit Path in APX mobile radio Transceiver

3.3.6 Secure
The controller board is able to perform secure option functions through the MACE IC. Just like in
digital mode, the CODEC supplies the DSP (part of OMAP) with audio. When a secure signal has
been selected or detected, it is diverted to the MACE via the SSI lines. The conversion between
non-encrypted (red) and encrypted (black) occurs within the MACE.
Power
• The MACE shares the same 1.8V supply as the OMAP. However the volatile memory within the
MACE is supplied by a combination of one or two capacitors. These caps are charged through
a blocking diode and regulators derived typically from a power source such as the vehicle
battery.
Clock
• The 24.576 MHz clock originating at Mako is divided down to 4.096 MHz on the CPLD to supply
clock and frame sync to the MACE. Also see Section 3.3.
Keyloading
• See Section 7.1. The KEYLOADER signal comes in on MMP pin 9 of the control head or TIB
J700 connector. It connects directly to the MACE. There is an algorithm in the MACE which
detects and stores the key as long as the radio is powered.
Tamper and key retention
• The MACE has the option of infinite key retention using the same electrically erasable memory
as the operating code. The key can be disabled by several means to avoid compromise. A
tamper switch will detect mechanical intrusion. A supply maintains the static memory when all
power to the transceiver is removed. This volatile key retention option will hold the key for at
least 30 seconds on the discharge of an on board capacitor. A three-day key retention option
board (see Section 3.4), adds a much larger capacitor to increase the time for storage and/or
shipping. In both cases, the loss of power will corrupt the static RAM.
• The 3-day key retention capacitor charge time (the duration when radio is plugged into a power
supply / battery) versus key-retention duration is shown in Figure 3-11.

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: Controller Board 3-13

Key Retention at 30ºC

85

80
20
75

70

65

60

55

50
6
45

40

35
Key Retention Charging Time
30

25
1 Day → 3 min
3
2 Days → 6 min
20 3 Days → 20 min
15

10

0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Charge Time [min]

Figure 3-11. Key Retention Graph

3.3.7 GPS Overview

GPS Antenna
(Active DC5V)

GPS Receiver Circuit

5V
GPS IC OMAP 1710

Figure 3-12. GPS Architecture

The GPS architecture employs a single chip GPS receiver which decodes GPS signals at 1575.42
MHz. It is capable of producing a final position solution including full tracking and data decode
capability. The GPS receiver will operate in the autonomous mode only.
The GPS receiver is setup in an autonomous one track always (OTA) mode, also known as
continuous navigation. This means the GPS will continuously track satellites for as long as the radio
is powered to ensure the best possible accuracy. In the event the radio loses visibility of the satellites
due to terrain or environmental factors such as driving through a tunnel or in a parking garage, the
GPS will temporarily lose its position fix. The GPS will then begin to reacquire the signal and
compute an updated position once the radio has moved back into an environment where GPS
signals are present.

6875964M01-J
3-14 Basic Theory of Operation: Controller Board

The user will be able to view the current latitude, longitude, and time/date stamp on the radio’s
display. The radio can also be configured to send its’ location to the system at predetermined
intervals (LRRP). Depending on system options, the user may be able to enable/disable the GPS
receiver.
If the GPS receiver is unable to acquire a position try the following steps.
1. Make sure the unit is in an open sky environment to ensure the presence of GPS signals (min 5
satellites in view at nominal power levels of -130 dBm).
2. Reset the radio. If a position fix does not occur within 2 minutes go to step 3.
3. Disconnect the GPS antenna and make sure the center conductor on the antenna is not shorted
to ground. If so, replace the GPS antenna.
4. Measure the voltage on the GPS SMA connector located on the radio and ensure 5V is present. If
5V is not present then send the radio in for repair.
5. If steps 1 to 4 have been followed and the GPS still does not obtain a position fix, then refer to the
Detailed Service Manual for further instructions.

These custom connectors are optimized to meet voltage and current

! requirements for existing accessories and for the compatible flexes that are
used with the APX 7500 radio. Inserting non-Motorola parts or flexes into
Caution these connectors is not recommended. Failure to do so can result in
equipment damage.

3.3.8 Serial Interfaces

Mobile - Dash Mount

Transceiver
J400
Control Head 80-pin
OMAP/MAKO
Serial Block
J700
USB (MMP)
Host/Device USB0
OR RS232 J601
32-pin
UART1 UART3 USB2 USB1

Switch RS232 SB9600 USB

XCVR XCVR Device

Switch USB Host

USB UART J2 OR
26-pin SB9600
RS232

OMAP
Serial Block

Figure 3-13. Dash-Mount Configuration

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: Controller Board 3-15

Mobile - Remote Mount

Transceiver
J400
TIB 80-pin
OMAP/MAKO
Serial Block
J700
USB (MMP)
Host/Device Switch USB0
OR RS232 J601
32-pin
UART1 UART3 USB2 USB1

RS232 SB9600 USB

XCVR XCVR Device
J600 USB Host
Switch
(25-pin) Switch OR
J2
26-pin SB9600
RS232 RS232

SB9600

Figure 3-14. Remote-Mount Configuration for APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li

Mobile - Remote Mount

Transceiver
J400
TIB
80-pin
OMAP/MAKO Serial
Block
J700
USB
(MMP)
Host/Device
OR RS232 Switch USB0
J601
32-pin
UART1 UART3 USB2 USB1
USB
Host
HUB USB
SB9600
Switch XCVR Device
J600
Switch USB Host
(25-pin)
RS232 OR SB9600
XCVR J2
26-pin
RS232 RS232

SB9600

Figure 3-15. Remote-Mount Configuration for APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li

6875964M01-J
3-16 Basic Theory of Operation: Controller Board

Several external serial interfaces are supported by the APX7500 / APX 6500 transceiver, and shown
in the previous figures for both dash and remote mount operation. The mid-power radio has RS232,
USB Device, USB Host, and SB9600 available at the rear 26-pin J2 connector. Both mid-power and
high-power radios also have RS232, and USB Device/Host, available at the TIB external connectors
J700 or J600. (Note in dash mount the serial interfaces at the J700 MMP connector do not go to the
transceiver controller, but rather to circuitry on the control head). Many of the accessories that
connect to the J700 and J2 connectors are identified through the 1-Wire ® serial protocol. This
information tells the controller which serial bus to configure for the accessory. The 1-Wire ® IC is
typically embedded in the cable/accessory for this purpose.
There are hardware design limitations that limit the number of serial interfaces that can be used
simultaneously.
• RS232 – This serial interface is available at either the J2 (rear) / J600 (TIB) connectors, or at
the J700 (TIB) connector. The J2/J600 interface is compliant with industry-standard 12V RS232
logic and is the default selection when no 1-Wire ® accessory is attached to the J700
connector. An RS232 device can be used at either J600 or J2 (but not simultaneously). If a
1-Wire ® compliant RS232 accessory is attached to the J700 connector, then the bus is no
longer supported at J2/J600. The J700 RS232 interface is at 5V logic, while the RS232 cable
contains the voltage translation circuitry to make the bus 12V compliant.
• SB9600 – This is a Motorola proprietary bus used to communicate with certain legacy
accessories. The bus is available at both the J2 and J600 connectors by default. This bus can
also be configured as a second UART/RS232 bus (at 5V logic level) at both connectors, as a
future feature. This configuration would required a voltage-translation circuit in the cable, similar
to that of the J700 RS232 1-Wire ® accessory/cable. This would allow for use of both RS232
interfaces simultaneously, at either J2 or J600.
• USB – USB Host and Device functionality are available at the J700 MMP connector on TIB.
The functionality is again determined by the type of accessory/cable identified by the 1-Wire ®
interface. USB Device is also a dedicated interface at the J2 connector by default. In addition,
USB Host can be optionally configured at the J2 connector via the SB9600 interface (the buses
share common pins). The SB9600 bus is configured by default, but USB Host will be configured
when a 1-Wire ® compliant USB Device accessory/cable is attached to the J2 connector. (Note
that if a USB cable is attached to the TIB J700 connector, the RS232 link at the J2/J600 can still
be used. The J2 USB Host and Device interface can also be used if the J700 USB interface is
for Host only). USB Host is also available for TIB through the J400 CH/TIB edge connector, for
APX 2500 /4500/4500Li.
In addition to the serial interfaces, there are several audio and digital inputs/outputs supported at J2,
J700, and J600 connectors of the transceiver. Digital inputs/outputs include the following:
• PTT – Active low input signal that will cause the radio to transmit; available at J2 and J600.
• IGNITION – Active high input signal tied to vehicle ignition sense (ACC) for configurable system
power-up; available at J2 and J600. Can also be used at the remote control head.
• EMERGENCY – Active high input signal activated by an optional foot-switch accessory, for
configurable system power-up; available at J2 and J600.
• MONITOR – Active low input signal used as a microphone HUB detection, for override of PL
signal during receive; available at J2.
• CHAN_ACT – Active low output used to indicate presence of a qualified receive audio signal;
available at J2.
• VIP OUT 1 & 2 – Configurable control signals driven by a DEK or equivalent accessory box
attached at the J600 connector, to control/enable various functions (e.g. Horn and lights)
attached at the J2 connector.

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: Option Board Assembly 3-17

The following audio signals exist on the radio, along with their locations:
• AUX_MIC – Optional microphone audio input; available at J2 and J600.
• MIC_HI – Primary dash-mount microphone audio input; available at J700.
• AUX_TX – Optional microphone audio input; available at J600.
• RX_FILT_AUDIO – Line-level speaker output; available at J2 and J600.
• MMP_SPKR – Line-level speaker output; available at J700.
• SPKR+, SPKR- – Primary amplified speaker outputs, available at J2 and J600.

3.3.9 Accessory Power

SW_B+ is sourced from the control head in the dash mount configuration and the TIB in the remote
mount configuration. SW_B+ enters the transceiver through the front edge-connector J400. Applying
SW_B+ to the front connector turns the transceiver on. SW_B+ is also routed to rear connector J2 to
provide power for accessories. Two ground pins are available on rear connector J2 and four ground
pins are available on the front-connector.

3.4 Option Board Assembly

Figure 3-16. Option PCB with Memory and 3-Day Secure Key (MHLN6999_)

There are 2 orderable option board assemblies available for both dash and remote mount
configurations:
• GA00239AA containing the MHLN6999_ Memory board with 3-day secure key retention
• GA00238AA containing the MHLN7000_ Memory board
Both option boards contain a 1G managed NAND IC and Force fail circuitry. The MHLN6999
contains circuitry for 3-day key retention.
NOTE: These option boards are not in use for APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li.

6875964M01-J
3-18 Basic Theory of Operation: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Assembly

3.4.1 Managed NAND

The managed NAND device is connected to the system processor using the Multimedia Card (MMC)
interface. The bus runs at 25 MHz and is 4-bits wide.

3.4.2 Forced Fail Functionality

The transceiver ships with a boot application that either executes normal radio firmware, or
downloads firmware to the radio via USB. The boot application will stop and wait for a download if
the firmware is corrupted, from a previous download for example, or if the user forces the radio into
boot mode. The mechanism to force the radio into boot mode is located on the standard option
board. Pressing the button labeled “Force Fail” on the option board then turning on the radio will
cause the boot application to not execute the radio firmware and instead wait to download new
firmware. When boot application is in this mode, the LED on the option board labeled “TRAP” will
light.

3.4.3 3-Day Secure Key Retention

A 0.47 F capacitor is used to maintain power to the secure IC when power is removed from the radio.
This allows any programmed keys to be maintained for approximately three days. Without this
capacitor, key retention time is roughly 30 seconds.

3.5 O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Assembly

The APX mobile radio O2 control head assembly consists of the main board, bluetooth board, LCD
display module, and mechanics that include the multifunction knob and user interface buttons.
Circuits on the main board include the OMAP microprocessor, FLASH memory, DDR-SDRAM
memory, and the control head voltage regulators. In dash mount the control head assembly is
mounted directly to the transceiver unit. In remote mount, the control head communicates to the TIB
on the transceiver unit using the Controller Area Network (CAN) protocol.
The APX mobile radio O3 control head assembly consists of the main board, Keypad Flex, Side
Button Flex and LCD display module. Circuits on the main board include the OMAP microprocessor,
FLASH memory, SDRAM memory, FPGA, CAN transceivers, AVR Power On/Off circuit and the
control head voltage regulators. The control head is connected to the transceiver unit using a CAN
cable and this applies to Dash mount and Remote mount. The control head communicates to the TIB
on the transceiver unit using the Controller Area Network (CAN) protocol.
The APX mobile radio O5 control head assembly consists of the main board, keypad boards, LCD
display module, and mechanics that include the volume knob, mode knob and user interface buttons.
Circuits on the main board include the OMAP microprocessor, FLASH memory, SDRAM memory,
and the control head voltage regulators. In dash mount the control head assembly is mounted
directly to the transceiver unit. In remote mount, the control head assembly is mounted to the Control
Head Interface Board (CHIB).
The APX mobile radio O7 control head assembly consists of the main board, bluetooth board, LCD
display module, and mechanics that include the multifunction knob and user interface buttons.
Circuits on the main board include the OMAP microprocessor, FLASH memory, DDR-SDRAM
memory, and the control head voltage regulators. In dash mount the control head assembly is
mounted directly to the transceiver unit. In remote mount, the control head communicates to the TIB
on the transceiver unit using the Controller Area Network (CAN) protocol.
The APX mobile radio O9 control head assembly consists of the main board, LCD display module,
and mechanics that include the volume knob, mode knob and user interface buttons. Circuits on the
main board include the OMAP microprocessor, FLASH memory, DDR-SDRAM memory, and the
control head voltage regulators. The control head communicates to the TIB on the transceiver unit
using the Controller Area Network (CAN) protocol.

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Assembly 3-19

3.5.1 OMAP Microcontroller

The Texas Instruments OMAP microcontroller is used to perform control head operations. The user
interface for O5, consisting of nine buttons, the volume knob, and 16 position mode knob and for O3
consisting of 32 buttons is read by OMAP and the input is passed to the transceiver unit via the
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI). In the dash mount configuration for the O5, the OMAP SSI bus is
connected directly to the transceiver microprocessor’s SSI bus. In remote mount for O5, the OMAP
SSI bus is converted to the Controller Area Network (CAN) protocol by the CHIB. For the O3 Dash
mount and remote mount configuration, the SSI is passed to the FPGA unit where it is converted to
the CAN protocol and sent to the CAN Transceivers which transmits the CAN signal over the CAN
cable. The CAN signal is received by the Transceiver Interface Board (TIB), which converts the
signal back to SSI and routes the signal to the transceiver microprocessor. OMAP uses two clocks, a
32kHz clock supplied by an external oscillator and a 12MHz clock supplied by an internal oscillator.
The volume knob and 16 position frequency knob is read by OMAP. The user interface for O9,
consisting of 16 buttons would be mapped to the OMAP keypad interface module via a column/row
matrix as well. The rest of the 30 keys are mapped via an external keypad encoder. In the remote
mount configuration for O9, the OMAP SSI bus is converted to the Controller Area Network (CAN)
protocol by FPGA unit. The CAN signal is received by the Transceiver Interface Board (TIB), which
converts the signal back to SSI and routes the signal to the transceiver microprocessor.
The user interface for O2 consisting of 9 keys would be mapped to the OMAP keypad interface
module via a column/row matrix. In the dash mount configuration for the O2, the OMAP SSI bus is
connected directly to the transceiver microprocessor’s SSI bus. The user interface for O7 consisting
of 24 keys would be mapped to the OMAP keypad interface module via a column/row matrix. In the
dash mount configuration for the O7, the OMAP SSI bus is connected directly to the transceiver
microprocessor’s SSI bus. In remote mount for O7, the OMAP SSI bus is converted to the Controller
Area Network (CAN) protocol by the CHIB.

3.5.2 Field-Programmable Gate Array (FPGA)

The FPGA implements an SSI to CAN-protocol translation, which is used to provide a remote link
between the Control Head and radio transceiver, through the TIB, in a remote mount configuration.
Each processor uses SPI to configure the FPGA at each startup (the OMAP programs the CHIB’s
FPGA, and the radio transceiver microprocessor programs the TIB’s FPGA). Once the FPGA is
programmed, each processor uses the SSI bus to send/receive data to/from the FPGA, clocked at
1.536Mhz and synchronized at 8kHz. The FPGA converts this SSI data into a CAN-protocol, which is
input into 2 CAN transceivers (digital data stream and digital audio stream), and out special CAN
cables to/from the O3 controlhead, the TIB, or the CHIB based on control head configuration. The
third CAN Transceiver (power on/off/reset) is not controlled by the FPGA. For the O3, there is a 10
foot coiled CAN cable, and a 17 foot straight extension cable. For the O2, O7, O5 and O9, there are
a variety of fixed-length CAN cables (3 meters to 40 meters).

3.5.3 Controller Area Network (CAN) Transceivers

There are a total of 3 CAN Transceivers located on the O3 Control Head, 3 on the TIB, and 3 on the
CHIB. CAN1 is used for digital Audio, CAN2 is used for digital Data and CAN3 is for digital Power
ON/OFF/RESET pulses. If an O5 control head is used, a TIB and CHIB must be present. If an O3
control head is used, only a TIB must be present, since the O3 control head has the CAN
transceivers located on its PCB’s. The CAN bus provides a 1MB/s data link. Only the list of approved
Motorola CAN cables are to be used for any remote mount installations.

6875964M01-J
3-20 Basic Theory of Operation: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Assembly

For the O2,O7 and O9 control head, the CAN provides the needed data and audio interface between
the transceiver and control head for remote mount connectivity. FPGA unit is be the OMAP and
CODEC interconnect for digital and audio data respectively. SPI is used to configure the FPGA unit,
and GPIO is used for status and interrupt functionality. Three CAN transceivers are needed because
the audio data uses its own transceiver, digital data uses another CAN transceiver and PWR on/off
will use one more CAN transceiver. The data from the three CAN transceivers is sent over a network
type cable containing 6 twisted pair sets of wire. There are two CAN interface connectors on the
control head: one for the main network cable that is connected to the transceiver; and another for a
parallel control head to interface on the CAN bus.

3.5.4 Power Management

The remote mount radio system uses a CAN protocol for turning-on, turning-off, and resetting the
entire system. That means for normal operation, you will never have only part of the radio system
operating. Either it is “all on” or “all off”. Regarding specific regulator aspects of the radio, the Control
Head assembly contains a 5V switching regulator that is supplied by A+. When enabled, the 5V
regulator output is applied to a TI power management IC. For the O5 Control Head, A+ is also
applied to a 2.8V regulator and a MOSFET that is used as a switch to provide “switched B+” to the
radio transceiver in dash mount configuration. The ATMEL AVR, advanced RISC microcontroller is
used on the O3, O5, and TIB to power-on, power-off, and reset the entire radio system. It has
multiple inputs for determining the correct state of the radio as well as inputs to detect a request to
change the state of the radio, either externally, or via processor GPIO’s (refer to the detailed service
manual for specifics). The TI power management IC provides three voltages that are used by the
control head which are 3.3V, 1.8V, and 1.5V. The 3.3V supply is primarily used by the USB
transceiver internally to OMAP and FPGA. The 3.3V supply and 2.8V supply are used the FPGA’s
general purpose inputs and outputs (GPIO’s) in addition to most of the analog circuits on the main
board. The 1.8V supply is used by the FLASH and SDRAM memory modules. The 1.5V supply is
used by the OMAP core and FPGA core. The AVR also provides a watchdog function to the control
head. The watchdog function is implemented for two conditions. First, if the AVR does not receive a
response from OMAP within eight seconds after power-up, then the AVR will disable the 5V
regulator. Second, when the user presses the power button, a 250ms counter is started. If OMAP
does not reset the countdown or cancel the countdown before the 250ms has expired, then the AVR
will disable the 5V regulator. Within the O3 Control Head main board, A+ is used by the LCD display
module where the A+ is regulated by a 12V regulator and this is then supplied to the LCD backlight
driver as the voltage input. If the vehicle's Ignition sense (ACC) is to be used as a means to sense
power-on or power-off, then the CPS software tool can be used to enable ignition sensing and
control a variety of customer power configurations.
The O9 control head is powered from vehicle's nominal 13.8V (A+) battery. The control head's power
distribution consists of switching voltage regulators and linear regulators sourced from the A+. The
regulators provide voltages consisting of 5V, 11V, 9.6V, 3.3V, 2.5V, 1.8V, 1.5V for operations of the
circuitries on the board. An un-switched 3.3V regulator is used to support basic circuitry while the
radio is in the "off" state. A power management IC TPS65012 regulates almost most of the digital
circuit components on the board with its 3.3V switching regulator and OMAP's core voltage via the
1.5V switching regulator. Additional linear regulator from this IC for 2.5V and 1.8V will support some
required voltages on the Keypad encoder and SDRAM/OMAP respectively. The TPS65012 will
perform reset timing and voltage ramping as required by the OMAP processor as this function is built
in the power management IC. Linear regulators of 11V and 9.6V are used for biasing circuit of audio
amplifier circuit. The power is turned on by pressing the on/off button. The output ON_OFF switches
state from low to high. This will trigger the AVR to initiate power on, eventually pulling the 5V_Enable
pin low and enabling output from the 5V switched regulator. Supply from the 5V switched regulator
will enable the TPS65012 power management IC and the power sequencing within the IC will start to
turn on 1.5V as the first supply to OMAP core. Upon reaching the threshold, other voltage outputs
would be turned on and finally release the Reset pin of OMAP.

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Assembly 3-21

CAN3 output controlled by AVR will send command through the CAN transceiver to turn on.
The O2 and O7 remote control head is powered from vehicle's nominal 13.8V (A+) battery. The
control head's power distribution consists of switching voltage regulators and linear regulators
sourced from the A+. The regulators provide voltages consisting of 5V, 3.3V, 2.8V, 1.8V and 1.4V for
the operations of the circuitries on the board. An un-switched 3.3V regulator is used to support AVR
circuit and CAN Transceivers. A switched 5.0V switching regulator is used to supply power to USB
and power management IC. A power management IC LM26480 regulates most of the digital circuit
components on the board with its 1.8V switching regulator and OMAP's core voltage via 1.4V
switching regulator. Additional linear regulator from this IC for 2.8V and 1.8V will support some
required voltages on the I/O voltage, GCAI, USB HUB, Bluetooth, OMAP 1710I/O voltage and User
interface LCD. The LM26480 will perform reset timing and voltage ramping as required by the OMAP
processor as this function is built in the power management IC. Linear regulators of 11V and 9.6V
are used for biasing circuit of audio amplifier circuit. The power is turned on by pressing the on/off
button. The output ON_OFF switches state from low to high. This will trigger the AVR to initiate
power on, eventually pulling the 5V_En pin low and enabling output from the 5V switched regulator.
Supply from the 5V switched regulator will enable the LM26480 power management IC and the
power sequencing within the IC will start to turn on 1.4V as the first supply to OMAP core. Upon
reaching the threshold, other voltage outputs would be turned on and finally release the Reset pin of
OMAP.

3.5.5 SPI Controller

The SPI Controller has the responsibility for interfacing to the system SPI bus to provide a control
and status register interface for the FPGA. The SPI is provided by the OMAP Microcontroller and this
is done during system power up. Only then the FPGA behaves as a SSI-CAN-SSI Controller.

3.5.6 Flash IC
The FLASH memory is used to store the control head firmware. In addition, the codeplug setting for
ignition is stored in the control head FLASH. The FLASH is updated after communications is
established with the transceiver. Therefore, after the ignition setting has been changed in the
codeplug using CPS, the radio should be turned on with the control head so that the control head
FLASH will be updated. Otherwise, the FLASH will update in the field on the first successful
power-up sequence.

3.5.7 SDRAM IC
SDRAM is volatile memory used by the processor to perform normal operations. SDRAM is not field
upgradeable.

3.5.8 Color Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) module for O3

The LCD module contains a 130x130 dot matrix LCD display and backlight LED’s.The LCD module
uses two voltages, A+ and 2.8V. The display module is driven by an LCD controller internal to OMAP.
The display interface consists of eight data lines, D0-D7, and three clock/synchronization lines. The
control head firmware divides the display into four sections. Along the bottom, the software menu
button labels are displayed. The next row up is the primary text area. The third row up is the
secondary text area. And finally, along the top of the display is the icon area. The maximum primary
text area character is 12x18 pixels and 10x15 pixels for secondary and tertiary text area.

6875964M01-J
3-22 Basic Theory of Operation: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Assembly

3.5.9 Bi-Color Backlit BW Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) module for O5

The LCD module contains a 320x83 dot matrix LCD display (whereby the contrast is internally
temperature compensated and is not user adjustable), backlight LED’s, and indicator LED’s. The
indicator LED’s have shutters that cover the LED when not in use. This prevents external light from
reflecting off the LED, giving the user the false impression that the LED is active. The LCD module
uses two voltages, SW_B+ and 2.8V. The display module is driven by an LCD controller internal to
OMAP. The display interface consists of eight data lines, D0-D7, and three clock/synchronization
lines.
The control head firmware divides the display into four sections. Along the bottom, the software
menu button labels are displayed. The next row up is the primary text area. The third row up is the
secondary text area. And finally, along the top of the display is the icon area. Both the primary and
secondary text area’s can display 14 characters.

3.5.10 TFT Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) module for O9

The O9 supports a 4.3” TFT Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). It has a 480 x 272 RGB resolution and is
capable of up to 16.7M colors display. It incorporates a trans-missive and micro-reflective lighting. It
is also equipped with a LED driven backlight. The LCD uses a 24-bit RGB digital interface.
An external LCD controller is used to drive the LCD panel due to the frame buffer limitations on the
OMAP’s internal LCD controller. The EPSON S1D13742 LCD Controller is used as it has the
capability to refresh the LCD panel independently, without overloading OMAP’s data bus. It is
capable of driving the LCD panel with resolutions of up to 800 x 480 pixels.
The S1D13742 is a color LCD graphics controller with an embedded 768K byte display buffer. This
chip will interface with OMAP via Specially-Optimized Screen Interface (SoSSI).

3.5.11 TFT Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) module for O2 and O7

The O2 and O7 supports a 2.6” TFT Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). It has a 320 x 144 RGB resolution
display and is capable of displaying up to 262k colors. It is a transmissive LCD panel. The display
module interface directly with OMAP via a Specially-Optimized Screen Interface (SOSSI).

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Assembly 3-23

3.5.12 O3 Remote Mount

The O3 control head can be remote mounted with both the APX mid-power and high-power
transceivers.
In remote mount configuration, the 10 foot coiled CAN cable on the O3 CH will connect to a 17 foot
CAN straight cable, which attaches to the TIB.
• Siren will be supported.
• DEK will be supported (only if Siren is installed).
• VIP In and Out’s will be supported through the DEK (only if both Siren and DEK are installed).
• DVRS will be supported.
Digital vehicular repeater system (DVRS) connection is done via the J600 connector on the TIB
using RS232 communication.
Programming capability will only be available on the trunk mounted transceiver via the MMP
connector (J700).
Speaker, Emergency Footswitch, Ignition sense (ACC) and Audio Recording will be routed via the
J600 connector at the front of both the mid-power and high power transceivers.

LEGEND
New Cables
Existing Cables

ENGINE
FRONT CABIN TRUNK
BAY
O3 PMLN4958A
3 m (10 ’)
coiled cable Universal Connector

5 m (17 ‘) straight cable

HKN4192
CAN (left)
CAN (right)
Emergency & GND
(2 wires) Universal Connector
SPRK J626
(2 wires)
APX 7500
Ignition sense (ACC) J600
(single wire) PMLN4959
A+ & GND
(2 wires) 3 VIP IN (+GND)
J625
3 VIP OUT (+SWB+)
from DEK only

DEK or switchbox
Siren DVRS

Figure 3-17. O3 Remote Mount Configuration

6875964M01-J
3-24 Basic Theory of Operation: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Assembly

3.5.13 O2 and O7 Remote Mount

The O2 and O7 control head can be remote mounted with both the APX mid-power and high-power
transceivers.
The O2 and O7 control head remote consists of a control head main board and CHIB. The control
head is connected to the brick using a CAN cable.
A+ and ignition to the control head will be connected via the control head power cables, and A+ to
the bricks will be connected via the bricks power cable.
Programming capability will only be available on the trunk mounted transceiver via the MMP
connector (J700).
The speaker will be connected via the rear connector on control head.

Control Head CHIB Board-Brick Brick

A+
Microphone
Connector Ignition MIC
A+

ON/OFF
Button Control
Head Cable
A/D DC CAN CAN
Multifunction
Conv Control Trans Trans
Knob
CODEC PA
Audio
CAN CAN
Trans Trans
UARTS
Regulators Crystals
Regulators

Display SPI
Parallel
Control Parallel
Application SSI Brick OMAP
FPGA Head Microprocessor
Processor
Unit
SSI
FPGA
Emergency Unit

Crystals
Rear
DDR Connector
DTMF FLASH PA Regulators Crystals SRAM FLASH
SDRAM Audio
Keypad

Misc. CODEC
Buttons
Secure
Speacker CODEC Connector
Type
Intelligent
Backlighting LED
Driver
Status
Indicator SP Apps
Connector

SSI BUS
Audio

Figure 3-18. O2 and O7 Remote Mount Configuration

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Assembly 3-25

3.5.14 O9 and Transceiver Interface

Control Head Board-Brick Brick

A+
Microphone
Connector Ignition MIC
A+
On/Off
Button Control
CAN
Head Cable
Rotary DC CAN
A/D Conv. Trans
Knob Control Trans

CODEC Audio PA
CAN CAN
Trans Trans

UARTS
Regulators Crystals

Regulators

Display SPI
Parallel
Parallel
SSI Control OMAP
Application Brick
FPGA Head Microprocessor
Processor Unit SSI
FPGA
Unit

Crystal
Rear
Connector
DDR Crystal SRAM FLASH
FLASH Audio PA Regulators
SDRAM
Emergency

Misc. CODEC
Buttons
Secure
Speaker CODEC Connector
Type

LEDs
Sp Apps
Connector

SSI Bus
Audio

Figure 3-19. O9 and Transceiver Interface Block Diagram

6875964M01-J
3-26 Basic Theory of Operation: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Assembly

3.5.15 Vehicle Interface Port (VIP)

3.5.15.1 O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Remote-Mount

The VIPs allow the control head to operate external circuits and to receive inputs from external
circuits. There are three VIP outputs and three VIP inputs that are located on the back of the control
head in connector J400 (only for O2, O5, O7, and O9) and on the transceiver interface board (TIB) in
connector J600. The three VIP outputs in the J400 connector are implemented as open-drain
MOSFETS capable of sinking 500 mA. Most applications use a relay connected between SW_B+
and the VIP output. Typical applications for VIP outputs are: external horn/lights, alarm, and horn-
ring transfer. Specifically for O9, it is capable of controlling the shot gun locks. Shorting SW_B+
directly to any of the VIP output lines without the use of a current limiting load will damage the
MOSFETS. If the load is a relay, then a back-EMF protection diode is required. These are commonly
known in the field as a snubber diode. Refer to the installation manual for a graphical description.
The three VIP inputs in the J400 connector are internally pulled high. An external accessory would
pull the VIP input to ground to trigger a VIP input. Each VIP input transistor is connected to a
dedicated input port and buffered for input protection. VIP functionality is field programmable using
CPS. See installation manual HLN6923 for more information on VIP features, wiring, and operation.
On the TIB there are two VIP outputs present at J600. One is a dedicated VIP output but the second
must be configured as a VIP output by changing a jumper. There are also two VIP inputs present at
J600, but these are also only available by changing a jumper on the TIB.

TIB APX 7500

Transceiver

J2
J800L
J800R

DC
J700

J600

J625

J626

Figure 3-20. Single O3 Control Head + VIPS

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Assembly 3-27

REMOTE
C.H. + CHIB

J500
VIP OUT 1
VIP OUT 2 APX 7500
VIP OUT 3
TIB Transceiver
J400 VIP IN 1
VIP IN 2
VIP IN 3
Micro-
processor Micro- J2
J300R J800L processor
J300L J800R Cyclone FPGA

J200 DC
J700
VIP OUT 1
J100 VIP OUT 2

VIP IN 1 J600
VIP IN 2
VIP OUT 1
VIP OUT 2

Figure 3-21. Single O2,O5,O7, and O9 Control Head + VIPS

REMOTE
C.H. + CHIB

J500
VIP OUT 1
VIP OUT 2 APX 7500
VIP OUT 3
TIB
Transceiver
J400 VIP IN 1
VIP IN 2
VIP IN 3
Micro-
processor Micro- J2
J300R J800L processor
J300L J800R Cyclone FPGA

J200 DC
J700
VIP OUT 1
J100 VIP OUT 2
J600
VIP IN 1
VIP IN 2
VIP OUT 1
VIP OUT 2

REMOTE
C.H. + CHIB

J500
VIP OUT 1
VIP OUT 2
VIP OUT 3
J400 VIP IN 1
VIP IN 2
VIP IN 3 NOTE:
Micro- Only one control head will have VIP IN
processor J300R functional during a multi-control head
J300L configuration. This is to prevent contention
among multiple control heads on VIP IN.
J200

VIP OUT 1
J100 VIP OUT 2

Figure 3-22. Multiple O5 Control Heads + VIPS

6875964M01-J
3-28 Basic Theory of Operation: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Assembly

3.5.15.2 O5 Dash-Mount (Mid Power Only)

In the dash-mount configuration, two VIP outputs are available. These outputs are driven by open
drain MOSFETS on the control head. These VIP outputs pass through the transceiver to rear
connector J2. Primarily, these transistors control external relays. The relay is connected between the
VIP output and switched B+. Refer to the Remote-Mount section for duplicate information on VIP
drive strength and warnings.
No VIP inputs are available in the dash-mount configuration.

J11 J400 J2
pin 18 pin 11 pin 18
VIP OUT 1
pin 19 pin 12 pin 19
VIP OUT 2
no
connect
Micro- SSI between Micro- DC
processor CH and BRICK processor

APX 7500
DASH
Control Head Transceiver

Figure 3-23. Single Control Head + VIPS

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Assembly 3-29

3.5.16 Data Entry Keyboard (DEK)

In the remote-mount configuration, the DEK box allows the programming of a single button to
perform a function that was selected in the CPS, when the radio was configured. The DEK box is
typically used for SIREN, to allow different modes or audio siren's from being selected by the push of
a button.
Another use of the DEK box is the availability of 3 dedicated VIP-IN's and 3 dedicated VIP-OUT's.
For a single DEK and controlhead configuration, Relays can be attached to the VIP pins in order to
either allow your radio to toggle the relay via VIP-OUT, or to allow the radio to detect a change in
mode, such as with the VIP-INs. Once you begin to add multiple controlheads and DEK boxes,
please note that VIP-IN's are only allowed on the back of DEK on 1 CH. This control head must be
the only "VIP In Selected" control head in the configuration. Control Heads ship "VIP In Selected."
When dual control heads are connected, one must be front-panel programmed in software to
de-select VIP-IN operation. If the software detects dual control heads with VIP IN selected, an error
will be reported.
NOTE: the software cannot detect when VIP-INs are physically connected to a control head which
has had its VIP-INs de-selected/disabled by front-panel programming. No warning will appear
if VIP-INs are physically attached at both control heads.
NOTE: Dual control head will be available in the future.
There is no limitation as to where to tap-off for VIP-INs whether it is the backside of the DEKs found
on the first CHIB, or the backside of the DEKs found at the second CHIB, etc. However, all 3 VIP-INs
must only tap-off at whichever location is chosen. In other words, all must be at only one location at
a single controlhead. VIP-OUTs may be present on any or all of the control heads in the system. The
VIPs interface to the DEK, which interfaces with the Control Head.
The Control Head is programmed within CPS to know the function of VIP 1,2,3 at DEK A; VIP 1,2,3
at DEK B; and VIP 1,2,3 at DEK C. Please refer to the CPS help menu for complete descriptions of
the features that are selectable for the DEK.
.

LEGEND
New Cables
Existing Cables

ENGINE
FRONT CABIN TRUNK
BAY
O3 PMLN4958A
3 m (10 ’)
coiled cable Universal Connector

5 m (17 ‘) straight cable

HKN4192
CAN (left)
CAN (right)
Emergency & GND
(2 wires) Universal Connector
SPRK J626
(2 wires)
APX 7500
Ignition sense (ACC) J600
(single wire) PMLN4959
A+ & GND
(2 wires) 3 VIP IN (+GND)
J625
3 VIP OUT (+SWB+)
from DEK only

DEK or switchbox
Siren DVRS

Figure 3-24. Single O3 Control Head + DEK + VIPS

6875964M01-J
3-30 Basic Theory of Operation: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Assembly

DC

The radio VIPs are disabled at

J2, J100, and J400 when a DEK APX 7500
is attached. Transceiver
All VIPs are now accessible at J800L J800R J700 J600
the DEK.

CAN BUS

J500 J400 J300R J300L J200 J100

3 VIP-Ins
Control Head
3 VIP-OUTs
There are a total of 9
unique VIP_in and 9
unique VIP_out if 3 3 VIP-Ins DEK A DEK interface lines:
DEK boxes are used. 3 VIP-OUTs DATA IN
DATA OUT
Each have their STROBE
functions 3 VIP-Ins DEK B
CLOCK
independently 3 VIP-OUTs
programmed in CPS.

DEK C

Figure 3-25. Single O5 Control Head + DEK + VIPS

DC

The radio VIPs are disabled at APX 7500

J2, J100, and J400 when a DEK Transceiver
is attached.
J800L J800R J700 J600
All VIPs are now accessible at
the DEK.
CAN BUS

J500 J400 J300R J300L J200 J100 J500 J400 J300R J300L J200 J100
Control Head 3 VIP-Ins Control Head
3 VIP-OUTs 3 VIP-OUTs

DEK A 3 VIP-Ins DEK A

3 VIP-OUTs 3 VIP-OUTs

DEK B 3 VIP-Ins DEK B

3 VIP-OUTs

DEK C
NOTE:
You will be able to have different quantities of DEK
boxes for each additional Control Head... but the
first is always “DEK A”, second is “DEK B”, and
third is “DEK C” on each additional Control Head.

Figure 3-26. Multiple Control Heads + DEK +VIPS

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: O2/O3/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Assembly 3-31

3.5.17 CAN Termination Section

Three CAN transceivers SN65HVD230 in the Control Head & TIB side are differentially paired to
minimize on interference to the CAN Bus Network. Each CAN transceiver is dedicated to transfer
only one type of signal (Figure 3-28):
• CAN1 or CAN Audio – Transmit & receive audio signal from brick (Remote Mode).
• CAN2 or CAN Data – Interchange data & control between control head & brick in remote mode.
• CAN3 or CAN PWR – Send/Receive ON/OFF/RESET signal to/from the transceiver and control
head.
The CAN architecture requires that a termination resistor be connected only at the two end-points of
the CAN bus. The CAN cable contains a jumper that will ground a “detect pin” at the CAN
connectors. Logic within the auto-termination circuit determines how many cables are attached and
enables or disables the termination resistors, for each of the three twisted pairs. Figure 3-27 shows a
system with terminations enabled on both the O5 control head and the radio transceiver. The O3
control head has the termination resistors enabled at all times, since it is always an end-node. The
radio+TIB and O5+CHIB could be daisy-chained, so the termination had to be toggled when not an
end node.
NOTE: The remote mount cables are able to be connected to either the left CAN connector or to the
right CAN connector. That is why they have the same connector number, with the letter L and
R next to the connector to indicate Left or Right CAN connector. It is not recommended to
have CAN cables attached but dangling free at one end, during operation.

Control Head (CHUC) CAN CABLE CAN twisted pair (x3)

Radio (TIB)
CAN_HIGH line CAN_HIGH line

CAN_LOW line CAN_LOW line

GND on PCB Cable LOOPS

Figure 3-27. Two node system with CAN terminations enabled.

O3 or O5 + CHIB + CHUC TIB + Radio

User Interface
Radio Transceiver

CODEC OMAP Block BRICK

CAN Controller
FPGA Block FPGA Block

CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN

AN CAN Transceivers CAN
PWR AUDIO POWER PWR AUDIO POWER
DATA DATA
120 120 120 Termination Resistors 120 120

120 Twisted Length for Cables : 10’ coiled cable + 17' extension cable
Pair Cable

Figure 3-28. CAN Termination Section.

6875964M01-J
3-32 Basic Theory of Operation: Control Head Interface Board (CHIB)

3.6 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB)

The Control Head Interface Board (CHIB) is used to provide functionality and connectivity between
the CHUC, the transceiver, and the Control Head. In order for remote-mount operation to function,
the Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) used to communicate between the control head and the
transceiver in a Dash-mount configuration is converted on the CHIB to a Controller Area Network
(CAN) protocol. The CHIB accomplishes this conversion using an FPGA. This CAN data is then sent
down the remote cable from the CHIB, through the CHUC, into the TIB, and finally into the
transceiver. The CHIB also provides an audio power amplifier for driving a speaker, a USB host, two
USB device transceivers, and an auto-termination circuit to terminate the CAN bus.

Figure 3-29. O5 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB)

Figure 3-30. O2 and O7 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB)

NOTE: The O2 and O7 CHIB can be differentiated from O5 CHIB by the label “FOR USE
WITH O2 and O7 MOTOROLA CONTROL HEADS ONLY.

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: Control Head Interface Board (CHIB) 3-33

3.6.1 FPGA Section

Please refer to Section 3.5.2.

3.6.2 Audio Section

The audio section is comprised of a class D audio amplifier with associated feedback circuitry and
output filters, a code/decode (CODEC) IC, and a programmable attenuator. In receive mode, receive
audio is sent to the FPGA via CAN. The FPGA converts the signal to SSI and routes the signal to the
CODEC. The CODEC converts the signal to analog. Three analog CODEC outputs are used. Two
are used for record out and ear jack out. These levels are fixed, meaning the volume control does
not affect the output level. The third CODEC output is routed through a programmable attenuator,
then into an A/D conversion stage and on to the class D audio amplifier. The differential output is
short circuit protected and is capable of driving loads down to 3.2 ohms. Acceptable Speaker loads
are between 3 to 10ohms total. Attenuate headphones as needed for impedance and power rating.
In transmit mode, the analog signal from the microphone is routed through the control head to the
CHIB. A microphone can also be connected to the AUX_MIC input in the 26-pin accessory
connector. These signals are feed into the CODEC, which selects the correct input, based on
commands from the main board, and converts the signal to SSI. The SSI signal is sent to the FPGA,
which performs the SSI to CAN conversion and sends the signal to the transceiver. The microphone
bias circuit for both the MMP MIC_HI line and the accessory connector AUX_MIC input are located
on the CHIB.

3.6.3 Power Section

A+ is routed through the Control Head Universal Connector (CHUC) and CHIB to the control head.
An over-voltage transorb and fuse are located on the CHIB that protects the control head and CHIB
from over-voltage transients and, to a limited extent, reverse-voltage wiring. A+ is routed to the
control head 5V regulator input. The 5V output is then routed back to the CHIB and powers four
voltage regulators. The four supply voltages are 1.5V, 1.8V, 2.85V, and 3.3V. The CHIB also has one
un-switched 3.3V supply that is feed directly from A+. Finally, SW_B+ from the control head is used
to drive two additional regulators: an 11V regulator, which is used by the audio PA and a 9V regulator
used to supply bias voltage to the MIC_HI and AUX_MIC inputs.

3.6.4 Connectivity Section

The CHIB contains two USB transceivers. One is used for USB host and the other is for USB device.
The USB device connection is through J100, the 26-pin connector. The USB host connection is
through J500, a 4-pin water-sealed connector. All other connectivity signals route from the control
head, through the CHIB, and out through the connectors on the CHUC.

6875964M01-J
3-34 Basic Theory of Operation: O2/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Universal Connector (CHUC)

3.7 O2/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Universal Connector (CHUC)

The O2/O5/O7/O9 Control Head Universal Connector (CHUC) is a separate board which provides
multiple functions to the control head and CHIB. Connectors J100, J200, J300, and J400 are all
physically located on the CHUC, as well as the ESD protection for these pins. The signals from these
connectors travel out through a 70-pin connector into the CHIB. The CHUC contains the switching
circuitry that allows VIPS to exist at either J100 or J400, depending on cable detection. The voltage
level shifting required for the duality of either DEK or VIP_IN / VIP_OUT at J400 is handled on the
CHUC as well as a circuit to protect against reverse voltage wiring of the control head.

Figure 3-31. Control Head Universal Connector (CHUC)

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: O9 Universal Relay Controller Operation 3-35

3.8 O9 Universal Relay Controller Operation

3.8.1 Universal Relay Controller Architecture
This Universal Relay Controller (URC) is an extension of the O9 Control Head.The Universal Relay
Controller is an orderable accessory for O9 Control Head. It is used to control high power switching
peripherals, e.g light bar. URC works on all lightbars which can be controlled by power application.
The URC design consists of a 32-bit microcontroller. The URC is connected to the transceiver's
GCAI port. This URC uses 10 relays to control the switching device. A separate ground exists
between the relay section and the MCU section, which is provided by the use of Analog Devices
iCoupler. Each relay is connected to an output with 15A fuse with the mains capable of connecting to
two 60A circuit breaker/fuses. One-wire EEPROM is employed to enable GCAI to recognize the
Universal Relay Controller accessory ID. CPS can be used to program the relay patterns
.

9V Power
3.3V Supply

BRICK USB
GCAI Port Light
Bar
Controller
BRICK Relays
1-wire Isolator
GCAI

JTAG JTAG
Programmer
Port

Figure 3-32. HUB-Box Block Diagram

6875964M01-J
3-36 Basic Theory of Operation: O9 Universal Relay Controller Operation

3.8.2 Controller Section

The controller used is from Atmel AT91 Thumb-based 32-bit ARM7DMI RISC Microcontroller series,
the actual memory size and model to be specified when firmware is ready. The MCU features a USB
Device Port v2.0 with full speed 12 Mbps compliant.

3.8.3 Power Management Section

During normal operation, this Universal Relay Controller is connected to O9 via TIB GCAI USB port.
The input power to this board is a direct supply from USB VBUS +5V. This is targeted to be less than
100mA of current draw, i.e. total power consumption less than 500mW.
The MCU core voltage is 1.8V+/-0.15V, with the USB and GPIO voltage at 3.3V+/-0.3V, provided
through the use of step down regulators.

3.8.4 Power Relays Section

10 relays from Tyco with ELV/RoHS/WEEE compliant is used for light bar control. Relays are
capable for the rated fuse, 15Amp, at 85’C temperature. The relays supply the power and control
signal to the light bar. The relays should be used to flash/blink the lights directly. Their coils are
charged up by a regulated 9V supply to reduce heat generation from the relay coils.

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) 3-37

3.9 Transceiver Interface Board (TIB)

The Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) provides connectivity between the remote CAN cable and
either the mid-power or high-power transceiver. Opposite to that of the CHIB, the TIB must convert
the CAN protocol back to Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) via an FPGA, which is sent to the
microprocessor. There also exists a legacy accessory interface J600, as well as the MMP J700
connection for data programming and secure key-loading of the transceiver. The TIB universal
connector attaches directly to the board, so all ESD protection to the TIB circuitry and to the
transceiver’s front connector is located throughout the TIB. Power-ON, Power-OFF, and RESET of
the transceiver is accomplished using an ATMEL AVR microcontroller to toggle SWB+ as determined
by commands from the Transceiver or from a remote device, such as a control head, connected to
the CAN bus.
The TIB contains an audio CODEC which interfaces to the FPGA to route audio to accessories
attached to the TIB and a control line back to the transceiver. A charge pump boost circuit is
designed to allow RS232 functionality at the MMP when A+ is below nominal value. During normal
operation, the boost circuit is disabled. The TIB is capable of using either RS232 or USB at its MMP
connector. The TIB contains an identical auto-termination circuit to that used on the CHIB. Finally,
the TIB contains the circuitry to drive relays via VIP_OUT paths and detect levels via VIP_IN paths.

Figure 3-33. Transceiver Interface Board (TIB)

3.9.1 Quick Disconnect Circuit

The theory of the quick disconnect circuit, located in the TIB, is to provide immediate muting of all
speaker audio by forcing the radio to reset when a control head's CAN cable is disconnected from
the TIB or from an extension cable that is attached to the TIB. After the disconnection, if there are no
other control heads attached via CAN to the TIB, the radio may be programmed to automatically turn
itself off (approximately 20seconds after the radio reset). This programming is done via the CPS by
check marking the "Control Head(s) Required for Power Up" field. Note that if this field is NOT
checked, the radio will apply its normal power up rules (e.g., ignition) to determine whether to stay on
or to power-off after the reset. The "Control Head(s) Required for Power Up" field is typically 'check
marked' in a configuration that has a single O3 control (that is attached to an extension cable that is
attached to the TIB) where it is desired that the radio immediately mute all speaker audio and
ultimately power-off when the O3 control head is disconnected.

6875964M01-J
3-38 Basic Theory of Operation: Analog Mode of Operation

• If the field is 'check marked', then at least one controlhead must be present for the radio to
remain powered-on after it resets. For example, if you only had 1 control head, and it is
removed, the radio will be powered-off after reset. If you had 2 control heads, and only 1 is
removed, then after reset, the radio will monitor the Ignition sense (ACC) line and compare to
the ignition CPS setting to determine if it will remain powered-on, or power-off. If you had 2
control heads, and you remove both, the radio will be powered-off after reset.
• If the field is 'blank' (typical usage), then quick disconnect is not activated. For example, if you
only had 1 control head, and it is removed, then after reset, the radio will monitor the Ignition
sense (ACC) line and compare to the ignition CPS setting to determine if it will remain
powered-on, or power-off. If you had 2 control heads, and only 1 is removed, the radio will be
powered-on after reset. If you had 2 control heads, and you remove both, the radio will monitor
the Ignition sense (ACC) line and compare to the ignition CPS setting to determine if it will
remain powered-on, or power-off.

3.10 Analog Mode of Operation

3.10.1 Receive Operation
When the radio is receiving, the signal comes from the antenna through the RF PA output network
located in the power amplifier section to the front-end receiver assembly. The signal is then filtered,
amplified, and mixed with the first local oscillator signal generated by the receiver voltage controlled
oscillator (VCO). The resulting intermediate-frequency (IF) signal is fed to the IF circuitry where it is
again filtered and amplified. This amplified signal is passed to the back-end receiver IC where it is
mixed with the second local oscillator to create the second IF at 2.25 MHz. The analog IF is
processed by an analog-to-digital (A/D) converter located within the digital back-end IC, where it is
converted to a digital bit stream and decimated down to an I/Q digital sample. This digital signal is
then passed on to the DSP, where filtering and discrimination are performed in the software. For a
voice signal, the DSP routes the digital voice data to the Codec for volume gain control and
conversion to an analog signal. The signal passes to the audio power amplifier, which drives the
speaker. For signaling information, the DSP decodes the message and passes it to the
microprocessor.

3.10.2 Transmit Operation

When the radio is transmitting, microphone audio is passed to the gain control circuit, and then to the
Codec, where the signal is digitized. The Codec passes digital data to the DSP, where pre-emphasis
and low-pass (splatter) filtering is done. The DSP may also add signalling information. The DSP then
sends the resulting digitized signal containing both voice and signalling data to the digital synthesizer
IC as a modulation signal for the transmitter voltage controlled oscillator. A modulated carrier is
provided to the RF power amplifier, which transmits the signal under dynamic power control.

3.11 ASTRO Mode of Operation

In the ASTRO mode (digital mode) of operation, the transmitted or received signal is limited to a
discrete set of deviation levels, instead of continuously varying. The receiver handles an
ASTRO-mode signal identically to an analog-mode signal up to the point where the DSP decodes
the received data.
In the ASTRO receive mode, the DSP uses a specifically defined algorithm to recover information.
In the ASTRO transmit mode, microphone audio is processed the same as in the analog mode with
the exception of the algorithm the DSP uses to encode the information. This algorithm will result in
deviation levels that are limited to discrete levels.

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: Radio Frequency Transceiver Board (RF Board) 3-39

3.12 Radio Frequency Transceiver Board (RF Board)

3.12.1 Radio-Frequency Power Amplifier (RF PA) & Output Network (ON)
The RF PA is a three-stage power amplifier consisting of discrete LDMOS transistors:
• Controlled stage
• Driver stage
• Final stage
The RF PA is followed by the ON section, consisting of discrete circuitry with the following functions:
• Antenna switch
• Harmonic filter
• Power detector

3.12.2 Gain Stages

The controlled stage consists of a two-stage, integrated amplifier with external matching, which
amplifies the input signal from the VCO buffer and provides drive to the driver stage. Power is
controlled via gate bias to both internal stages, and drain bias is supplied via K9.1V, through a band
selector switch, but for APX 2500/4500/4500Li there is no band selector switch involved. The driver
stage has a fixed gate bias. Drain bias is supplied by the A+ (battery) voltage in the VHF 100W,
UHF 100W and 700/800 MHz radio, but for APX 2500/4500/4500Li the drain bias is supplied by the
A+ (battery) voltage in the VHF 50W, UHF 40W and 700/800 MHz radio. The driver stage drives the
final stage consisting of two transistors operating in parallel (one transistor for VHF 50 W model).
Both devices have separate, fixed gate biases, and their drain biases are supplied by the A+ voltage.
The output of the final stage feeds the antenna switch, which routes the RF PA to the harmonic filter/
power detector/antenna and isolates the RX front-end in transmit mode. Antenna switch routes
antenna/power detector/harmonic filter to RX and isolates TX in RX mode. Mode is determined via
K9.1V. The harmonic filter is a low-pass filter that attenuates harmonics generated by the RF PA in
transmit mode and provides additional receive selectivity in receive mode.

3.12.3 Power Control

The power control section regulates the RFPA output power by an automatic level control (ALC)
circuit. The transmitter ALC consists of a digital attenuator, voltage variable attenuator, RF log amp,
digital-to-analog converter (DAC) and buffer/amplifier. The APX 2500/4500/4500Li has the similar
transmitter ALC, but with addition of analog-to-digital converter (ADC). The power detector senses
the incident power transferred to the antenna via a directional coupler in which the RF signal is fed to
the digital attenuator, voltage variable attenuator and the RF log amp. The RF log amp compares the
input RF power from the directional coupler with the voltage set from the DAC to generate a DC
voltage. The DC voltage is then gained by the buffer/amplifier and fed to the RFPA stage. The radio’s
carrier power level is set by adjusting the DAC voltage set while monitoring the output power, which
is saved in the radio’s memory.

3.12.4 Circuit Protection

The RFPA driver and final stage drain current, RFPA final stage temperature; RFPA control voltage
and battery voltage are sensed by the power control circuitry. If a fault condition is detected, the
control voltage is reduced, which cuts back the output power to a level that is safe for the particular
operation conditions.

6875964M01-J
3-40 Basic Theory of Operation: VHF Receiver Overview

3.12.5 DC Interconnect
The DC connector at the edge of the board carries the A+ supply for the entire board. This supply is
routed directly to the controller and transmitter circuitry for both direct supply and regulating
additional supplies. The radio chassis is grounded through the PCB screws and also via direct
contact to the board. The dash mount control head receives the A+ supply through the 50-pin flex
connector.

3.13 VHF Receiver Overview

The primary duties of the receiver circuits are to detect, filter, amplify, and demodulate RF signals in
the presence of strong interfering noise and unintended signals. The receiver contains the following
blocks:
• Front-end (preselectors and LNAs)
• Mixer
• IF
• Back-end

3.13.1 Receiver Front-End

The VHF receiver operates in the frequency range of 136 to 174 MHz. The primary function of the
receiver front-end is to optimize the rejection of the image frequency and other out-of-band
frequencies while providing low-noise amplification of the received signal. The front-end uses
discrete fixed-tuned filters and discrete bipolar LNAs. The front-end has two possible configurations:
standard mode, which provides the best intermodulation performance, and the optional pre-amp
mode, which provides improved sensitivity at the cost of slightly reduced intermodulation
performance. The front-end line-up for standard mode is: a switched 15 dB attenuator for AGC
purposes, a 4-pole Chebyshev bandpass filter, a low-noise amplifier, and a 6-pole elliptic bandpass
filter. In pre-amp mode, a 2-pole highpass filter and an additional LNA is added between the
attenuator and the first bandpass filter by means of discrete PIN diode switches.

3.13.2 Mixer
The receiver front-end signal is fed to the monolithic Mixer IC where it is down converted to an IF of
109.65 MHz. The mixer is designed to provide low conversion loss and high intermodulation
performance. The mixer is driven by the receiver injection buffer, a two-stage discrete IC design used
with the receiver VCO to efficiently drive the mixer over a wide temperature range with minimum
power variation. The injection buffer provides 17 dBm to the mixer. The VCO provides high-side
injection for the VHF band. The design maintains temperature stability, low insertion loss, and high
out-of-band rejection.

3.13.3 IF Circuitry
The crystal filters provide IF selectivity and out-of-band signal protection to the back-end IC. The use
of two 2-pole crystal filters centered at 109.65 MHz, which are isolated from one another by a
discrete IF amplifier, enable the receiver to meet specifications for gain, close-in intermodulation
rejection, adjacent channel selectivity, and second-image rejection.

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: UHF R1 & R2 Receiver Overview 3-41

3.13.4 Receiver Back-End

The output of the IF circuit is fed directly to the back-end receiver IC. This uses a variable-bandwidth
bandpass sigma-delta architecture. It is capable of down-converting analog, as well as digital, RF
protocols into a baseband signal, which is then transmitted over the Synchronous Serial Interface
(SSI) bus. It also converts the 109.65 MHz signal from the IF section down to 2.25 MHz using a
second LO frequency, which is produced by the second LO VCO. This VCO runs at 107.4 (low-side
injection) or 111.9 MHz (high-side injection). The choice of frequency depends on known spurious
interference related to the programmed received frequency.

3.14 UHF R1 & R2 Receiver Overview

The primary duties of the receiver circuits are to detect, filter, amplify, and demodulate RF signals in
the presence of strong interfering noise and unintended signals. The receiver contains the following
blocks:
• Front-end (preselectors and LNAs)
• Mixer
• IF
• Back-end

3.14.1 Receiver Front-End

The UHF R1 receiver operates in the frequency range of 380 to 470 MHz and UHF R2 receiver
operates in the frequency range of 450 to 520 MHz. The primary function of the receiver front-end is
to optimize the rejection of the image frequency and other out-of-band frequencies while providing
low-noise amplification of the received signal. The front-end uses varactor-tuned filters and discrete
E-PHEMT LNAs. The front-end has two possible configurations:
• Standard mode, which provides the best intermodulation performance; and
• Pre-amp mode (optional), which provides improved sensitivity at the cost of slightly reduced
intermodulation performance.
The front-end line-up for standard mode is: a switched 15 dB attenuator for AGC purposes, 2 pole
highpass filter, varactor-tuned image filter, low-noise amplifier, and finally a second varactor tuned
image filter. In pre-amp mode, an additional E-PHEMT LNA is added between the attenuator and the
first bandpass filter by means of discrete PIN diode switches.

3.14.2 Mixer
The receiver front-end signal is fed to the monolithic Mixer IC where it is down converted to an IF of
109.65 MHz. The mixer is designed to provide low conversion loss and high intermodulation
performance. The mixer is driven by the receiver injection buffer, a two-stage discrete IC design used
with the receiver VCO to efficiently drive the mixer over a wide temperature range with minimum
power variation. The injection buffer provides +17dBm to the mixer. The VCO provides high-side
injection for both VHF and UHF bands. The design maintains temperature stability, low insertion
loss, and high out-of-band rejection.

3.14.3 IF Circuitry
The crystal filters provide IF selectivity and out-of-band signal protection to the back-end IC. The use
of two 2-pole crystal filters centered at 109.65 MHz, which are isolated from one another by a
discrete IF amplifier, enable the receiver to meet specifications for gain, close-in intermodulation
rejection, adjacent channel selectivity, and second-image rejection.

6875964M01-J
3-42 Basic Theory of Operation: 700–800 MHz Receiver Overview

3.14.4 Receiver Back-End

The output of the IF circuit is fed directly to the back-end receiver IC. This uses a variable-bandwidth
bandpass sigma-delta architecture. It is capable of down-converting analog, as well as digital, RF
protocols into a baseband signal, which is then transmitted over the Synchronous Serial Interface
(SSI) bus. It also converts the 109.65 MHz signal from the IF section down to 2.25 MHz using a
second LO frequency, which is produced by the second LO VCO. This VCO runs at 107.4 (low-side
injection) or 111.9 MHz (high-side injection). The choice of frequency depends on known spurious
interference related to the programmed received frequency.

3.15 700–800 MHz Receiver Overview

The receiver circuits primary duties are to detect, filter, amplify, and demodulate RF signals in the
presence of strong interfering noise and unintended signals. The receiver is broken down into the
following blocks:
• Front-end (preselector and LNA)
• Mixer
• IF
• Back-end

3.15.1 Receiver Front-End

The 700–800 MHz receiver front-end operates in two bands. The primary function of the receiver
front-end is to optimize image rejection and selectivity while providing the first conversion. The
front-end uses ceramic-filter technology and includes a wideband, monolithic amplifier. The first filter
is a dual-switched filter that reduces the image frequency response and limits some of the
out-of-band interference. The second filter following the monolithic Low Noise Amplifier (LNA)
provides additional image rejection.

3.15.2 Mixer
The receiver front-end signal is fed to the monolithic Mixer IC where it is down converted to an IF of
109.65 MHz. The mixer is designed to provide low conversion loss and high intermodulation
performance. The mixer is driven by the receiver injection buffer, a two-stage discrete IC design used
with the receiver VCO to efficiently drive the mixer over a wide temperature range with minimum
power variation. The injection buffer provides 17 dBm to the mixer. The VCO provides low-side
injection to the 7/800 MHz bands. The design maintains temperature stability, low insertion loss, and
high out-of-band rejection.

3.15.3 IF Circuitry
The crystal filters provide IF selectivity and out-of-band signal protection to the back-end IC. Two
2-pole crystal filters centered at 109.65 MHz that are isolated from one another by a stable,
moderate- gain amplifier are used to meet the receiver specifications for gain, close-in
intermodulation rejection, adjacent-channel selectivity, and second-image rejection.

3.15.4 Receiver Back-End

The output of the IF circuit is fed directly to the back-end receiver IC. This uses a variable-bandwidth
bandpass sigma-delta architecture. It is capable of down-converting analog, as well as digital, RF
protocols into a baseband signal, which is then transmitted over the Synchronous Serial Interface
(SSI) bus. It also converts the 109.65 MHz signal from the IF section down to 2.25 MHz using a
second LO frequency, which is produced by the second LO VCO. This VCO runs at 107.4 (low-side
injection) or 111.9 MHz (high-side injection). The choice of frequency depends on known spurious
interference related to the programmed received frequency.

6875964M01-J
Basic Theory of Operation: Frequency Generation Unit 3-43

3.16 Frequency Generation Unit

P31 RF_BOARD_REV_B2
SYNTHESIZER P30 RF_BOARD_REV_B1
P29 RF_BOARD_REV_B0
SPI
P7 7_8_SEL
Interface
SPI Aux SPI LOGIC P23 BAND_SEL
Interface Interface P18
EXPANDER P19
TRIDENT_CS* CEX ACE1_GP07 CS
P10
SPI_CLK SPI_CLK ASPI_CLK SCLK P13
SPI_MOSI SPI_DW ASPI_DATA DIN P11
SPI_MISO SPI_DR AGC_FLAG DOUT P16
P12

P14
P15
P20
P21
P22
P9

P8

SSI P17
Interface Vs1
TRIDENT_SCLK TXCLK
TRIDENT_FSYNC TXD K9.1V
TRIDENT_DATA SPI_DW SEL1 B2
MN_CP Tx VCO Low TX_INJ_B1
LOOP VTUNE POUT
MN_ADAPT_CP Tx Filter B1
FILTER SEL2 TX_INJ_B2
LOCK_DET LCKDET HP_MOD_OUT B2 Injection Filter B2
RESET_OUT RSTB Tx VCO High
(TO RFPA B1-2)
TRIDENT_DMCS DMCS M_PRSC
AUX DAC REF_IN SEL1
B2
VTUNE Rx VCO Low
REFERENCE FOUT
VCONT OSCILLATOR Vs2
B2 POUT
(16.8 MHz) SEL2
Rx VCO High

REFERENCE SEL1
REF_OSC_OUT Filter B1 RX_INJ
(TO RX_BE) OSCILLATOR B1 Rx
BUFFER VTUNE Rx VCO Low POUT Injection Filter B2
(TO RX_IF)
SEL2 B1
Rx VCO High
Prescaler
SEL1 Buffer
B1
VTUNE Tx VCO Low

B1 POUT
SEL2
Tx VCO High

Figure 3-34. Configuration of the Dual Band Frequency Generation Unit for
APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li

The Dual Band Frequency Generation Unit (FGU) in Figure 3-34 consists of the following:
• Daughter card pc board module containing the synthesizer IC and the 16.8 MHz reference
oscillator.
• Voltage Controlled Oscillator (VCO) modules (two per frequency band).
• Logic expander.
• VCO buffer, amplifiers and filter circuits.
• Associated circuits.
The Reference oscillator provides a frequency standard for the fractional-N synthesizer IC, the
back-end receiver IC, and the controller section. The synthesizer programs the logic expander IC to
select one of the VCO (determined by mode and frequency of operation), and tunes it to the receiver
(RX), local oscillator injection (LO), or the transmitter (TX) carrier frequency.
The VCOs’ are non serviceable modules, each containing two oscillator circuits to cover the
frequency bands of interest. For a dual band radio there are two transmitters and two receiver VCO
modules that cover the frequency bands designated as Band 1 and Band 2. The output of each
module is connected to a RF switch, then to a prescaler buffer amplifier. The prescaler buffer feeds
back to synthesizer IC, and switches to either TX and RX injection amplifiers.
In TX mode, the prescaler buffer amplifier output is switched to a two stage buffer. Before being
injected into the power amplifier, the signal is switched to a band dependant filter to reduce the
spurious levels of the signals. The output of the filters are directly connected to the band specific
power amplifier. In RX mode, the prescaler is switched to another two stage buffer, and also band
selectively filtered before being switched to the receiver mixer.
Modulation is accomplished by direct digital programming of the Fractional-N synthesizer by the SSI
(Serial Synchronous Interface) to the controller.

6875964M01-J
3-44 Basic Theory of Operation: Frequency Generation Unit

TRIDENT DAUGHTER
CARD U3064
Synthesizer
U6756
SPI GPO
Interface Interface

TRIDENT_CS CEX GPO1

VS2
SPI_CLK SPI_CLK GPO2 Please refer to
SPI_MOSI SPI_DW GPO3 HSID section
VSF K9.1_EN
SPI_MISO SPI_DR GPO4 3.4.4.1 for GPO
@DMCS RX_INJ
allocation RF
GPO5 Filter
SSI Amp
Interface GPO6
Common
GPO7 VSF Buffer TX_INJ
TRIDENT_CLK TXCLK GPO8 Filter
TRIDENT_FSYNC TXD
TRIDENT_DATA SPI_DW MN_CP
LOOP VTUNE POUT
MN_ADAPT_CP VCO 1
FILTER Prescaler
LOCK_DET LCKDET HP_MOD_OUT
Buffer
RESET_OUT RSTB
TRIDENT_DMCS DMCS M_PRESC
AUX_DAC REF_IN
VCO 2

VCONT REFERENCE FOUT

OSCILLATOR
Y6750
VCO 3

REF_OSC_OUT REFERENCE
OSCILLATOR VCO 4
(To RX_BE)
BUFFER
U3049

Figure 3-35. Configuration of APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li Frequency Generation Unit

The Frequency Generation Unit (FGU) in Figure 3-35 consists of the following:
• Daughter card pc board module containing the synthesizer IC and the 16.8 MHz reference
oscillator.
• Voltage Controlled Oscillator (VCO).
• VCO buffer, amplifiers and filter circuits.
• Associated circuits.
The Reference oscillator provides a frequency standard for the fractional-N synthesizer IC, the
back-end receiver IC, and the controller section. The synthesizer programs it’s internal GPO to
select one of the VCO (determined by mode and frequency of operation), and tunes it to the
receiver (RX), local oscillator injection (LO), or the transmitter (TX) carrier frequency.
The output of each VCO is connected to a RF switch, then to a prescaler buffer amplifier. The
prescaler buffer feeds back to the synthesizer IC, then supplies to common buffer amplifiers, and to
a RF switch for Tx or Rx injection selection.
In TX mode the common buffer amplifier output is switched to a band dependant filter to reduce the
spurious levels of the signals. The output of the filters are directly connected to the band specific
power amplifier. In RX mode, the common buffer amplifier output is switched to another stage buffer
and, also band selectively filtered before being switched to the receiver mixer.
Modulation is accomplished by direct digital programming of the Fractional-N synthesizer by the SSI
(Serial Synchronous Interface) to the controller.

6875964M01-J
Chapter 4 Test Equipment, Service Aids, and Tools

4.1 Recommended Test Equipment

The list of equipments contained in Table 4-1 includes most of the standard test equipment required
for servicing Motorola APX mobile radios, as well as several unique items designed specifically for
servicing this family of radios. The Characteristics column is included so that equivalent equipment
can be substituted. However, when no information is provided in this column, the specific Motorola
model listed is either a unique item or no substitution is recommended.

Table 4-1. Recommended Motorola Test Equipment

Motorola
Description Characteristics Application
Model Number

R-1439 or BIRD Wattmeter Power range: 100 mW to 100W, Transmitter power

2 MHz to 1GHz, measurements
UHF-F connector
R-1440 BIRD Wattmeter Power range: 100 mW to 100W,
(See Table 4-2 for 2 MHz to 1GHz,
plug-in elements) N-female connector

R-1611 Dual-Channel 100 MHz Two-channel, 100MHz Waveform measurements

Oscilloscope (Agilent) bandwidth, 200 Msample rate/
sec., 2MB memory/channel

R-2670 System Analyzer This item will substitute for items Frequency/deviation meter and
(with options, as with an asterisk (*) in Table 4-3 signal generator for wide-range
applicable) troubleshooting and alignment

Table 4-2 contains a listing of the plug-in elements that are available for the BIRD wattmeters listed
in Table 4-1.

Table 4-2. Wattmeter Plug-In Elements

Power 25–60 MHz 50–125 MHz 100–250 MHz 200–500 MHz 400–1000 MHz

5W – – 0180305F29 0180305F38 0180305F46

10W – 0180305F22 0180305F30 – 0180305F47

25W 0180305F15 0180305F23 0180305F31 0180305F40 0180305F48

50W 0180305F16 0180305F24 0180305F32 0180305F41 0180305F49

100W 0180305F17 0180305F25 0180305F33 0180305F42 0180305F50

250W 0180305F18 0180305F26 0180305F34 0180305F43 0180305F51

500W 0180305F19 0180305F27 0180305F35 0180305F44 0180305F52

1000W 0180305F20 0180305F28 0180305F36 0180305F45 0180305F53

4-2 Test Equipment, Service Aids, and Tools: Recommended Test Equipment

Table 4-3 contains a listing of non-Motorola test equipment recommended for servicing mobile
radios.

Table 4-3. Recommended Non-Motorola Test Equipment

Model Number Description Application

1:1 Audio Transformer Audio measurement (audio PA must NOT be grounded)

Agilent 6552 Power Supply (0–20 V, 0–25 A) Mobile radio power supply and current measurements

Agilent 8901 Modulation Analyzer Reference frequency measurements

*Aeroflex 3920 with Digital Radio Test Set Frequency, reference oscillator deviation digital tests
options (P25, X2, AEX, and compensation measurements
etc.)

Agilent U8903A and Audio Analyzer Audio signal-level, SINAD, and distortion
Rohde & Schwarz UPV measurements

Keithly 2015-D Audio Analyzing DMM AC/DC voltage and distortion measurements

Fluke 187 or 189 Handheld Digital Multimeter AC/DC voltage and current measurements
(True RMS, AC, AC+DC, dB)

Fluke 190 Series Handheld Oscilloscope Waveform measurements

(60–200 MHz Bandwidth,
2.5 GS/sec, Built-in 500-Count
True RMS Multimeter)

Weinschel 49 30 43 30 dB RF Attenuator For tests that require a modulation analyzer or

wattmeter

6875964M01-J
Test Equipment, Service Aids, and Tools: Service Aids and Recommended Tools 4-3

4.2 Service Aids and Recommended Tools

Refer to below tables in this section for listing and description of the service aids and tools designed
specifically for servicing this APX mobile radios, and the common tools required to disassemble and
maintain the radio well. These kits and/or parts are available from the Motorola parts division offices
listed in Appendix A, B, C, and D accordingly.
Table 4-4. Service Aids for APX Mobile Radios

Motorola
Description Application
Part Number

0105953U15 Force Fail Board (Not applicable for Radio set in bootstrap mode for radio flashing/
APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li) programming.

84009287001 APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li Connects controller board to RF board for analysis of
Service Flex either board while the other remains in the radio
chassis.
0104054J56 APX 2500 / 4500 Service Flex

DVN4236_ APX FLASHport Firmware CD Kit with firmware to upgrade the radio, APX FLASHport
CD.

DVN4237_ APX 7500 FLASHport Kit

Kit with firmware to upgrade the radio, APX FLASH port
DVN4299_ APX 2500 / 4500 FLASHport Kit kit.

RVN5224_ APX Customer Programming Programming and radio alignment software.

Software (CPS) and Tuner
Software

HKN6122_ 4-wire RS232 data cable Cable for data applications through the TIB J600
connector, remote mount only.

HKN6160_ 1.8m (6’) 4-wire RS232 data cable 1.8m (6’) cable used for RS232 data applications
through the 26 pin rear accessory connector. Also
provides an Ignition sense (ACC) wire.

HKN6161_ 6.1m (20’) 4-wire RS232 data cable 6.1m (20’) cable used for RS232 data applications
through the 26 pin rear accessory connector (J2).

HKN6163_ 1.8m (6’) USB data cable 1.8m (6’) cable used for USB programming and data
applications through the 26 pin rear accessory
connector (J2) or the J100 remote control head
connector. Also provides Ignition sense (ACC) and
speaker wires. An emergency jumper wire must be
installed between pins 15 (emergency) and 1 (gnd)
when used in dash mount applications.

HKN6172_ 4.5m (15’) USB data cable 4.5m (15’) cable used for USB programming and data
applications through the 26 pin rear accessory
connector (J2) or the J100 remote control head
connector. An emergency jumper wire must be installed
between pins 15 (emergency) and 1 (gnd) when used in
dash mount applications.

HKN6182_ MMP Cable Adapter for Keyloader Use with TIB MMP or dash-mount control head MMP.
Must be combined with KVL cable TKN8531_

HKN6183_ 2-wire MMP RS232 Data Cable Cable for RS232 data applications through the control
head or TIB MMP.

6875964M01-J
4-4 Test Equipment, Service Aids, and Tools: Service Aids and Recommended Tools

Table 4-4. Service Aids for APX Mobile Radios

Motorola
Description Application
Part Number

HKN6184_ MMP USB Programming Cable Use with APX 7500 USB programming through the
MMP on its control head or TIB. Can also be used for
data terminal applications.

Table 4-5. Recommended Motorola Tools for Board-Level Troubleshooting

Motorola
Tools and Supplies
Part Number

0180320B16 Magnetic screwdriver set with bits

0180706J23 Chassis eliminator (Mid Power)

0180706J24 Chassis eliminator (High Power)

0104057J53 APX 2500/4500/4500Li Chassis Eliminator Enclosures (Mid Power)

Refer to Table 4-6 APX 2500/4500/4500Li Chassis Eliminator Internal Assemblies

3085651A01 Mini-UHF to N-type adapter cable

6686119B01 Plastic scraping tool

6680163F01 Removal and insertion tool

RSX4043 Roto-Torq adjustable torque driver

Table 4-6. APX 2500/4500/4500Li Chassis Eliminator Internal Assemblies

Part Number Descriptions Quantity

0104054J54 Assembly, Screw, Sealing 12

0310909A33 Screw, Heat Spreader 3

4285702E01 Clip, RF & DC Connectors 2

3015953H02 Cable, GPS 1

0371838H01 Screw, D-Sub for accessory connector 2

0104052J27 Flex Assembly, Accessory Connector 1

1110022D23 Thermal grease 1

75012190001 Pad, Thermal 2

0104054J56 APX 2500/4500/4500Li Extended Flex Assembly 1

6875964M01-J
Test Equipment, Service Aids, and Tools: APX Mobile Radios Field Programming and Equipment 4-5

Table 4-7. Recommended Non-Motorola Tools for APX Mobile Radios

Part Number Tools and Supplies

MA-800G Solder aid, (black stick), Hexacon Electric Co.
Flat-blade screwdriver
Small, flat-blade screwdriver
Torx® T10 and T20 bits
Anti-static grounding kit

4.3 APX Mobile Radios Field Programming and Equipment

The APX mobile radios can be aligned and programmed in the field. This requires specific
equipment and special instructions. Refer to the online help in Customer Programming Software
(CPS) and Tuner Software (RVN5224_).
The radios use a flash-memory device to store information about frequencies, squelch codes,
signaling codes, time-out timer durations, and other parameters and can be programmed in the field
any number of times without removing the flash memory from the radio.
The APX mobile radios can only be programmed using USB. To program the radio, connect USB
cable HKN6184_ to the control head’s Mobile Microphone Port (MMP) connector. This is the 10-pin
connector to which the microphone is commonly attached. The MMP connector is below the volume
knob and to the left of the LCD display. HKN6163_ and HKN6172_ USB cables can also be used for
radio programming, and can be connected at the remote control head J100 or radio rear J2
connectors. Refer to the CPS Programming Installation Guide (Motorola part number 6881095C44)
for installation and setup procedures for the software.
Once the computer is connected to the radio, the prompts provided by the programming software
can be followed. The following items, available through the Radio Products Services Division (except
the computer), are required when programming APX mobile radios.

Table 4-8. APX Mobile Radios Field-Programming Items

Type or Part Number Description

Customer Programming This software enables you to program the radio’s features and
Software (CPS) and Tuner align its parameters.
Software (RVN5224_)
Personal Computer (PC) Operating System
• Microsoft® Windows® Vista Home Premium Edition
• Microsoft® Windows® Vista Business Edition
• Microsoft® Windows® XP Home/Professional Edition
• Microsoft® Windows® 2000 Professional with Service
Pack 2, or above

Hardware – Minimum Requirements

• USB (Universal Serial Bus) Port
• CD-ROM drive
• 350 MB of hard disk space for the CPS
• 100 MB of hard disk space for the Tuner Software
USB Programming Cable Used to connect radio directly to the computer, refer to
Table 4-4.

6875964M01-J
4-6 Test Equipment, Service Aids, and Tools: APX Mobile Radios Field Programming and Equipment

Notes

6875964M01-J
Chapter 5 Performance Checks

5.1 Introduction
This section covers performance checks used to verify that the radio meets published specifications.
The recommended test equipment listed in Chapter 4 approaches the accuracy of the manufacturing
equipment, with a few exceptions. Accuracy of the equipment must be maintained in compliance with
the manufacturer’s recommended calibration schedule.

5.2 Test Setup

The equipment required for APX mobile radio performance checks is connected as shown in the
following diagram.

COMMUNICATIONS
ANALYZER

RF PORT RF WATTMETER
ATTENUATOR
RADIO

AGILENT 8901
MODULATION
ANALYZER

MATCHING RX
SINAD METER
TRANSFORMER
TEST
SPEAKER
AC VOLTMETER

OR
COMMUNICATIONS
ANALYZER
Vert/SINAD Dist/
DVM Counter

Figure 5-1. Performance Checks Test Setup

5.3 Test Mode

!
Be sure to transmit into a series load when keying a radio under test
(e.g. 30dB RF pad). Failure to do so can result in test equipment
Caution damage.

5.3.1 Entering Test Mode

1. To enter test mode, turn the radio on.
2. Within 10 seconds after Self Test is complete, press the Home Button five times in
succession for O2/O5/O7/O9 Control Head (see Figure 5-2 for O2, Figure 5-4 for O5, Figure
5-5 for O7 and Figure 5-6 for O9 Control Head), or press the Side Button 2 five times in
succession for O3 Control Head (see Figure 5-3).
3. The radio shows a series of displays that will give information regarding various version
numbers and subscriber-specific information. The displays are described in Table 5-1.
5-2 Performance Checks: Test Mode

Table 5-1. Test-Mode Displays

Display Name Description Appears

SERVICE Indicates radio has entered test mode Always

HOST VERSION Version of transceiver firmware Always

DSP VERSION Version of transceiver DSP firmware Always

Secure Version Firmware version for encryption When radio is

secure- equipped

Encryption Mode Type of encryption being used When radio is

secure- equipped

CH VERSION Version of Control Head firmware Always

MCHB Version Version of Control Head Board Always

CHIB Version Version of Control Head Interface Board When auxiliary control
head is present / radio
is remote mount

Auxiliary Control Firmware version for auxiliary control head When auxiliary control
Head head is present

Siren Version Firmware version for siren When siren is present

VRS Version Number Firmware version for VRS When VRS is present

MODEL NUMBER Radio’s model number, as programmed in codeplug Always

SERIAL NUMBER Radio’s serial number, as programmed in codeplug Always

ESN Electronic Serial Number Always

ROM Size Memory capacity of flash part Always

FLASHCODE FLASHcodes, programmed as a part of radio’s Always

codeplug

RF BAND Frequency band of transceiver Always

TUNING VER Version of Codeplug tuning Always

PROCESSOR VER Version of transceiver microprocessor Always

Note: All displays are temporary and expire without any user intervention. If the information is longer than
the physical length of the control head display, it wraps around to the next display. After the last
display, RF TEST is displayed.
Special attention: while information is scrolling while in test mode, if the "UP" Navigation button is
pressed, the scrolling information will pause until the "DOWN" Navigation button is pressed again.
Repeat with "Up" button to pause any other information. This makes recording radio version
information easier.

6875964M01-J
Performance Checks: Test Mode 5-3

4. Turn the Mode Rotary Knob for O5 Control Head. The test mode menu, CH TEST, is
displayed.
5. Pressing the Home button enters the RF test mode. The display shows 1 CSQ, indicating test
frequency 1, Carrier SQuelch mode.
6. For the O3 Control Head, pressing the programmed Monitor button enables toggling
between RF TEST and CH TEST.
7. To select, press the Orange (EMERG) button. If the RF TEST is selected, display Shows 1
CSQ, indicating test frequency 1, Carrier SQuelch mode.
8. Go to the RF Test Mode section.

5.3.2 RF Test Mode

A special routine called RF TEST MODE or air test has been incorporated into the radio.
1. For the O2/O5/O7/O9 Control Head, enter the RF test mode by pressing the Home button
when the test mode menu RF TEST is displayed. If RF TEST is not displayed, use the Mode
knob to scroll through the test mode menu until RF TEST is displayed.
2. For the O3 Control Head, enter the RF test mode by pressing the Orange (EMERG) button
when the test mode menu RF TEST is displayed.If RF TEST is not displayed, use the Monitor
button to toggle between RF TEST and CH TEST.
3. For the O2/O5/O7/O9 Control Head, press the Home button to move the cursor back and
forth between the frequency and signaling type (See Table 5-2 on this page and Table 5-3,
Table 5-4). Use the Mode knob to scroll through the available selections.
4. For the O3 Control Head, press the Monitor button to select Channel Spacing (12.5Khz or
25kHz), press the Side Button 1 to change signaling type and press Side Button 2 to
change frequency.

Table 5-2. Rx Test Frequencies

VHF UHF R1 UHF R2 700–800 MHz

Rx Freq #
50W/100W 40W/100W 45 W 35W

F1 136.0625 380.0625 450.0625 762.0625

F2 140.8125 389.0625 455.0625 769.0625

F3 145.5625 405.0625 465.0625 775.9375

F4 150.3125 415.0625 470.0625 851.0625

F5 154.9375 424.9375 484.9375 860.0625

F6 155.0625 425.0625 485.0625 860.0625

F7 159.8125 440.0625 498.0625 869.9375

F8 164.5625 455.0625 511.9375 851.0625

F9 169.3125 465.0625 512.0625 860.0625

F10 173.9375 469.9375 519.9375 869.9375

6875964M01-J
5-4 Performance Checks: Test Mode

Table 5-3. Tx Test Frequencies

VHF UHF R1 UHF R2 700–800 MHz

Tx Freq #
50W/100W 40W/100W 45 W 35W

F1 136.0125 380.0125 450.0125 762.0125

F2 140.7625 389.0125 455.0125 768.9875

F3 145.5125 405.0125 465.0125 776.0125

F4 150.2625 415.0125 470.0125 793.9875

F5 154.9875 424.9875 484.9875 805.9125

F6 155.0125 425.0125 485.0125 806.0125

F7 159.7625 440.0125 498.0125 823.9875

F8 164.5125 455.0125 511.9875 851.0125

F9 169.2625 465.0125 512.0125 860.0125

F10 173.9875 469.9875 519.9875 869.8875

Table 5-4. Signaling Types

Display Modulation Demodulation Type

CSQ None None Carrier Squelch

TPL 192 Hz 192 Hz Private-Line

AST 1200 Hz N/A ASTRO (digital)

USQ None None Open Squelch

When in the transmit test mode, DTMF modulation produces a sidetone in the speaker. All signaling
types will continually modulate the transmitted signal for detection/measurement by external
instruments.

6875964M01-J
Performance Checks: Test Mode 5-5

5.3.3 O2 Control Head Test Mode

The control head test mode is part of the diagnostics built into the radio and is entered through the
front-panel programming sequence. This test mode allows you to perform button and display tests to
verify proper operation.
1. Power up the control head by pressing the Power Button. Press the Menu Select Buttons 1
and 4 simultaneously to enter control head STANDALONE TEST. CH firmware, CH Nautilus,
CH Flashzap version and CH Board version will be displayed before the unit enters the
Control Head Test mode.
2. Press Home to enter sequential test.
3. In Factory Test menu, pressing any buttons will activate the following tests:
- LED test (green, red and yellow)
- Backlight test (Off, Medium and On)
- LCD test (4 borders test)
- Keypad LED test (green, amber, red and common white LED test)
4. Hit any button after this to activate the keypad test. All the 10 buttons notations will be
displayed on the LCD and once the corresponding button is pressed, the notation will
disappear from the LCD.
5. After all 10 buttons are pressed, hit any key to enter Multifunction Knob test.
6. Turn the radio off and back on to exit test mode and return to normal radio operation.

LED Status
Power On/Off Button Indicators Emergency
Button
Up/Down Buttons

Dim Button

Menu Select Buttons Multi-Function

Accessory Knob
Port (Microphone) Home Button

Figure 5-2. O2 Control Head

6875964M01-J
5-6 Performance Checks: Test Mode

5.3.4 O3 Control Head Test Mode

The control head test mode is part of the diagnostics built into the radio and is entered through the
front-panel programming sequence. This test mode allows you to perform button and display tests to
verify proper operation.
1. Enter the control head test mode by pressing the POWER ON/OFF Button while holding
down the 1 and 3 button of the keypad. Wait till Standalone Mode is displayed and release
the 1 and 3 Button of the keypad. CH Firmware version, CH FPGA version, CH Flashzap ver-
sion and CH Board version will be displayed before being able to be in Factory Test.
2. Once in Factory Test menu, pressing any buttons will activate the following tests:
- LED test (green, red and yellow)
- Backlight test (Off, Medium and On)
- LCD test (4 borders test)
For the Hook Up test that follows right after the LCD test has been completed, place the Hook
Up and remove the Hook Up until Hook Off is shown. Hit any button after this to activate the
32 buttons test that will test the Keypad Buttons, Side Buttons and Top Buttons. All the 32
Buttons notations will be displayed on the LCD and once the corresponding button is
pressed, the notation will disappear from the LCD. After all 32 Buttons are pressed, Test
Completed will be displayed and to turn the CH off, press the ON/OFF button once.
3. Turn the radio off and back on to exit test mode and return to normal radio operation.

Orange Button

Programmable Button

Programmable Button (Monitor) 14-Character

Display

Side Button 1 (Programmable)

Side Button 2 (Programmable)

Navigation Keys

Data Button

Figure 5-3. O3 Control Head

6875964M01-J
Performance Checks: Test Mode 5-7

5.3.5 O5 Control Head Test Mode

The control head test mode is part of the diagnostics built into the radio and is entered through the
front-panel programming sequence. This test mode allows you to perform button and display tests to
verify proper operation.
1. After power up, press the HOME button five times to enter the Test Mode menu.
NOTE: Once CH TEST has been selected by pressing Home, turning the Mode knob will
not change the control head test mode back to the RF test mode. You must turn the
radio off and reenter the RF test mode as described earlier.
2. When the control head test mode has been selected, all the icons across the top of the LCD
are displayed briefly and the indicator LED’s on the right side will light briefly. At this point,
pressing any of the control head buttons or turning the knobs will display the button or knob
ID and the value of the button or knob. The value of a button is 1 for a press and 0 for a
release. The power button functions normally and will turn the control head off.
3. Turn the radio off and back on to exit test mode and return to normal radio operation.

VOLUME DIM
KNOB MODE EMERGENCY
BUTTON
KNOB

O5

HOME

POWER INDICATORS
ON/OFF
MMP NAVIGATION
CONNECTOR SOFT MENU
KEYS
KEYS

Figure 5-4. O5 Control Head

6875964M01-J
5-8 Performance Checks: Test Mode

5.3.6 O7 Control Head Test Mode

The control head test mode is part of the diagnostics built into the radio and is entered through the
front-panel programming sequence. This test mode allows you to perform button and display tests to
verify proper operation.
1. Power up the control head by pressing the Power Button. Press the Menu Select Buttons 1
and 4 simultaneously to enter control head STANDALONE TEST. CH firmware, CH Nautilus,
CH Flashzap version and CH Board version will be displayed before the unit enters the
Control Head Test mode.
2. Press Home to enter sequential test.
3. In Factory Test menu, pressing any buttons will activate the following tests:
- LED test (green, red and yellow)
- Backlight test (Off, Medium and On)
- LCD test (4 borders test)
- Keypad LED test (green, amber, red and common white LED test)
4. Hit any button after this to activate the keypad test. All the 24 buttons notations will be
displayed on the LCD and once the corresponding button is pressed, the notation will
disappear from the LCD.
5. After all 24 buttons are pressed, hit any key to enter Multifunction Knob test.
6. Turn the radio off and back on to exit test mode and return to normal radio operation.

Power On/Off Button

Emergency
LED Status Indicators Button
Multi-Function Knob DTMF Keypad

Dim
Button

Data Button
Menu Select Buttons Home Button
Navigational Keys
Accessory Port (Microphone)

Figure 5-5. O7 Control Head

6875964M01-J
Performance Checks: Test Mode 5-9

5.3.7 O9 Control Head Test Mode

The control head test mode is part of the diagnostics built into the radio and is entered through the
front-panel programming sequence. This test mode allows you to perform button and display tests to
verify proper operation.
1. Power up the control head by pressing the Power Button. Press the Soft Menu Keypad
Buttons 2 and 5 simultaneously to enter control head STANDALONE TEST. CH firmware, CH
FPGA version, CH Flashzap version and CH Board version will be displayed before being
able to be in Factory Test.
2. Press Home to enter sequential test.
3. In Factory Test menu, pressing any buttons will activate the following tests:
- LED test (green, red and yellow)
- Backlight test (Off, Medium and On)
- LCD test (4 borders test)
- Keypad LED test (green, amber, red and common white LED test)
4. Hit any button after this to activate the keypad test. All the 48 buttons notations will be
displayed on the LCD and once the corresponding button is pressed, the notation will
disappear from the LCD.
5. After all 48 buttons are pressed, hit any key to enter Rotary test. Response selector, Volume
rotary and Channel rotary functionality is tested by turning the knob.
6. Turn the radio off and back on to exit test mode and return to normal radio operation.

Directional
Buttons
Siren Control Response
Buttons Selector

Programmable
Orange Button
Buttons (Top)
Public Address
Power On/Off
Button
Button

LED Indicators
Keypad
Status Icons

4-Way Navigation
Display Backlight
Button
Control Buttons
Data Feature
Menu Select Buttons Button

Volume Knob Mode Knob

Programmable Home Button

Buttons (Bottom)

Figure 5-6. O9 Control Head

6875964M01-J
5-10 Performance Checks: Receiver Performance Checks

5.4 Receiver Performance Checks

Table 5-5. Receiver Performance Checks

Test Name System Analyzer Radio Test Condition Comments

Reference Mode: PWR MON TEST MODE, Press and hold Maximum Frequency
Frequency 1st channel test frequency* 1 CSQ output PTT switch. error is
Monitor: Frequency error at antenna ± 2.0 PPM for VHF &
Input at RF In/Out UHF
± 1.5 PPM for 700/800

Rated Audio Mode: GEN TEST MODE, Release PTT Set volume control to
Output level: 1.0 mV RF 1 CSQ switch. 6.45 Vrms across the
1st channel test frequency* 3.2 ohm speaker or
Mod: 1 kHz tone at 3 kHz 7.75 Vrms across the 8
deviation ohm speaker
Monitor: DVM: AC Volts

Distortion As above, except to distortion TEST MODE, Release PTT Distortion <= 3.0%
1 CSQ switch.

Sensitivity As above, except SINAD, lower TEST MODE, Release PTT RF input to be
(SINAD) the RF level for 12 dB SINAD 1 CSQ switch. < 0.25 µV

Noise Squelch RF level set to 1 mV RF TEST MODE, Release PTT Set volume control to
Threshold 1 CSQ switch. 3.16 Vrms across the
(only radios with speaker.
conventional
system need to As above, except change Out of TEST Release PTT Unsquelch to occur at
be tested) frequency to a conventional MODE; switch. < 0.25 µV
system. Raise RF level from zero select a
until radio unsquelches. conventional
system

* Test frequencies are listed in Table 5-2.

6875964M01-J
Performance Checks: Transmitter Performance Checks 5-11

5.5 Transmitter Performance Checks

Table 5-6. Transmitter Performance Checks

Test
Test Name System Analyzer Radio Comments
Condition

Reference Mode: PWR MON TEST MODE, Press and hold Maximum Frequency
Frequency 1st channel test frequency** 1 CSQ PTT switch. error is
Monitor: Frequency error ± 2.0 PPM for VHF &
Input at RF In/Out UHF
± 1.5 PPM for 700/800

Power RF As above TEST MODE, Press and hold Refer to the Radio
1 CSQ PTT switch. Specifications in the
front of the manual.

Voice Modulation Mode: PWR MON TEST MODE, Press and hold Deviation:
1st channel test frequency** 1 CSQ PTT switch. VHF, 700-800 MHz:
attenuation to –70, >=2.5 kHz but
input to RF In/Out, <= 3.5 kHz
Monitor: DVM, AC Volts See the Detailed
Set 1 kHz Mod Out level for 25 Service Manual for
mVrms at test set, test equipment
80 mVrms at dummy microphone descriptions.
or load box input

Voice Modulation Mode: PWR MON TEST MODE, Connect Press PTT switch on
External 1st channel test frequency** 1 CSQ, output external microphone and say
Microphone attenuation to –70, input to RF In/ at antenna microphone. “four” loudly into the
Out Press and hold radio mic.
PTT. Measure deviation:
VHF, UHF,
700-800 MHz:
>= 2.5 kHz but
<= 3.5 kHz
See the Detailed
Service Manual for
test equipment
descriptions.

PL Modulation Change frequency to 1st channel TEST MODE, Remove Deviation:

(radios with test frequency**; 1 TPL modulation VHF, UHF,
conventional, B/W to narrow input from 700-800 MHz:
clear mode, coded dummy >= 500 Hz but
squelch operation microphone or <= 1000 Hz
only) load box. See the Detailed
Press and hold Service Manual for
PTT switch. test equipment
descriptions.

6875964M01-J
5-12 Performance Checks: Transmitter Performance Checks

Table 5-6. Transmitter Performance Checks (Continued)

Test
Test Name System Analyzer Radio Comments
Condition

Talkaround Change frequency to conventional Conventional Press and hold Deviation:

Modulation (radios talkaround frequency. talkaround PTT switch. VHF, UHF,
with conventional, Mode: PWR MON personality 700-800 MHz:
clear mode, deviation, attenuation to –70, (clear mode >= 2.5 kHz but
talkaround input to RF In/Out operation) <= 3.5 kHz
operation only) Monitor: DVM, AC Volts 1 CSQ See the Detailed
Set 1 kHz Mod Out level for Service Manual for
80 mVrms at dummy microphone test equipment
or load box. descriptions.

Talkaround Change frequency to conventional Conventional Press and hold Deviation:

Modulation (radios talkaround frequency. talkaround PTT switch. VHF, UHF,
with conventional, Mode: PWR MON personality 700-800 MHz:
secure mode, deviation, attenuation to –70, (secure mode >= 3.6 kHz but
talkaround input to RF In/Out operation). <= 4.4 kHz
operation only) * Monitor: DVM, AC Volts Load key into See the Detailed
Mod: 1 kHz out level for radio 1 sec. Service Manual for
80 mVrms at dummy microphone test equipment
or load box. descriptions.

* The secure mode, talkaround modulation test is only required for radios that do not have clear mode
talkaround capability.
** Test frequencies are listed in Table 5-3.

6875964M01-J
Chapter 6 Radio Alignment Procedures

6.1 Introduction
This section describes both receiver and transmitter radio alignment procedures.

6.2 ASTRO APX Mobile Radio Tuner Software

A personal computer (PC) and Tuner Software are required to align the radio. Refer to the CPS
Programming Installation Guide (Motorola part number RVN5224_) for installation and setup
procedures for the software. To perform the alignment procedures, the radio must be connected to
the computer and to a universal test set, as shown in the following figure.

COMMUNICATIONS
ANALYZER

RF PORT RF WATTMETER
ATTENUATOR

RADIO
AGILENT 8901
MODULATION
ANALYZER

MATCHING RX
SINAD METER
TRANSFORMER
TEST
SPEAKER
AC VOLTMETER

OR
COMMUNICATIONS
ANALYZER
Vert/SINAD Dist/
DVM Counter
CONTROL HKN6183/HKN6184
HEAD COMPUTER

MAEPF-27657-O

Figure 6-1. Radio Alignment Test Setup for APX Mobile Radio

These procedures should be attempted only by qualified

! service personnel who are operating as an FCC licensed

technician, or are overseen by an FCC licensed technician.
Caution Failure to perform alignment procedures properly may result
in seriously degraded radio or system performance.
6-2 Radio Alignment Procedures: ASTRO APX Mobile Radio Tuner Software

Select Tuner from the Start menu. To read the radio, click on the “read device” icon. Figure 6-2
illustrates how the alignment screens are organized. To access a screen, click on the desired screen
name in the Tuner menu.
Figure 6-2 shows the tuner main menu screen for VHF and 700–800 MHz radios.

Figure 6-2. VHF/700-800 MHz Tuner Main Menu

Do NOT switch radios in the middle of any alignment

! procedure. Left-click Close button [X] located in the top right

corner of the alignment window to close the screen and return
Caution to the Tuner Main Menu. Improper exits from the Alignment
screens might leave the radio in an improperly configured
state and result in seriously degraded radio or system
performance.

The alignment screens utilize the “softpot,” an analog SOFTware-controlled POTentiometer used for
adjusting all transceiver alignment controls.
Each alignment screen provides the ability to increase or decrease the softpot value by using the
slider or the spin buttons ( and ), or by entering the new value from the keyboard. A graphical
scale on the display indicates the minimum, maximum, and proposed value of the softpot.

6875964M01-J
Radio Alignment Procedures: Radio Information 6-3

6.3 Radio Information

NOTE: APX 2500/4500 /4500Li VHF band do not support 100 W.
Figure 6-3 shows a typical Radio Information screen. All of the data appearing here is informational
and cannot be changed.

Figure 6-3. Radio Information Screen

6.4 Transmitter Alignments

NOTE: Screen captures are representative. Actual screen may change with software version.

6.4.1 PA Bias 1 Alignment

NOTE: This alignment is required after replacing (or servicing) the transceiver board.
The PA Bias 1 alignment procedure adjusts the drain bias current in one of the RF power amplifier
devices.

Table 6-1. PA Bias 1 Alignment RF Power Amplifier Devices

Band/Power Level Device

VHF 50 W/25 W Final

VHF 100 W Final 1

UHF R1 40 W/25 W Final 1

UHF R1 100 W Final 1

UHF R2 45 W/25 W Final 1

700–800 MHz 35 W Final 1

NOTE: The appropriate antenna port should be terminated with a 50-ohm load while tuning.

1. Set the power supply voltage as indicated in Table 6-2. Set power supply current limit to 3 A.
Table 6-2. Power Supply Voltage Settings

Band/Power Level Supply Voltage (V) Supply Current Limit (A)

VHF 50 W/25 W 13.6 3

VHF 100 W 13.4 3

6875964M01-J
6-4 Radio Alignment Procedures: Transmitter Alignments

Table 6-2. Power Supply Voltage Settings (Continued)

Band/Power Level Supply Voltage (V) Supply Current Limit (A)

UHF R1 40 W/25 W 13.6 3

UHF R1 100 W 13.4 3

UHF R2 45 W/25 W 13.6 3

700–800 MHz 35 W 13.6 3

2. Select PA Bias 1 from the Tuner Main Menu. When the screen is displayed, the radio enters
a special bias tune mode, and radio current increases by approximately 70 mA.

Figure 6-4. PA Bias 1 Alignment Screen

3. Read baseline current from current meter on power supply.

4. Add baseline current to device bias current to calculate target current.

Table 6-3. PA Bias 1 Alignment Device Bias Current

Band/Power Level Device Bias Current (mA)

VHF 50 W/25 W 400

VHF 100 W 75

UHF R1 40 W/25 W 30

UHF R1 100 W 500

UHF R2 45 W/25 W 200

700–800 MHz 35 W 250

5. Left-click the Bias Toggle button to apply bias to gate of device.

6. Adjust softpot value until target current is achieved within ±10%
7. Left-click the Bias Toggle button to remove bias from gate of device.
8. Left-click the Program All button to save tuned value.
9. Left-click Close button [X] located in the top right corner of the alignment window to close
the screen and return to the Tuner Main Menu.

6875964M01-J
Radio Alignment Procedures: Transmitter Alignments 6-5

6.4.2 PA Bias 2 Alignment

NOTE: This alignment is required after replacing (or servicing) the transceiver board.
The PA Bias 2 alignment procedure adjusts the drain bias current in one of the RF power amplifier
devices.

Table 6-4. PA Bias 2 Alignment Amplifier Devices

Band/Power Level Device

VHF 50 W/25 W Driver

VHF 100 W Final 2

UHF R1 40 W/25 W Final 2

UHF R1 100 W Final 2

UHF R2 45 W/25 W Final 2

700–800 MHz 35 W Final 2

NOTE: The appropriate antenna port should be terminated with a 50-ohm load while tuning.
1. Set the power supply voltage as indicated in Table 6-5. Set power supply current limit to 3 A.

Table 6-5. Power Supply Voltage Settings

Band/Power Level Supply Voltage (V) Supply Current Limit (A)

VHF 50 W/25 W 13.6 3

VHF 100 W 13.4 3

UHF R1 40 W/25 W 13.6 3

UHF R1 100 W 13.4 3

UHF R2 45 W/25 W 13.6 3

700–800 MHz 35 W 13.6 3

2. Select PA Bias 2 from the Tuner Main Menu. When the screen is displayed, the radio enters
a special bias tune mode, and radio current increases by approximately 70 mA.

Figure 6-5. PA Bias 2 Alignment Screen

6875964M01-J
6-6 Radio Alignment Procedures: Transmitter Alignments

3. Read baseline current from current meter on power supply.

4. Add baseline current to device bias current to calculate target current.

Table 6-6. PA Bias 2 Alignment Device Bias Current

Band/Power Level Device Bias Current (mA)

VHF 50 W/25 W 150

VHF 100 W 75

UHF R1 40 W/25 W 30

UHF R1 100 W 500

UHF R2 45 W/25 W 200

700–800 MHz 35W 250

5. Left-click the Bias Toggle button to apply bias to gate of device.

6. Adjust softpot value until target current is achieved within ±10%
7. Left-click the Bias Toggle button to remove bias from gate of device.
8. Left-click the Program All button to save tuned value.
9. Left-click Close button [X] located in the top right corner of the alignment window to close
the screen and return to the Tuner Main Menu.

6875964M01-J
Radio Alignment Procedures: Transmitter Alignments 6-7

6.4.3 PA Bias 3 Alignment

NOTE: This alignment is required after replacing (or servicing) the transceiver board.
The PA Bias 3 alignment procedure adjusts the drain bias current in one of the RF power amplifier
devices.

Table 6-7. PA Bias 3 Alignment Amplifier Devices

Band/Power Level Device

VHF 50 W/25 W NA

VHF 100 W Driver

UHF R1 40 W/25 W Driver

UHF R1 100 W Driver

UHF R2 45 W/25 W Driver

700–800 MHz 35 W Driver

NOTE: The appropriate antenna port should be terminated with a 50-ohm load while tuning.
1. Set the power supply voltage as indicated in Table 6-8. Set power supply current limit to 3 A.

Table 6-8. Power Supply Voltage Settings

Band/Power Level Supply Voltage (V) Supply Current Limit (A)

VHF 50 W/25 W NA NA

VHF 100 W 13.4 3

UHF R1 40 W/25 W 13.6 3

UHF R1 100 W 13.4 3

UHF R2 45 W/25 W 13.6 3

700–800 MHz 35 W 13.6 3

2. Select PA Bias 3 from the Tuner Main Menu. When the screen is displayed, the radio enters
a special bias tune mode and radio current increases by approximately 70 mA.

Figure 6-6. PA Bias 3 Alignment Screen

3. Read baseline current from current meter on power supply.

6875964M01-J
6-8 Radio Alignment Procedures: Transmitter Alignments

4. Add baseline current to device bias current to calculate target current.

Table 6-9. PA Bias 3 Alignment Device Bias Current

Band/Power Level Device Bias Current (mA)

VHF 50 W/25 W NA

VHF 100 W 150

UHF R1 40 W/25 W 150

UHF R1 100 W 150

UHF R2 45 W/25 W 100

700–800 MHz 35 W 100

5. Left-click the Bias Toggle button to apply bias to gate of device.

6. Adjust softpot value until target current is achieved within ±10%
7. Left-click the Bias Toggle button to remove bias from gate of device.
8. Left-click the Program All button to save tuned value.
9. Left-click Close button [X] located in the top right corner of the alignment window to close
the screen and return to the Tuner Main Menu.

6.4.4 Reference Oscillator Alignment

Radios are shipped from the factory with a worst-case frequency error of ±250 Hz for the VHF
frequency band, and ±600 Hz for the 700–800 MHz bands. These specifications are tighter than the
more stringent FCC requirements of ±2.0 ppm for VHF and UHF, and ±1.5 ppm for the 700–800 MHz
bands.
For radios that have been in storage for over six months from the factory ship date, the reference
oscillator should be checked when the radio is initially deployed to the field. It is strongly
recommended that the reference oscillator be checked every time the radio is serviced or at least
once a year, whichever comes first.
The crystal contained in the reference oscillator naturally drifts over time due to its aging
characteristic. Periodic (annual) adjustment of the reference oscillator is important for proper radio
operation.
Improper adjustment can result in both poor performance and interference with other users operating
on adjacent channels.
This test can be done with either the R-2670 Communication Analyzer or the Agilent 8901
Modulation Analyzer.
• Initial setup using the R-2670 Communication Analyzer:
- RF Control: MONITOR
- B/W: WB
- Freq: RSS frequency under test
- Attenuation: 20 dB
- Mon RF in: RF I/O
- Meter: RF Display
- Mode: STD

6875964M01-J
Radio Alignment Procedures: Transmitter Alignments 6-9

- Input Level: uV or W
- Display: Bar Graphs
- Squelch: Mid-range or adjust as necessary
• Initial setup using the Agilent 8901 Modulation Analyzer:
- Press the green Automatic Operation button on the analyzer.
- Press the FREQ key.
- Type 7.1, followed by the SPCL button, to set the 8901 Modulation Analyzer for maximum
accuracy.
1. Select Reference Oscillator from the Tuner Main Menu (Figure 6-7).

Figure 6-7. Reference Oscillator Window

2. If you are using the R-2670 analyzer, enter the frequency displayed on the Tuner screen in
the "RF control" section of the R-2670. Under the "Meter" section of the display, choose
RF DISPLAY.
3. For dual band radios, select the appropriate antenna port based on the frequency displayed
in the tuner screen and connect it to the test equipment (See Figure 6-1). Left-click the PTT
Toggle button on the screen to make the radio transmit. The screen indicates whether the
radio is transmitting.
4. Wait five seconds until the analyzer reading stabilizes, and then record the transmitter
frequency.
5. Adjust the reference oscillator's softpot value until the measured value is as close as possible
to the frequency shown on the screen. Allow approximately five seconds for the analyzer
frequency reading to stabilize after each change. See Table 6-10.

Table 6-10. Reference Oscillator Alignment

Band Target

VHF ±150 Hz

UHF ±150 Hz

800 MHz ±100 Hz

6. Left-click the Program All button on the screen to dekey the radio and save the tuned values.
7. Left-click Close button [X] located in the top right corner of the alignment window to close
the screen and return to the Tuner Main Menu.

6875964M01-J
6-10 Radio Alignment Procedures: Transmitter Alignments

6.4.5 Power Detector Calibration

NOTE: This alignment is required after replacing (or servicing) the transceiver board.
The power detector calibration alignment procedure adjusts the buffer gain for the forward power
detector to minimize radio power variation from radio to radio.
NOTE: The appropriate antenna port should be terminated with calibrated power meter through a
30 db RF pad.
1. Set the power supply voltage and current limit as indicated in Table 6-11.

Table 6-11. Power Supply Voltage Settings

Band/Power Level Supply Voltage (V) Supply Current Limit (A)

VHF 50 W/25 W 13.6 15

VHF 100 W 13.4 25

UHF R1 40 W/25 W 13.6 15

UHF R1 100 W 13.4 30

UHF R2 45 W/25 W 13.6 15

700–800 MHz 35 W 13.6 15

2. Select Power Detection Calibration from the Tuner Main Menu.

Figure 6-8. Power Detection Calibration Alignment Screen

3. Left-click the PTT Toggle button to transmit at indicated frequency.

4. Adjust softpot value until target power is achieved.
5. Left-click the PTT Toggle button to disable transmit mode.
6. Left-click the Program All button to save tuned value.
7. For dual band radio, switch antenna port and repeat the alignment procedure for the second
frequency displayed in the tuning screen.

6875964M01-J
Radio Alignment Procedures: Transmitter Alignments 6-11

6.4.6 Tx Power Characterization

NOTE: This alignment is required after replacing (or servicing) the transceiver board.
The Tx Power Characterization alignment procedure characterizes power tuning so that Tx power
can be adjusted with CPS software. You will transmit at two power levels for each test frequency and
record the measured power level with 0.1 W resolution.
NOTE: The appropriate antenna port should be terminated with a calibrated power meter through a
30 db RF pad.
1. Set the power supply voltage and current limit as indicated in Table 6-12.

Table 6-12. Power Supply Voltage Settings

Band/Power Level Supply Voltage (V) Supply Current Limit (A)

VHF 50 W/25 W 13.6 15

VHF 100 W 13.4 25

UHF R1 40 W/25 W 13.6 15

UHF R1 100 W 13.4 30

UHF R2 45 W/25 W 13.6 15

700–800 MHz 35 W 13.6 15

6875964M01-J
6-12 Radio Alignment Procedures: Transmitter Alignments

2. Select Tx Power Characterization from the Tuner Main Menu.

Figure 6-9. Tx Power Characterization Alignment Screen

3. Left-click in the first box of the Measured Power 1 column. The perimeter of the box will turn
green indicating active characterization point.
4. Left-click the PTT Toggle button to transmit at indicated frequency and record power
measurement with 0.1 W resolution. The perimeter of the box will turn red, indicating that the
radio is transmitting.
5. Left-click the PTT Toggle button to disable transmit mode.
6. Enter the power measurement with 0.1 W resolution, overwriting any value that may reside in
the box from previous tuning.
7. Left-click in the first box of the Measured Power 2 column. The perimeter of the box will turn
green, indicating it has become the active characterization point.
8. Repeat steps 4-6.
9. Repeat steps 3-8 for the remaining frequencies.
10. Left-click the Program All button to save tuned value.
11. Left-click Close button [X] located in the top right corner of the alignment window to close
the screen and return to the Tuner Main Menu.

6875964M01-J
Radio Alignment Procedures: Transmitter Alignments 6-13

6.4.7 Tx Current Limit

NOTE: This alignment is required after replacing (or servicing) the transceiver board.
The Tx Current Limit alignment procedure tunes the Tx current-limiting protection.
NOTE: The appropriate antenna port should be terminated with a calibrated power meter through a
30 dB RFpad.
1. Set the power supply voltage and current limit as per Table 6-13.

Table 6-13. Power Supply Voltage Settings

Band/Power Level Supply Voltage (V) Supply Current Limit (A)

VHF 50 W/25 W 13.6 15

VHF 100 W 13.4 25

UHF R1 40 W/25 W 13.6 15

UHF R1 100 W 13.4 30

UHF R2 45 W/25 W 13.6 15

700–800 MHz 35 W 13.6 15

2. Select Tx Current Limit from the Tuner Main Menu.

Figure 6-10. Tx Current Limit Alignment Screen

6875964M01-J
6-14 Radio Alignment Procedures: Transmitter Alignments

3. Select the first test frequency to tune.

4. Left-click the PTT Toggle button to transmit on the indicated frequency in the TX current limit
alignment screen.
5. Left-click the auto tune.
6. Repeat steps 3 through 5 for all test frequencies in the TX current limit alignment screen.
7. Left-click the Program All button to save tuned values.
8. Left click the Close button to close screen and return to the Tuner Main Menu.

Table 6-14. Transmit Current Limit Devices

Band/Power Level Devices

VHF 50 W/25 W Final

VHF 100 W Final1 Final2 Driver

UHF R1 40 W/25 W Final 1 Final 2 Driver

UHF R1 100 W Final1 Final2 Driver

UHF R2 45 W/25 W Final 1 Final 2 Driver

700–800 MHz 35 W Final1 Final2 Driver

6.4.7.1 Tx Voltage Limit

NOTE: This alignment is required after replacing (or servicing) the transceiver board.
The Tx Voltage limit alignment procedure tunes the TX control voltage limiting protection.
NOTE: The antenna port should be terminated with a calibrated power meter through a 30 dB RF
pad.

1. Set the power supply voltage and current limit as per Table 6-13.

6875964M01-J
Radio Alignment Procedures: Transmitter Alignments 6-15

2. Select TX Voltage limit from the Tuner Main Menu.

Figure 6-11. Tx Voltage Limit Alignment Screen

3. Select the first test frequency to tune.

4. Left-click the PTT Toggle button to transmit on the indicated frequency in the TX Voltage limit
alignment screen.
5. Left-click the auto tune.
6. Repeat steps 3 through 5 for all test frequencies in the TX Voltage limit alignment screen.
7. Left-click the Program All button to save tuned values.
8. Left click the Close button to close screen and return to the Tuner Main Menu.

6875964M01-J
6-16 Radio Alignment Procedures: Transmitter Alignments

6.4.8 Tx Deviation Balance (Compensation)

NOTE: This alignment is required after replacing (or servicing) components on the transceiver board.
The Tx Deviation Balance (Compensation) alignment procedure balances the modulation
contributions of the low- and high-frequency portions of a baseband signal. Proper alignment is
critical to the operation of signaling schemes that have very low frequency components (for example,
DPL) and could result in distorted waveforms if improperly adjusted. This procedure needs to be
performed at multiple frequencies to allow for proper alignment across the entire RF band. The RF
band is divided into frequency zones with a calibration point (value) in each zone. When performing
this tuning procedure, the PTT Tone Low generates an 300 Hz modulation frequency. The deviation
level of this 300 Hz tone is used as the reference level for adjusting the deviation level of the PTT
Tone High, which is a 3 kHz modulation frequency.
This test can be done with either the R-2670 Communication Analyzer or the Agilent 8901
Modulation Analyzer. The method of choice is the R-2670 Analyzer.
• Initial setup using the R-2670 Communication Analyzer:
- Connect a BNC cable between the "DEMOD OUT" port and the "VERT/SINAD DIST/DMM
COUNTER IN" port on the R-2670.
- Press the SPF key on the R-2670 to display the "SPECIAL FUNCTIONS MENU." Move the
cursor to "High Pass," and select 5 Hz on the soft key menu. Select 20 kHz for the "Low
Pass" setting.
- In the "RF Control" section of the R-2670, enter the frequency displayed on the Tuner
screen. Move the cursor to the "B/W" setting and select "WIDE ±100 kHz" on the soft key
menu.
- Place the R-2670 cursor in the "Display" zone. Select "AC VOLTS" on the soft key menu.
Move the cursor to the "Range" setting and select "AUTO."
• Initial setup using the 8901 Modulation Analyzer:
- Press the FM MEASUREMENT button. (The "Error 03-input level too low" indication is
normal until an input signal is applied.)
- Simultaneously press the Peak - and Peak + buttons. Both LEDs on the buttons should
light.
- Press the 15 kHz LP filter key.

6875964M01-J
Radio Alignment Procedures: Transmitter Alignments 6-17

1. Select TX Deviation Balance (Compensation) from the Tuner Main Menu. The screen will
indicate the transmit frequencies to be used. For dual band radios, select appropriate
antenna port based on the frequencies displayed on the tuner screen and connect it to the
test equipment (see Figure 6-1).

Figure 6-12. Tx Deviation Balance (Compensation) Alignment Screen

2. Left-click the highest frequency field first.

3. Left-click the PTT Tone Low button.
4. Left-click the PTT Toggle button on the screen to enable transmission. The screen indicates
whether the radio is transmitting. Wait approximately 5 seconds until the voltage shown on R-
2670, or the deviation shown on the 8901 Analyzer, stabilizes.
5. Measure and record the AC voltage value from the R-2670 Analyzer or the deviation value
from the 8901 Analyzer.
6. Left-click the PTT Tone High button.
7. Adjust the softpot value until the measured deviation/voltage, when using the high tone, is
within ±1% of the value observed when using the low tone.
8. Repeat steps 3-7 for the remaining frequencies.
9. Left-click the Program All button on the screen to dekey the radio and save the tuned values.

6875964M01-J
6-18 Radio Alignment Procedures: Performance Testing

6.5 Performance Testing

6.5.1 Bit Error Rate (BER) Test
This procedure tests the Bit Error Rate (BER) of the radio's receiver at a desired frequency and
contains the fields described in Table 6-15.

Figure 6-13. Bit Error Rate Screen

Table 6-15. Bit Error Rate Test Fields

Field Description

Rx Frequency Selects the Receive Frequency in MHz.

Test Pattern Selects the Digital test pattern - TIA.

Modulation Type Selects the digital modulation type of the incoming signal on which
BER is to be calculated.

Continuous Operation Allows the user to adjust the number of test repetitions. A selection of
Yes will cause the radio to calculate BER on a continuous basis
indefinitely and update the results on this screen after each
integration time. A selection of No will cause the BER test to execute
only one sample and then update the display.
NOTE: When Continuous Operation = Yes, all fields will be dimmed
while the test is in progress. They will be enabled when the
test is complete, or if the STOP button is pressed.

When Continuous Operation = No, a wait cursor will be

displayed while the test is in progress and return to normal
when the test is done.

Audio Allows the user to select the audio output during a test.
Selecting External will route the same signal to the radio's accessory
connector audio output.
Selecting Internal is not supported.
Selecting Mute will disable the audio output.

6875964M01-J
Radio Alignment Procedures: Performance Testing 6-19

Table 6-15. Bit Error Rate Test Fields (Continued)

Field Description

BER Integration Time Represents the amount of time during which the Bit Error Rate is to be
calculated. Remember that integration over a longer time period
results in a more precise measurement, at the expense of more time
per measurement.
NOTE: This is especially useful in fading measurements.
The range is from 0.360 to 91.8 seconds in increments of 0.360
seconds.

6.5.2 Transmitter Test Pattern

This procedure allows you to generate test patterns at selectable frequencies and channel spacing
to check the transmitter. The procedure contains the fields described in Table 6-16.

Table 6-16. Transmitter Test Pattern Fields

Field Description

Tx Frequency This field selects the Transmit Frequency directly in MHz.

Channel Spacing This field allows the user to select the desired transmit deviation in kHz.

Test Pattern Type This field represents the type of test pattern which will be transmitted by
the radio when the PTT Toggle button is pressed.

NOTE: Test Pattern Type field will be dimmed while the radio is transmitting.

Figure 6-14. Transmitter Test Pattern Screen

6875964M01-J
6-20 Radio Alignment Procedures: Performance Testing

Notes

6875964M01-J
Chapter 7 Encryption

7.1 Motorola Advanced Crypto Engine Secure Options

NOTE: This information applies to both conventional and trunked systems.
The controller board contains the MACE (Motorola Advanced Crypto Engine) which can only be
activated for secure-equipped APX mobile radios. These options can be found in the electronic
catalog, ECAT. MACE uses a custom encryption IC and an encryption key variable to perform its
encode/decode functions. The encryption key variable is loaded into the MACE using a key variable
loader (KVL). The encryption IC corresponds to the particular encryption algorithm purchased.

7.1.1 Secure Key Retention

The APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li comes standard with 30 second or infinite key retention (CPS
setting). APX 2500 and APX 4500 do not support 3-days secure key retention, as there is no
interface hardware. If a 3 day key retention is required, the following option board kit is available:

Table 7-1. Secure Board Kit

Kit Number Description

MHLN6999_ Memory board with 3 day secure key retention

Table 7-2. Controller Boards with Programmed Secure Algorithms for APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li

Kit Number Description

NNTN7918_ Controller board, AES/DVP-XL encryption

NNTN7919_ Controller board, DVP-XL encryption

NNTN7920_ Controller board, AES/DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB encryption

NNTN7921_ Controller board, AES encryption

NNTN7922_ Controller board, DES/DES-XL/DES-OFB encryption

NNTN7923_ Controller board, ADP encryption

Table 7-3. Controller Boards with Programmed Secure Algorithms for APX 2500

Kit Number Description

NNTN8425_ Controller board, AES encryption

NNTN8426_ Controller board, DES / DES-XL / DES-OFB encryption

NNTN8427_ Controller board, ADP encryption

NNTN8428_ Controller board, DVP-XL encryption

7-2 Encryption: Load an Encryption Key

Table 7-4. Controller Boards with Programmed Secure Algorithms for APX 4500

Kit Number Description

NNTN8425_ Controller board, AES encryption

NNTN8427_ Controller board, ADP encryption

7.1.2 Secure Dispatch Operation

For personalities or talkgroups that are programmed to be secure-selectable, press and release the
Secure button to toggle between Secure and Clear.
• An illuminated secure status annunciator indicates that the transmitted signal will be encrypted
when the PTT button is pressed.
• The absence of the secure status annunciator indicates that the transmitted signal will not be
encrypted.
Whether the current personality is strapped for secure or clear, the secure status annunciator
correctly displays the transmit operation as being either secure (encrypted) or clear (non-encrypted).
NOTE: You cannot change from secure to clear while the PTT button is pressed. The radio will
generate an illegal tone and the transmission will be terminated.
Secure-equipped radios automatically determine whether a secure or clear voice message is being
received. This allows you to receive either type of message without having to reset the
programmable secure button.

7.1.3 Secure Emergency Operation

Clear or Secure emergency-call operation is determined by the programming of the selected mode
(or talkgroup) or the default emergency mode, if set up. Otherwise, transmit operation is controlled
by the setting of the secure, programmable button. You will not be able to change from Secure to
Clear, or from Clear to Secure, operation during an emergency call.

7.2 Load an Encryption Key

To load an encryption key into an APX mobile radio:
1. Ensure that an encryption module is installed in the radio.
2. Ensure the secure shield is installed and screwed into chassis prior to radio power-up. This is
necessary for proper radio operation.
3. Load an encryption key into the radio’s memory from a key-variable loader (KVL) using the
correct loader for the radio’s encryption type.

Attach the keyloader cable to the control head MMP connector in the dash mount
configuration and to the TIB MMP connector in the remote mount configuration.
4. KEYLOADING is displayed on the radio display while the key transfer is in progress.

For single-key radios, a short tone sounds when a key is successfully loaded.

For multi-key radios, an alternating tone sounds for a few seconds after keys are successfully
loaded.

6875964M01-J
Encryption: Advanced Secure Operation 7-3

NOTE: An invalid encryption key aborts a secure transmission. KEYFAIL is displayed and a keyfail
tone (consecutive medium-pitched beeps) sounds until you release the PTT button.
5. If a mode is not programmed for either secure or clear-only operation, use the secure
programmable button to select secure or clear transmission.
NOTE: You cannot change from secure to clear, or from clear to secure, while pressing the PTT
button.

7.3 Advanced Secure Operation

NOTE: The Advanced Secure feature is available only on radios that have been equipped by the
factory to support it. The radio must also be equipped with an encryption module.
Advanced Secure incorporates the Multikey feature and a dual-encryption feature into the existing
secure system. Multikey allows a radio to be equipped with multiple encryption keys. A default key is
included and is associated with the current mode. The keys are strapped to a given mode or are
operator-selectable and can be indexed into groups of keys called keysets. The keys are loaded
using a manual keyloader.
In addition, your radio can support up to eight different encryption algorithms simultaneously.

7.3.1 Multikey Operation

The multikey feature can be used in both conventional and trunked applications.
• Conventional Multikey - The encryption keys can be selectively strapped, one per each
channel. In addition, the programmable radio features include operator-selectable keys,
operator-selectable indices, and operator-selectable key erasure. Encryption keys are loaded
into the radio through a KVL.
• Trunked Multikey - If the radio is used for both conventional and trunked applications, the
encryption keys have to be strapped for trunking on a talkgroup, or announcement group, basis.
In addition, a different encryption key can be strapped to other features, such as Private Call,
Dynamic Regrouping, Failsoft, Interconnect, System Wide, or Emergency Talkgroup.

7.4 Erase a Single Key

1. Press the menu button labeled ERAS. Alternatively, press and hold the menu button labeled
SEC until a tone sounds. Then press ERAS on the second menu that is displayed. If ERAS or
SEC is not on the current menu, use the NAV key to scroll through the available menus.

The last selected key is displayed.

2. Use the NAV key to scroll through the encryption keys until the key to be erased is displayed.
Alternatively, if a keypad microphone is used, press the numeric keys to jump to the desired
encryption key.

ERASED alternates with the key name if the displayed key is blank.
3. Press the menu button labeled SNGL to erase the selected key.

ERASE SNGL KEY followed by the key name is displayed.

4. Press the menu button labeled YES.

The selected key is set to zero.

ERASED is alternately displayed with the key name confirming the erasure.

6875964M01-J
7-4 Encryption: Erase All Keys

5. To exit the menu without erasing a key, press the menu button labeled ABRT, the PTT button,
or the home button.

7.5 Erase All Keys

1. Press the menu button labeled ERAS. Alternatively, press and hold the menu button labeled
SEC until a tone sounds. Then press ERAS on the second menu that is displayed. If ERAS or
SEC is not on the current menu, use the NAV key to scroll through the available menus.

The last selected key is displayed.

2. Press the menu button labeled ALL.

ERASE ALL KEYS is displayed.

3. Press the menu button labeled YES. All keys are erased.

ERASED is alternately displayed with the displayed key name confirming the erasure.
4. To exit the menu without erasing the keys, press the menu button labeled ABRT, the PTT
button, or the home button.

7.6 Over-the-Air Rekeying

The over-the-air rekeying (OTAR) feature allows the dispatcher to reprogram the encryption keys in
the radio remotely. The following steps describe how to use this feature.
1. Press the menu button labeled REKY. Alternatively, press and hold the menu button labeled
SEC until a tone sounds. Then press REKY on the second menu that is displayed. If REKY or
SEC is not on the current menu, use the NAV key to scroll through the available menus.

REQUEST REKEY is displayed.

2. Press the PTT button to send the rekey request.

PLEASE WAIT is displayed.

One of the following occurs:

The radio sounds five tones when the dispatcher has received the request.
NOTE: Any subsequent press of the PTT button will exit the OTAR feature and allow you to transmit
in the normal manner. Pressing the HOME or emergency button also exits the feature.
If the display momentarily shows REKEY FAIL and the bad-key tone sounds, then the rekey
operation failed because the radio does not contain the Unique Shadow Key (USK) or Unique Key
Encryption Key (UKEK). You have to load the USK into the radio using the KVL before the radio can
be reprogrammed over the air.
NOTE: If you exit at this point, but stay on the current channel in the dispatch mode, the radio
momentarily shows REKEYED or DENIED and sounds a tone indicating the status of the rekey
request.
If the display shows NO ACK and the bad-key tone sounds, then the dispatcher has not
acknowledged your request after the radio has tried five times to send it. The radio then returns to
the display message in step 1, allowing you to retry the request.
If the request is accepted and the radio is successfully rekeyed, the display momentarily shows
REKEYED.

6875964M01-J
Encryption: Over-the-Air Rekeying 7-5

If the display momentarily shows DENIED and the bad-key tone sounds, the request has been
denied by the dispatcher, and the radio returns to the home display.

6875964M01-J
7-6 Encryption: Over-the-Air Rekeying

Notes

6875964M01-J
Chapter 8 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures

8.1 Introduction
This section details the procedures necessary to remove and replace the printed circuit boards in
APX mobile radios. After troubleshooting and determining what needs to be replaced, disconnect the
test equipment, the antenna cable, and the power cable.

Disconnect the power cable from the radio before

opening and removing the PCB. Failure to remove power
can result in unit damage caused by transients or
accidental shorts, as well as presenting a shock hazard.

Locate the exploded view of the radio in Chapter 11. Exploded Views and Parts Lists. Keep it handy
for reference as you disassemble and reassemble the radio.
When installing a new circuit board, all mounting screws should be started before any are torqued.
This will help ensure proper alignment.
After installing a new board, perform a complete alignment procedure as outlined in Chapter 6.
Radio Alignment Procedures.

8.2 Replacement Procedures

After performing alignment procedures, always exit the SERVICE menu entirely (to the MAIN MENU)
to properly save all changes. Failure to do so can result in an alignment or other failure.

8.2.1 Required Tools and Supplies

Table 8-1. Required Tools and Supplies

Motorola Supplier
Tools and Supplies
Part Number Part Number
8mm, 10mm, 15mm, 25mm and 28mm Hex Nut bits – –
Anti-static grounding kit 0180386A82 –
Chassis eliminator (Mid Power) 0180706J23 –
Chassis eliminator (High Power) 0180706J24 –
APX 2500/4500/4500Li Chassis Eliminator (Mid Power) 0104057J53 –
Flat-blade screwdriver – –
Long Nose Plier – –
Magnetic screwdriver set with bits 0180320B16 –
Mini-UHF to N-type adapter cable 3085651A01 –
Net Runner M8 – –
Philips PH2 screw bit – –
Plastic scraping tool 6686119B01 –
Removal and insertion tool 6680163F01 –
Roto-Torq adjustable driver – RSX4043
8-2 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

Table 8-1. Required Tools and Supplies (Continued)

Motorola Supplier
Tools and Supplies
Part Number Part Number
Small, flat-blade screwdriver – –
Solder aid (black stick), HEXACON – MA-800G
Tohnichi 6RTD-A Analog Torque Driver (1-6 in-lbs) – –
Torx T10 and T20 bits – –
Tweezers – –
Wire Stripper – –
Chassis Opener 6685666D01 –
O2/O7 Knob Removal Tool 66012035001 –
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) metallic shielding
– –
tape, or equivalent

8.2.2 O2 Control Head Disassembly

NOTE: Bracketed numbers are identical to item numbers shown in Figure 11-1.
1. Lay the control head face down on a clean, flat surface being careful not to scratch or mar the
display.
2. Carefully disconnect the Bluetooth flex [17].
3. Using a Torx T10 screwdriver, remove the eight PCB screws [16] as shown in Figure 8-1.

6 3 5

8
1

7
2 4

Figure 8-1. PCB Screw Sequence

4. Carefully disconnect the speaker [21] connector assembly and the LCD display module [13]
and encoder [23] flex assemblies.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-3

5. After all the connectors have been unplugged, gently lift the Bluetooth PCB [18] and the main
PCB [15] up from the front housing assembly.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the speaker connector or the LCD display module and
encoder flex connectors when lifting up the main PCB and Bluetooth PCB.
6. Using the O2/O7 knob removal tool, remove the encoder knob [1] from the front housing
assembly.
7. Using a hex nut driver, remove the encoder hex nut [2], followed by the detent spring [3], the
encoder assembly [23], and o-ring [24] as shown in Figure 8-2. Do not reuse the encoder hex
nut.

Figure 8-2. Removing The Encoder Assembly

8. Using a Torx T10 screwdriver, remove the speaker retention screw [19], followed by the
speaker retainer [20] and speaker [21] as shown in Figure 8-3.
NOTE: The speaker is affixed to front housing using an adhesive [22]. Once the speaker is
removed, both the speaker and speaker adhesive must be replaced.

6875964M01-J
8-4 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

Figure 8-3. Speaker Retainer Alignment

8.2.3 O2 Control Head Reassembly

NOTE: Bracketed numbers are identical to item numbers shown in Figure 11-1.
1. Apply a new speaker adhesive to the speaker recess on front housing.
NOTE: Ensure all traces of previous speaker adhesive are removed, by thoroughly
cleaning the speaker recess with IPA.
2. Based on the speaker wire orientation in Figure 8-3, place a new speaker onto the adhesive.
3. Slot the speaker retainer into place and fasten the speaker retainer screw using a Torx T10
screwdriver (torque to 6 in.lbs.).
4. Insert the encoder assembly, o-ring, and detent spring into place and using a hex nut driver,
fasten the new encoder hex nut (torque to 4.5 in.lbs.). See Figure 8-2.
5. Press the knob firmly onto the shaft of the encoder assembly.
NOTE: After the initial click of the encoder actuation, continue applying pressure to slide
the knob smoothly into place.
6. To reassemble the rest of the control head, ensure all the keypads are fully seated into front
housing, and the LCD display module and encoder flex assemblies are not covered by either
the main or Bluetooth PCB. Ensure that the GCAI seal [7] is properly placed on the GCAI
connector.
7. Plug the speaker connector into the main PCB.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-5

8. Place the main PCB into front housing, seating the PCB surface on the screw bosses. Ensure
that the screw bosses align with the corresponding holes in the PCB. See Figure 8-4.
NOTE: Be careful not to pinch the speaker connector wires or the LCD display module flex
assembly when pushing the board in place.

Figure 8-4. PCB Screw Alignment

9. Using a Torx T10 screwdriver, fasten the first five PCB screws [16] following the sequence as
shown in Figure 8-1 (torque to 6 in. lbs.).
10. Plug in the LCD display module flex.
11. Plug the Bluetooth flex into the Bluetooth PCB, and insert the Bluetooth PCB into the front
housing assembly. Ensure that the screw bosses align with the corresponding holes in the
PCB.
NOTE: Be careful not to pinch the encoder flex assembly when pushing the board into
place, and to align the board with the guide pin on the front housing assembly.
12. Plug the Bluetooth flex and encoder flex assembly into the main PCB.
13. Using a Torx T10 screwdriver, fasten the remaining three PCB screws following the sequence
as shown in Figure 8-1 (torque to 6 in. lbs.).

6875964M01-J
8-6 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

8.2.4 O3 Control Head Disassembly

NOTE:Bracketed numbers are identical to item numbers shown in Figure 11-2.
1. Hold the control head straight up, and twist the cable lock as shown in the figure.

“Marking” at
LOCKED position
“Marking” at
UNLOCKED position

Figure 8-5. Cable Lock Detachment

2. While holding the front housing, slowly pull the back housing from the cable insertion hole on
the bottom until the 2 housings detached.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-7

Figure 8-6. Front Housing and Back Housing Detachment

3. Disconnect the 40-pin connector and separate the front housing.

Figure 8-7. Separate Front Housing and Back Housing

6875964M01-J
8-8 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

4. Using a Torx T-8 screwdriver, remove the 5 printed circuit board (PCB) screws.

1
T-8 screw

3
Main PCB Assembly
2

T-8 screw

Back Housing

Hang-up stud
connector wire

Figure 8-8. PCB Detachment

5. Gently pull out the 2-pin connector which connect the back housing to the PCB.

2-pin Connector

Hang-up stud
connector wire

Figure 8-9. Disconnecting the 2-pin Connector

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-9

8.2.5 O3 Control Head Reassembly

NOTE:Bracketed numbers are identical to item numbers shown in Figure 11-2.
1. To reassemble, ensure that the wire from the back housing is connected to the PCB and the
o-ring seal is installed properly.
2. Place the PCB on the back housing as shown in the picture.
3. Using a Torx T-8 screwdriver, fasten the 5 PCB screws following the sequence as shown in
Figure 8-4 (torqued to 4 in. lbs).
4. Plug in the 40-pin connector from Front Housing to the PCB. Make sure the connector is
intact.
5. Put the Back Housing and Front Housing together.
6. Insert the coiled cable. Twist the cable lock to tighten the control head.

8.2.6 O5 Control Head Disassembly

NOTE:Bracketed numbers are identical to item numbers shown in Figure 11-3.
1. Lay the control head face down on a clean, flat surface being careful not to scratch or mar the
display.
2. Using a Torx T10 screwdriver, remove the 6 control head screws [15] as shown in
Figure 8-10.
1
6
5

3 4

Figure 8-10. Control Head Screw Sequence

3. Carefully separate the sealframe [14] from the front housing assembly [7].
4. Carefully disconnect the LCD module [11], volume flex assembly [8], and mode switch flex
[18].
5. After all the connectors have been unplugged, gently lift up the control head board [13] from
the front housing assembly [7].
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the LCD module, volume, and mode switch flex connector
while lifting the control head board.

6875964M01-J
8-10 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

8.2.7 O5 Control Head Reassembly

NOTE:Bracketed numbers are identical to item numbers shown in Figure 11-3.
1. To reassemble, ensure that all the keypads are fully seated into the front housing, and that all
the flexes (LCD Display module, volume and mode) will not be covered by the PCB. Ensure
that the MMP seal is properly placed on the MMP connector.
2. Place the PCB in the housing seating the PCB surface to the screw bosses. Ensure that the
aligning boss protrudes through the PCB. See Figure 8-38.
NOTE: Be careful not to pinch the flex for the LCD module and the volume switch flex
assembly while pushing the board in place.
3. Plug in the three flexes.
4. Place the sealframe onto the PCB locating the “Top” is oriented correctly.
5. Using a Torx T10 screwdriver, fasten the 6 control head screws [15] following the sequence
as shown in Figure 8-10 (torque to 8 in. lbs).

8.2.8 O7 Control Head Disassembly

NOTE: Bracketed numbers are identical to item numbers shown in Figure 11-4.
1. Lay the control head face down on a clean, flat surface being careful not to scratch or mar the
display.
2. Using a Torx T10 screwdriver, remove the five main PCB retention screws [15] as shown in
Figure 8-11.

4 3

1 5

Figure 8-11. Main PCB Retention Screw Sequence

3. Carefully separate the main PCB retainer [14] from the front housing assembly.
4. Carefully disconnect the Bluetooth [16], encoder [7] and LCD display module [11] flex
assemblies. Disassemble the encoder [7] flex connector, by pulling in a normal direction to
the PCB, in avoiding damage to the flex and connector.
5. After all the connectors have been unplugged, gently lift the main PCB [13] up from the front
housing assembly.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the Bluetooth, encoder or LCD display module flex
connectors when lifting up the main PCB.
6. Carefully disconnect the Bluetooth flex from the Bluetooth PCB [19].

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-11

7. Using the O2/O7 knob removal tool, remove the encoder knob [1] from the front housing
assembly.
8. Using a hex nut driver, remove the encoder hex nut [2], followed by the encoder assembly [7],
and o-ring [6] as shown in Figure 8-12. Do not reuse the encoder hex nut.

Figure 8-12. Removing the Encoder Assembly

9. Using a Torx T10 screwdriver, remove the four Bluetooth PCB retention screws [17] as
shown in Figure 8-13.

6875964M01-J
8-12 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

1
2

Figure 8-13. Bluetooth PCB Retention Screw Sequence

10. Carefully separate the Bluetooth PCB retainer [18] from the front housing assembly.
11. Gently lift the Bluetooth PCB up from the front housing assembly.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the encoder flex connector when lifting up the Bluetooth
PCB.

8.2.9 O7 Control Head Reassembly

NOTE: Bracketed numbers are identical to item numbers shown in Figure 11-4.
1. To reassemble, ensure that all the keypads are fully seated into the front housing, and that
the LCD display module and encoder flex assemblies will not be covered by either the main
or Bluetooth PCB. Ensure that the GCAI seal [5] is properly placed on the GCAI connector.
2. Place the Bluetooth PCB and Bluetooth PCB retainer in the front housing, seating the PCB
surface on the screw bosses. Ensure that the screw bosses align with the corresponding
holes in the PCB and retainer. See Figure 8-14.
NOTE: Be careful not to pinch the flex for the encoder flex assembly when pushing the
board and retainer in place.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-13

Figure 8-14. Bluetooth PCB Retention Screw Alignment

3. Using a Torx T10 screwdriver, fasten the four Bluetooth PCB retention screws following the
sequence as shown in Figure 8-13 (torque to 6 in. lbs.).
4. Plug in the Bluetooth flex.
5. Insert the encoder assembly and o-ring into place and using a hex nut driver, fasten the new
encoder hex nut (torque to 4.5 in. lbs.). See Figure 8-12.
6. Press the knob firmly onto the shaft of the encoder assembly.
NOTE: After the initial click of the encoder actuation, continue applying pressure to slide
the knob smoothly into place.
7. Place the main PCB in the front housing, seating the PCB surface on the screw bosses.
8. Plug in the Bluetooth, encoder, and LCD display module flexes.
9. Place the main PCB retainer in the front housing, and it all the way to the left to ensure the
screw bosses align with the corresponding holes in PCB and retainer. See Figure 8-15.
NOTE: Be careful not to pinch the flexes for the Bluetooth, encoder or LCD display module
flex assemblies when pushing the board and retainer in place.

6875964M01-J
8-14 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

Figure 8-15. Main PCB Retention Screw Alignment

10. Using a Torx T10 screwdriver, fasten the five PCB screws following the sequence as shown
in Figure 8-11 (torque to 6 in. lbs.).

8.2.10 O9 Control Head Disassembly

NOTE:Bracketed numbers are identical to item numbers shown in Figure 11-5.
1. Lay the control head faces up on a clean and flat surface, pull out the top pursuit knob [1]
using long nose plier with cloth at the clamp area to avoid damaging the pursuit knob. The
volume knob [6] and frequency knob [8] should be removed using a small, flat-blade
screwdriver or chassis opener. Ensure the three knobs are still with the D-clips inserts inside.
Ensure the torque enhancers [7] for volume and frequency knobs are in the knobs.
NOTE: Only disassemble the top pursuit knob if plan to replace top pursuit switch flex, top
pursuit knob, top pursuit light bar keypad, top pursuit siren keypad or top keypad PCB
kit. Only disassemble the volume knob and frequency knob if plan to replace volume
flex, frequency flex, volume knob and frequency knob.
2. Remove all the three nuts [2] with 8mm Hex nut bits and then remove the washers [3] as well.
3. Then, remove the pursuit spring [4] from the top pursuit knob area.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-15

4. Using a Torx T10 screwdriver, remove the 8 screw assemblies [44] as shown in Figure 8-16.

1 4

7 6

5 8

3 2

Figure 8-16. Control Head Screw Sequence

5. Carefully separate the back housing assembly from the front housing assembly.
6. Carefully disconnect the main flex assembly [32] from the front housing assembly.
.

Figure 8-17. Separated Front and Back Housing Assemblies

6875964M01-J
8-16 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

7. Carefully disconnect the remaining seven flex connectors on the front housing assembly.
Remove top pursuit switch flex [12] from front housing [9].

Figure 8-18. Location of Flex Connectors

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-17

8. After all flex connectors have been disconnected, remove the 6 self tapping screws [14] as
shown in Figure 8-19 using a Torx T10 screwdriver, and then gently lift up the main PCB [31]
from the front housing assembly.

1 5 4

3 6 2

Figure 8-19. Self Tapping Screws Sequence

9. Carefully disconnect the front keypad flex connector [28] which connected to front keypad
PCB [26] as shown in Figure 8-20. Peel off the flex from the chassis [29] and scrap the front
keypad flex [28].

LCD Flex
Front Keypad Flex

Figure 8-20. Disconnect Frequency Flex

6875964M01-J
8-18 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

10. Remove the 6 self tapping screws [14] as shown in Figure 8-12 using a Torx T10 screwdriver.

1 5 6 4

3 2

Figure 8-21. Self Tapping Screws Sequence

11. Remove the chassis [29] from the front housing assembly. Carefully ensure the LCD flex
which go thru the chassis is not damaged when disassembly.
12. Carefully remove top keypad PCB [27] and LCD display [15] from front housing [9]. Avoid
leaving any finger marks or foreign material on the LCD display and lens on the front housing.
Next, remove front keypad PCB [26].
13. Remove the pursuit light bar keypad [17] and top pursuit siren keypad [18] with the retainers
[20,21]. Then, remove all the four keypads at front housing [22, 23, 24, 25] carefully to avoid
tearing the web due to high engagement force of the mushroom seal.
14. Place the back housing assembly on a clean, flat surface. Disassemble the main O-ring [33]
around the back housing [40] from the bottom to top.
15. Carefully disconnect the main flex assembly [32] from the back housing assembly.
16. Disassemble the USB wire connector of the USB overmold [37] from the GCAI PCB [35].
17. Remove the 6 self tapping screws [14] as shown in Figure 8-13 using a Torx T10 screwdriver,
and then gently lift up the CHUC PCB kit [38] from the back housing assembly. Take note that
there is a CHUC seal [39] on the kit.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-19

2 1

3 5

6 4

Figure 8-22. Self Tapping Screws Sequence

18. Then, remove USB/GCAI retainer [34], follow by GCAI PCB kit [35] with GCAI seal [36] and
USB overmold [37].
NOTE:
- Be careful not to leave any foreign material/finger marks/others cosmetic defects on the
lens and LCD module.
- All flexes must be handled with care to avoid tearing/connectivity issue upon reuse (except
the front keypad flex which needs to be replaced after each disassembly).
- Upon removal, inspect keypad on web areas. Any keypad web torn must be scraped and
replaced.

6875964M01-J
8-20 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

8.2.11 O9 Control Head Reassembly

NOTE: Bracketed numbers are identical to item numbers shown in Figure 11-5.
1. To reassemble, insert the black color frequency flex’s indicator [10] on the left side and white
color volume flex’s indicators on the right side [11] by pressing into the cavity on the front
housing [9] as shown in Figure 8-23.

Figure 8-23. Assemble Flexes Into Front Housing

2. Flip the front housing [9] with flexes, place washers [3] and nuts [2] on the flexes’ indicator.
Tighten the nuts with 8mm hex nut bit at 8 in. lbs.
3. Flip back the housing and assemble all the four keypads, which included menu, brightness
control keypad, DEK silicone keypad, programmable control keypad and alpha numeric
silicone keypad at front housing [22, 23, 24, 25] by pressing all the mushroom ribs until it is
flush to all the guided walls as shown in Figure 8-15. Else, keypad sealing & tactility might be
affected.
4. Pre-assemble top pursuit light bar keypad [17] and top pursuit siren keypad [18] to the
retainers [20, 21]. Ensure the keypads are properly assembled to the retainers. Next,
assemble the pre assembled keypads and retainers into the front housing by pushing the
parts until the retainers flushed to the housing wall. Also, assemble the indicator light guide
[19] as shown in Figure 8-24.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-21

Figure 8-24. Assemble Keypads and Indicator Light Guide

5. Place the front keypad PCB [26] by aligning to the alignment pins circled, as shown in Figure
8-26.
6. After that, insert LCD display [15] into the rubber boot [13] and carefully place them into the
lens areas as showed in Figure 8-25. Make sure the conductive pad [16] at the back of LCD
display [15] is aligned to legends. There are orientation proof features at the housing wall for
LCD display as boxed in Figure 8-26 (Ensure no finger marks and no foreign material such as
fibre on the lens and LCD display area).

Figure 8-25. Assemble Front Keypad PCB and LCD Display

6875964M01-J
8-22 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

Figure 8-26. Orientation Proof Features at the Housing

7. Place the Top keypad PCB [27] by aligning to the alignment pins circled, as shown in
Figure 8-27.

Figure 8-27. Location of Alignment Pins

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-23

8. Place the chassis [29] on top of boards. Make sure that the frequency flex [10] and volume
flex [11] are visible and not crushed by the chassis [29]. Fish through the LCD display’s flex
through the chassis as shown in Figure 8-28. Assemble six T10 self tapping screws through
the screw boss and torque down 8 in. lbs by following the sequence as shown in Figure 8-21.

New self tapping screws [14] must be used. Make sure screw
! boss on front housing [9] and chassis [29] in good condition.
Front housing [9] or chassis [29] must be replaced if it is
Caution reworked for more than 10 times.

Figure 8-28. Align LCD Flex and Front Keypad Flex

9. After that, connect the front keypad flex [28] to front keypad PCB [26]. Take note of the
printings on the flex that indicates which end of the connector is assembled to. Remove the
liner of the front keypad flex, then fold and align the flex to chassis aligning feature before
pressing the flex to the chassis as shown in Figure 8-28.
10. Assemble the main PCB [31] to the front housing assembly. Take note of the two guiding pins
circled in RED as shown in Figure 8-29. Make sure all the flexes are visible and not under the
main PCB before placing the main PCB. Fasten the 6 self tapping screws [14] as shown in
Figure 8-19 using a Torx T10 screwdriver with 8 in. lbs.

New self tapping screws [14] must be used. Make sure screw
! boss on front housing [9] and chassis [29] in good condition.
Front housing [9] or chassis [29] must be replaced if it is
Caution reworked for more than 10 times.

6875964M01-J
8-24 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

Figure 8-29. Location of Guiding Pins

11. Place the top pursuit switch flex [12] into front housing [9]. After that, lay the front housing
assembly faces up on a clean and flat surface. Make sure the gore port seal [5] on the front
housing [9] is present. Place the pursuit spring [4], washer [3] and follow by nut. Fasten the
nut with 8mm hex nut bit at 8 in. lbs and then assemble the top pursuit knob [1].
12. Connect top keypad flex assembly [30] to top keypad PCB kit [27] and main PCB kit [31].
Take note of the printings on the flex that indicates which end of the connector is assembled
to. After that, connect all the remaining flexes’ connector to main PCB [31] as shown in Figure
8-18.
13. Place the back housing [40] on a clean, flat surface. Make sure the GCAI seal [36] is
assembled on the GCAI PCB kit [35] and then assemble the PCB to the back housing [40] by
aligning to the housing’s two guiding bosses. Flip the back housing [40] and inspect for
pinched GCAI seal [36].
14. Before assemble the USB overmold [37] to back housing [40], ensure the o-ring on it is
present. Take note of the recess on the housing. The protrusion of the USB overmold [37]
should align to the recess and pressed down. Follow by assemble USB/GCAI retainer [34]
and after that assemble the USB wire connector of the USB overmold [37] to the GCAI PCB
kit [35].
15. Place the CHUC seal [39] around the CHUC PCB kit [38], then assemble the PCB into back
housing [40]. Fasten 6 self tapping screws [14] following sequence shown in Figure 8-22
using a Torx T10 screwdriver with 8 in. lbs.

!
New self tapping screws [14] must be used. Make sure screw
boss on back housing [40] in good condition. Back housing
Caution [40] must be replaced if it is reworked for more than 10 times.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-25

16. Assemble the main O-ring [33] around the back housing [40] from the bottom to top. Ensure
the main O-ring is well seated in the housing’s groove.
17. Carefully connect the main flex assembly [32] to the GCAI PCB kit [35] and CHUC PCB kit
[38]. To avoid damaging the connectors, take out the back housing [40] and hold vertically to
align the main flex connector to the CHUC Connector.
18. After that, carefully assemble the other end of the main flex connector to the main PCB [31].
Bend the main flex assembly [32] and close the back housing assembly and front housing
assembly together.
19. Prepare 8 new screw assemblies [44] and ensure that the washer and green o-ring is in
place. Using a Torx T10 screwdriver, fasten the 8 screws [44] with 10 in. lbs as shown in
Figure 8-16.
20. Assemble the torque enhancer [7] for the volume knob [6] and frequency knob [8]. Then,
ensure all the knobs are with D-clips inserts. Finally, assemble all the knobs to the front
housing.

New screw assemblies [44] must be used. Make sure screw

! boss on back housing [40] in good condition. Back housing
[40] must be replaced if it is reworked for more than 10 times.
Caution Wrong assembly could damage water sealing.

NOTE:
- Be careful not to leave any foreign material/finger marks/others cosmetic defects on the
lens and LCD module.
- All flexes must be handled with care to avoid tearing/connectivity issue upon reuse (except
the front keypad flex which needs to be replaced after each disassembly).
- Any keypad web torn must be scraped and replaced.

6875964M01-J
8-26 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

8.2.12 O9 Universal Relay Controller Disassembly

NOTE: The Universal Relay Controller (URC) is an accessory that can be ordered for O9 Control
Head. Bracketed numbers are identical to item numbers shown in Figure 11-18.
1. Remove O9 to URC cable (P/N: 3064153H02) by twisting the cable lock counter-clockwise
(quarter turn) as shown in the Figure 8-30.

Figure 8-30. Cable Lock Detachment

2. Using a Philip screw bit size PH2 screwdriver, remove the four Universal Relay Controller
screws [1] as shown in Figure 8-31.

1 3

4 2

Figure 8-31. Universal Relay Controller Screw Sequence

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-27

3. Carefully separate the top housing [2] from the chassis [20].
4. Unscrew all the light bar terminal block screws, ground terminal block screws and power lugs
screws to remove the wires.

Wire

Ground Terminal
Block Screws
Power Lugs Screws

Light Bar Terminal

Block Screws
Wires

Figure 8-32. Universal Relay Controller Wire Connections

5. Remove the wires which are attached to the light bar terminal block.
6. Remove the two screws on the retainer to remove the light bar gasket retainer [22] and light
bar gasket [21] with a screwdriver with Philips PH2 screw bit.
7. Open the cap nut of the power and ground cable glands [12, 16] to remove the wires.
8. Carefully disconnect the wire harness from the controller board with the other end of the wire
harness still connected to the relay board. Remove all the five machined torx screws [4] on
the relay board and gently lift up the relay board from the Universal Relay Controller chassis
[20].
9. Lay the relay board [9] on a clean and flat surface and disconnect the wire harness.
10. Using a Torx T10 screw driver, remove the two machined torx screws [4] on the controller
board and gently lift up the controller board from the chassis [20].
11. Use a 25mm and 15mm hex nut bits to disassemble the power and ground cable glands
[12, 16].
12. Remove the port seal [19] at the chassis [20] with a tweezer.

6875964M01-J
8-28 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

8.2.13 O9 Universal Relay Controller Reassembly

1. Place the two light bar gasket into the chassis [20] recess and then place the light bar gasket
retainer [22] onto the chassis [20] on top of the two light bar gaskets [21].
2. Using a Philips PH2 screwdriver, fasten the 2 philips screws [1] through screw boss on
gasket retainer [22] (torqued to 5 in. lbs).
3. Assemble the port seal [19] to the chassis [20] recess using a plastic tweezer. Press it to
ensure the port seal is sealed properly on the housing.
4. Insert gasket into cable gland body. Pre-tighten the cable gland counter nut and cable gland
body on the chassis [20]. Repeat this action for both the power and ground cable glands
[12, 16]. Fasten the power cable gland to 38 in. lbs with a 25mm hex nut bit. Meanwhile,
torque the ground cable gland at 13 in. lbs with a 15mm hex nut bit. Place the cap nuts and
turn a few turns. Make sure the neoprene seal in cable gland is present. Refer to Figure 8-33
for cable gland assembly with gasket.

Counter Nut

Gasket, Cable Gland

Cable Gland Body

Neoprene Seal

Cap Nut

Figure 8-33. Cable Gland Assembly with Gasket

5. Place the controller board [10] into the chassis [20] by following the recess. Ensure the board
is aligned to the two guiding pins. Fasten the screws [4] to 8 in. lbs with a T10 screw bit.
6. Assemble the wire harness [6] to the controller board [10]. Ensure that the protrusions of the
wire harness are aligned correspondingly to the connector’s recess.
7. Place the relay board [9] into the chassis [20]. Ensure the board is aligned to the two guiding
pins. Fasten the screws [4] to 8 in. lbs with a T10 screw bit. After that, assemble the other end
of the wire harness to the relay board. Ensure that the protrusions of the wire harness are
aligned correspondingly to the connector’s recess.
8. Assemble the O-ring [3] to the top housing [2]. Place the top housing on top of the chassis
[20] and press the top housing down. Ensure the O-ring is not pinched.
9. Fasten the screws [1] to 5 in. lbs by using a Philip screw bit size PH2. Follow the screw
sequence in Figure 8-31.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-29

8.2.14 O9 Universal Relay Controller Cable Assembly

8.2.14.1 Power Cable

1. Remove the cap nut of power cable gland assembly [12], insert the power cable through the
cap nut and then the neoprene seal in cable gland body. Use only power cable with either
AWG 6 or AWG 8 (recommended OD range of cable is 5.5mm to 9mm) that are able to
withstand 80A and 50A respectively to ensure water sealing of the control box. User can
decide to install one or two power cables based on the requirements. The power cables (A+)
will not be supplied.
2. The loose end of the power cable with cable strip length 7.94mm (5/16”) is then placed on the
power lug and secured down by a set screw. The cap nut is then assembled back with
tightening torque 18 in. lbs.
3. The other end of the power cable should be connected to one end of the circuit breaker
(P/N: 40012006001) labelled "AUX". Then, connect the power supply to the other end of the
circuit breaker labelled "BAT". Do not connect the power cable directly to the power supply.
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 to install the second power cable if it is required.
5. If only install one power cable, the other side of power cable gland is recommended to cover
with power cable gland seal [11] with tightening torque 18 in. lbs.

8.2.14.2 Ground Cable

1. Remove the cap nut of ground cable gland assembly [16], insert the ground cable through the
cap nut and then assemble back the cap nut. Use only ground cable with AWG 14
(recommended OD range of cable is 2mm to 4mm) that are able to withstand 5A. The ground
cables (A+) will not be supplied.
NOTE: The ground is used to simply switch the relays and not act as a ground to the actual
device being controlled.
2. The loose end of the ground cable with cable strip length 7.94mm (5/16”) is then connected to
a two pin terminal block, both pins on the terminal block are inter-connected and either pin
can be used. The cap nut is then assembled back with tightening torque 7lb-in.

6875964M01-J
8-30 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

8.2.14.3 Wires
1. Assemble the wires into the light bar gasket retainer [22] and light bar gasket [21]. The
Universal Relay Controller can support light bars through control wires with outer diameter
ranging from 1.52 to 3.77mm (0.06” to 0.148”) which wire gages ranging from AWG12-20.
2. Each individual loose wire (prior to stripping off the wire jacket) will need to be inserted one at
a time through the chassis [20]. Ensure the lightbar wire is straight prior insert the wire into
the chassis[20]. Each wire will be sealed individually by the radial gasket seal. When thick
wire (i.e. AWG 14 wire or wire OD >2.90mm) is inserted through the chassis, there is
potentially rubber gasket torn. Remove the rubber gasket residual and continue to the next
step.
3. Thin wires 2.5mm and below should be dressed into the retention feature using a black stick
(see Figure 8-35); thick wires above 2.5mm should be routed above the retention feature.
Strip off the wire until 7.94mm (5/16”) after the wire is inserted into Universal Relay Controller
and installs the wire into respective light bar terminal block.

Wire retention feature

Wires with
diameter 2.5mm
and below

Wires with
diameter above 2.5mm

Figure 8-34. Wires Installation

Black Stick

Figure 8-35. Wire Installation with Black Stick

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-31

4. The light bar gasket [21] should be replaced at each reassembly of the lightbar control wire.
5. Cover the light bar gasket retainer's hole [22] with seal, gasket and ground cable gland [14] if
no wire is inserted.

NOTE: Use of other cable gages except as recommended in this manual may result in water
intrusion. Any reassembly of wire needs a new lightbar gasket replaced. If the current loading
for one wire is higher than 12 A, the wires should be split before being assembled to the
Universal Relay Controller system. Wires Kit (PMKN4109A) is provided to ease installation of
the URC. Incorrect use of this wires kit e.g. improper connection at external loose end wires
may impact the robustness of the URC.
6. Remove the wires and gasket residual inside the URC after the wire installation, before
closing the top housing of the URC.

8.2.14.4 O9 to URC Cable

1. The O9 to URC cable (P/N: 3064153H02) can be assembled either before or after assemble
back the top housing. Assemble the RJ45 port of the cable into the RJ45 connector on the
Universal Relay Controller and turn the locking collar instead of cable 90 degree to the right
to make sure it is lock properly. After this, test whether the cable is lock properly or not by
trying to pull out the cable.

Figure 8-36. O9 to URC Cable Installation

! Make sure cables and wires are assembled correctly. Wrong

assembly could damage water sealing.
Caution

6875964M01-J
8-32 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

8.2.15 Transceiver Interface Board Disassembly/Reassembly

8.2.15.1 Mid Power Model Disassembly

1. To remove the front panel from the front of the radio, follow the disassembly procedure
outlined in section 8.2.16.1, steps 1 to 5.
2. Place the front panel face down on a flat surface and remove the six interconnect board
retaining screws with a T10 Torx driver.
3. Remove the TUC seal from the connector on the front side of the board.

Figure 8-37. Front Panel Disassembly for Mid Power Model

8.2.15.2 High Power Model Disassembly

1. To remove the front panel from the front of the radio, follow the disassembly procedure
outlined in section 8.2.16.2, steps 1 to 3.
2. Place the front panel face down on a flat surface and remove the six interconnect board
retaining screws with a T10 Torx driver.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-33

3. Remove the TUC seal from the connector on the front side of the board.

Figure 8-38. Front Panel Disassembly for High Power Model

8.2.15.3 TIB Model Reassembly

1. Install the TUC seal ensuring it is seated properly to the TUC connector, then install the
remote interconnect board onto the front panel, and replace the screws. Torque the screws to
(6-8 in.-lbs).
2. Ensure that the front seal is properly seated to the radio.

Front Panel Seal

Figure 8-39. TUC Seal Placement

Never attach or remove a flex with power supplied to the

! radio. Also, take care to avoid misalignment of Flex connector

pins upon re-attachment. Failure to remove power or align
Caution properly can result in electrical shorting of the circuit board
and possible component damage.

3. Reconnect the interconnect flex to the TUC PCB then connect the flex to the radio, noting
proper alignment of the mating connections.
4. Place the Frame Seal (MP part number: 3264059H03; HP part number: 3271902H01) onto
the TIB housing.

6875964M01-J
8-34 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

5. Reassemble the front panel TIB assembly into the radio, with Frame Seal attached and
replace the screws.
6. Torque the screws to (6-8 inch-lbs). Over-torque of the screws can result in warping of the
circuit board and possible board damage.
.

Figure 8-40. Front Panel Reassembly for Mid Power Model

.

Figure 8-41. Front Panel Reassembly for High Power Model

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-35

8.2.16 Radio Disassembly

8.2.16.1 APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 7500/APX 6500Li Mid Power Models

!
Steps 1 through 6 MUST be performed, prior to removal of the
Controller and RF Board from the chassis. Otherwise damage
Caution to the transceiver Controller Board could occur.

Use the following procedures to disassemble your radio:

1. Ensure all accessory connections, power, antenna, and microphone are unplugged.

If radio is in remote mount configuration, disconnect the remote-mount control cable (CAN
cable) from the transceiver.
2. Remove the two (2) front control head/TIB screws using a T-10 torx bit, do not discard
screws.

Figure 8-42. Removing the Control Head Screws

6875964M01-J
8-36 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

3. Firmly grasp the control head/transceiver interface board (TIB) front housing and frame seal,
and carefully remove from the radio. Be careful not to pull on the attached flex or damage
option board during control head/TIB removal.

Control Head

TIB

Figure 8-43. Removing the Control Head/TIB

4. Lay the control head or TIB face down on a clean, flat surface, being careful not to scratch or
mar the face of the display.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-37

5. Carefully disconnect control head/TIB flex from transceiver’s edge card.

NOTE: “Carefully” means that the control head flex shall be disconnected from its mating
control head connector by applying equal amounts of pressure on both ends of the
mated pair until they fully disconnect. While disconnecting, make sure both mated
pairs are pulled apart in a straight-forward [or “in-line”] direction parallel to the
longitudinal axis of the connector pins.

AREA ENLARGED

Control Head Flex

Figure 8-44. Removing the Control Head Flex

6875964M01-J
8-38 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

The following steps MUST be performed for option board

! equipped radios, prior to removal of the Controller or RF
board from chassis. Otherwise damage to Controller or RF
Caution boards could occur.

6. If Option Board is not present, skip to step 7. Remove the two option board screws using a
T-10 torx bit. Do not discard screws.
.

Option Board Handle

Figure 8-45. Removing the Option Board Screws

Carefully remove option board from transceiver’s edge card using the option board handle.

! Do not remove WLAN port plug.

Caution

WLAN Port Plug (recessed at bottom of radio)

Figure 8-46. Removing the Option Board

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-39

7. Radio must be oriented as shown below with the bottom of the radio facing up. Remove the
four (4) controller cover screws using a T-20 torx bit. These screws have sealing washers that
should be kept with the screw. Do not discard screws.

Figure 8-47. Removing the Controller Cover Screws

8. Remove the controller cover by lifting up simultaneously on both side edges. It may be
necessary to gently pry the cover off using a plastic tool. Be sure to remove the controller
cover seal. Do not discard seal.

Figure 8-48. Lifting the Controller Cover

6875964M01-J
8-40 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

9. Disconnect the GPS cable from the controller board by gently holding the controller board in
place and pulling up on the GPS cable’s MMCX connector. Do not pull on the cable section of
the GPS cable as damage may occur. Avoid contact with exposed thermal grease on
controller board, thermal grease may be removed with a dry lint-free cloth.

Figure 8-49. Disconnecting the GPS Cable

10. Disconnect the rear accessory flex from the controller board.

Figure 8-50. Removing the J2 Rear Accessory Flex from the Controller Board

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-41

11. Disconnect the controller board from the RF board by inserting a plastic tool into the controller
board disengagement slot and gently prying controller board up.

Controller Handle

Controller Board Disengagement Slot

Figure 8-51. Removing the Controller Board

12. Remove the controller board from the chassis using the controller board handle. The
controller board needs to be tilted forward and pulled back and out of the chassis to avoid
damage to the controller board edge card. Hold the controller board by the handle or edges
only, and store in an anti-static bag.
13. FLIP RADIO OVER: remove the ten (10) RF cover screws using a T-20 torx bit. These
screws have sealing washers that should be kept with the screw. Do not discard screws.

Figure 8-52. Removing the RF Cover Screws

6875964M01-J
8-42 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

14. Remove the RF cover by lifting up simultaneously on both side edges. It may be necessary to
gently pry the cover off using a plastic tool. Be sure to remove the RFcover seal. Do not
discard seal.

Figure 8-53. Lifting the RF Cover

! The PA screws must be removed BEFORE the RF/DC

retention clips or damage will occur to the RF board.
Caution

15. Remove all PA screws (3 screws for single band radios, 6 screws for dual band radios) using
a T-10 torx bit. Be careful while handling PA screws as there may be residual thermal grease
on the threads.

6875964M01-J
 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-43

Figure 8-54. Removing the PA Screws

16. Remove the 3 RF/DC retention clips by gently prying them out with a flat-blade screwdriver.
For leverage, use only the chassis, do not use the PCB or any of its components.
.

Figure 8-55. Removing the RF/DC Retention Clips

17. Remove the RF board by gently pulling up on the 2 RF board handles to disengage the RF
board locating features and RF/DC seals. Then slide the RF board towards the front of the
chassis and swing the board up and out. Handle the RF board by the 2 handles or edges
only, and store in an anti-static bag. Avoid contact with exposed thermal grease on RF board,
thermal grease may be removed with a dry lint-free cloth.

6875964M01-J
 8-44 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

RF Board Handle

Figure 8-56. Removing the RF Board

18. Remove the accessory flex screw using a T-10 torx bit.
.

Figure 8-57. Removing the J2 Rear Accessory Connector Internal Screw

19. Remove the 2 rear accessory connector screws using a T-10 torx bit. The rear accessory
screws have a washer and seal that need to remain assembled onto the screw. Do not
discard screws.

6875964M01-J
 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-45

Figure 8-58. Removing the J2 Rear Accessory Connector External Screws

NOTE: Gently remove Rear Connector Flex from chassis through Rear
Connector chassis opening.

Figure 8-59. Removing the J2 Rear Accessory Connector

6875964M01-J
 8-46 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

20. Remove GPS SMA connector nut using a deep 5/16” socket or deep nut driver. Remove the
GPS SMA connector lock washer. Do not discard nut or lock washer.
.

Figure 8-60. Removing the GPS Cable Nut

21. Gently remove GPS cable from chassis retention channel (on opposite side of chassis) and
pull cable through controller/RF chassis opening. Cable should now be entirely on top of the
radio. Gently pull the GPS cable ferrule towards the front of the radio and lift cable out of the
chassis.
NOTE: There is an o-ring on the internal portion of the threaded portion of the GPS ferrule.
Reassemble the lock washer and nut onto the GPS to hold the o-ring in place.
.

Figure 8-61. Removing the GPS Cable

6875964M01-J
 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-47

8.2.16.2 APX 2500/4500/4500Li Mid Power Models

Use the following procedures to disassemble your radio:
1. Ensure all accessories connections, power, antenna, and microphone are unplugged. If radio
is in remote mount configuration, disconnect the remote-mount control cable (CAN cable)
from the transceiver.
2. Remove the front control head or TIB screws using an appropriate bit by referring to the steps
explained in 8.2.16.4 for O2 Control Head, 8.2.16.5 for O7 Control Head, and 8.2.16.6 for
TIB. Do not discard screws.
3. After removing the control head or TIB, radio must be oriented as shown below with bottom of
the radio facing up. Remove four (4) bottom cover screws using a T-20 torx bit. These screws
have sealing washers, which should be kept with the screw. Do not discard screws.
.

Figure 8-62. Removing the Bottom Cover Screws

6875964M01-J
 8-48 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

4. Remove the bottom cover from the disengagement slot on main chassis. Hold both sides of
the bottom cover, and lift it gently. It may be necessary to gently pry the cover off using a
plastic tool. Be sure to remove the bottom cover seal. Do not discard seal.
.

Disengagement Slot

Figure 8-63. Removing the Bottom Cover

6875964M01-J
 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-49

5. Disconnect the GPS cable from controller board by gently holding controller board in place
and pulling up GPS cable’s MMCX connector. Do not pull the GPS cable, as damage may
occur.
.

Figure 8-64. Disconnecting the GPS Cable

6. Disconnect the rear accessory flex from controller board.
.

Figure 8-65. Disconnecting the Rear Accessory Flex

6875964M01-J
 8-50 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

7. Disconnect controller board from RF board by tilting it upward from the core, out from the
front chassis, and gently lift it with handle.
8. Use the controller board handle to remove controller board from chassis. The controller board
needs to be tilted forward, pulled back and out from chassis, to avoid damage to controller
board edge card. Hold controller board on the handle or edges only, and store it in an
antistatic bag.
.

Controller Board Handle

Figure 8-66. Removing the Controller Board

9. FLIP RADIO OVER: Remove eight (8) top cover screws using a T-20 torx bit. These screws
have sealing washers that should be kept with the screws. Do not discard screws.
.

Figure 8-67. Removing the Top Cover Screws

6875964M01-J
 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-51

10. Remove the top cover with assistance of a plastic tool (6686119B01), and lift up both side
edges of the cover simultaneously. It may be necessary to gently pry off the cover using the
plastic tool. Be sure to remove the top cover seal. Do not discard seal.
.

Figure 8-68. Removing the RF Cover

11. Remove three (3) PA screws using a T-10 torx bit. Be careful while handling PA screws as
there may be residual thermal grease on threads.
.

Figure 8-69. Removing the PA Screws

6875964M01-J
 8-52 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

12. Remove the two (2) RF/DC retention clips by gently prying them out with a flat-blade
screwdriver. For leverage, use only the chassis, do not use the PCB or any of its
components.
.

Figure 8-70. Removing the RF/DC Retention Clips

13. Remove RF board by gently pushing it upwards, and moving out from front chassis. Then
slide RF board towards front of chassis, and swing the board up and out. Hold RF board on
the edges, and store in an antistatic bag. Avoid contact with exposed thermal grease on RF
board, and it may be removed with a dry lint-free cloth.
.

Figure 8-71. Removing the RF Board

6875964M01-J
 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-53

14. Remove two (2) rear accessory connector screws using a T-10 torx bit. The rear accessory
screws have a washer and seal, that needs to be remained assemble on the screw. Do not
discard screws.
.

Figure 8-72. Removing the Rear Accessory Connector screws

NOTE: Gently remove rear connector flex from chassis, through rear connector chassis opening.
.

Figure 8-73. Removing the Rear Connector Flex

6875964M01-J
 8-54 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

15. Remove GPS SMA connector nut using a deep 5/16” socket or deep nut driver. Remove the
GPS SMA connector lock washer. Do not discard nut or lock washer.
.

Figure 8-74. Removing the GPS SMA connector

16. Gently remove GPS cable from chassis retention channel, which is on the opposite side of
chassis, and pull the cable through controller/RF chassis opening. Cable should now be
entirely on top of radio. Pull GPS cable ferrule to front of radio, and lift cable out from chassis.
.

Figure 8-75. Removing the GPS Cable

NOTE: There is an o-ring on internal threaded portion of GPS ferrule. Reassemble lock washer and
nut onto GPS to hold the o-ring in place.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-55

8.2.16.3 High Power Models

!
Steps 1 through 4 MUST be performed, prior to removal of the
Controller and RF Board from the chassis. Otherwise damage
Caution to the transceiver Controller Board could occur.

Use the following procedures to disassemble your radio:

1. Ensure all accessory connections, power, antenna, and microphone are unplugged.
Remove the two screws that secure the Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) housing using a
T10 Torx bit. Also remove the GPS nut and washer using a “5/16” socket. Save for later use.
.

SMA Connector
Removing this
nut requires a
deep 5/16”
socket with thin
walls.

Figure 8-76. Removing the Transceiver Interface Board Screws

2. Remove the front panel by gently pulling the housing so that it disengages from the chassis.
Be careful not to pull the attached flex as the housing is being removed.

Figure 8-77. Removing the Transceiver Interface Board Assembly

6875964M01-J
8-56 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

3. Carefully disconnect the flex from the TIB and the transceiver, and set the panel aside on a
clean, flat surface. The Seal Frame may still be attached to the chassis. Remove it and keep
with the TIB.
NOTE: "Carefully" means that the control head flex shall be disconnected from its mating
control head connector by applying equal amounts of pressure on both ends of the
mated pair until they fully disconnect. While disconnecting, make sure both mated
pairs are pulled apart in a straight-forward [or "in-line"] direction parallel to the
longitudinal axis [or "in direction of arrow"] of the connector pins.

Flex

Seal Frame

TIB
Figure 8-78. Removing the Flex (Transceiver Interface Board Connector)

4. For option-equipped radios, do the following prior to disassembly of the transceiver:

a. Remove the two screws holding the option board in place.
b. Grab the Small Handle on the option board, and gently pull the option board away from
the chassis.

Option Board Handle

Figure 8-79. Removing the Option Board

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-57

5. Remove the four (4) controller cover screws using a T-20 torx bit. These screws have sealing
washers that should be kept with the screw. Do not discard screws.

Figure 8-80. Removing the Controller Cover Screws

6. Remove the controller cover by lifting up simultaneously on both side edges. It may be
necessary to gently pry the cover off using a plastic tool. Be sure to remove the controller
cover seal. Do not discard seal.

Figure 8-81. Lifting the Controller Cover

6875964M01-J
8-58 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

7. Disconnect the GPS cable from the controller board by gently holding the controller board in
place and pulling up on the GPS cable’s MMCX connector. Do not pull on the cable section of
the GPS cable as damage may occur.

GPS MMCX Connector

Figure 8-82. Controller Cover Removed

8. Disconnect the controller board from the RF board by inserting a plastic tool into the controller
board disengagement slot and gently prying controller board up. Remove the controller board
from the chassis using the controller board handle. The controller board needs to be tilted
forward and pulled back and out of the chassis to avoid damage to the controller board edge
card. Handle the controller board by the handle or edges only, and store in an anti-static bag.
Remove the GPS cable from the pinch points and gently pull out of the front of the radio.

Controller Board Handle

Controller Board

GPS Cable

Disengagement Slot

Figure 8-83. Removing the Controller Board

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-59

9. FLIP THE RADIO OVER: Remove the 12 RF cover screws using a Torx T20 bit. These
screws have sealing washers that should be kept with the screw. Do not discard screws.

Figure 8-84. Removing the RF Cover Screws

10. Remove the RF cover by lifting up simultaneously on both side edges. It may be necessary to
gently pry the cover off using a plastic tool.

Figure 8-85. Lifting the RF Cover

6875964M01-J
8-60 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

11. Remove the PA screws shown using a Torx T10 bit (up to 10 screws).

Figure 8-86. Removing the PA Screws (MP/HP Configuration Shown)

12. Remove the 3 RF/DC retention clips by gently prying them out with a flat-blade screwdriver.
For leverage, use only the chassis, do not use the PCB or any of its components.

RF/DC Retention Clips

Figure 8-87. Removing the RF/DC Retention Clips

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-61

13. Remove the main board by pulling on the two handles on the side of the RF PCB.

RF PCB Handle

RF PCB Handle

Figure 8-88. Pushing Up the Main Board

14. Then, slide the main board towards the front of the chassis. Lift it out of the chassis. Handle
the main board by the edges only, and store it in an antistatic bag.
15. If Handle Removal is needed; remove the pivot pin clip using a snap ring pliers on the outside
of the handle and push the pivot pin towards the middle of the radio, repeat on other side of
the handle.
NOTE: TIB housing must be removed to disassemble radio handle.

Pivot Pin Clip

Pivot Pin Clip

Figure 8-89. Removing the Pivot Pin Clip

6875964M01-J
8-62 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

8.2.16.4 O2 Radio Disassembly

Use the following procedures to disassemble your radio:
1. Ensure power, antenna, microphone and all accessory connections are unplugged. If the
radio is a remote-mount radio, disconnect the remote-mount control cable from the front of
the transceiver.
2. Remove the four front control head screws using a T20 and discard them.

Figure 8-90. Removing the Control Head Screws

3. Firmly grasp the front panel of the control head or the Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) for
remote mount, and carefully remove the front housing assembly from the back housing
assembly. Be careful not to pull on the attached flex.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-63

Figure 8-91. Removing the Control Head

4. Lay the control head or TIB face down on a clean, flat surface, being careful not to scratch or
mar the surface of the display.
5. Carefully disconnect the transceiver flex from the front housing assembly or TIB and set the
front housing assembly or TIB aside.
NOTE: The O2/O7 knob removal tool can be used as a lever to simplify the task of
disconnecting the transceiver flex and reduce the risk of damaging the connectors.

6875964M01-J
8-64 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

Figure 8-92. Disconnecting the Transceiver Flex from the Front Housing Assembly
6. Remove the two transceiver screws using a T10 and pull the back housing assembly away
from the transceiver. Do not reuse the transceiver screws.
NOTE: Be careful to avoid pulling on the flex.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-65

Figure 8-93. Removing the Back Housing Assembly

7. Carefully remove the transceiver flex from the transceiver by grasping the provided handle
and separating it from the connector.

Transceiver Flex

Figure 8-94. Removing the Transceiver Flex

6875964M01-J
8-66 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

8.2.16.5 O7 Radio Disassembly

Use the following procedures to disassemble your radio:
1. Ensure power, antenna, microphone and all accessory connections are unplugged. If the
radio is a remote-mount radio, disconnect the remote-mount control cable from the front of
the transceiver.
2. Remove the two transceiver screws using a T10 and discard them.

Figure 8-95. Removing the Transceiver Screws

3. Firmly grasp the control head or the Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) for remote mount, and
carefully remove the control head from the transceiver. Be careful not to pull on the attached
flex.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-67

Figure 8-96. Removing the Control Head

4. Lay the control head or TIB face down on a clean flat surface, and be careful not to scratch or
mar the surface of the display.
5. Carefully remove the transceiver flex from the transceiver by grasping the provided handle
and separating it from the connector. Set the transceiver aside.

Figure 8-97. Disconnecting the Transceiver Flex from the Transceiver

6875964M01-J
8-68 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

6. Carefully separate the I-seal from the control head or TIB.

NOTE: Be careful not to damage the transceiver flex when separating the I-seal from the
control head or TIB.
7. Carefully disconnect the transceiver flex from the control head or TIB.
NOTE: The O2/O7 knob removal tool can be used as a lever to simplify the task of
disconnecting the transceiver flex and reduce the risk of damaging the connectors.

Transceiver Flex

Figure 8-98. Removing the Transceiver Flex

6875964M01-J
 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-69

8.2.16.6 TIB Disassembly

Use the following procedures to disassemble your radio:
1. Ensure all accessories connections, power, antenna, and microphone are unplugged. If radio
is in remote mount configuration, disconnect the remote-mount control cable (CAN cable)
from the transceiver.
2. Remove the two (2) transceiver interface board (TIB) screws using a T-10 torx bit, do not
discard screws.
.

Figure 8-99. Removing the TIB Screws

3. Firmly grasp the TIB front housing and frame seal, and carefully remove from the radio. Be
careful not to pull on the attached flex or damage the edge card during TIB removal.

6875964M01-J
 8-70 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

4. Lay the TIB face down on a clean, flat surface, being careful not to scratch or mar the face of
the display.
.

Figure 8-100. Laying down the TIB

5. Carefully disconnect TIB flex/ remote mount flex from transceiver’s edge card.
NOTE: “Carefully” means that the control head flex shall be disconnected from its mating control
head connector by applying equal amounts of pressure on both ends of the mated pair until
they fully disconnect. While disconnecting, make sure both mated pairs are pulled apart in a
straight-forward [or “in-line”] direction parallel to the longitudinal axis of the connector pins.
.

Figure 8-101. Disconnecting Remote Mount Flex from the Transceiver

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-71

6. Carefully separate the I-seal from the TIB.

NOTE: Be careful not to damage the remote mount flex when separating the I-seal from the TIB.
7. Carefully disconnect the transceiver flex from the TIB.

Transceiver Flex

Figure 8-102. Separating I-Seal from TIB

6875964M01-J
8-72 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

8.2.17 Radio Reassembly

8.2.17.1 APX 5500/APX 6500/APX 7500/APX 6500Li Mid Power Models

NOTE: Prior to reassembling the radio, inspect all seals and sealing surfaces for damage (nicks, cuts,
etc.) or dirt. Reseat all seals on their respective parts.
Use the following procedures to reassemble your radio.
1. Begin with the chassis. Thoroughly inspect the chassis shield gasketing for damage and
verify all chassis thermal pads are in place and free of damage. See Chapter 8. Chassis
Thermal Pad Replacement Procedure to replace damaged pads.

Thermal Pads

Figure 8-103. Inspecting the Chassis Shield Gasketing and Thermal Pads

2. After inspecting the GPS cable and seating the seal on the SMA connector ferrule, insert the
GPS SMA connector through the GPS cable chassis opening, ensuring the notch on the GPS
connector is down and aligned with the protrusion on the chassis. Install the lock washer.
Install the GPS nut using a 5/16” nut driver and torque nut to 7-9 in-lbf.

Figure 8-104. Installing the GPS Nut and Torque Nut

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-73

3. Insert free end of GPS cable through the RF/controller board chassis opening. Retain cable
by pushing cable into chassis pinch points.
4. Insert rear accessory flex through rear chassis opening. Be sure flex is oriented with
components facing up. Insert free end of accessory flex through the RF/controller board
chassis opening.

Figure 8-105. Inserting Rear Accessory Flex

5. Install the two (2) rear accessory connector screws using a T-10 torx bit. Be sure the rear
accessory screws each have one (1) washer and one (1) seal. Torque rear accessory
connector screws to 6-8 in-lbf.

Figure 8-106. Installing Rear Accessory Connector Screws

6875964M01-J
8-74 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

6. Ensure flex is positioned as shown in Figure 8-107 with small connector end of the flex
passed through the RF/controller board chassis opening. Install accessory flex screw using a
T10 torx bit. Torque accessory flex screw to 6-8 in-lbf.

RF/controller board chassis opening

Figure 8-107. Installing Accessory Flex Screw

7. Reapply thermal grease (p/n 1110022D23) to all RF board heat sinks. All heat sinks need to
be covered with a smooth thin layer of thermal grease.

Thermal Grease

Figure 8-108. Applying Thermal Grease to RF Board Heat Sinks

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-75

8. Check that the DC connector seal on the RF board is properly seated.

9. Check that the RF connector seals on the RF board is properly seated.

RF Connector Seals

DC Connector Seal

Figure 8-109. Ensuring RF and DC Connector Seals are properly seated

10. Install RF board by tilting and sliding into chassis using the two (2) RF board handles, taking
care to line up the two (2) RF and one (1) DC connectors through the rear holes of the
chassis. To fully seat RF board, push back and down on the board using the two (2) RF board
handles to slightly compress RF/DC seals. Ensure that the RF board alignment holes are
positioned over the chassis alignment bosses and that the RF board is fully seated in chassis.
NOTE: It is important that the RF Board get assembled prior to the placement of the Controller board
and the assembly of the Controller Cover.
.
Board Handles

Figure 8-110. Inserting RF Board into Chassis

6875964M01-J
8-76 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

11. Insert the RF/DC retention clips and fully seat them. The DC clip should be placed first then
the RF clips. All clips must be inserted prior to the board screws to properly locate RF board.

3
2

Figure 8-111. Inserting RF/DC Retention Clips

12. Install the PA screw using a T-10 torx bit. Three (3) PA screws are needed for single band
radios, six (6) PA screws are needed for dual band radios. Torque down the PA screws to
12-14in-lbs.
Table 8-2. Number of PA Screws to Install

Radio Bands PA Screws

Single Band 3
Dual Band 6

Figure 8-112. Installing PA Screws

13. Inspect RF cover for installation of the reverse polarity and voltage regulator thermal pads.
Then inspect and properly seat the RF cover seal. Be careful to properly align the RF cover
seal tab to the RF cover.
Thermal Pads RF Cover Seal Tab

Figure 8-113. Inspecting Thermal Pad and Installing RF Cover Main Seal

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-77

14. Place the RF cover onto the chassis. Be sure RF cover is properly aligned to chassis. The RF
cover and chassis can be compressed together to squeeze seal into place.

Figure 8-114. Securing RF Cover to Chassis

15. Inspect the sealing washers to the ten (10) RF cover screws, and then install the screws onto
the RF cover/chassis. Torque the RF cover screws to (34-36 in-lbf), be sure to torque screws
using the indicated order to ensure RF cover is properly seated. Repeat torque order
sequence at least twice!

8 10 5

4 2

1 3

6 9 7

Figure 8-115. Securing the RF Cover to the Chassis

16. Once RF cover is fully installed, check the RF cover-chassis interface to ensure the RF cover
seal is not pinched.

6875964M01-J
8-78 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

17. FLIP RADIO OVER: Install the controller board into the chassis by tilting controller board
edge card through front opening using the controller board handle and then down into the
chassis. Be sure to hold GPS cable and accessory flex out of controller chassis pocket. Once
controller board is placed in chassis, use the controller board handle to align controller
board-to-board (BTB) connector to the RF BTB connector. Once aligned press down on
controller board, as shown in the circled area below, to connect the controller/ RF BTB
connectors.
.

Controller Board Handle

Figure 8-116. Installing the Controller Board into the Chassis

18. Install the accessory flex connector to the controller board connector. Press down on flex
backer to ensure proper connection.

Figure 8-117. Install the Accessory Flex Connector to the Controller Board

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-79

19. Install the GPS MMCX connector to the controller board. Be sure GPS cable is aligned in the
GPS cable retention channel. Firmly press down on GPS MMCX connector to snap
connector into place. Press cable down into chassis pinch point. Do not press or pull cable as
damage may occur.

Pinch Point
GPS MMCX Connector

Figure 8-118. Installing the GPS Connector to the Controller Board

20. Reapply thermal grease (p/n 1110022D23) to the controller board heat sink. The heat sink
needs to be covered with a smooth, thin layer of thermal grease.

Thermal Grease Area

Figure 8-119. Applying Thermal Grease to the Controller Cover

6875964M01-J
8-80 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

21. Inspect and install controller cover seal onto the controller cover. Be sure to correctly align the
two (2) controller cover seal tabs to the controller cover.

Controller Cover Seal Tabs

Figure 8-120. Inspecting and installing Controller Cover Seal onto Controller Cover

22. Place the controller cover onto the chassis. Be sure controller cover is properly aligned to
chassis. The controller cover and chassis can be compressed together to squeeze seal into
place.

Figure 8-121. Placing Controller Cover onto Chassis

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-81

23. Inspect the sealing washers to the four (4) controller cover screws, and then install the
screws onto the controller cover. Torque the controller cover screws to (34-36 in-lbf), be sure
to torque screws starting with the bottom left screw and going around clockwise (see Figure
8-122) to ensure controller cover is properly seated. Repeat torque order sequence at least
twice!

3
4
2
1

Figure 8-122. Securing the Controller Cover Screws

24. Once controller cover is fully installed check controller cover-chassis interface to ensure there
is not a pinched controller cover seal. For Radios not equipped with an Option Board, skip to
step 27.
25. Install the option board onto the front of the chassis by using the option board handle and
plugging the option board edge card connector in to the shorter, single exposed edge card.

Option Board Edge Card

Option Board Handle

Figure 8-123. Installing the Option Board

6875964M01-J
8-82 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

26. Install the two (2) option board screws using a T-10 torx bit. Torque the option board screws
to 6-8 in-lbf.

Figure 8-124. Installing the Option Board Screws

27. If WLAN Port Plug removed: To re-assemble, align plug to chassis opening and press down
to seat. To aid in seating the plug it can be pulled from inside chassis with either tweezers or
small needle nose pliers taking care not to damage the sealing surface.

WLAN Port Plug

Figure 8-125. Installing the WLAN Port Plug

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-83

28. Attach the control head/TIB flex edge card connector to edge card. Be sure to properly align
edge card connector to exposed edge card.

AREA ENLARGED

Control Head Flex

Figure 8-126. Installing Flex into Controller PCB

6875964M01-J
8-84 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

29. TIB: Align the frame seal to TIB. Compress TIB and frame seal together to be fully seated.

Frame Seal
TIB

Figure 8-127. Aligning frame seal to TIB

30. Install control head/TIB flex to control head/TIB. Be sure to properly align connectors prior to
connecting.

Control Head

TIB

Figure 8-128. Installing Control Head/TIB Flex to Control Head/TIB

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-85

31. Align control head/TIB to front of chassis using the frame seal. Install two (2) control head/TIB
screws. Be sure the control head/TIB screws each have one (1) washer and one (1) seal
installed. Torque down control head/TIB screws to 8-10 in-lbf.

Figure 8-129. Aligning Control Head/TIB front of chassis, and Installing the Control Head/TIB screws

6875964M01-J
8-86 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

8.2.17.2 APX 2500/4500/4500Li Mid Power Models

NOTE: Prior to reassembling the radio, inspect all seals and sealing surfaces for damage (nicks, cuts,
etc.) or dirt. Reseat all seals on their respective parts.
Use the following procedures to reassemble your radio.
1. Begin with the chassis. Thoroughly inspect chassis shield gasketing to ensure there is no
damage, and verify all chassis thermal pads are in place and free of damage. See Chapter 8.
Chassis Thermal Pad Replacement Procedure to replace damaged pads.

Thermal Pad

Figure 8-130. Inspecting the Chassis Shield Gasketing and Thermal Pads
2. After inspecting GPS cable and placing seal on SMA connector ferrule, insert GPS SMA
connector through GPS cable chassis opening, while ensuring the notch on GPS connector is
down and aligned with the protrusion chassis. Install the lock washer. Install the GPS nut
using a 5/16” nut driver and torque nut to 15 lbf-in.
3. Insert the free end of GPS cable through the RF/controller board chassis opening. Retain
cable by pushing cable into chassis pinch points.

Figure 8-131. Inserting GPS cable

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-87

4. Insert rear accessory flex through rear chassis opening. Ensure flex is oriented with the
facing up components. Insert the free end of accessory flex through the RF/controller board
chassis opening.

Figure 8-132. Inserting Rear Accessory Flex

5. Install two (2) rear accessory connector screws using a T-10 torx bit. Ensure each rear
accessory screw has one (1) washer and one (1) seal. Torque the rear accessory connector
screws to 6-8 lbf-in.

Figure 8-133. Installing Rear Accessory Connector Screws

6875964M01-J
8-88 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

6. Reapply thermal grease (p/n 1110022D23) to all RF board heat sinks. Cover all heat sinks
with a smooth thin layer of thermal grease.

Thermal Grease

RF Board Bottom View

Figure 8-134. Applying Thermal Grease to RF Board Heat Sinks

7. Check and ensure DC connector seal on RF board is properly seated.
8. Check and ensure RF connector seal on RF board is properly seated.

RF Board Top View

DC Connector Seal

RF Connector Seal

Figure 8-135. Ensuring RF and DC Connector Seals are properly seated

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-89

9. Install RF board by tilting and sliding into chassis, and secure RF and DC connectors through
the rear holes of chassis. Push RF board back and down to compress RF/DC seals slightly,
and ensure it is properly seated. Ensure RF board alignment holes are positioned over
chassis alignment bosses, and RF board is fully seated in chassis.
NOTE: It is important to assemble RF Board, prior to placing the controller board and assembling the
controller cover.

Figure 8-136. Inserting RF Board into the Chassis

10. Insert the RF/DC retention clips, and ensure they are fully seated. Insert all clips prior to
board screws, to position RF board properly.

Figure 8-137. Inserting RF/DC Retention Clips

6875964M01-J
8-90 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

11. Install three (3) PA screws following the numbered sequence as shown below, using a T-10
torx bit. Torque down the PA screws to 6-8 lbf-in.

2 1
3

Figure 8-138. Installing PA Screws

12. Inspect and properly seat the top cover seal, and decently align its tab to the top cover.

RF Cover Seal Tab

Figure 8-139. Inspecting and Installing the RF Cover Seal

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-91

13. Place top cover onto chassis, and ensure top cover is properly aligned to chassis. The top
cover and chassis can be compressed together to squeeze seal into place.

Figure 8-140. Placing the RF Cover onto Chassis

14. Inspect sealing washers on eight (8) top cover screws, and install the screws onto top cover/
chassis. Torque the top cover screws to 30 lbf-in, following the numbered sequence shown in
Figure 8-141, to ensure top cover is seated properly. Repeat torque order sequence at least
twice.

5
1 8

3 7
6 4

Figure 8-141. Installing screws onto RF cover/chassis

15. Once top cover is fully installed, check the interface between top cover and chassis to ensure
top cover seal is not pinched.

6875964M01-J
8-92 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

16. FLIP RADIO OVER: Install controller board into chassis by tilting controller board edge card
through the front opening using the controller board handle, and down into chassis. Ensure to
hold GPS cable and accessory flex out from controller chassis pocket. Once controller board
is placed in chassis, use controller board handle to align the controller board-to-board (BTB)
connector to RF BTB connector. Once aligned press down the controller board as shown in
below numbers, to connect the controller/ RF BTB connectors.

Figure 8-142. Installing Controller Board into Chassis

17. Install accessory flex connector onto controller board connector. Press down flex backer to
ensure proper connection.

Figure 8-143. Installing Accessory Flex Connector to Controller Board

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-93

18. Install GPS MMCX connector to controller board. Ensure GPS cable is aligned in GPS cable
retention channel. Firmly press down GPS MMCX connector to snap connector into place.
Press cable down into chassis pinch point. Do not press or pull cable as damage may occur.

Figure 8-144. Installing GPS Connector to Controller Board

19. Inspect, and install bottom cover seal onto bottom cover. Ensure to correctly align the bottom
cover seal tab to bottom cover.

Controller Cover Seal Tab

Figure 8-145. Inspecting and installing Controller Cover Seal onto Controller Cover

6875964M01-J
8-94 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

20. Place bottom cover onto chassis. Ensure bottom cover is properly aligned with chassis. The
bottom cover and chassis can be compressed together to squeeze seal into place.

Figure 8-146. Placing the Controller Cover on Chassis

21. Inspect sealing washers on four (4) bottom cover screws, and install the screws onto bottom
cover. Torque the bottom cover screws to 30 lbf-in, following the numbered sequence shown
in Figure 8-147, to ensure bottom cover is seated properly. Repeat torque order sequence at
least twice.

4
1
2
3

Figure 8-147. Placing the Controller Cover Screws

22. Once bottom cover is fully installed, check the interface between bottom cover and chassis to
ensure bottom cover seal is not pinched.
23. Attach control head/TIB flex edge card connector to edge card as described in Chapter 8. O2
Radio Reassembly for O2 Control Head, Chapter 8. O7 Radio Reassembly for O7 Control
Head, and 8.2.17.6 for TIB. Ensure to properly align edge card connector to the exposed
edge card.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-95

8.2.17.3 High Power Models

NOTE: Prior to reassembling the radio, inspect all seals and sealing surfaces for damage (nicks, cuts,
etc.) or dirt. Reseat all seals on their respective parts.
Use the following procedures to reassemble your radio.
NOTE: If Handle is removed, place handle into place. Slide a pivot pin into the handle and chassis
opening from the middle of the radio. Using a snap ring pliers place the snap ring onto the
pivot pin. Ensure the snap ring is fully seated in the pivot pin groove. Repeat on other side.
1. Begin with the chassis. Thoroughly inspect the chassis shield gasketing for damage and
verify all chassis thermal pads are in place and free of damage. See Chapter 8. Chassis
Thermal Pad Replacement Procedure to replace damaged pads. Reapply thermal grease to
all RF board heat sinks. All heat sinks need to be covered with a smooth thin layer of thermal
grease.

Thermal Pads
Thermal Grease

Figure 8-148. Inspecting the Chassis Shield Gasketing and Thermal Pads

2. Check that the 1 DC and 2 RF Connector seals on the RF Board are seated properly. Tilt the
main board and slide it into place, taking care to line up the one (1) RF and two (2) DC
connectors with the holes in the back of the chassis. Push back and down on the front of the
main board to fully seat it. Ensure that the main board alignment holes are positioned over
the chassis alignment bosses and that the main board is fully seated.

Figure 8-149. Inserting the RF Board into the Chassis

6875964M01-J
8-96 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

3. Insert the 3 RF/DC retention clips and fully seat them. The DC clip should be placed first,
followed by the RF Clips. All Clips must be inserted prior to the board screws to properly
locate the main board.

2
1
3

Figure 8-150. Inserting the RF/DC Retention Clips (Before)

Figure 8-151. Inserting the RF/DC Retention Clips (After)

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-97

4. Insert and torque the PA screws to 12-14 in.-lbs. Start all screws prior to torquing them down
(See Table 8-3 for number of PA Screws).

Figure 8-152. Installing the PA Screws (HP/MP radio shown)

.
Table 8-3. Number of PA Screws

Band Description Number of Screws

Single Band 5
Dual Band (Mid and High) 8
Dual Band (High) 10

5. Inspect RF cover for installation of the reverse polarity and voltage regulator thermal pads.
Then inspect and properly seat the RF cover seal. Be careful to properly align the RF cover
seal tab to the RF cover.

RF Cover Seal Tab

Thermal Pads

Figure 8-153. Inspecting the Thermal Pad and Installing the Cover Main Seal

6875964M01-J
8-98 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

6. Place the cover on the chassis and seat it properly. You can compress the cover and chassis
together to squeeze the seal into place, seat the seal and make torquing the screws easier.
7. Inspect the sealing washers on the twelve (12) top cover screws, and then torque down
screws in the indicated order (see Figure 8-155). Torque down the screws to 34-36 in.-lbs. To
ensure a proper seating of the cover, repeat torque sequence at least twice!

Figure 8-154. RF Screw Locations

11 10
5

7 8
1 3

4 2

9 12
6

Figure 8-155. Torque Sequence

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-99

8. FLIP RADIO OVER: Install the controller board into the chassis by tilting controller board
edge card through front opening using the controller board handle and then down into the
chassis. Once controller board is placed in chassis, use the controller board handle to align
controller board-to-board (BTB) connector to the RF BTB connector. Once aligned press
down on controller board, in location shown, to connect the controller/ RF BTB connectors.

Figure 8-156. Inserting the Controller Board in the Chassis

9. Install the GPS MMCX connector to the controller board. Be sure GPS cable is aligned
around GPS cable retention channel. Firmly press down on GPS MMCX connector to snap
connector into place. After GPS connector is fully seated, press cable down into chassis
pinch point. Do not pull directly on the cable as damage may occur.

Figure 8-157. Inserting the GPS Connector to the Controller Board

6875964M01-J
8-100 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

10. Reapply thermal grease to the controller board heat sink. The heat sink needs to be covered
with a smooth, thin layer of thermal grease.

Thermal Grease Area

Figure 8-158. Applying Thermal Grease to the Controller Board

11. Inspect and install controller cover seal onto the controller cover. Be sure to correctly align the
two (2) controller cover seal tabs to the controller cover.

Controller Cover Seal Tab

Figure 8-159. Inspect and Install Controller Cover Seal onto the Controller Cover

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-101

12. Place the controller cover onto the chassis. Be sure controller cover is properly aligned to
chassis. The controller cover and chassis can be compressed together to squeeze seal into
place.

Figure 8-160. Place the Controller Cover onto the Chassis

13. Inspect sealing washers on four (4) controller cover screws, and then install the screws onto
controller cover. Torque the controller cover screws to 34-36 in-lbf, be sure to torque screws
starting with the bottom left and going around clockwise (see Figure 8-161) to ensure
controller cover is properly seated. Repeat torque order sequence at least twice.

2
1
3
4

Figure 8-161. Securing the Controller Cover to Chassis

6875964M01-J
8-102 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

14. Once controller cover is fully installed check controller cover-chassis interface to ensure the
controller cover seal is not pinched. For Radios not equipped with an option board, skip to
step 17.
15. Install the option board onto the front of the chassis by using the option board handle and
plugging the option board edge card connector in to the shorter, single exposed edge card.

Option Board Edge Card

Option Board Edge Card
Option Board Handle

Figure 8-162. Installing the Option Board

16. Install the two (2) option board screws using a T-10 torx bit. Torque the option board screws
to 6-8 in-lbf.
17. Install frame seal to TIB. Compress to TIB and frame seal together to fully seat.
18. Install flex to TIB. Be sure to properly align connectors prior to connecting.
19. Attach the flex edge card connector to edge card. Be sure to properly align edge card
connector to exposed edge card.

Frame Seal

Flex Edge Card Connector

Figure 8-163. Attaching the Flex Edge Card Connector

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-103

20. Align TIB to front of chassis using the frame seal. Install two (2) TIB screws. Be sure the TIB
screws each have one (1) washer and one (1) seal installed. Torque down TIB screws to 8-10
in-lbf. Secure the GPS SMA connector using the washer and nut. Seat the nut using a 5/16”
nut driver and torquing it down to 7-9 in-lbf. Align plug to TIB opening and press down to seat.

Figure 8-164. Installing the Control Head/TIB

6875964M01-J
8-104 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

8.2.17.4 O2 Radio Reassembly

1. Grasp the handle on the transceiver end of the transceiver flex and plug the flex into the
50-pin connector on the side of the main board.

Figure 8-165. Installing the Transceiver Flex onto the Transceiver

2. Align the back housing assembly with the transceiver, thread the flex through the back
housing assembly and push the back housing assembly into place.
3. Secure the back housing assembly to the transceiver with two new transceiver screws using
the T10. Apply 13 in. lbs. of torque for each screw.

Figure 8-166. Installing the Back Housing Assembly onto the Transceiver

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-105

4. Reinstall the transceiver flex onto the front housing assembly or TIB flex onto the TIB
connector.

Figure 8-167. Installing the Transceiver Flex onto the Front Housing Assembly
5. Attach the front housing assembly to the back housing assembly.

Figure 8-168. Attaching the Front Housing Assembly to the Back Housing Assembly

6875964M01-J
8-106 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

6. Secure the front housing assembly to the back housing assembly with four new control head
screws using the T20. Apply 9 in. lbs. torque for each screw.

Figure 8-169. Attaching the Control Head Screws

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-107

8.2.17.5 O7 Radio Reassembly

1. Reinstall the transceiver flex onto the control head or TIB flex onto the TIB connector.

Figure 8-170. Installing the Transceiver Flex onto the Control Head

6875964M01-J
8-108 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

2. Align the I-seal with the control head and push the I-seal into place.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the transceiver flex when pushing the I-seal into place.

Figure 8-171. Attaching the I-seal to the Control Head

3. Grasp the handle at transceiver end of the transceiver flex and plug the flex into the
50-pin connector on main board side.
4. Align the control head with transceiver and push the control head into place on the
transceiver.

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-109

Figure 8-172. Attaching the Control Head to the Transceiver

5. Secure the control head to transceiver with two new transceiver screws using T10. Apply
9 in.lbs. torque for each screw.

Figure 8-173. Attaching the Transceiver Screws

6875964M01-J
8-110 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures

8.2.17.6 TIB Reassembly

1. Reinstall the TIB flex/ remote mount flex onto the TIB connector.

Figure 8-174. Reinstalling TIB Flex/Remote Mount Flex

2. Align the I-seal with the TIB and push the I-seal into place.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the remote mount flex when pushing the I-seal into place.

Figure 8-175. Aligning and placing the I-Seal

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Replacement Procedures 8-111

3. Grasp the handle at the transceiver end if the remote mount flex and plug the flex into the
edge-card on main board side.
4. Align the TIB with transceiver and push the TIB into place on the transceiver.

Figure 8-176. Aligning and Placing TIB on Transceiver

5. Secure the TIB to the transceiver with two (2) new TIB screw using T-10 Torx bit. Apply 9
in.lbs torque for each screw.

Figure 8-177. Installing the TIB screws

6875964M01-J
8-112 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Chassis Thermal Pad Replacement Procedure

8.3 Chassis Thermal Pad Replacement Procedure

8.3.1 Mid Power Models

Figure 8-178. Chassis Thermal Pad and Grease Locations

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Chassis Thermal Pad Replacement Procedure 8-113

Table 8-4. Chassis Thermal Pad and Grease Part Numbers

Item No. Part No. Description

1 7575935B01 Pad, Thermal, Harmonic Filter
2 7575767B01 Pad, Thermal, Regulator
3 7585060F01 Pad, Thermal, Reverse Polarity
4 1110022D23 Thermal Grease
5 75012190001 APX 2500/4500/4500Li Thermal Pad

Use the following procedures for replacing the chassis thermal pads. To replace the thermal pads:
1. Use a plastic flat-edge tool (like a black-stick solder aid) to lift the pad from the chassis
surface.
2. Discard the old pad. Use a soft cloth to remove any remaining residue. Alcohol can also be
used, if necessary. Care should be taken to minimize any cleaning-agent contact with the
surrounding shield gasket.
3. Once the surface is clean and dry, use tweezers to remove a new pad from the shipping liner,
and place it yellow-side down on the chassis.
4. Apply pressure to the pad to activate the pressure-sensitive adhesive. If applicable, remove
the blue liner with tweezers (Thermal pad P/N: 7585060F01 and P/N: 75012190001 do not
have a blue liner).

Use of a metal tool will scratch the heat sink surface and reduce

! the thermal effectiveness of the thermal pad which is used to

heat sink heat-sensitive components. Loss of thermal
Caution effectiveness of the thermal pads could result in the overheating
of heat-sensitive radio components and result in their damage.

6875964M01-J
8-114 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Chassis Thermal Pad Replacement Procedure

8.3.2 High Power Models

Figure 8-179. Chassis Thermal Pad and Grease Locations

Table 8-5. Chassis Thermal Pad and Grease Part Numbers

Item No. Part No. Description

1 7575935B01 Pad, Thermal, Harmonic Filter
2 7575767B01 Pad, Thermal, Regulator
3 7585060F01 Pad, Thermal, Reverse Polarity
4 1110022D23 Thermal Grease

6875964M01-J
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Fastener Torque Chart 8-115

Use the following procedures for replacing the chassis thermal pads. To replace the thermal pads:
1. Use a plastic flat-edge tool (like a black-stick solder aid) to lift the pad from the chassis
surface.
2. Discard the old pad. Use a soft cloth to remove any remaining residue. Alcohol can also be
used, if necessary. Care should be taken to minimize any cleaning-agent contact with the
surrounding shield gasket.
3. Once the surface is clean and dry, use tweezers to remove a new pad from the shipping liner,
and place it yellow-side down on the chassis.
4. Apply pressure to the pad to activate the pressure-sensitive adhesive. If applicable, remove
the blue liner with tweezers (Thermal pad P/N: 7585060F01 does not have a blue liner).

8.4 Fastener Torque Chart

Table 8-6 lists the various fasteners by part number and description, followed by the torque values
and the location where used. Torque all fasteners to the recommended value when assembling the
radio.

Table 8-6. Fastener Torque Chart

Repair Torque
Part Number Description Locations Used In A Radio
(in.–lbs.)

0310909A33 Screw, Torx M3x10 6–8 RF Board / *Option Board Slot /

*Accessory Connector to Chassis

0385870E01 Screw, Torx M4.0xP0.7x25 34–36 *RF Covers and *Controller Covers

0364332H02 Screw, Torx M3.0xP0.5x32.5 8–10 TIB to Chassis / O5 Control Head

0371838H01 Screw, Torx M2.5xP0.45x12.0 6–8 Accessory Connector to External

Chassis

0310909F21 Screw, Torx M3x16 6–8 TIB

0371859H01 Screw, Torx M6.0xP1.0x25.0 50–52 *Trunnion Mounting

02009258001 GPS Hex Nut 7–9 *GPS Connector

0104054J54 Screw, Torx M4.0xP0.7x15.0 29–31 APX 2500/4500/4500Li Top and

Bottom Cover

03012052001 Screw, Torx M3.0xP0.5x26.0 8–10 O2 Rear Housing

03012063001 Screw, Torx M4.0xP0.7x18.0 12–14 O2 Front Housing

03012062001 Screw, Torx M3.0xP0.5x38.0 8–10 O7 Control Head

0310944A14 Screw, Torx M3.12xP1.27x16.0 8.8–9.2 Remote Rear Assembly Screws

NOTE: * Is only applicable for APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500Li

6875964M01-J
8-116 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures: Fastener Torque Chart

Notes

6875964M01-J
Chapter 9 System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio
Analysis

9.1 Introduction
This chapter contains pin-out information for the radio, error codes, and system level troubleshooting
suggestions. This section can help you isolate a problem to the board level. Board-level
troubleshooting does not attempt to isolate problems to the component level. Component-level
service information can be found in the APX Mobile Radios And O3, O5 & O9 Detailed Service
Manual. (See the "Related Publications" section of this manual for the specific manual number.)
NOTE: To access the various connector pins, use the housing eliminator/test fixture along with the
diagrams found in this section of the manual. (See the section, "Service Aids and
Recommended Tools", for the appropriate Motorola service aids and tools parts numbers.)

With the exception of some inputs on service monitors, a suitable attenuator

! rated at 100 W or more should always be used with all test equipment
connected to the RF connector. Failure to do so can result in test equipment
Caution damage.

When performing both transmit and receive tests, it is still possible that
equipment might be damaged by the radio’s transmitter. This could occur
under the following conditions: trunking-mode affiliation, missing emergency
jumper, a defective PTT button, unintentional PTT activations, or circuit
board malfunction. Therefore, an attenuator is always recommended.
9-2 System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Accessory Connectors

9.2 Accessory Connectors

9.2.1 J1 – Mobile Microphone Port (MMP)
The MMP connector is located on the O2,O7,O5 and O9 control heads and the transceiver interface
board (TIB). Table 9-1 describes the name and function of each pin.

1 2

3 4
5 6
7 8

9 10

Figure 9-1. MMP Connector

Table 9-1. MMP Connector Signal Descriptions

Pin Pin Name

Pin Function
# Control Head (J1) TIB (J700)
1 1-Wire ® 1-Wire ® Signal used to identify accessory.
2 PTT PTT_GPIO3 Active low Push-To-Talk input. Asserting this input
results in MIC_HI microphone input use. Distinguished
from PTT at the TIB J600 or rear J2 connector, which
uses the AUX_MIC microphone input.
3 SPK SPK Receive audio out designed to drive a 150Ω load.
4 USB_D- / USB_D- / Multiplexed USB D- and RS232 receive signal. The
RS232_RX_5v RS232_RX_5v interface used is based on a 1-Wire ® read of the
connected accessory. The RS232 signals are CMOS
levels, 0-5 V.
5 GND GND Ground.
6 VBUS / VBUS / On both the control head and the TIB, when the MMP
OPT_5V OPT_5V port is configured as a device, this is the VBUS input
used for enumeration. When the MMP port is
configured as a host, this is the VBUS output, capable
of sourcing 500mA.
7 MIC_HI MIC_HI Microphone audio input (80 mV rms nominal)
associated with the PTT* signal at pin 2. Distinguished
from AUX_MIC at the TIB J600 or rear J2 connector.
8 USB_D+ / USB_D+ / Multiplexed USB D+ and RS232 transmit signal. The
RS232_TX_5v RS232_TX_5v interface used is based on a 1-Wire ® read of the
connected accessory. The RS232 signals are CMOS
levels, 0-5 V.
9 HUB / KEYFAIL / Multiplexed HUB and KEYFAIL lines on the control
KEYFAIL GPIO_4 head. The TIB has KEYFAIL or GPIO_4 functionality.
10 GPIO_0 GPIO_0 General purpose I/O 0.

6875964M01-J
System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Accessory Connectors 9-3

9.2.2 J2 Mid Power Transceiver – Data and Audio Rear Interface

J2 is located on the back of the transceiver. Table 9-2 describes the function of each pin. The Male
crimping pin can be ordered, according to the wire gauge for the accessory. Please select part
number 3980034F03 for 22-28 gauge wire and 3980034F01 for 18 to 20 gauge wire.

20 7
26 13
19 6
25 12
18 5
24 11
17 4
23 10
16 3
22 9
15 2
21 8
14 1

Figure 9-2. J2 Rear Accessory Connector

Table 9-2. J2 Rear Accessory Connector Signal and Voltage Descriptions

Pin
Pin Name Pin Function
#
1 GROUND Ground Preferred ground for any digital lines on J2.
2 BUS+ / SB9600 BUS+ / Part of the Motorola SB9600 communications bus to
USB2+ / USB2+ / connect external devices. Also used for USB host interface
RS232_TX_5V RS232 Transmit or 5v RS232_TX. Defaults to BUS+.
3 BUS- / SB9600 BUS- / Part of the Motorola SB9600 communications bus to
USB2- / USB2- / connect external devices. Also used for USB host interface
RS232_RX_5V RS232 Receive or 5v RS232_RX. Defaults to BUS-.
4 RS232_TX_9V RS232 Transmit Data Part of the 4-wire RS232 interface to external data
accessories, programming cables, etc. An output normally
-9V no load.
5 RS232_RX_9V RS232 Receive Data Part of the 4-wire RS232 interface to external data
accessories, programming cables, etc.
6 USB- USB - Data Part of the 2-wire USB device differential data bus for
connecting to items such as a PC (programming cable) or
a modem.
7 USB+ USB + Data Part of the 2-wire USB device differential data bus for
connecting to items such as a PC (programming cable) or
a modem.
8 RESET / SB9600 RESET / Part of the Motorola SB9600 communications bus to
USB2_VBUS_H / USB2_VBUS_HOST / connect external devices. In USB Host mode, this signal is
RS232_RTS_5V RS232 Ready to Send the 5V VBUS supply to a downstream device. Also
configurable as 5V_RS232_RTS. Defaults to RESET.
9 BUSY / SB9600 BUSY / Part of the Motorola SB9600 communications bus to
RS232_CTS_5V RS232 Clear to Send connect external devices or 5v RS232_CTS. Defaults to
BUSY.
10 RS232_RTS_9V RS232 Request-To- Part of the 4-wire RS232 interface to external data
Send accessories. An output normally +9V no load.

6875964M01-J
9-4 System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Accessory Connectors

Table 9-2. J2 Rear Accessory Connector Signal and Voltage Descriptions (Continued)

Pin
Pin Name Pin Function
#
11 RS232_CTS_9V RS232 Clear-To-Send Part of the 4-wire RS232 interface to external data
accessories. An input normally at +9V no load.
12 USB_VBUS_D USB_VBUS_DEVICE 5V VBUS input for USB connectivity, supplied by the USB
Host (i.e. a PC).
13 CHAN ACT Channel Activity Active low output used to indicate detection/unsquelching
of a qualified received signal (idles at 5V).
14 GROUND Ground Preferred ground for any of the analog lines on J2.
15 EMERGENCY Emergency Input used to detect emergency activation. This pin must
be connected to ground by a cable if emergency is
disabled, even if disabled by CPS. If enabled, this line must
be grounded via a switch, which is normally closed.
16 AUX PTT* Push To Talk Pulling this line to ground will activate PTT function
normally selecting the AUX_MIC input.
17 ONE WIRE 1-Wire ® data 0-5V bidirectional data used for identification of smart
accessories/cables. Caution, an external source of voltage
could damage the microprocessor.
18 VIP OUT 1 Vehicular Interface High voltage open drain output used for enabling relays
Output used for accessories such as horn/lights.
19 VIP OUT 2 Vehicular Interface High voltage open drain output used for enabling relays
Output used for accessories such as horn/lights.
20 SPKR+ Speaker + Used along with SPKR- to connect an external speaker.
The audio PA is a bridge amplifier. Refer to Radio
Specifications page for speaker impedances and loads.
21 RX FILT AUDIO Receive Filtered Audio Signal is a fixed level (independent of volume level)
Out received audio signal, including alert tones. Flat or de-
emphasis are programmed by CPS. Output voltage is
approximately 100 mVrms per 1kHz of deviation. The DC
offset is 1.4V.
22 MONITOR Monitor overrides PL Active low input used to detect when a rear microphone
accessory is taken 'off-hook', to over-ride PL to alert the
user to busy traffic prior to transmitting (idles at 5V).
23 AUX MIC Rear microphone input This microphone signal is independent of the microphone
signal on the front microphone connector. The nominal
input level is 80mVrms for 60% deviation when used for
motorcycle, but can also support 300 mVrms for future
APCO accessories. The DC impedance is 1560 ohms and
the AC impedance is 560 ohms, 1Vrms max. 9V DC with
no input load.
24 SW B+ Switched Battery A+ battery voltage is available when the radio is switched
Voltage on. Used as supply for certain J2 accessories.
25 IGN sense (ACC) Vehicle Ignition Connecting to the ACC line controlled by the vehicle's
sense (ACC) ignition switch will allow CPS ignition features such as
“ignition required for turn on” to be used. Connecting this
line to the car battery will defeat CPS ignition features.
26 SPKR- Speaker - Used along with SPKR+ to connect an external speaker.
The audio PA is a bridge amplifier. Refer to Radio
Specifications page for speaker impedances and
loads.

6875964M01-J
System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Accessory Connectors 9-5

9.2.3 J100 CHUC – Mobile Accessory Port Interface for APX 7500 O2,O5,O7 and O9
J100 is located on the back of the O2,O5,O7 and O9 control head assemblies in the remote mount
configuration. This connector provides pins located identical to connector J2 at the back of a mid
power transceiver. Not all the pins are populated at J100 due to identical functionality on connectors
J200, J400, J600, and J700. APCO audio pins can be located at J100. The VIP OUT 1 and VIP OUT
2 function at this connector when no cable is attached at J400. Figure 9-3 illustrates the J100 Mobile
Accessory Port (MAP) connector while Table 9-3 describes the function of each pin.

20 7
26 13
19 6
25 12
18 5
24 11
17 4
23 10
16 3
22 9
15 2
21 8
14 1

Figure 9-3. J100 Mobile Accessory Port (MAP) Connector

Table 9-3. J100 Remote Mount Control Head Mobile Accessory Port (MAP)

Pin
Pin Name Pin Function
#
1 GND Ground Preferred ground for digital signals.
2 N/C No Connect
3 N/C No Connect
4 N/C No Connect
5 N/C No Connect
6 USB- USB- Data Part of the USB differential data bus.
7 USB+ USB+ Data Part of the USB differential data bus.
8 N/C No Connect
9 N/C No Connect
10 N/C No Connect
11 N/C No Connect
12 USB_VBUS USB_VBUS_DEVICE Used for USB enumeration. 5 V is applied to this pin
by a USB HOST accessory.
13 CHAN ACT Channel Activity 5 V active low output signal used to indicate that a
[A(p)] qualified receive signal is present. One second after
power-up, this line goes low for 1.8 seconds while
the CHIB is configured. Therefore, this line should
be ignored for at least 2.8 seconds after power-up.
APCO required.
14 GND Ground Preferred ground for analog signals.
15 EMERGENCY Emergency Input used to detect emergency activation.
16 AUX PTT* AUX PTT Pulling this line to ground will activate PTT function
[PTT] normally selecting the AUX_MIC input. APCO
required.

6875964M01-J
9-6 System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Accessory Connectors

Table 9-3. J100 Remote Mount Control Head Mobile Accessory Port (MAP) (Continued)

Pin
Pin Name Pin Function
#
17 ONE WIRE 1-Wire ® data 0-2.8V bidirectional data used for identification of
smart accessories/cables.
18 VIP OUT 1 Vehicular Interface High voltage open drain output used for enabling
Output relays used for accessories such as horn/lights.
19 VIP OUT 2 Vehicular Interface High voltage open drain output used for enabling
Output relays used for accessories such as horn/lights.
20 N/C No Connect
21 RX FILT AUDIO Receive Filtered Audio This is a fixed level (independent of volume control
Out setting) received audio signal, including alert tones.
[A(rx)] Flat or de-emphasis is programmed by CPS. Output
voltage is approximately 100 mVrms per 1kHz of
deviation. The DC offset is 1.4V. APCO required.
22 MONITOR Monitor overrides PL Active low input used to detect when a rear
microphone accessory is taken 'off-hook', to
over-ride PL to alert the user to busy traffic prior to
transmitting (idles at 5V).
23 AUX MIC Rear microphone input This microphone signal is independent of the
[A(tx)] microphone signal on the front microphone
connector. The nominal input level is 80mVrms for
60% deviation when used for motorcycle, but can
also support 300 mVrms for future APCO
accessories. The DC impedance is 1560 ohms and
the AC impedance is 560 ohms, 1Vrms max. 9V DC
with no input load. APCO required.
24 SW B+ Switched Battery Voltage A+ battery voltage is available when the radio is
switched on. Used as supply for certain J2
accessories.
25 N/C No Connect
26 N/C No Connect

6875964M01-J
System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Accessory Connectors 9-7

9.2.4 J200 CHUC – Power and Audio Interface

J200 is located on the back of the O2,O5,O7 and O9 control head assemblies in the remote mount
configuration. This connector provides the voltage into the transceiver, as well as Ignition sense
(ACC) and speaker lines. An alternate power cable can be used at this connector to provide Earjack
audio and TX/RX record out audio. Please refer to the installation manual for ordering part numbers.
Figure 9-4 illustrates the J200 connector while Table 9-4 describes the function of each pin.

10 9
8 7 6

5 4 3
2 1

Figure 9-4. J200 Power and Audio Connector

Table 9-4. J200 Power and Audio Connector Pin Functions

Pin
Pin Name Pin Function
#
1 SPEAKER + Primary output for external speaker. Refer to Radio
Specifications page for speaker impedances and
loads.
2 SPEAKER - Primary output for external speaker. Refer to Radio
Specifications page for speaker impedances and
loads.
3 Record Out Dedicated pin at a fixed level of 300mv
4 GND (analog) Analog ground used for Record out.
5 Earjack Dedicated audio path with a fixed level output higher
than Record out. Mutes the Audio PA when
connected to an earpiece (an external speaker
attached at J200 will mute upon attachment of
earpiece).
6 NO PIN
7 C.H. SPEAKER MUTE For Headset MUTING...by turning-off audio PA in
C.H. This does not MUTE the radio’s rear speaker.
8 GND for Pwr Shared for POWER and audio grounds
9 IGN Sense (ACC) Sense line to determine the state of the vehicle’s
IGNITION.
10 A+ (cable FUSED) Control Head power supply.

6875964M01-J
9-8 System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Accessory Connectors

9.2.5 J300 CHUC – Controller Area Network (CAN) Interface

J300L and J300R are located on the back of the O2,O5,O7 and O9 control head assemblies in the
remote mount configuration. These two connectors are identical, in order to aid in future daisy-
chaining of other CAN bus accessories. They provide the Data, digital audio, and power on/off/reset
commands for the control head to transceiver communications. Please refer to the installation
manual for ordering part numbers for various lengths of the CAN remote mount cables. Figure 9-5
illustrates the J300 connector while Table 9-5 describes the function of each pin.

10 9 10 9
8 7 6 8 7 6

5 4 3 5 4 3
2 1 2 1

Figure 9-5. J300 Controller Area Network (CAN) Connector on CHIB

Table 9-5. J300 Controller Area Network Connector Pin Functions

Pin
Pin Name Pin Function
#
1 CAN_1_HIGH TX+ (AUDIO)
2 CAN_1_LOW TX- (AUDIO)
3 CAN_3_HIGH TX+ (PWR) Dedicated for System ON/OFF/RESET
commands.
4 CAN termination detect pin Pin 4 shorted to GND inside each end of the CAN
cable.
5 A+ Only routed on the “03” CAN cable
6 CAN_3_LOW TX- (PWR) Dedicated for System ON/OFF/RESET
commands.
7 GND Drain wire wrapped around GND shield
8 NO PIN
9 CAN_2_HIGH TX+ (DATA)
10 CAN_2_LOW TX- (DATA)

6875964M01-J
System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Accessory Connectors 9-9

9.2.6 J400 CHUC – VIP and DEK Interface

J400 is located on the back of the O2,O5,O7 and O9 control head assemblies in the remote mount
configuration. This connector provides the ability to utilize up to 3 VIP OUT, 3 VIP IN, the GND and
SWB+ pins they require, or DEK signal lines. This connector has cable detection pins to allow the
control head to determine which type of cable is being used, and therefore allow the control head to
configure its pins appropriately for either VIP or DEK accessory interfacing. It is not recommend to
fabricate this cable from scratch. The cable must be inserted prior to control head power-up. Please
refer to the installation manual for ordering part numbers for either the VIP or DEK cable. Figure 9-6
illustrates the J400 connector while Table 9-6 describes the function of each pin.

10 9
8 7 6

5 4 3
2 1

Figure 9-6. J400 VIP and DEK Connector

Table 9-6. J400 VIP and DEK Connector Functionality

Pin # No cable DEK cable VIP cable Future cable Future cable
1 SWB+ SWB+ SWB+ SWB+ SWB+
2 GND GND GND GND GND
3 no pin no pin no pin no pin no pin
4 Detect Pin 1 Detect Pin 1 Detect Pin 1 Detect Pin 1 Detect Pin 1
(Short to GND) (Short to GND) (Short to SWB+) (Short to GND) (Short to GND)
5 no pin STROBE VIP_OUT_1 no pin no pin
6 no pin DATA-OUT VIP_OUT_2 no pin no pin
7 no pin CLOCK VIP_OUT_3 no pin no pin
8 Detect Pin 2 Detect Pin 2 VIP_IN_1 Detect Pin 2 Detect Pin 2
(Short to GND) (Short to SWB+) (Short to GND) (Short to SWB+)
9 Detect Pin 3 Detect Pin 3 VIP_IN_2 Detect Pin 3 Detect Pin 3
(Short to GND) (Short to GND) (Short to SWB+) (Short to SWB+)
10 no pin DATA-IN VIP_IN_3 no pin no pin

6875964M01-J
9-10 System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Accessory Connectors

9.2.7 J500 CHIB – USB HOST Interface

The USB host series "A" Receptacle interface interacts with USB devices through the Host
Controller. It is located at the back of the CHIB. This connector supports low and full speed devices
that complies with USB 2.0 standard included in the Motorola approved list.

1 2 3 4

Figure 9-7. J500 USB Host Connector

Table 9-7. J500 USB Host Connector

Pin
Pin Name Pin Color Pin Function
#
1 VBUS_Host Black Host supplied Power to accessory
2 Data (-) Red Data signal
3 Data (+) Yellow Data signal
4 GND Green Bus GND return

6875964M01-J
System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Accessory Connectors 9-11

9.2.8 J600 TIB – Data and Audio Interface

J600 is located on the transceiver interface board (TIB). This connector is the legacy accessory
interface, but contains some additional pin functionality. Figure 9-8 illustrates the J600 connector
while Table 9-8 describes the function of each pin.

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

Figure 9-8. J600 Connector

Table 9-8. J600 Remote Mount Accessory Connector

Pin
Pin Name Pin Function
#
1 AUX_PTT Auxiliary PTT input Pulling this line to ground will activate PTT function
normally selecting AUX_MIC input. Jumpers exist on
the TIB to change this pin to Ignition sense (ACC)
or VIP_IN 1 at 3.3 V levels.
2 RS232_TXD_9V RS232 Transmit Data Part of the 4-wire RS232 interface to external data
accessories, programming cables, etc. An output
normally -9V no load. A jumper exists on the TIB to
change this pin to shield connection.
3 RS232_RXD_9V RS232 Receive Data Part of the 4-wire RS232 interface to external data
accessories, programming cables, etc. A jumper
exists on the TIB to change this pin to REMOTE
IGNITION.
4 RS232_CTS_9V RS232 Clear-To-Send Part of the 4-wire RS232 interface to external data
accessories, programming cables, etc. Jumpers
exist on the TIB to change this pin to AUX_MIC,
MIC_IN, or VIPOUT_1 (passthrough). MIC_IN
routes to the transceiver MIC_HI input.
5 BUS+ / SB9600 BUS+ / Part of the Motorola SB9600 communications bus to
RS232_TXD_5V RS232 Transmit connect external devices. RS232 is made available
instead of SB9600 by means of a Motorola "RS232-
activation" cable, without the need to remove any
jumpers on the TIB.
6 RX_AUDIO Receive Filtered Audio Out This is a fixed level (independent of volume level)
received audio signal, including alert tones. Flat or
de-emphasis are programmed by CPS. Output
voltage is approximately 100 mVrms per 1kHz of
deviation. The DC offset is 1.4V. Formerly called
RX_Filtered_Audio.
7 AUX_RX Formerly called RX_Audio. This pin is an input to the
radio. This input is routed through the volume control
circuitry to the speaker. Nominal input level is
300mVrms. Jumper can allow for Record Out.

6875964M01-J
9-12 System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Accessory Connectors

Table 9-8. J600 Remote Mount Accessory Connector

Pin
Pin Name Pin Function
#
8 AUX_TX Formerly called TX_audio. This pin is an input to the
radio. This input is routed to the transmitter through
multiplexed lines that are controlled by the
microprocessor. Nominal input level is 300mVrms.
9 RX_AUDIO This pin is the same as pin 6. A jumper exists to
change this pin to VIP_IN 2 at 3.3 V levels.
10 GND
11 GND
12 DAC_AUDIO_OUT & Audio spoken from the operator is OUTPUT from the
AUX_MIC radio transceiver. When SB9600 PTT command is
detected by the radio transceiver, this pin switches
into an audio INPUT line (for the duration of the
PTT) and is routed into the AUX_MIC path of the
radio transceiver. AUX_PTT does not turn this pin
into an INPUT pin. Jumpers exist on the TIB to
change this pin to AUX_MIC or MIC_IN
(MIC_IN=MIC_HI inside radio).
13 EMERGENCY Emergency Input used to detect emergency activation. To use
this input, a shorting jumper on the TIB, which
grounds this input, must be removed. Once the
jumper is removed, emergency operation is possible
at either this connector or at the J2 connector.
14 BUS- / SB9600 BUS- / Part of the Motorola SB9600 communications bus to
RS232_RXD_5V RS232 Receive connect external devices. RS232 is made available
instead of SB9600 by means of a Motorola “RS232-
activation” cable, without the need to remove any
jumpers on the TIB.
15 AUX_MIC Auxiliary microphone input VIPOUT_1 as the default state of this pin. The
nominal input level for AUX_MIC is 80 mVrms for
VIPOUT_1 Vehicle Interface Port 1 60% deviation when used for motorcycle, but can
also support 300 mVrms for future APCO
accessories. The DC impedance is 1560 ohms and
the AC impedance is 560 ohms, 1 Vrms max 9V DC
with no input load. Jumpers exist on the TIB to
change this pin to AUX_MIC, MIC_IN,
DAC_AUDIO_OUT, and VIPOUT_1 (passthrough).
MIC_IN routes to the transceiver MIC_HI input.
16 REMOTE IGNITION Front Ignition sense Connecting to the ACC line controlled by the
(ACC) which is vehicle's ignition switch will allow CPS ignition
independent of the Rear features such as “ignition required for turn on” to be
Ignition sense (ACC) at used. Connecting this line to the car battery will
the J2 connector defeat CPS ignition features.
17 RS232_RTS_9V RS232 Request to Send Part of the 4-wire RS232 interface to external data
accessories, programming cables, etc. An output
normally +9V no load. A jumper exists on the TIB to
change this pin to VIPOUT_2 (passthrough).
18 GND Ground

6875964M01-J
System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Accessory Connectors 9-13

Table 9-8. J600 Remote Mount Accessory Connector

Pin
Pin Name Pin Function
#
19 RESET / SB9600 RESET / Part of the Motorola SB9600 communications bus to
RS232_RTS_5v RS232 Ready to Send connect external devices. RS232 is made available
instead of SB9600 by means of a Motorola “RS232-
activation” cable, without the need to remove any
jumpers on the TIB.
20 A+ Battery Voltage
21 GND Ground
22 SWB+ Switched Battery Voltage This voltage is available when the radio is switched
on.
23 BUSY / SB9600 BUSY / Part of the Motorola SB9600 communications bus to
RS232_CTS_5V RS232 Clear to Send connect external devices. RS232 is made available
instead of SB9600 by means of a Motorola “RS232-
activation” cable, without the need to remove any
jumpers on the TIB.
24 SPKR- Speaker- Used along with SPKR+ to connect an external
speaker. The audio PA is a bridge amplifier. Refer to
Radio Specifications page for speaker impedances
and loads.
25 SPKR+ Speaker+ Used along with SPKR- to connect an external
speaker. The audio PA is a bridge amplifier. Refer to
Radio Specifications page for speaker impedances
and loads.

9.2.9 J700 TIB – Mobile Microphone Port (MMP)

J700 is located on the transceiver interface board (TIB) used in the remote mount configuration. This
connector is the MMP connector.
NOTE: the same TIB is used for both mid power and high power transceivers. Figure 9-9 illustrates
the J700 connector while Table 9-1 describes the function of each pin.

1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10

Figure 9-9. J700 MMP Programming Connector

6875964M01-J
9-14 System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Accessory Connectors

9.2.10 J800 TIB – Controller Area Network (CAN) Interface

J800L and J800R are located on the transceiver interface board (TIB). These two connectors are
identical, in order to aid in future daisy-chaining of other CAN bus accessories. They provide the
Data, digital audio, and power on/off/reset commands for the control head to transceiver
communications. Please refer to the installation manual for ordering part numbers for various lengths
of the CAN remote mount cables. Figure 9-10 illustrates the J800 connector while Table 9-9
describes the function of each pin.

10 9 10 9
8 7 6 8 7 6

5 4 3 5 4 3
2 1 2 1

Figure 9-10. J800 Controller Area Network (CAN) Connector on TIB

Table 9-9. J800 Controller Area Network Connector Pin Functions

Pin
Pin Name Pin Function
#
1 CAN_1_HIGH TX+ (AUDIO)
2 CAN_1_LOW TX- (AUDIO)
3 CAN_3_HIGH TX+ (PWR) Dedicated for System ON/OFF/RESET
commands.
4 CAN termination detect pin Pin 4 shorted to GND inside each end of the CAN
cable.
5 A+ Only routed on the “03” CAN cable
6 CAN_3_LOW TX- (PWR) Dedicated for System ON/OFF/RESET
commands.
7 GND Drain wire wrapped around GND shield
8 NO PIN
9 CAN_2_HIGH TX+ (DATA)
10 CAN_2_LOW TX- (DATA)

9.2.11 I/O Disclaimer

Some of the signal lines on the J2 accessory connector are limited to between 0 and 5 V operation
while other inputs are limited to between 0 and 20 V. The exception is four-wire RS232, which can
tolerate up to ±15 V maximum. At no time should any two (or more) outputs be connected together.
Exceeding the input voltages or output loads listed in the above tables could result in electronic
component failure. In most cases Zener diodes have been added to protect against ESD.

6875964M01-J
System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Microphone Bias 9-15

9.3 Microphone Bias

A 9 V DC microphone bias is present on the MIC_IN line. When this line is loaded by the microphone
electronics, as when the PTT button is pressed, the bias voltage drops to between 3 and 6 V. The
MIC_IN line has an AC input impedance of 560 ohms. The MIC_IN line should not be loaded such
that the bias voltage drops below 1 V or rises above 10.5 V. If the bias voltage falls outside this
range, the signal will be clipped by clamping diodes designed to protect the input. When testing with
a signal generator or other audio source, use a DC blocking capacitor of 10μF on the MIC_IN line. If
the capacitor is polarized, then the plus lead goes to the radio MIC_IN line. If the signal generator
has the option of a DC offset, then applying a DC offset of 2.5 V may be used instead of the
capacitor. MIC_IN refers to both MIC_HI and AUX_MIC.

9.4 Audio PA Out Bias

The audio PA is a BTL (bridge-to-load) amplifier. When the radio is in receiver mode, the output of
both speaker leads bias up to half of the supply voltage. Considering that both leads are at the same
potential, the average DC voltage across the load is zero. At maximum volume the signal voltage to
the load is double that of one amplifier peak-to-peak because the amplifiers work together 180
degrees out of phase. Caution must be taken not to short either lead to ground, which might cause
component damage. Even though audio may still be heard from the speaker, the shorted side will go
into current limiting and eventually into thermal shutdown, shutting off the amplifier. These protection
devices are not intended to be tested.

9.5 Replacement Board Procedures

Once a problem has been isolated to a specific board, use one of the following recommended repair
procedures:
• Install a good board from your inventory into the radio.
• Order a replacement board from Radio Products Services Division at 1-800-422-4210. Refer to
"Replacement Parts Ordering" for further information.
• Troubleshoot the defective board using the ASTRO APX Mobile Radios And O3, O5 & O9
Detailed Service Manual. (Refer to the "Related Publications" section of this manual for the
specific manual number.)

9.6 Power-Up Error Codes

When the radio is turned on (power-up), the radio performs cursory tests to determine if its basic
electronics and software are in working order. Problems detected during these tests are presented
as error codes on the radio’s display. The presence of an error should prompt the user that a
problem exists and that a service technician should be contacted.
Self-test errors are classified as either fatal or non-fatal. Fatal errors inhibit user operation; non-fatal
errors do not. Use the following tables to aid in understanding particular power-up error code
displays.

Table 9-10. Power-Up Error Codes

Error Code Description Corrective Action

01/02 FLASH ROM Codeplug Checksum Reprogram the codeplug
Non-Fatal Error
01/12 Security Partition Checksum Send radio to depot
Non-Fatal Error
01/81 Host ROM Checksum Fatal Error Send radio to depot
01/82 FLASH ROM Codeplug Checksum Fatal Error Reprogram the codeplug

6875964M01-J
9-16 System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Operational Error Codes

Table 9-10. Power-Up Error Codes (Continued)

Error Code Description Corrective Action

01/84 External EEPROM blank (or SLIC failure) Send radio to depot
Fatal Error
01/88 External RAM Fatal Error Send radio to depot
Note: Not a checksum failure
01/90 General Hardware Failure Fatal Error Turn the radio off, then on
01/92 Security Partition Checksum Fatal Error Send radio to depot
01/93 FLASHport Authentication Code Failure Send radio to depot
01/94 Internal EEPROM blank. Fatal Error Send radio to depot
01/98 Internal RAM Fail Fatal Error Send radio to depot
01/A2 Tuning Codeplug Checksum Fatal Error Send radio to depot
02/81 DSP ROM Checksum Fatal Error Send radio to depot
02/88 DSP RAM Fatal Error Turn the radio off, then on
Note: Not a checksum failure
02/90 General DSP Hardware Failure Turn the radio off, then on
(DSP startup message not received correctly)
09/10 Secure Hardware Error When equipped with the 3 day
key retention option, make sure
the radio had battery voltage
applied for at least 2 minutes,
then turn the radio off, then on.
With no options, turn the radio
off, then on
09/90 Secure Hardware Fatal Error Turn the radio off, then on
15/10 External Accessory Non-Fatal Error Verify external accessory is
External Accessory is not present on power connected and powers up. Turn
up or did not power up correctly, and external the radio off, then on.
accessory feature is enabled in codeplug.
15/90 External Accessory Fatal Error Verify external accessory is
External Accessory is not present on power connected and powers up. Turn
up or did not power up correctly, and external the radio off, then on.
accessory feature is enabled in codeplug.

9.7 Operational Error Codes

During radio operation, the radio performs dynamic tests to determine if the radio is working properly.
Problems detected during these tests are presented as error codes on the radio’s display. The
presence of an error code should prompt a user that a problem exists and that a service technician
should be contacted. Use Table 9-11 to aid in understanding particular operational error codes.

Table 9-11. Operational Error Codes

Error Code Description Error Type Corrective Action

FAIL 001 Synthesizer Out-of-Lock NON-FATAL 1. Reprogram the codeplug.
2. Refer to Detailed Service
Manual.
FAIL 002 Personality checksum or NON-FATAL Reprogram the codeplug.
system block error

6875964M01-J
System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Transmitter Troubleshooting 9-17

9.8 Transmitter Troubleshooting

Table 9-12 can help you troubleshoot problems that might occur in the transmitter section of your
radio.
Table 9-12. Transmitter Troubleshooting Chart

Correction or Test (Measurements Taken at

Symptom Possible Cause
Room Temperature)
No RF Power TX Power Level Check TX power level programming (from the
Output Programming appropriate Customer Programming Software).
Radio Transceiver Refer to the Detailed Service Manual.
Distorted Bandwidth Is the correct bandwidth selected (use the
Modulation appropriate Customer programming software)?
Is radio properly tuned?
(See Chapter 6: Radio Alignment Procedures.)
Compensation Not Set/ Check the compensation setting.
Working If compensation won’t adjust, go to “Can’t Set
(DPL Distorted) Compensation” below.
Radio Transceiver Refer to the Detailed Service Manual.
No Modulation, Check Deviation and Retune, if necessary. (See Chapter 6: Radio
Bad Compensation Alignment Procedures.)
Microphone Microphone Speak loudly into the microphone while monitoring
Sensitivity the microphone line (pin 7 of control head MMP).
If it is not greater than 80 mVrms, then check the
microphone. In the dash configuration check the flex
as well. If the microphone line is greater than
80mVrms refer to the Detailed Service Manual.
No/Low Check Programming Reprogram the codeplug.
Signaling (PL,
DPL, Trunking,
MDC)
Can’t Set Deviation and Vary deviation and compensation controls from
Compensation Compensation maximum to minimum using softpots in the TX
Deviation Balance screen and TX Deviation Limit
screen (using the appropriate radio-programming
software–see Chapter 6: Radio Alignment
Procedures).
Radio Transceiver Refer to the Detailed Service Manual.

NOTE: “AC-coupled” is adding a 10 µf capacitor externally to prevent biasing on the MIC-HI line from
being grounded.

6875964M01-J
9-18 System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Receiver Troubleshooting

9.9 Receiver Troubleshooting

Table 9-13 can help you troubleshoot problems that might occur in the receiver section of your radio.
Table 9-13. Receiver Troubleshooting Chart

Correction or Test (Measurements Taken

Symptom Possible Cause
at Room Temperature)
Radio does not Blown power fuse Check the fuse in the red cable.
power-up Blown ignition fuse Check the fuse in the ignition cable, yellow cable
from CHIB, red cable from transceiver J2
connection. Note that the IGNITION field in the
codeplug would need to be set to REQUIRED for
the ignition fuse to affect powerup. If IGNITION is
set to anything besides REQUIRED, then ignore
this step.
Control Head When the power button is pressed the control head
should draw at least 100mA. If not, refer to the
detailed service manual for control head
troubleshooting. In addition, if the control head
powers-up then powers-down roughly 8 seconds
later, the control head has failed.
Radio Transceiver Measure SW_B+ on J2 pin 24. SW_B+ should go
to battery voltage when the power button is
pressed. If SW_B+ is low, check fuse F401 on the
controller board. If SW_B+ is high, then refer to the
detailed service manual for radio transceiver
troubleshooting.
Control head / TIB to If SW_B+ is not present on J2 pin 24, then the flex
transceiver FLEX is suspect. Replace the flex. If SW_B+ is still not
present, refer to the detailed service manual for
ON/OFF system troubleshooting.
CAN Cable Ensure that the CAN cable is connected in remote
systems.
Radio will not Emergency Switch Check the emergency signal at TIB J600-13 or rear
power-down accessory J2-15. A high voltage may indicate that
the emergency switch line is not grounded by the
rear accessory cable.
Radio Transceiver Measure SW_B+ on J2 pin 24. SW_B+ should drop
to zero sometime after the power button is pressed.
If SW_B+ is low, then refer to the detailed service
manual for radio transceiver troubleshooting. If
SW_B+ remains high, refer to the detailed service
manual for ON/OFF system troubleshooting.
No Receiver Code Plug Check the codeplug to ensure correct frequency
Audio or and signaling (PL, DPL) is enabled (use the
Receive Does appropriate radio-programming software).
Not Unsquelch Speaker Check for speaker leads shorted to ground or open
speaker wires. Replace, if necessary.
Radio Transceiver Refer to the Detailed Service Manual.

6875964M01-J
System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Controller Troubleshooting 9-19

Table 9-13. Receiver Troubleshooting Chart (Continued)

Correction or Test (Measurements Taken

Symptom Possible Cause
at Room Temperature)
Audio Distorted Codeplug Ensure the codeplug is properly configured,
or Not Loud including bandwidth and signaling.
Enough Synthesizer Not On See "Reference Oscillator Alignment".
Frequency/Working
Radio Transceiver Refer to the Detailed Service Manual.
RF Sensitivity Synthesizer Not On Check the local oscillator frequency. See
Poor Frequency/Working "Reference Oscillator Alignment".
Radio Transceiver Refer to the Detailed Service Manual.
Radio Will Not Codeplug Check the offending channel for spurious activity by
Squelch monitoring with a known-good radio or service
monitor.
If possible, remove the offending source (computer,
etc.).
If not, increase the squelch level using the
appropriate radio-programming software.
Excessive Check Programming for Reprogram the codeplug with the correct
Noise in Fading Correct Bandwidth bandwidth.
Conditions

9.10 Controller Troubleshooting

Table 9-14 can help you troubleshoot problems that might occur in the controller section of your
radio.
Table 9-14. Controller Troubleshooting Chart

Correction or Test (Measurements Taken

Symptom Possible Cause
at Room Temperature)
Current too low Emergency mode may In dash-mount, the rear accessory cable with a
when A+ be activated. jumper grounding emergency or an emergency
applied to radio foot-petal must be present. In remote mount, the
TIB has a jumper to GND that must be present, or,
an emergency foot-petal must be attached to the
transceiver or TIB. Attach the necessary cable,
accessory, or resistor jumper to prevent accidental
emergency mode activation. Verify the signal is low
at TIB J600-13 or rear accessory J2-15.
Controller board may be Refer to Detailed Service Manual and verify output
damaged. voltage on all regulators.
No audio Incorrect speaker Refer to Installation Manual. Verify speaker not
installation. damaged via a continuity check.

6875964M01-J
9-20 System Level Diagnostics and Basic Radio Analysis: Controller Troubleshooting

Table 9-14. Controller Troubleshooting Chart (Continued)

Correction or Test (Measurements Taken

Symptom Possible Cause
at Room Temperature)
Control head Remote mount CAN Verify all cables securely attached, including power
display says cable attached may be to the radio transceiver.
Maintenance disconnected.
Mode and Flexes inside radio or Open Control Head and check if flexes are not
draws less than control head may be securely attached.
200mA loose.
Is 5amp surface-mount Continuity test the fuse F401 after disassembling
fuse blown inside radio. If damaged, replace. Can be blown by
transceiver? accidentally shorting SWB+ to GND.
Radio resets Vehicle battery voltage Try radio on bench with power tuned down, and
when PTT too low to allow radio to power supply rated to at least 20 A. Try new vehicle
transmit. battery.
Radio does not Radio is missing the Repair/replace/install option board inside radio.
retain secure 3-day secure option
key when A+ board MHLN6999_,
removed for option board is
more than 5 incorrectly installed, or
minutes key-retention capacitor is
damaged.
No power on Incorrect installation of Connect USB accessory to “USB Host” pins, not
VBUS line to USB accessory on the “USB Device” pins. Refer to installation manual or
power USB radio. Basic service chapter listing pin descriptions for
accessory each connector. Accessory may not be an
approved USB accessory for this radio.
USB accessory requires A USB accessory requiring 500mA can only be
more current than the attached at the front of the control head’s MMP
port can supply. port, or the TIB’s MMP port. The rear accessory
connector on the control head or rear of the
midpower transceiver can only supply 100mA.
Radio won’t Incorrect codeplug Reprogram the radio via CPS and refer to Help
turn on setting for vehicle section on possible Ignition settings and their
Ignition sense (ACC). functions. Verify that the Ignition sense (ACC) wire
is attached at either the control head or the radio
transceiver.
Radio seems Excessively long Replace microphone or foot PTT switch.
too hot transmit times or radio
has been constantly
transmitting due to a PTT
that is jammed.
Radio transceiver Refer to the installation manual.
Installation is located in a
poorly ventilated
location.
You may have foreign Clean radio. Look for damaged parts.
debris inside the radio.
Open and inspect.
Radio not Installation could affect Refer to the Installation manual chapter containing
working radio performance. recommendations and common radio system
problems and solutions.

6875964M01-J
Chapter 10 Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors

This chapter contains the APX Mobile Radio functional block diagrams and connector locations.

Table 10-1. Table of Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors

Page Figure Name

10-2 Figure 10-1. APX Mobile Radio Transceiver Functional Block Diagram
10-3 Figure 10-2. O3 Dash and Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram
10-4 Figure 10-3. O2, O5, and O7 Dash and Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram
10-5 Figure 10-4. O9 Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram
10-6 Figure 10-5. O2 Control Head Functional Block Diagram
10-7 Figure 10-6. O3 Control Head Functional Block Diagram
10-8 Figure 10-7. O5 Control Head Functional Block Diagram
10-9 Figure 10-8. O7 Control Head Functional Block Diagram
10-10 Figure 10-9. O9 Control Head Functional Block Diagram
10-11 Figure 10-10. O5 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB) Functional Block Diagram
10-11 Figure 10-11. O2 and O7 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB) Functional Block Diagram
10-12 Figure 10-12. APX Mobile Radio Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) Functional Block Diagram
10-13 Figure 10-13. O3 Dash-Mount Radio Connector Locations (Mid Power Only)

10-13 Figure 10-14. O3 Remote-Mount Radio Connector Locations

10-13 Figure 10-15. O3 Remote-Mount Radio Connector Locations (High Power Only)

10-14 Figure 10-16. O5 Dash-Mount Radio Connector Locations (Mid Power Only)

10-14 Figure 10-17. O5 Remote-Mount Radio Connector Locations (Mid Power Only)

10-14 Figure 10-18. O5 Remote-Mount Radio Connector Locations (High Power Only)

10-15 Figure 10-19. Transceiver Interface Board (TIB), Universal Relay Controller & Control Head View.

10-15 Figure 10-20. Remote-Mount Configuration with 100W or Higher Power Radio
10-2 Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors: APX Mobile Radio Transceiver Functional Block Diagram

10.1 APX Mobile Radio Transceiver Functional Block Diagram

Band 1 Receiver Front End

ABACUS III RX BACKEND
Band 1 Band 1 109.65 MHz IF
PREAMP RX DATA
PRESELECTOR PRESELECTOR
(SSI)
2 POLE 2 POLE
XTAL XTAL

LO SAMPLE CLOCK
SYNTH SYNTHESIZER
MIXER

Band 2 Receiver Front End

2nd LO VCO & CLOCK VCO &

Band 2 Band 2 LOOP FILTER LOOP FILTER
PREAMP
PRESELECTOR PRESELECTOR RX LO
INJECTION

FREQUENCY GENERATION UNIT

Band 1 Band 1
RX Injection RX INJECTION
Antenna Filter Band 1 16.8 MHZ REF
RX VCO 16.8 MHZ
REF OSC
RX Band 1 Transmitter Power Band 2
TX RX Amplifier Band 2
RX Injection
RX VCO
Filter
TX LOOP FRACTIONAL N
Band 1 Directional Band 1 Band 1
FILTER SYNTHESIZER CONTROLLER FLASH
Coupler LOW PASS ANTENNA PA DRIVER PREDRIVER SRAM
BOARD ROM
Detector FILTER SWITCH
Band 1
Band 1 TX VCO
TX INJECTION TX DATA
TX Injection
(SSI)
Filter
Band 2
TX VCO
Band 2
TX Injection SPI
RF Power Control Filter BUS MICROPROCESSOR
Band 2 & DSP IC
Antenna

MOBILE A+ DISTRIBUTION ENCRYPTION

RX Band 2 Transmitter Power
TX RX Amplifier
TX Regulators
Band 2 Directional Band 2 Band 2
Coupler LOW PASS ANTENNA PA DRIVER PREDRIVER Regulators
Detector FILTER SWITCH SSI

DC
AUDIO CODEC and
CONNECTOR
PA Power Control

RF Transceiver Board

26 PIN 50 PIN FROM MICROPHONE

REAR ACCESSORY CONTROL HEAD
DC POWER CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
CABLE IGNITION
CABLE
FUSE
FUSE

DASH MOUNT MODELS

TO POSITIVE
TERMINAL OF
VEHICLE
BATTERY

Figure 10-1. APX Mobile Radio Transceiver Functional Block Diagram

6875964M01-J
Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors: O3 Dash and Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram 10-3

10.2 O3 Dash and Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram

Transceiver Interface Board (TIB)

See Figure 10-7 for details

Control Head FPGA

CAN

CAN

CAN Cable
FPGA

OMAP

MIC

Figure 10-2. O3 Dash and Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram

6875964M01-J
10-4 Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors: O2, O5, and O7 Dash and Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram

10.3 O2, O5, and O7 Dash and Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram

TO J0401 Control
Head Connector

Transceiver Interface Board (TIB)

See Figure 10-7 for details

FPGA

CAN

CAN Cable
Control Head Interface Board (CHIB)
See Figure 10-4 for details
A+ (RED)
Ignition sense (ACC) (YELLOW) CAN

SPEAKER
FPGA
DEK / VIP IN/OUT

MICROPHONE OMAP OMAP

Control Head (Remote Mount ) Control Head (Dash Mount )

See Figure 10-3 for details See Figure 10-3 for details
Figure 10-3. O2, O5, and O7 Dash and Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram

6875964M01-J
Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors: O9 Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram 10-5

10.4 O9 Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram

To Transceiver
Control Head
Connector

Transceiver Interface Board (TIB)

See figure 3.7 for details

FPGA

CAN

C
A
N
C
a
b
Control Head Universal Connector (CHUC) l
See figure 3.7 for details e
A+ (RED)

Ignition (YELLOW)
CAN
SPEAKER

DEK/VIP IN/OUT
FPGA
MICROPHONE

OMAP

Figure 10-4. O9 Remote Control Head Functional Block Diagram

6875964M01-J
10-6 Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors: O2 Control Head Functional Block Diagram

10.5 O2 Control Head Functional Block Diagram

Internal Speaker

ON/OFF Control
& DC Regulators
User Input
Knobs, Buttons,
& LEDs 5V
1.4V 1.8V 2.8V 3.3V SW_B+

DDR SDRAM

80 -pin Rear Connector

To Transceiver in Dash
FLASH

To CHIB in Remote
LCD Module OMAP
Microprocessor

12MHz
OSC

Bluetooth 32kHz
System, NFC OSC
& Accelerometer
MIC_HI
GCAI/Bluetooth
MIC Switching RX_AUDIO

Universal Universal
Accessory 10-pin Connector
e.g. Microphone

Figure 10-5. O2 Control Head Functional Block Diagram

6875964M01-J
Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors: O3 Control Head Functional Block Diagram 10-7

10.6 O3 Control Head Functional Block Diagram

16.8Mhz CAN1
5V REG FPGA
A+ CAN
CAN2 Connector
3.3V REG SPI
SSI CAN3

CODEC
AVR CAN3 A+

TO
32kHz OSC
TIB
VCC_1.55 OMAP
VCC_3.3 Microprocessor 12MHz OSC
Power
Management VCC_2.8
VCC_1.88 FLASH

SDRAM

40 PIN 16 PIN Top Button

User Connector Connector & Side
Interface Button
20 PIN
Connector
Display

MIC

Figure 10-6. O3 Control Head Functional Block Diagram

6875964M01-J
10-8 Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors: O5 Control Head Functional Block Diagram

10.7 O5 Control Head Functional Block Diagram

To Transceiver in Dash.
To CHIB in Remote.

80-pin rear connector J11

SW_B+
5V

3.3V
ON/OFF 2.8V
SDRAM
control and 1.8V
DC 1.5V
FLASH
Regulators OMAP
Microprocessor
MIC_HI

32kHz OSC
KeyFail

Universal 12MHz
connectivity OSC

Universal User Input - Knobs,

LCD Module
10-pin connector buttons, and LED’s

Universal Accessory,
e.g. Microphone

Figure 10-7. O5 Control Head Functional Block Diagram

6875964M01-J
Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors: O7 Control Head Functional Block Diagram 10-9

10.8 O7 Control Head Functional Block Diagram

ON/OFF Control
& DC Regulators
User Input
Knobs, Buttons,
& LEDs 5V
1.4V 1.8V 2.8V 3.3V SW_B+

DDR SDRAM

80 -pin Rear Connector

To Transceiver in Dash
FLASH

To CHIB in Remote
LCD Module OMAP
Microprocessor

12MHz
OSC

Bluetooth 32kHz
System, NFC OSC
& Accelerometer
MIC_HI
GCAI/Bluetooth
MIC Switching RX_AUDIO

Universal Universal
Accessory 10-pin Connector
e.g. Microphone

Figure 10-8. O7 Control Head Functional Block Diagram

6875964M01-J
10-10 Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors: O9 Control Head Functional Block Diagram

10.9 O9 Control Head Functional Block Diagram

Figure 10-9. O9 Control Head Functional Block Diagram

6875964M01-J
Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors: O5 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB) Functional Block Diagram 10-11

10.10O5 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB) Functional Block Diagram 10.11 O2 and O7 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB) Functional Block Diagram

Power / Ignition sense (ACC) /

Power / Ignition sense (ACC) /

Speaker / Record Out

EMERGENCY / USB
Speaker / Record Out

EMERGENCY / USB

DEVICE / AUDIO
DEVICE / AUDIO

USB HOST

VIP / DEK /
USB HOST

VIP / DEK /
Parallel

VIP / DEK
Parallel

VIP / DEK
CAN CAN
Connectors Connectors

J500 J400 J300R J300L J200 J100 J500 J400 J300R J300L J200 J100
CHUC Connector CHUC Connector
Speaker USB Device and Speaker
CAN1 and CAN2 CAN1 and CAN2 USB Device and
Output Host Output Host

Audio CAN USB Audio CAN USB

PA Earjack Transceivers Transceivers PA Earjack Transceivers Transceivers
Record
Record
Out
Out
Analog
Output Analog
Output

16MHz
16MHz
CODEC IC OSC
CODEC IC OSC
VIPS / DEK IN AND OUT

SSI

VIPS / DEK IN AND OUT

SSI

A+
FPGA IC A+
ON/OFF FPGA IC
control and ON/OFF
MIC_HI /Aux Mic

control and

MIC_HI /Aux Mic

DC
Regulators DC
Regulators

USB Control
SW_B+ 5V signals PG1
SPI SSI and PG2 USB Control
SW_B+ 5V signals PG1
SPI SSI and PG2
80-pin rear connector J10
80-pin rear connector J10

From Control Head

From Control Head

Figure 10-10. O5 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB) Functional Block Diagram Figure 10-11. O2 and O7 Control Head Interface Board (CHIB) Functional Block Diagram

NOTE: O2 and O7 CHIB uses different components for Audio PA and CODEC IC compared to O5 CHIB, and it
can be only used with O2 and O7 Control Head.

6875964M01-J
10-12 Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors: APX Mobile Radio Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) Functional Block Diagram

10.12APX Mobile Radio Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) Functional Block Diagram

To Transceiver

80-pin rear connector J80

SSI SPI
SW_B+

16MHz 5V

OSC 3.3V ON/OFF

SAP UNSW 3.3V Controller
2.85V & DC
FPGA IC 1.5V Regulators
SSI CODEC
IC

CAN1 and CAN2

CAN Transceivers CAN3

& Auto-Termination
Charge VIP VIP
Pump OUT IN

TUC Conn.
J800L J800R J700 J600

Accessory Port for

Emergency / Audio /
Parallel Remote Ignition /
Universal
CAN VIPS / RS232 /
Connector
SB9600
Connectors programming

Figure 10-12. APX Mobile Radio Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) Functional Block Diagram

6875964M01-J
Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors: O3 Radio Connector Locations 10-13

10.13O3 Radio Connector Locations 10.13.2High Power Only

10.13.1Mid Power Only

Figure 10-13. O3 Dash-Mount Radio Connector Locations (Mid Power Only)

Figure 10-15. O3 Remote-Mount Radio Connector Locations (High Power Only)

Figure 10-14. O3 Remote-Mount Radio Connector Locations

6875964M01-J
10-14 Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors: O5 Radio Connector Locations

10.14O5 Radio Connector Locations 10.14.2High Power Only

10.14.1Mid Power Only

Figure 10-16. O5 Dash-Mount Radio Connector Locations (Mid Power Only)

Figure 10-18. O5 Remote-Mount Radio Connector Locations (High Power Only)

Figure 10-17. O5 Remote-Mount Radio Connector Locations (Mid Power Only)

6875964M01-J
Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors: O9 Transceiver Interface 10-15

10.15O9 Transceiver Interface

17’ Extension Cable 17’ Extension Cable

O9 to URC Cable

Figure 10-19. Transceiver Interface Board (TIB), Universal Relay Controller & Control Head View. Figure 10-20. Remote-Mount Configuration with 100W or Higher Power Radio

(URC is an optional accessory).

6875964M01-J
10-16 Functional Block Diagrams and Connectors: O9 Transceiver Interface

Notes

6875964M01-J
Chapter 11 Exploded Views and Parts Lists

This chapter contains the exploded views and associated parts lists for the ASTRO APX Mobile radio and accessories. Tables containing pushbutton parts lists are also included at the end of this chapter.

Table 11-1. Table of Exploded Views

Page Figure Name

11-2 Figure 11-1. O2 Control Head Exploded View

11-3 Figure 11-2. O3 Control Head Exploded View

11-4 Figure 11-3. O5 Control Head Exploded View

11-5 Figure 11-4. O7 Control Head Exploded View

11-6 Figure 11-5. O9 Control Head Exploded View

11-7 Figure 11-6. O2 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View

11-8 Figure 11-7. O5 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View
11-9 Figure 11-8. O7 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View
11-10 Figure 11-9. Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) Exploded View
11-11 Figure 11-10. APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li O2 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View

11-12 Figure 11-11. APX 2500 O3 Radio Exploded View

11-13 Figure 11-12. APX 2500 O7 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View
11-14 Figure 11-13. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O2 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View
11-15 Figure 11-14. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O3 Radio Exploded View
11-16 Figure 11-15. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O5 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View
11-17 Figure 11-16. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O7 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View
11-18 Figure 11-17. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li 100 W Remote Mount Radio Exploded View
11-19 Figure 11-18. Universal Relay Controller Exploded View
11-2 Exploded Views and Parts Lists: O2 Control Head Exploded View and Parts List

11.1 O2 Control Head Exploded View and Parts List

Table 11-2. O2 Control Head Parts List
Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
1 36012023002 Knob, Encoder
15
14 2 02012021001 Nut, Hex
3 42012071001 Spring, Detent
13 4 0104058J01 (Grey) Housing, Front Assembly
16 0104058J02 (Green) (Includes LIGHT GUIDE, Encoder, 61012062001 and LENS,
Display, 61012060001)
12 5 75012155001 Keypad, Soft Key
11 6 42012066001 Retainer, Soft Key Keypad
7 3264133H01 Seal, GCAI
8 38012028001 Keypad, Power and Status Indicator
10 17 9 07012039001 Light Isolator, Status Indicator
10 07012040001 Retainer, Power and Status Indicator Keypad
9 11 38012029001 Keypad, Home, Dimmer, P1 and P2
18 12 07012038001 Retainer, Home, Dimmer, P1 and P2 Keypad
8 13 72012018001 Display Module, LCD
19 14 75012151001 Dampener, LCD Display Module
7 15 PMLN5901_ PCB, Control Head, Main
6 16 03012055001 Screw, PCB, Main and Bluetooth
20
17 0104046J24 Flex, Bluetooth
5 18 PMLN6054_ PCB, Bluetooth
19 03012055001 Screw, Speaker Retention
21 20 42012070001 Retainer, Speaker
21 5015134H01 Speaker
22 22 11012103001 Adhesive, Speaker
23 0104046J20 Potentiometer, Encoder Assembly
23 24 32012152001 Seal, O-ring, Encoder
25 07012041001 Retainer, Emergency Button Keypad
24 26 38012030001 Keypad, Emergency Button
4 25 Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter. When
ordering, refer to your specific kit for this suffix letter.
26

3
2
1

Figure 11-1. O2 Control Head Exploded View

6875964M01-J
Exploded Views and Parts Lists: O3 Control Head Exploded View and Parts List 11-3

11.2 O3 Control Head Exploded View and Parts List

Table 11-3. O3 Control Head Parts List
Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
2 1 PMHN4082_ Housing, Front, Service Kit for PMUN1034A & PMUN1034B
PMHN4174_ Housing, Front, Service Kit for PMUN1034C or above
PMHN4199_ Housing, Front, Service Kit for PMUN1052B or above
PMHN4198_ Housing, Front, Service Kit for PMUN1053A or above
PMHN4202_ Housing, Front, Service Kit for PMUN1054A or above
PMHN4235_ Housing, Front, Service Kit for PMUN4227A or above
3 2 PMHN4083_ Housing, Back, Service Kit (Includes O-ring [Quantity 1] and screws,
1 0310944A02 [Quantity 5])
3 PMLN5035_ PCB Service Kit
4 PMLN4961_ Cable, Coiled, Kit
Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter. When ordering,
refer to your specific kit for this suffix letter.

Figure 11-2. O3 Control Head Exploded View

6875964M01-J
11-4 Exploded Views and Parts Lists: O5 Control Head Exploded View and Parts List

11.3 O5 Control Head Exploded View and Parts List

Table 11-4. O5 Control Head Parts List
Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
1 3664445H01 Knob, Mode
2 3664022H01 Knob, Volume
13 3 0415285H01 Washer, Torque
4 0215000C01 Nut, Hex, Special
12 14 5 0402838X01 Washer, 3 Wave
6 1564047H06 Housing, Front Assembly
11 (Includes Light pipe, Vol/Select, 6164056H02, [Quantity 2])
7 1864069H01 Potentiometer, Volume Assembly
10
8 3264133H01 Seal, O-Ring, MMP
9 3864503H05 Buttons, Main Assembly
9
10 7264052H05 Display, LCD
7 8 11 2675960A01 Shield, LCD
12 HLN6911_ PCB, Control Head Main
13 3264059H02 Seal, Overmolded Frame
14 0310944A14 Screws, Mounting
15 3864502H02 Button, Emergency
15 16 3864499H04 Button, Navigation Assembly
17 4064073H01 Switch, Frequency Assembly
Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter. When
16 ordering, refer to your specific kit for this suffix letter.
6
5 17
2 4
3

Figure 11-3. O5 Control Head Exploded View

6875964M01-J
Exploded Views and Parts Lists: O7 Control Head Exploded View and Parts List 11-5

11.4 O7 Control Head Exploded View and Parts List

Table 11-5. O7 Control Head Parts List
Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
1 36012022001 Knob, Encoder
2 02012021001 Nut, Hex
3 55012025001 Snap Plungers, Soft Key
14 4 0104047J41 Housing, Front Assembly
13 (Includes LIGHT GUIDE, Encoder, 61012059001 and LENS,
Display, 61012061001)
5 3264133H01 Seal, GCAI
12 6 32012152001 Seal, O-ring, Encoder
7 0104046J14 Potentiometer, Encoder Assembly
11 8 75012149001 Keypad, Power, Dimmer and Status Indicator
9 61012058001 Light Guide, Power, Dimmer and Status Indicator
10 10 42012065001 Retainer, Power, Dimmer and Status Indicator Keypad
15
9 11 72012018001 Display Module, LCD
8 12 75012152001 Dampener, LCD Display Module
13 PMLN5900_ PCB, Control Head, Main
7
14 42012067001 Retainer, PCB, Main
6 15 0371370L02 Screws, Retention, PCB, Main
16 0104046J27 Flex, Bluetooth
5 17 03012055001 Screws, Retention, PCB, Bluetooth
17 16
18 42012069001 Retainer, PCB, Bluetooth
4 19 PMLN5983_ PCB, Bluetooth
20 42012068001 Retainer, DTMF Keypad
21 75012157001 (English)
18 75012157002
(English_Chinese)
19 75012157003
(English_Cyrillic) Keypad, DTMF
20 75012157004
(English_Hebrew)
21 75012157005 (Siren and
22 Light))
22 75012153001 Keypad Rubber, Soft Key
Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter. When
ordering, refer to your specific kit for this suffix letter.
3

1 2

Figure 11-4. O7 Control Head Exploded View

6875964M01-J
11-6 Exploded Views and Parts Lists: O9 Control Head Exploded View and Parts List

11.5 O9 Control Head Exploded View and Parts List

Table 11-6. O9 Control Head Parts List
Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
1 3675872M01 Top Pursuit Knob
43
42 2 0215000C01 Nut
36
40 44
3 0402838X01 Washer
35
4 42012000001 Pursuit Spring
34
5 3205472M02 Gore Port Seal
33
6 3675893M01 Volume Knob
31 7 3275895M01 Torque Enhancer
30

29
8 3675898M01 Frequency Knob
27 9 PMHN4143_ Front Housing Assembly (with light guides)
26
22
23 14 10 0104031J86 Frequency Flex Assembly
41

20
21
37
38
39
11 0104031J85 Volume Flex Assembly
19
12 0104033J49 Top Pursuit Switch Flex Assembly
18
13 7575913M01 Rubber jacket/ Rubber Boot
13
32 14 0371370L02 Screw, Tapping, K30X1.34X16
12 15 7275224M01 LCD Module/Display
28
11 16 32012043001 Conductive Pad, LCD
5 17 7575866M01 Top Pursuit Light Bar Keypad
4 25
24 18 7575867M01 Top Pursuit Siren Keypad
1 17
16
19 6175865M01 Indicator Light Guide
15 20 4275869M01 Top Pursuit Siren Keypad Retainer
6
14 21 4275868M01 Top Pursuit Light Bar Keypad Retainer
10
22 7575911M02 Menu, Brightness Control Keypad
3
23 7575912M02 DEK Silicone Keypad
2
9
24 7575911M01 Programmable Control Keypad
7
25 7575912M01 Alpha Numeric Silicone Keypad
8
26 PMLN5601_ Front Keypad PCB Kit (with mylar)
27 PMLN5602_ Top keypad PCB Kit (with mylar)
Figure 11-5. O9 Control Head Exploded View 28 0104033J13 Front Keypad Flex
29 2775878M02 Chassis with Thermal Pad
30 0104031J84 Top Keypad Flex Assembly
31 PMLN5637_ Main PCB Kit
32 0104033J12 Main Flex Assembly
33 3275880M01 Main O-ring
34 4278089A01 USB/GCAI Retainer
35 PMLN5638_ GCAI PCB Kit
36 3264133H01 GCAI Seal
37 0964098H01 USB Overmold
38 HLN6914_ CHUC PCB Kit
39 3264096H01 CHUC Seal
40 1575879M02 Back Housing with Screw Insert
41 54012001001 Label, Serial
42 3364425H01 Label Color Code
43 5475881M01 Label Connector
44 0378014A01 Screw Assembly (M3X0.5X14mm)
Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter. When
ordering, refer to your specific kit for this suffix letter.

6875964M01-J
Exploded Views and Parts Lists: O2 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View and Parts List 11-7

11.6 O2 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View and Parts List

Table 11-7. O2 CHIB and CHUC Parts List

Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
10 1 PMHN4193_ O2 Control Head Grey
PMHN4195_ O2 Control Head Green
9 2 03012052001 Transceiver Screws
8 3 0104046J72 O2 Back Housing Sub-assembly
4 3264059H03 I-Seal
7 5 0104046J13 Remote Mount Flex Assembly
6 0310944A14 Screw, Tapping (4)
6 7 0764091H01 Bracket, USB Connector

PMUN1057_
8 0964098H01 USB Connector
5 9 PMLN5927_ CHIB Board Assembly
10 HLN6914_ CHUC Board Assembly
12 11 3264096H01 Seal, Moisture, Silicone
4 12 1564090H01 Housing
11 13 03012063001 Housing Retention Screws
* HLN6980_ Kit, Dust Cover
3 Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter.
When ordering, refer to your specific kit for this suffix letter.
2

13

Figure 11-6. O2 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View

6875964M01-J
11-8 Exploded Views and Parts Lists: O5 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View and Parts List

11.7 O5 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View and Parts List

Table 11-8. O5 CHIB and CHUC Parts List
Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
1 PHCN4000_ Control Head
2 HKN6191_ Flex Assembly
3 0310944A14 Screw
4 0764091H01 Retainer Bracket
5 0964098H01 USB Adapter

PHLN1000_
7
6 6 HLN7013_ CHIB
7 HLN6914_ CHUC
5 8 3264096H01 Moisture Seal
9 1564090H01 Rear Housing
10 0364332H02 Main Screws
4
* HLN6980_ Kit, Dust Cover
* NNTN7279_ Sun Shield
3 Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter.
2 When ordering, refer to your specific kit for this suffix letter.
1 9
8

10

Figure 11-7. O5 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View

6875964M01-J
Exploded Views and Parts Lists: O7 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View and Parts List 11-9

11.8 O7 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View and Parts List

Table 11-9. O7 CHIB and CHUC Parts List

Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
8 1 PMHN4194_ O7 Control Head English
PMHN4192_ O7 Control Head English_Chinese
7 PMHN4197_ O7 Control Head English_Cyrillic
PMHN4196_ O7 Control Head English_Hebrew
6 PMHN4191_ O7 Control Head Siren and Light
2 3264059H03 I-Seal
3 0104046J13 Remote Mount Flex Assembly
5
4 0310944A14 Screw, Tapping (4)
5 0764091H01 Bracket, USB Connector
4

PMUN1057_
6 0964098H01 USB Connector
7 PMLN5927_ CHIB Board Assembly
3 8 HLN6914_ CHUC Board Assembly
10 9 3264096H01 Seal, Moisture, Silicone
10 1564090H01 Housing
2 11 03012062001 Transceiver Screws
9 * HLN6980_ Kit, Dust Cover
Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter.
When ordering, refer to your specific kit for this suffix letter.

11

Figure 11-8. O7 CHIB and CHUC Exploded View

6875964M01-J
11-10 Exploded Views and Parts Lists: Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) Exploded View and Parts List

11.9 Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) Exploded View and Parts List
This illustration (Figure 11-9) represents the interface board for all remote mount configurations, for both mid
power and high power transceivers (only the flex changes depending on mid power or high power transceiver). Table 11-10. Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) Parts List
Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
1 1575769B01 or Housing, Mid Power Remote Front or
1575715B01 Housing, High Power Remote Front
2 3264121H01 Seal, Moisture, Silicone
4
3 PHLN4000_ TIB Board Assembly
4 0310909F21 Screw, Tapping (6)
* 3364474H01 Label, Housing (On Housing)
* HLN6980_ Kit, Dust Cover (Not shown)
3 Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter. When ordering, refer to
your specific kit for this suffix letter.

2
1

Figure 11-9. Transceiver Interface Board (TIB) Exploded View

6875964M01-J
Exploded Views and Parts Lists: APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li O2 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View and Parts List 11-11

11.10 APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li O2 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View and Parts
List Table 11-11. APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li O2 Dash Mount Radio Parts List
Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
1 0104054J54 Assembly, Screw, Sealing
1 2 15012211001 Cover, Top
1 3 32012219001 Seal, Top Cover
4 0310909A33 Screw, Heat Spreader
5 4285702E01 Clip, RF and DC Connectors
6 See Table 11-20 for Kit Number APX2500 / 4500 RF Board
2 22
7 3015953H02 Cable, GPS
8 0371838H01 Screw, D-Sub for accessory connector
3 7 9 0104052J27 Flex Assembly, Accessory Connector
4 5 9 10 27012024002 Chassis, Main
24
5 11 See Table for Kit Number APX2500 / APX 4500 Controller Board
6 12 32012220001 Seal, Controller Cover
13 15012212001 Cover, Bottom
17 14 0104046J26 Dash Mount Flex Assembly
15 14 18 15 0104046J72 O2 Control Head Back Housing Assembly
20 16 03012052001 O2 Transceiver Screw
8 17 3264059H03 I-Seal
10 18 75012190001 Pad, Thermal
19 1110022D23 Compound, Thermal Joint
11 20 PMHN4193_ O2 Control Head (Grey)
PMHN4195_ O2 Control Head (Green)
21 03012063001 O2 Housing Retention Screw (M4 ) with Washer & Screw
12
22 HLN6861_ Trunnion Installation Kit
23 – FCC Label
13
16 24 09009344005 Connector DC Power
Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter. When ordering, refer
21 1 to your specific kit for this suffix letter.

Figure 11-10. APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li O2 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View

6875964M01-J
11-12 Exploded Views and Parts Lists: APX 2500 O3 Radio Exploded View and Parts List

11.11 APX 2500 O3 Radio Exploded View and Parts List

Table 11-12. APX 2500 O3 Radio Parts List
Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
1 1 0104054J54 Assembly, Screw, Sealing
2 15012211001 Cover, Top
19 3 32012219001 Seal, Top Cover
4 0310909A33 Screw, Heat Spreader
5 4285702E01 Clip, RF and DC Connectors
20
2 6 See Table 11-20 for Kit Number APX 2500 RF Board
7 3015953H02 Cable, GPS
3 8 0371838H01 Screw, D-Sub for accessory connector
24 9 0104052J27 Flex Assembly, Accessory Connector
5
10 27012024002 Chassis, Main
4 8
6 11 See Table for Kit Number APX 2500 Controller Board
12 32012220001 Seal, Controller Cover
7 13 15012212001 Cover, Bottom
18
14 14 HKN6205_ TIB Flex Assembly

16 15 15 3264059H03 I-Seal
16 PMUN1038_ TIB Housing
17 0364332H02 TIB Screw
9 18 75012190001 Pad, Thermal
10 19 PMUN 1034_ O3 Control Head
11 20 HLN6861_ Trunnion Installation Kit
21 1110022D23 Compound, Thermal Joint
12 23 – FCC Label
17 13 24 09009344005 Connector DC Power
Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter. When ordering, refer
to your specific kit for this suffix letter.

Figure 11-11. APX 2500 O3 Radio Exploded View

6875964M01-J
Exploded Views and Parts Lists: APX 2500 O7 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View and Parts List 11-13

11.12 APX 2500 O7 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View and Parts List
Table 11-13. APX 2500 O7 Dash Mount Radio Parts List
Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
1
1 0104054J54 Assembly, Screw, Sealing
2 15012211001 Cover, Top
3 32012219001 Seal, Top Cover
4 0310909A33 Screw, Heat Spreader
5 4285702E01 Clip, RF & DC Connectors
6 See Table 11-20 for Kit Number APX 2500 RF Board
2
21 7 3015953H02 Cable, GPS
8 0371838H01 Screw, D-Sub for Accessory Connector
3
9 0104052J27 Flex Assembly, Accessory Connector
5 23
10 27012024002 Chassis, Main
4
11 See Table for Kit Number APX 2500 Controller Board
6 12 32012220001 Seal, Controller Cover
7 13 15012212001 Cover, Bottom
17 14 0104046J26 Dash Mount Flex Assembly
15 03012062001 O7 Transceiver Screw with Washer & Seal
16 3264059H03 I-Seal
16 14 8 17 75012190001 Pad, Thermal
9 19 1110022D23 Compound, Thermal Joint
20 PMHN4194_ O7 Control Head (English)
PMHN4192_ O7 Control Head (English_Chinese)
10 PMHN4197_ O7 Control Head (English_Cyrillic)
11 PMHN4196_ O7 Control Head (English_Hebrew)
PMHN4191_ O7 Control Head (Alt Keypad Graphics)
12
21 HLN6861_ Trunnion Installation Kit
13
22 – FCC Label
23 09009344005 Connector DC Power
15
20 Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter. When ordering, refer
to your specific kit for this suffix letter.
1

Figure 11-12. APX 2500 O7 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View

6875964M01-J
11-14 Exploded Views and Parts Lists: APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li O2 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View and Parts List

11.13 APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li O2 Dash Mount Radio
Exploded View and Parts List Table 11-14. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O2 Dash Mount Radio Parts List
Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
1 0385870E01 RF And Controller Cover Screws
2 1575713B02 Cover, Mid Power RF Main W/Choform
1
3 3275733B01 Seal, RF Cover (* Mid Power)
28
4 0310909A33 Screw
2 5 4285702E01 Clip, RF/DC Conn
6 See Table 11-20 for Kit Number * Low/Mid Power RF Board
3 7 3075725B01 Cable, GPS Coax Assembly (* Mid Power)
5 8 0371838H01 Screw Assembly, Accessory Header
4 6 23 24 25
9 8475744B01 Flex Assembly, Accessory Connector
27 10 2775718B02 Chassis, Main (* Mid Power) W/Choform
7 18 19 20
8 9 17 21 11 MHLN6999_ Option Board W/ 3 Day Retention
16
26 MHLN7000_ * Option Board For APX Mobiles
12 3275737B01 Seal, Wlan Port Plug
13 MHLN6979_ * Controller Board
14 3275732B01 Seal, Controller Cover (* Mid Power)
15 1575714B02 Cover, Mid Power Controller W/Choform
10 16 0104046J26 Dash Mount Flex Assembly
4
17 3264059H03 I-Seal
13 12 18 0104046J72 O2 Back Housing Assembly
11 19 03012052001 Transceiver Screws
14 20 PMHN4193_ O2 Control Head Grey
PMHN4195_ O2 Control Head Green
15 1 21 03012063001 Housing Retention Screws
22 HLN7002_ Mid Power Installation Kit
23 04009258001 Washers, * GPS Internal Tooth
24 32009266001 Seal, * GPS
22
25 02009258001 Nut, * GPS
26 3275731B01 Seal, * RF Connector
27 3285744E01 Seal, DC Connector
28 – FCC Label
Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter. When ordering, refer
to your specific kit for this suffix letter.
* Applies to APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li

Figure 11-13. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O2 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View

6875964M01-J
Exploded Views and Parts Lists: APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li O3 Radio Exploded View and Parts List 11-15

11.14 APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li O3 Radio Exploded View
and Parts List Table 11-15. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O3 Radio Parts List
Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
1 0385870E01 RF And Controller Cover Screws
2 1575713B02 Cover, Mid Power RF Main W/Choform
1
3 3275733B01 Seal, RF Cover (* Mid Power)
27 4 0310909A33 Screw
2 5 4285702E01 Clip, RF/DC Conn
6 See Table 11-20 for Kit Number * Low/Mid Power RF Board
7 3075725B01 Cable, GPS Coax Assembly (* Mid Power)
5 3 8 0371838H01 Screw Assembly, Accessory Header
9 8475744B01 Flex Assembly, Accessory Connector
4 6 21 22 23 10 2775718B02 Chassis, Main (* Mid Power) W/Choform
11 MHLN6999_ Option Board W/ 3 Day Retention
25 26 MHLN7000_ * Option Board For APX Mobiles
8 18 19 20 12 3275737B01 Seal, Wlan Port Plug
9 7 13 MHLN6979_ * Controller Board
24
14 3275732B01 Seal, Controller Cover (* Mid Power)
16 15 1575714B02 Cover, Mid Power Controller W/Choform
16 0364332H02 TIB Screws (TIB Housing To Chassis) Assembly
17 HLN7002_ Mid Power Installation Kit
18 HKN6205_ Remote Flex Kit
10 19 3264059H03 Seal, Frame, Mid Power Remote
4 20 PMUN1038_ * Standard TIB Mp (* Mp Std TIB)
21 04009258001 Washers, * GPS Internal Tooth

13 12 22 32009266001 Seal, * GPS

11 23 02009258001 Nut, * GPS
24 3275731B01 Seal, * RF Connector
14 25 3285744E01 Seal, DC Connector
26 PMUN1034_ O3 Control Head
1
15 27 – FCC Label
Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter. When ordering, refer
to your specific kit for this suffix letter.
* Applies to APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li

17

Figure 11-14. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O3 Radio Exploded View

6875964M01-J
11-16 Exploded Views and Parts Lists: APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li O5 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View and Parts List

11.15 APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li O5 Dash Mount Radio
Exploded View and Parts List Table 11-16. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O5 Dash Mount Radio Parts List
Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
1 0385870E01 RF And Controller Cover Screws
1 2 1575713B02 Cover, Mid Power RF Main W/Choform
3 3275733B01 Seal, RF Cover (* Mid Power)
25 4 0310909A33 Screw
2 5 4285702E01 Clip, RF/DC Conn
6 See Table 11-20 for Kit Number * Low/Mid Power RF Board
7 3075725B01 Cable, GPS Coax Assembly (* Mid Power)
5 3
8 0371838H01 Screw Assembly, Accessory Header
9 8475744B01 Flex Assembly, Accessory Connector
4 20 21 22 10 2775718B02 Chassis, Main (* Mid Power) W/Choform
6
11 MHLN6999_ Option Board W/ 3 Day Retention
24 MHLN7000_ * Option Board For APX Mobiles
8 17 12 3275737B01 Seal, Wlan Port Plug
9 7
23 13 MHLN6979_ * Controller Board
16 14 3275732B01 Seal, Controller Cover (* Mid Power)
18 15 1575714B02 Cover, Mid Power Controller W/Choform
16 HKN6206_ Dash Flex Kit
17 PHCN4000_ O5 Control Head
18 0364332H02 TIB Screws (TIB Housing To Chassis) Assembly
10 19 HLN7002_ Mid Power Installation Kit
4 20 04009258001 Washers, * GPS Internal Tooth
21 32009266001 Seal, * GPS

13 12 22 02009258001 Nut, * GPS

11 23 3275731B01 Seal, * RF Connector
24 3285744E01 Seal, DC Connector
14 25 – FCC Label
Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter. When ordering, refer to
1
15 your specific kit for this suffix letter.
* Applies to APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li

19

Figure 11-15. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O5 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View

6875964M01-J
Exploded Views and Parts Lists: APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li O7 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View and Parts List 11-17

11.16 APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li O7 Dash Mount Radio
Exploded View and Parts List Table 11-17. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O7 Dash Mount Radio Parts List
Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
1 0385870E01 RF And Controller Cover Screws
2 1575713B02 Cover, Mid Power RF Main W/Choform
1 3 3275733B01 Seal, RF Cover (* Mid Power)
4 0310909A33 Screw
26
5 4285702E01 Clip, RF/DC Conn
2 6 See Table 11-20 for Kit Number * Low/Mid Power RF Board
7 3075725B01 Cable, GPS Coax Assembly (* Mid Power)
3 8 0371838H01 Screw Assembly, Accessory Header
9 8475744B01 Flex Assembly, Accessory Connector
5 4 6 21 22 23 10 2775718B02 Chassis, Main (* Mid Power) W/Choform
11 MHLN6999_ Option Board W/ 3 Day Retention
25 MHLN7000_ * Option Board For APX Mobiles
7 18
8 9 17 12 3275737B01 Seal, Wlan Port Plug
16 13 MHLN6979_ * Controller Board
24 19
14 3275732B01 Seal, Controller Cover (* Mid Power)
15 1575714B02 Cover, Mid Power Controller W/Choform
16 0104046J26 Dash Mount Flex Assembly
17 3264059H03 I-seal
18 PMHN4194_ O7 Control Head English
PMHN4192_ O7 Control Head English_Chinese
10 PMHN4197_ O7 Control Head English_Cyrillic
4
PMHN4196_ O7 Control Head English_Hebrew
PMHN4191_ O7 Control Head Siren and Light
13 12 19 03012062001 Transceiver Screws
11 20 HLN7002_ Mid Power Installation Kit
14 21 04009258001 Washers, * GPS Internal Tooth
22 32009266001 Seal, * GPS
15 1 23 02009258001 Nut, * GPS
24 3275731B01 Seal, * RF Connector
25 3285744E01 Seal, DC Connector
26 – FCC Label
20 Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter. When ordering, refer
to your specific kit for this suffix letter.
* Applies to APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li

Figure 11-16. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li O7 Dash Mount Radio Exploded View

6875964M01-J
11-18 Exploded Views and Parts Lists: APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li 100 W Remote Mount Radio Exploded View and Parts List

11.17 APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li 100 W Remote Mount Radio Table 11-18. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li 100 W Remote Mount Radio Parts List
Exploded View and Parts List Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
1 0385870E01 RF And Controller Cover Screws
2 0310909A33 Screw
1 3 4285702E01 Clip, RF/DC Conn
4 1575712B02 Cover, High Power Controller W/Choform
5 3275734B01 Seal, Controller Cover (* HP)
4
6 - FCC Label
6 7 7 HLN7017_ Sleeve, HP DC Connector
5 8 0180706K42 Chassis, Main (* HP) W/Choform Sub-Assembly
9 3075723B01 Cable, GPS Coax Assembly (* HP)
11 8 10 02009258001 Nut, * GPS
12 25 11 04009258001 Washers, * GPS Internal Tooth
12 32009266001 Seal, * GPS
10 9 13 3271902H01 High Power I-Seal
14 PMUN1040_ * Standard TIB HP
15 3875115H01 Seal, High Power WLAN Port Plug
16 See Table 11-21 for Kit Number * 100 W Power RF Board
17 17 3275731B01 Seal, * RF Connector
18 3285744E01 Seal, DC Connector
21
19 3275735B01 Seal, RF Cover ( * HP)
18 20 1575711B02 Cover, High Power RF Main W/Choform
22
21 4171865H01 Spring, Torque (For Lock)
26 24 23 22 5571649H01 Lock Assembly
16 23 4271651H01 Clip For Handle Pin
24 2271650H01 Pivot Pin, For Handle
13 3 25 MHLN6979_ * Controller Board
26 HLN6999_ Option Board W/ 3 Day Retention
14
2 HLN7000_ * Option Board For APX Mobile
27 0364332H02 TIB Screws (TIB Housing To Chassis) Assembly
15 * HLN7003_ Trunnion Mouting Kit
27
19 Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter. When ordering, refer to
your specific kit for this suffix letter.
* Applies to APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li
20
1

Figure 11-17. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li 100 W Remote Mount Radio Exploded View

6875964M01-J
Exploded Views and Parts Lists: Universal Relay Controller Exploded View and Parts List 11-19

11.18 Universal Relay Controller Exploded View and Parts List

Table 11-19. Universal Relay Controller Parts List
1 Item No. Motorola Part No. Description
1 0371889L03 M3X8MM, Machined Phillips Screw, EDBK
2 1578387A01 Top Housing
3 3275880M01 Main O-Ring
4 03012023001 M3X8MM, Machined TORX Screw
5 6500139768 Fuse
6 0975931M01 Connector Wire Harness
2 7 0275935M01 Nut, PCB Stud
8 3975932M01 Power Lug
9 PMLN5639_ URC Relay PCB Kit
10 PMLN5640_ URC Relay PCB Kit
3
11 32012001001 Seal, Power Cable Gland
12 42007054001 Power Cable Gland Assembly
13 32012036002 Gasket, Cable Gland (Power)
14 32012002001 Seal, Gasket and Ground Cable Gland
4 15 32012030001 Seal, RJ 45
16 42007054002 Ground Cable Gland Assembly
17 32012036001 Gasket, Cable Gland (Ground)
18 75012026001 Pad, Thermal, Hub Main Chassis
19 3278443A01 Seal, Port
20 27012007001 Chassis, Main, O9 Hub
5 6
21 3278310A01 Light Bar Gasket
7 22 4278307A01 Light Bar Gasket Retainer
9 23 54012001001 Label, Serial
Note: The underscore (_) used at the end of the kit number is replaced with the kit revision letter. When
8 ordering, refer to your specific kit for this suffix letter.

10
Table 11-20. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li / 2500 / 4500 Low/Mid Power RF Board
Motorola Part No. Description
11 MHUF4022_ * 7/800 Mid Power RF Board
MHUD4026_ * VHF Mid Power RF Board
18 12
MHUR4001_ APX 7500 7/800 / VHF Mid Power RF Board
19 13 MHUT4001_ APX 7500 VHF / UHF Range 1 Mid Power RF Board
MHUE4044_ * UHF RANGE 1 Mid Power RF Board
MHUS4002_ APX 7500 UHF RANGE 1 7/800 Mid Power RF Board
20 MHUE4001_ * UHF RANGE 2 Mid Power RF Board
MHUS4001_ APX 7500 UHF RANGE 2 7/800 Mid Power RF Board
14
21 PMLF4092_ APX 2500 / APX 4500/4500Li 7/800 RF Board
15
17 16 PMLD4554_ APX 2500 / APX 4500/4500Li VHF RF Board
22 PMLE4806_ APX 2500 / APX 4500/4500Li UHF R1 RF Board
PMLE4924_ APX 2500 / APX 4500/4500Li UHF R2 RF Board
Note: * Applies to APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li

14
23
1

Figure 11-18. Universal Relay Controller Exploded View

6875964M01-J
11-20 Exploded Views and Parts Lists: Universal Relay Controller Exploded View and Parts List

Table 11-21. APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500 Li 100 W Power RF Board
Motorola Part No. Description
MHUD4027_ * VHF High Power RF Board
MHUE4045_ * UHF Range 1 High Power RF Board
MHUR4000_ APX 7500 VHF High/ 7/800 Mid Power RF Board
MHUT4000_ APX 7500 VHF High/UHF Range 1 High Power RF Board
Note: * Applies to APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 / APX 6500 Li

Table 11-22. APX 2500 / 4500 / 4500Li Low/Mid Power Controller Board
Motorola Part No. Description
PMLN6299_ APX 2500 / APX 4500/4500Li Controller Service Kit without Secure
PMLN6176_ * APX 2500 / APX 4500 Controller Service Kit with Secure
Note: * Refer to Table 7-3 and Table 7-4 for secure algorithm details

6875964M01-J
Appendix A Accessories

Motorola provides the following approved optional accessories to improve the productivity of the
APX Mobile Radios.
For a complete list of Motorola-approved antennas, cables, and other accessories, visit the following
web site: http://www.motorolasolutions.com/APX.
On the website, search for APX Mobile Radios and you will see the accessories information beside
the specifications of the radio. You can also contact your dealer for more details.
A-2 Accessories

Notes

6875964M01-J
Appendix B EMEA Warranty, Service and Technical
Support

B.1 Warranty and Service Support

MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC. (“MOTOROLA”) offers long term support for its products. This
support includes full exchange and/or repair of the product during the warranty period, and service/
repair or spare parts support out of warranty. Any "return for exchange" or "return for repair" by an
authorized Motorola Dealer must be accompanied by a Warranty Claim Form. Warranty Claim
Forms are obtained by contacting an Authorized Motorola Dealer.

B.1.1 Warranty Period and Return Instructions

The terms and conditions of warranty are defined fully in the Motorola Dealer or Distributor or
Reseller contract. These conditions may change from time to time and the following notes are for
guidance purposes only.
In instances where the product is covered under a "return for replacement" or "return for repair"
warranty, a check of the product should be performed prior to shipping the unit back to Motorola.
This is to ensure that the product has been correctly programmed or has not been subjected to
damage outside the terms of the warranty.
Prior to shipping any radio back to the appropriate Motorola warranty depot, please contact
Customer Resources (See page B-3). All returns must be accompanied by a Warranty Claim Form,
available from your Customer Services representative. Products should be shipped back in the
original packaging, or correctly packaged to ensure no damage occurs in transit.

B.1.2 After Warranty Period

After the Warranty period, Motorola continues to support its products in two ways.
1. Motorola's Managed Technical Services (MTS) offers a repair service to both end users and
dealers at competitive prices.
2. MTS supplies individual parts and modules that can be purchased by dealers who are
technically capable of performing fault analysis and repair.
B-2 EMEA Warranty, Service and Technical Support: European Radio Support Centre (ERSC)

B.2 European Radio Support Centre (ERSC)

The ERSC Customer Information Desk is available through the following service numbers:

Austria: 08 00 29 75 41 Italy: 80 08 77 387

Belgium: 08 00 72 471 Luxemburg: 08 00 23 27

Denmark: 80 88 58 80 Netherlands: 08 00 22 45 13

Finland: 08 00 11 49 910 Norway: 80 01 11 15

France: 08 00 90 30 90 Portugal: 08 00 84 95 70

Germany: 08 00 18 75 240 Spain: 90 09 84 902

Greece: 00 80 04 91 29 020 Sweden: 02 07 94 307

UK : 08 00 96 90 95 Switzerland: 08 00 55 30 82

Ireland: 18 00 55 50 21 Iceland: 80 08 147

Or dial the European Repair and Service Centre:

Tel: +49 30 6686 1555
Fax: +49 30 6686 1579
Email: ERSC@motorolasolutions.com

Please use these numbers for repair enquiries only.

B.3 Piece Parts

Some replacement parts, spare parts, and/or product information can be ordered directly.
If a complete Motorola part number is assigned to the part, it is available from Motorola Radio
Products and Solutions Organization (RPSO). Some parts may have become obsolete and no
longer available in the market due to cancelations by the supplier. If no part number is assigned, the
part is not normally available from Motorola. If the part number is appended with an asterisk, the part
is serviceable by Motorola Depot only. If a parts list is not included, this generally means that no
user-serviceable parts are available for that kit or assembly.

Orders for replacement parts, kits and assemblies should be placed directly on Motorola's local
distribution/dealer organization or via Motorola Online at: http://www.motorola.com/emeaonline

* The Radio Products and Solutions Organization (RPSO) was formerly known as the Radio
Products Services Division (RPSD) and/or the Accessories and Aftermarket Division (AAD).

6875964M01-J
EMEA Warranty, Service and Technical Support: Technical Support B-3

B.4 Technical Support

Motorola Product Services is available to assist the dealer/distributors in resolving any malfunctions
which may be encountered.
North Europe - Stephen Woodrow Central and East Europe - Siggy Punzenberger
Telephone: +44 (0) 1256 488 082 Telephone: +49 (0) 6128 70 2342
Fax: +44 01256 488 080 Fax: +49 (0) 6128 95 1096
Email: CSW066@motorolasolutions.com Email: TFG003@motorolasolutions.com

Russia and Belarus - Andrey Nagornykh Germany - Customer Connect Team

Telephone: +7 495 787 8910 Telephone: +49 (0) 30 6686 1539
Fax: +7 495 785 0185 Fax: +49 (0) 30 6686 1916
Email: MWCB47@motorolasolutions.com Email: ESSC@motorolasolutions.com

Middle East and Africa - Wayne Holmes Italy - Ugo Gentile

Telephone: +49 (0)6126 957 6237 Telephone: +39 0 2822 0325
Fax: +49 (0)6126 957 6826 Fax: +39 0 2822 0334
Email: wayne.holmes@motorolasolutions.com Email: C13864@motorolasolutions.com

France - Armand Roy France - Laurent Irrmann

Telephone: +33 1 6935 7868 Telephone: +33 1 6935 7866
Fax: +33 1 6935 7808 Fax: +33 1 6935 7808
Email: armand.roy@motorolasolutions.com Email: laurent.irrmann@motorolasolutions.com

B.5 Further Assistance From Motorola

You can also contact the Customer Help Desk through the following web address.
http://www.motorola.com/Business/US-EN/Pages/Contact_Us

6875964M01-J
B-4 EMEA Warranty, Service and Technical Support: Further Assistance From Motorola

Notes

6875964M01-J
Appendix C LACR Replacement Parts Ordering and
Motorola Service Centers

C.1 Commercial Warranty

Limited Warranty
MOTOROLA COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS

I. What This Warranty Covers And For How Long

MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC. (“MOTOROLA”) warrants the MOTOROLA manufactured
Communication Products listed below (“Product”) against material defects in material and
workmanship under normal use and service for the period of time from the date of purchase as
scheduled below:

ASTRO APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 One (1) Year
/ APX 6500 Li / APX 2500 / APX 4500 /
APX 4500Li Mobile Radios

Product Accessories One (1) Year

Motorola will at its option and at no charge either repair the defective Product (with new or
reconditioned parts), replace it (with a new or reconditioned Product), or refund the purchase price of
the defective Product during the warranty period provided it is returned before the expiration of the
warranty period and in accordance with the terms of this warranty. Replaced Product, parts or boards
are warranted for the balance of the original applicable warranty period. All replaced Product, parts
or boards shall become the property of MOTOROLA.
This express limited warranty is extended by MOTOROLA to the original end user purchasing the
Product for commercial, industrial or governmental use only and is not assignable or transferable to
any other party. This is the complete warranty for the Product manufactured by MOTOROLA.
MOTOROLA assumes no obligations or liability for additions or modifications to this warranty unless
made in writing and signed by an officer of MOTOROLA. Unless made in a separate agreement
between MOTOROLA and the original purchaser, MOTOROLA does not warrant the installation,
maintenance or service of the Product.
MOTOROLA is not responsible in any way for any ancillary equipment not furnished by MOTOROLA
which is attached to or used in connection with the Product, or for operation of the Product with any
ancillary equipment, and all such equipment is expressly excluded from this warranty. Because each
system which may use the Product is unique, MOTOROLA disclaims liability for range, coverage, or
operation of the system in part or as a whole under this warranty.
C-2 LACR Replacement Parts Ordering and Motorola Service Centers Commercial Warranty

II. General Provisions

This warranty sets forth the full extent of MOTOROLA'S responsibilities regarding the Product.
Repair, replacement or refund of the purchase price, at MOTOROLA'S option, is the exclusive
remedy. THIS WARRANTY IS THE COMPLETE WARRANTY FOR THE PRODUCT AND IS GIVEN
IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR
CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO
EVENT SHALL MOTOROLA BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE PURCHASE PRICE
OF THE PRODUCT, FOR ANY COMMERCIAL LOSS; INCONVENIENCE; LOSS OF USE, TIME,
DATA, GOOD WILL, REVENUES, PROFITS OR SAVINGS; OR OTHER SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL,
INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO OR ARISING FROM
THE SALE OR USE OF THE PRODUCT.

III. How To Get Warranty Service

You must provide proof of purchase (bearing the date of purchase and Product item serial number)
in order to receive warranty service and deliver or send the Product item, transportation and
insurance prepaid, to an authorized warranty service location before the expiration of the warranty
period. Warranty service will be provided by Motorola through one of its authorized warranty service
locations. If you first contact the company which sold you the Product, it can facilitate your obtaining
warranty service. You can also open a Contact Us case on Motorola Online
(http://www.motorola.com/businessonline).

IV. What This Warranty Does Not Cover

This warranty does not cover:
A. Defects or damage resulting from use of the Product in other than its normal customary or
authorized manner.
B. Defects or damage from misuse, accident, liquid, lightning, neglect or act of God.
C. Defects or damage from testing, maintenance, installation, alteration, modification, or
adjustment not provided or authorized in writing by MOTOROLA.
D. Breakage or damage to antennas unless caused directly by defects in material or
workmanship.
E. A Product subjected to unauthorized Product modifications, disassemblies or repairs
(including, without limitation, the addition to the Product of non-Motorola supplied equipment)
which adversely affect performance of the Product or interfere with Motorola's normal
warranty inspection and testing of the Product to verify any warranty claim.
F. Product which has had the serial number removed or made illegible.
G. Freight costs to ship the Product to the repair depot.
H. Batteries (because they carry their own separate limited warranty) or consumables.
I. Customer’s failure to comply with all applicable industry and OSHA standards.
J. A Product which due to illegal or unauthorized alteration of the software/firmware in the
Product, does not function in accordance with MOTOROLA’s published specifications or the
FCC type acceptance labeling in effect for the Product at the time the Product was initially
distributed from MOTOROLA.
K. Scratches or other cosmetic damage to Product surfaces that does not affect the operation of
the Product.
L. Normal and customary wear and tear.

6875964M01-J
LACR Replacement Parts Ordering and Motorola Service Centers Replacement Parts Ordering C-3

V. Governing Law
This Warranty is governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, USA.

C.2 Replacement Parts Ordering

C.2.1 Basic Ordering Information
When ordering replacement parts or equipment information, the complete identification number
should be included. This applies to all components, kits, and chassis. If the component part number
is not known, the order should include the number of the chassis or kit of which it is a part, and
sufficient description of the desired component to identify it.

C.2.2 Motorola Online

Motorola Online users can access our online catalog at http://www.motorola.com/businessonline
To register for online access:
• Have your Motorola Customer number available.
• Please go to http://www.motorola.com/businessonline and click on “Sign Up Now.”
• Complete form and submit it.
• Contact your BDM to complete set-up and it will be done within 24 to 48 hours.

C.3 Motorola Service Centers

C.3.1 Servicing Information
If a unit requires further complete testing, knowledge and/or details of component level
troubleshooting or service than is customarily performed at the basic level, please send the radio to
a Motorola Service Center as listed below.

C.3.2 Motorola de México, S.A.

Bosques de Alisos 125
Col. Bosques de las Lomas CP 05120
México D.F.
México
Tel: (5) 257-6700

C.3.3 Motorola de Colombia, Ltd.

Carrera 7 No. 71-52
Bogota - Colombia
Tel: (571) 376-6990

6875964M01-J
C-4 LACR Replacement Parts Ordering and Motorola Service Centers Motorola Service Centers

Notes

6875964M01-J
Appendix D NAG Replacement Parts Ordering and
Motorola Service Centers

D.1 Commercial Warranty

Limited Warranty
MOTOROLA COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS

I. What This Warranty Covers And For How Long

MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC. (“MOTOROLA”) warrants the MOTOROLA manufactured
Communication Products listed below (“Product”) against material defects in material and
workmanship under normal use and service for the period of time from the date of purchase as
scheduled below:

ASTRO APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 One (1) Year
/ APX 6500 Li / APX 2500 / APX 4500 /
APX 4500Li Mobile Radios

Product Accessories One (1) Year

Motorola will at its option and at no charge either repair the defective Product (with new or
reconditioned parts), replace it (with a new or reconditioned Product), or refund the purchase price of
the defective Product during the warranty period provided it is returned before the expiration of the
warranty period and in accordance with the terms of this warranty. Replaced Product, parts or boards
are warranted for the balance of the original applicable warranty period. All replaced Product, parts
or boards shall become the property of MOTOROLA.
This express limited warranty is extended by MOTOROLA to the original end user purchasing the
Product for commercial, industrial or governmental use only and is not assignable or transferable to
any other party. This is the complete warranty for the Product manufactured by MOTOROLA.
MOTOROLA assumes no obligations or liability for additions or modifications to this warranty unless
made in writing and signed by an officer of MOTOROLA. Unless made in a separate agreement
between MOTOROLA and the original purchaser, MOTOROLA does not warrant the installation,
maintenance or service of the Product.
MOTOROLA is not responsible in any way for any ancillary equipment not furnished by MOTOROLA
which is attached to or used in connection with the Product, or for operation of the Product with any
ancillary equipment, and all such equipment is expressly excluded from this warranty. Because each
system which may use the Product is unique, MOTOROLA disclaims liability for range, coverage, or
operation of the system in part or as a whole under this warranty.
D-2 NAG Replacement Parts Ordering and Motorola Service Centers Commercial Warranty

II. General Provisions

This warranty sets forth the full extent of MOTOROLA'S responsibilities regarding the Product.
Repair, replacement or refund of the purchase price, at MOTOROLA'S option, is the exclusive
remedy. THIS WARRANTY IS THE COMPLETE WARRANTY FOR THE PRODUCT AND IS GIVEN
IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR
CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO
EVENT SHALL MOTOROLA BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE PURCHASE PRICE
OF THE PRODUCT, FOR ANY COMMERCIAL LOSS; INCONVENIENCE; LOSS OF USE, TIME,
DATA, GOOD WILL, REVENUES, PROFITS OR SAVINGS; OR OTHER SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL,
INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO OR ARISING FROM
THE SALE OR USE OF THE PRODUCT.

III. How To Get Warranty Service

You must provide proof of purchase (bearing the date of purchase and Product item serial number)
in order to receive warranty service and deliver or send the Product item, transportation and
insurance prepaid, to an authorized warranty service location before the expiration of the warranty
period. Warranty service will be provided by Motorola through one of its authorized warranty service
locations. If you first contact the company which sold you the Product, it can facilitate your obtaining
warranty service. You can also open a Contact Us case on Motorola Online
(http://www.motorola.com/businessonline).

IV. What This Warranty Does Not Cover

This warranty does not cover:
A. Defects or damage resulting from use of the Product in other than its normal customary or
authorized manner.
B. Defects or damage from misuse, accident, liquid, lightning, neglect or act of God.
C. Defects or damage from testing, maintenance, installation, alteration, modification, or
adjustment not provided or authorized in writing by MOTOROLA.
D. Breakage or damage to antennas unless caused directly by defects in material or
workmanship.
E. A Product subjected to unauthorized Product modifications, disassemblies or repairs
(including, without limitation, the addition to the Product of non-Motorola supplied equipment)
which adversely affect performance of the Product or interfere with Motorola's normal
warranty inspection and testing of the Product to verify any warranty claim.
F. Product which has had the serial number removed or made illegible.
G. Freight costs to ship the Product to the repair depot.
H. Batteries (because they carry their own separate limited warranty) or consumables.
I. Customer’s failure to comply with all applicable industry and OSHA standards.
J. A Product which due to illegal or unauthorized alteration of the software/firmware in the
Product, does not function in accordance with MOTOROLA’s published specifications or the
FCC type acceptance labeling in effect for the Product at the time the Product was initially
distributed from MOTOROLA.
K. Scratches or other cosmetic damage to Product surfaces that does not affect the operation of
the Product.
L. Normal and customary wear and tear.

V. Governing Law
This Warranty is governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, USA.

6875964M01-J
NAG Replacement Parts Ordering and Motorola Service Centers Replacement Parts Ordering D-3

D.2 Replacement Parts Ordering

D.2.1 Basic Ordering Information
When ordering replacement parts or equipment information, the complete identification number
should be included. This applies to all components, kits, and chassis. If the component part number
is not known, the order should include the number of the chassis or kit of which it is a part, and
sufficient description of the desired component to identify it.

D.2.2 Motorola Online

Motorola Online users can access our online catalog at
http://motorolasolutions.com/businessonline
To register for online access, please call 1-800-422-4210 (for U.S. and Canada Service Centers
only). International customers can obtain assistance at http://motorolasolutions.com/businessonline

D.2.3 Mail Orders

Mail orders are only accepted by the US Federal Government Markets Division (USFGMD).
Motorola
7031 Columbia Gateway Drive
3rd Floor - Order Processing
Columbia, MD 21046
U.S.A.

D.2.4 Telephone Orders

Radio Products and Solutions Organization*
(United States and Canada)
7:00 AM to 7:00 PM (Central Standard Time)
Monday through Friday (Chicago, U.S.A.)
1-800-422-4210
1-847-538-8023 (United States and Canada)
U.S. Federal Government Markets Division (USFGMD)
1-877-873-4668
8:30 AM to 5:00 PM (Eastern Standard Time)

D.2.5 Fax Orders

Radio Products and Solutions Organization*
(United States and Canada)
1-800-622-6210
1-847-576-3023 (United States and Canada)
USFGMD
(Federal Government Orders)
1-800-526-8641 (For Parts and Equipment Purchase Orders)

D.2.6 Parts Identification

Radio Products and Solutions Organization*
(United States and Canada)
1-800-422-4210

6875964M01-J
D-4 NAG Replacement Parts Ordering and Motorola Service Centers Motorola Service Centers

D.2.7 Product Customer Service

Radio Products and Solutions Organization (United States and Canada)
1-800-927-2744
* The Radio Products and Solutions Organization (RPSO) was formerly known as the Radio
Products Services Division (RPSD) and/or the Accessories and Aftermarket Division (AAD).

D.3 Motorola Service Centers

D.3.1 Servicing Information
If a unit requires further complete testing, knowledge and/or details of component level
troubleshooting or service than is customarily performed at the basic level, please send the repeater
to a Motorola Service Center as listed below.

D.3.2 Motorola Service Center

Motorola Repair
2214 Galvin Drive
Elgin, IL 60123
Tel: 1-800-221-7144

D.3.3 Motorola Federal Technical Center

10105 Senate Drive
Lanham, MD 20706
Tel: 1-800-969-6680
Fax: 1-800-784-4133

D.3.4 Motorola Canadian Technical Logistics Center

Motorola Canada Ltd.
8133 Warden Avenue
Markham, Ontario, L6G 1B3
Tel: 1-800-543-3222
Fax: 1-888-331-9872 or 1-905-948-5970

6875964M01-J
Appendix E Asia-Pacific Warranty, Service and
Technical Support

E.1 Commercial Warranty

Limited Warranty
MOTOROLA COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS

I. What This Warranty Covers And For How Long

MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC. (“MOTOROLA”) or its relevant subsidiary warrants the
MOTOROLA manufactured Communication Products listed below (“Product”) against material
defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for the period of time from the
date of purchase as scheduled below:

ASTRO APX 5500 / APX 6500 / APX 7500 One (1) Year
/ APX 6500 Li / APX 2500 / APX 4500 /
APX 4500Li Mobile Radios

Product Accessories One (1) Year

Motorola will at its option and at no charge either repair the defective Product (with new or
reconditioned parts), replace it (with a new or reconditioned Product), or refund the purchase price of
the defective Product during the warranty period provided it is returned before the expiration of the
warranty period and in accordance with the terms of this warranty. Replaced Product, parts or boards
are warranted for the balance of the original applicable warranty period. All replaced Product, parts
or boards shall become the property of MOTOROLA.
This express limited warranty is extended by MOTOROLA to the original end user purchasing the
Product for commercial, industrial or governmental use only and is not assignable or transferable to
any other party. This is the complete warranty for the Product manufactured by MOTOROLA.
MOTOROLA assumes no obligations or liability for additions or modifications to this warranty unless
made in writing and signed by a duly authorised officer of MOTOROLA. Unless made in a separate
agreement between MOTOROLA and the original purchaser, MOTOROLA does not warrant the
installation, maintenance or service of the Product.
MOTOROLA is not responsible in any way for any ancillary equipment not furnished by MOTOROLA
which is attached to or used in connection with the Product, or for operation of the Product with any
ancillary equipment, and all such equipment is expressly excluded from this warranty. Because each
system which may use the Product is unique, MOTOROLA disclaims liability for range, coverage, or
operation of the system in part or as a whole under this warranty.
E-2 Asia-Pacific Warranty, Service and Technical Support Commercial Warranty

II. General Provisions

This warranty sets forth the full extent of MOTOROLA'S responsibilities regarding the Product.
Repair, replacement or refund of the purchase price, at MOTOROLA'S option, is the exclusive
remedy. THIS WARRANTY IS THE COMPLETE WARRANTY FOR THE PRODUCT AND IS GIVEN
IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS, TO
THE FULL EXTENT PERMISSIBLE BY LAW, ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL
MOTOROLA BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE
PRODUCT, MOTOROLA SHALL NOT IN ANY EVENT BE LIABLE, FOR ANY COMMERCIAL
LOSS, INCONVENIENCE, LOSS OF USE, TIME, DATA, GOOD WILL, REVENUES, PROFITS OR
SAVINGS, INCREASED EXPENSE OF OPERATION, OR OTHER SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL,
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSSES OR DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO OR
ARISING FROM THE SALE, USE OR OPERATION OF THE PRODUCT.

III. How To Get Warranty Service

You must provide proof of purchase (bearing the date of purchase and Product item serial number)
in order to receive warranty service and deliver or send the Product item, transportation and
insurance prepaid, to an authorized warranty service location before the expiration of the warranty
period. Warranty service will be provided by Motorola through one of its authorized warranty service
locations. If you first contact the company which sold you the Product, it can facilitate your obtaining
warranty service. You can also open a Contact Us case on Motorola Online
(http://www.motorola.com/businessonline).
Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this warranty which the parties cannot amicably
resolve will be subject to the dispute resolution procedures set out in the agreement under which the
Product was supplied. If no such procedure exists, then such dispute shall be referred to and finally
resolved by the courts of the Republic of Singapore, to whose non exclusive jurisdiction the parties
submit.

IV. What This Warranty Does Not Cover

This warranty does not cover:
A. Defects or damage resulting from use of the Product in other than its normal customary or
authorized manner.
B. Defects or damage from misuse, accident, liquid, lightning, neglect or act of God.
C. Defects or damage from testing, maintenance, installation, alteration, modification, or
adjustment not provided or authorized in writing by MOTOROLA.
D. Breakage or damage to antennas unless caused directly by defects in material or
workmanship.
E. A Product subjected to unauthorized Product modifications, disassemblies or repairs
(including, without limitation, the addition to the Product of non-Motorola supplied equipment)
which adversely affect performance of the Product or interfere with Motorola's normal
warranty inspection and testing of the Product to verify any warranty claim.
F. Product which has had the serial number removed or made illegible.
G. Freight costs to ship the Product to the repair depot.
H. Batteries (because they carry their own separate limited warranty) or consumables.
I. Customer’s failure to comply with all applicable industry and OSHA standards.
J. A Product which due to illegal or unauthorized alteration of the software/firmware in the
Product, does not function in accordance with MOTOROLA’s published specifications or the
FCC type acceptance labeling in effect for the Product at the time the Product was initially
distributed from MOTOROLA.
6875964M01-J
Asia-Pacific Warranty, Service and Technical Support Further Assistance From Motorola E-3

K. Scratches or other cosmetic damage to Product surfaces that does not affect the operation of
the Product.
L. Normal and customary wear and tear.

V. After Warranty Period

After the Warranty Period, Motorola continues to support its Products in two ways.
1. MOTOROLA’s Managed Technical Services (MTS) offers a repair service to both end users
and dealers at competitive prices.
2. MTS supplies individual parts and modules that can be purchased by dealers who are
technically capable of performing fault analysis and repair.

E.2 Further Assistance From Motorola

If a unit requires further knowledge and service than its customarily performed practices at the basic
level, please contact Motorola Service Centre as listed below.

Australia +613-9847-7725

China Service Centre +86-10-84732106

Northern Area 10-800-713-0885

Southern Area 10-800-130-0867

Local In-Country +86 21 6108 6109

Alternate Number 10-800-152-1206

Hong Kong 852-2966-4823

India +91-9844218850

Indonesia +62-21-3043-5239

Japan Toll Free 00531-13-1127

Local In-Country (81) 335-708-643

Korea South +822-3497-3649

Malaysia +603-7809-0000

New Zealand Toll Free 0800-448-472

Local In-Country 9-913-1029

Phillipines +632 858-7500

Singapore +65-6352-6383

Taiwan +886-2-8729 8000

Thailand +662-653-220

E.3 Asia-Pacific Customer Interaction Centre (APCIC)

You can also contact Motorola Solutions Asia-Pacific Customer Interaction Centre (APCIC) through
the following web address: http://www.motorola.com/Business/US-EN/Support/Support+Contacts/
Phone+Support.

6875964M01-J
E-4 Asia-Pacific Warranty, Service and Technical Support Asia-Pacific Customer Interaction Centre (APCIC)

Notes

6875964M01-J
Appendix F Environmental Information

The ASTRO Digital APX mobile radios control head and transceiver was designed using Design for
Environment (DfE) principles.
• Motorola has used halogen-reduced printed circuit board material in the production of this
product.
• Motorola has used No-lead solder in the production of this product.
• There are no embedded batteries in this product.
• Motorola encourages reuse or recycling of the material used to manufacture this product.
Please contact Motorola at 1-888-567-7347 or your local sales representative for rebate pro-
grams and for the latest disassembly and recycling strategies.
• Please do not dispose of this product into a landfill.
F-2 Environmental Information:

Notes

6875964M01-J
Appendix G Maritime Radio Use in the VHF Frequency
Range

G.1 Special Channel Assignments

G.1.1 Emergency Channel
If you are in imminent and grave danger at sea and require emergency assistance, use VHF
Channel 16 to send a distress call to nearby vessels and the United States Coast Guard. Transmit
the following information, in this order:

1. “MAYDAY, MAYDAY, MAYDAY.”

2. “THIS IS _____________________, CALL SIGN __________.”

State the name of the vessel in distress 3 times, followed by the

call sign or other identification of the vessel, stated 3 times.

3. Repeat “MAYDAY” and the name of the vessel.

4. “WE ARE LOCATED AT _______________________.”

State the position of the vessel in distress, using any information

that will help responders to locate you, e.g.:

• latitude and longitude

• bearing (state whether you are using true or magnetic north)
• distance to a well-known landmark
• vessel course, speed or destination

5. State the nature of the distress.

6. Specify what kind of assistance you need.
7. State the number of persons on board and the number needing medical attention, if any.
8. Mention any other information that would be helpful to responders, such as type of vessel,
vessel length and/or tonnage, hull color, etc.
9. “OVER.”
10. Wait for a response.
11. If you do not receive an immediate response, remain by the radio and repeat the transmission
at intervals until you receive a response. Be prepared to follow any instructions given to you.

G.1.2 Non-Commercial Call Channel

For non-commercial transmissions, such as fishing reports, rendezvous arrangements, repair
scheduling, or berthing information, use VHF Channel 9.
G-2 Maritime Radio Use in the VHF Frequency Range Operating Frequency Requirements

G.2 Operating Frequency Requirements

A radio designated for shipboard use must comply with Federal Communications Commission Rule
Part 80 as follows:
• On ships subject to Part II of Title III of the Communications Act, the radio must be capable of
operating on the 156.800 MHz frequency.
• On ships subject to the Safety Convention, the radio must be capable of operating in the:
• Simplex mode on the ship station transmitting frequencies specified in the
156.025–157.425 MHz frequency band, and
• Semiduplex mode on the two frequency channels specified in the table below.

NOTE: Simplex channels 3, 21, 23, 61, 64, 81, 82, and 83 cannot be lawfully used by the general
public in US waters.
Additional information about operating requirements in the Maritime Services can be obtained from
the full text of FCC Rule Part 80 and from the US Coast Guard.

Frequency (MHz)
Channel
Number
Transmit (Tx) Receive (Rx)

1 156.050 160.650
2 156.100 160.700
* 156.150 160.750
4 156.200 160.800
5 156.250 160.850
6 156.300 –
7 156.350 160.950
8 156.400 –
9 156.450 156.450
10 156.500 156.500
11 156.550 156.550
12 156.600 156.600
13** 156.650 156.650
14 156.700 156.700
15** 156.750 156.750
16 156.800 156.800
17** 156.850 156.850

6875964M01-J
Maritime Radio Use in the VHF Frequency Range Operating Frequency Requirements G-3

Frequency (MHz)
Channel
Number
Transmit (Tx) Receive (Rx)

18 156.900 161.500
19 156.950 161.550
20 157.000 161.600
* 157.050 161.650
22 157.100 161.700
* 157.050 161.650
24 157.200 161.800
25 157.250 161.850
26 157.300 161.900
27 157.350 161.950
28 157.400 162.000
60 156.025 160.625
* 156.075 160.675
62 156.125 160.725
63 156.175 160.775
* 156.225 160.825
65 156.275 160.875
66 156.325 160.925
67** 156.375 156.375
68 156.425 156.425
69 156.475 156.475
71 156.575 156.575
72 156.625 –
73 156.675 156.675
74 156.725 156.725
75 *** ***
76 *** ***
77** 156.875 –

6875964M01-J
G-4 Maritime Radio Use in the VHF Frequency Range Operating Frequency Requirements

Frequency (MHz)
Channel
Number
Transmit (Tx) Receive (Rx)

78 156.925 161.525
79 156.975 161.575
80 157.025 161.625
* 157.075 161.675
* 157.125 161.725
* 157.175 161.775
84 157.225 161.825
85 157.275 161.875
86 157.325 161.925
87 157.375 161.975
88 157.425 162.025

* Simplex channels 3, 21, 23, 61, 64, 81, 82, and 83 cannot be lawfully used by the general
public in US waters.
** Low power (1 W) only.
*** Guard band.

NOTE: A – in the Receive (Rx) column indicates that the channel is transmit (Tx) only.

6875964M01-J
Master Glossary Glossary

This glossary contains an alphabetical listing of terms and their definitions that are applicable to
ASTRO portable and mobile subscriber radio products. All terms do not necessarily apply to all
radios, and some terms are merely generic in nature.
The Doc column is for information only and identifies the type of publication in which the term might
be appropriately listed. The Doc codes are listed at the end of the glossary. Do not include the Doc
column information in any other publications.

Term Definition

A/D See analog-to-digital conversion.

active channel A channel that has traffic on it.
ACK Acknowledgment of communication.
ADC See analog-to-digital converter.
ALC See automatic level control.
analog Refers to a continuously variable signal or a circuit or device designed
to handle such signals. See also digital.
analog-to-digital Conversion of an instantaneous dc voltage level to a corresponding
conversion digital value. See also D/A.
analog-to-digital A device that converts analog signals into digital data. See also DAC.
converter
ASTRO 25 trunking Motorola standard for wireless digital trunked communications.
ASTRO conventional Motorola standard for wireless analog or digital conventional
communications.
APCO 25 A standard of digital two-way radio communications, developed by the
Association of Public-Safety Communications Officials, providing
maximum radio spectrum efficiency; competition in system life cycle
procurements; effective, efficient and reliable intra-agency and inter-
agency communications; and “user friendly” equipment. See also
Association of Public-Safety Communications Officials.
Association of An association dedicated to an industry-wide effort (known as APCO 25
Public-Safety or Project 25) to set the recommended voluntary standards of uniform
Communications digital two-way radio technology for public safety organizations. This
Officials allows radio interoperability with multiple vendor products which are all
APCO 25 compatible. See also APCO 25.
automatic level A circuit in the transmit RF path that controls RF power amplifier output,
control provides leveling over frequency and voltage, and protects against high
VSWR.
Glossary-2

Term Definition

autoscan A feature that allows the radio to automatically scan the members of a
scan list.
band Frequencies allowed for a specific purpose.
BBP See baseband interface port.
baseband interface Synchronous serial interface to the transceiver board used to transfer
port transmit and receive audio data.
BGA See ball grid array.
ball grid array A type of IC package characterized by solder balls arranged in a grid
that are located on the underside of the package.
Call Alert Privately paging an individual by sending an audible tone.
carrier squelch Feature that responds to the presence of an RF carrier by opening or
unmuting (turning on) a receiver's audio circuit. A squelch circuit
silences the radio when no signal is being received so that the user
does not have to listen to “noise.”
central controller A software-controlled, computer-driven device that receives and
generates data for the trunked radios assigned to it. It monitors and
directs the operations of the trunked repeaters.
channel A group of characteristics, such as transmit/receive frequency pairs,
radio parameters, and encryption encoding.
CAN Controller Area Network protocol. The CAN cable is the remote
communications cable which provides audio, data, and power signaling
information between the Control head and the Transceiver.
CHIB Control Head Interface Board. Used to provide functionality /
connectivity between the CHUC and control head.
CHUC Control Head Universal Connector. A separate board which provides
connectivity to the CHIB and control head.
CODEC See coder/decoder.
coded squelch Used on conventional channels to ensure that the receiver hears only
those communications intended for the receiver.
coder/decoder A device that encodes or decodes a signal.
control channel In a trunking system, one of the channels that is used to provide a
continuous, two-way/data-communications path between the central
controller and all radios on the system.
conventional Typically refers to radio-to-radio communications, sometimes through a
repeater. Frequencies are shared with other users without the aid of a
central controller to assign communications channels. See also
trunking.

6875964M01-J
 Glossary-3

Term Definition

conventional scan A scan list that includes only conventional channels.

list
CPS See Customer Programming Software.
cursor A visual tracking marker (a blinking line) that indicates a location on a
display.
Customer Software with a graphical user interface containing the feature set of an
Programming ASTRO radio.
Software
C4FM See Constant Envelope 4-Level Frequency Modulation.
Constant Envelope Also referred to as a 4-carrier modulation format where the carrier is
4-Level Frequency shifted in frequency at a particular rate (time) to a particular location
Modulation around a center frequency. This allows for each of the 4 "states" to
represent a binary number. Each state is a "DiBit" or "Symbol" which
contains two bits of information
D/A See digital-to-analog conversion.
DAC See digital-to-analog converter.
deadlock Displayed by the radio after three failed attempts to unlock the radio.The
radio must be powered off and on prior to another attempt.
default A pre-defined set of parameters.
DEK Direct Entry Keyboard.
digital Refers to data that is stored or transmitted as a sequence of discrete
symbols from a finite set; most commonly this means binary data
represented using electronic or electromagnetic signals. See also
analog.
digital-to-analog Conversion of a digital signal to a voltage that is proportional to the input
conversion value. See also A/D.
digital-to-analog A device that converts digital data into analog signals. See also ADC.
converter
Digital Private-Line A type of digital communications that utilizes privacy call, as well as
memory channel and busy channel lock out to enhance communication
efficiency.
digital signal A microcontroller specifically designed for performing the mathematics
processor involved in manipulating analog information, such as sound, that has
been converted into a digital form. DSP also implies the use of a data
compression technique.

6875964M01-J
Glossary-4

Term Definition

digital signal Object code executed by the Digital Signal Processor in an ASTRO
processor code subscriber radio. The DSP is responsible for computation-intensive
tasks, such as decoding ASTRO signaling.
dispatcher An individual who has radio-system management duties and
responsibilities.
DPL See Digital Private-Line. See also PL.
DSP See digital signal processor.
DSP code See digital signal processor code.
DTMF See dual tone multi-frequency.
dual tone multi- The system used by touch-tone telephones. DTMF assigns a specific
frequency frequency, or tone, to each key so that it can easily be identified by a
microprocessor.
dynamic regrouping A feature that allows the dispatcher to temporarily reassign selected
radios to a single special channel so they can communicate with each
other.
EEPOT Electrically Programmable Digital Potentiometer.
EEPROM See Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory.
Electrically Erasable A special type of PROM that can be erased by exposing it to an
Programmable electrical charge. An EEPROM retains its contents even when the
Read-Only Memory power is turned off.
Failsoft A backup system that allows communication in a non-trunked,
conventional mode if the trunked system fails.
FCC Federal Communications Commission.
firmware Code executed by an embedded processor such as the Host or DSP in
a subscriber radio. This type of code is typically resident in non-volatile
memory and as such is more difficult to change than code executed
from RAM.
FGU See frequency generation unit.
flash A non-volatile memory device similar to an EEPROM. Flash memory
can be erased and reprogrammed in blocks instead of one byte at a
time.
FLASHcode A 13-digit code which uniquely identifies the System Software Package
and Software Revenue Options that are enabled in a particular
subscriber radio. FLASHcodes are only applicable for radios which are
upgradeable through the FLASHport process.

6875964M01-J
 Glossary-5

Term Definition

FLASHport A Motorola term that describes the ability of a radio to change memory.
Every FLASHport radio contains a FLASHport EEPROM or FLASH
memory chip that can be software written and rewritten to, again and
again.
frequency Number of times a complete electromagnetic-wave cycle occurs in a
fixed unit of time (usually one second).
frequency This unit generates ultra-stable, low phase noise master clock and other
generation unit derived synchronization clocks that are distributed throughout the
communication network.
FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array.
General-Purpose Pins whose function is programmable.
Input/Output
GPIO See General-Purpose Input/Output.
GPS Global Positioning System.
hang up Disconnect.
home display The first information display shown after a radio completes its self test.
host code Object code executed by the host processor in an ASTRO subscriber
radio. The host is responsible for control-oriented tasks such as
decoding and responding to user inputs.
IC See integrated circuit.
IF Intermediate Frequency.
IMBE A sub-band, voice-encoding algorithm used in ASTRO digital voice.
inbound signaling Data transmitted on the control channel from a subscriber unit to the
word central control unit.
integrated circuit An assembly of interconnected components on a small semiconductor
chip, usually made of silicon. One chip can contain millions of
microscopic components and perform many functions.
ISW See inbound signaling word.
key-variable loader A device used to load encryption keys into a radio.
kHz See kilohertz.
kilohertz One thousand cycles per second. Used especially as a radio-frequency
unit.
KVL See key-variable loader.
LCD See liquid-crystal display.

6875964M01-J
Glossary-6

Term Definition

LED See light emitting diode.

light emitting diode An electronic device that lights up when electricity is passed through it.
liquid-crystal display An LCD uses two sheets of polarizing material with a liquid-crystal
solution between them. An electric current passed through the liquid
causes the crystals to align so that light cannot pass through them.
LO See Local oscillator.
Local Oscillator Oscillator used in a super heterodyne receiver to down-convert a
received signal to the intermediate frequency.
low-speed 150-baud digital data sent to the radio during trunked operation while
handshake receiving audio.
LSH See low-speed handshake.
Mako A multi-functional IC, incorporating a power Management functions, A/D
and D/A interfaces, various Audio processing capabilities, and some
additional digital functions.
Master In Slave Out SPI data line from a peripheral to the MCU.
Master Out Slave In SPI data line from the MCU to a peripheral.
MCU See microcontroller unit.
MDC Motorola Digital Communications.
MDI MCU/DSP Interface internal to the microprocessor IC.
menu entry A software-activated feature shown at the bottom of the display.
Selection of a feature is controlled by the programming of the buttons on
the side of the radio.
MHz See Megahertz.
Megahertz One million cycles per second. Used especially as a radio-frequency
unit.
microcontroller unit Also written as µC. A microprocessor that contains RAM and ROM
components, as well as communications and programming components
and peripherals.
MISO See Master In Slave Out.
MMP Mobile Microphone Port. Used to connect accessories and
programming cables to the control head and the TIB.
mode A programmed combination of operating parameters; for example, a
channel or talkgroup.
mode slaving A radio programmed to automatically provide the proper operation for a
given selected mode.

6875964M01-J
 Glossary-7

Term Definition

monitoring Used in conventional operation where the programmed monitor button

is pressed to listen to another user who is active on a channel. This
prevents one user from interfering with another user’s conversation.
MOSI See Master Out Slave In.
multiplexer An electronic device that combines several signals for transmission on
some shared medium (e.g., a telephone wire).
MUX See multiplexer.
Network Access Network Access Code (NAC) operates on digital channels to reduce
Code voice channel interference between adjacent systems and sites.
non-tactical/revert The user will talk on a preprogrammed emergency channel. The
emergency alarm is sent out on this same channel.
O2 Mobile Control Head for XTL 5000 and APX mobile radios.
O3 Hand Held Control head for XTL 5000 and APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 /
6500Li / 2500 radios.
O5 Mobile Control Head for XTL 5000 and APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li
radios.
O7 Mobile Control Head for XTL 5000 and APX 5500 / 6500 / 7500 / 6500Li
/ 2500 radios.
O9 Mobile Control Head for XTL 5000 and APX 7500 radios.
OMAP An ARM core microcontroller.
open architecture A controller configuration that utilizes a microprocessor with extended
ROM, RAM, and EEPROM.
oscillator An electronic device that produces alternating electric current and
commonly employs tuned circuits and amplifying components.
OSW See outbound signaling word.
OTAR See over-the-air rekeying.
outbound signaling Data transmitted on the control channel from the central controller to the
word subscriber unit.
over-the-air rekeying Allows the dispatcher to remotely reprogram the encryption keys in the
radio.
PA Power amplifier.
page A one-way alert with audio and/or display messages.
paging One-way communication that alerts the receiver to retrieve a message.
PC Board Printed Circuit Board. Also referred to as a PCB.

6875964M01-J
Glossary-8

Term Definition

PCIC See Power Control IC.

personality A set of unique features specific to a radio.
phase-locked loop A circuit in which an oscillator is kept in phase with a reference, usually
after passing through a frequency divider.
PL See private-line tone squelch.
PLL See phase-locked loop.
Power Control IC The power control IC is intended for closed-loop bias control of power
amplifiers. The device facilitates accurate control of the current
delivered to the power amplifier (PA) via a control voltage.
preprogrammed A software feature that has been activated by a qualified radio
technician.
Private A feature that lets you have a private conversation with another radio
(Conversatiion) Call user in the group.
PMR See Publication Manual Revision
private-line tone A continuous sub-audible tone that is transmitted along with the carrier.
squelch See also DPL.
programmable A radio control that can have a radio feature assigned to it.
Programmable A memory chip on which data can be written only once. Once data has
Read-Only Memory been written onto a PROM, it remains there forever.
programming cable A cable that allows the CPS to communicate directly with the radio
using RS232 or USB.
Project 25 See APCO 25.
PROM See Programmable Read-Only Memory.
PTT See Push-to-Talk.
Publication Manual A publication that provides supplemental information for its parent
Revision publication before it is revised and reissued.
Push-to-Talk The switch or button usually located on the left side of the radio which,
when pressed, causes the radio to transmit. When the PTT is released,
the unit returns to receive operation.
radio frequency The portion of the electromagnetic spectrum between audio sound and
infrared light (approximately 10 kHz to 10 GHz).
radio frequency Amplifier having one or more active devices to amplify radio signals.
power amplifier
RAM See random access memory.

6875964M01-J
 Glossary-9

Term Definition

random access A type of computer memory that can be accessed randomly; that is, any
memory byte of memory can be accessed without touching the preceding bytes.
read-only memory A type of computer memory on which data has been prerecorded. Once
data has been written onto a ROM chip, it cannot be removed and can
only be read.
real-time clock A module that keeps track of elapsed time even when a computer is
turned off.
receiver Electronic device that amplifies RF signals. A receiver separates the
audio signal from the RF carrier, amplifies it, and converts it back to the
original sound waves.
registers Short-term data-storage circuits within the microcontroller unit or
programmable logic IC.
repeater Remote transmit/receive facility that re-transmits received signals in
order to improve communications range and coverage (conventional
operation).
repeater/talkaround A conventional radio feature that permits communication through a
receive/transmit facility, which re-transmits received signals in order to
improve communication range and coverage.
RESET Reset line: an input to the microcontroller that restarts execution.
RF See radio frequency.
RF PA See radio frequency power amplifier.
ROM See read-only memory.
RPT/TA See repeater/talkaround.
RS232 A common interface standard for data communications equipment.
RSSI Received Signal Strength Indicator.
RTC See real-time clock.
RX Receive.
RX DATA Recovered digital data line.
SAP See Serial Audio Port.
selective call A feature that allows you to call a selected individual, intended to
provide privacy and to eliminate the annoyance of having to listen to
conversations of no interest to you.
selective switch Any digital P25 traffic having the correct Network Access Code and the
correct talkgroup.

6875964M01-J
Glossary-10

Term Definition

Serial Audio Port SSI to and from the CODEC used to transfer transmit and receive audio
data.
Serial Peripheral A serial interface comprised of two data lines and a clock line. This
Interface interface is typically used to communicate with other modules and ICs in
the radio.
signal An electrically transmitted electromagnetic wave.
Signal Qualifier An operating mode in which the radio is muted, but still continues to
mode analyze receive data to determine RX signal type.
softpot See software potentiometer.
software Computer programs, procedures, rules, documentation, and data
pertaining to the operation of a system.
software A computer-adjustable electronic attenuator.
potentiometer
spectrum Frequency range within which radiation has specific characteristics.
SPI See Serial Peripheral Interface.
squelch Muting of audio circuits when received signal levels fall below a pre-
determined value. With carrier squelch, all channel activity that exceeds
the radio’s preset squelch level can be heard.
SRAM See static RAM.
SSI See Synchronous Serial Interface.
Standby mode An operating mode in which the radio is muted but still continues to
monitor data.
static RAM A type of memory used for volatile, program/data memory that does not
need to be refreshed.
status calls Pre-defined text messages that allow the user to send a conditional
message without talking.
Synchronous Serial DSP interface to peripherals that consists of a clock signal line, a frame
Interface synchronization signal line, and a data line.
system central Main control unit of the trunked dispatch system; handles ISW and
controllers OSW messages to and from subscriber units (See ISW and OSW).
tactical/non-revert The user will talk on the channel that was selected before the radio
entered the emergency state.
TalkAround Bypassing a repeater and talking directly to another unit for local unit-to-
unit communications.

6875964M01-J
 Glossary-11

Term Definition

talkgroup An organization or group of radio users who communicate with each

other using the same communications path.
talkgroup scan list A scan list that can include both talkgroups (trunked) and channels
(conventional).
thin small-outline A type of dynamic random-access memory (DRAM) package that is
package commonly used in memory applications.
TIB Transceiver Interface Board. Provides connectivity between transceiver
and the CAN cable. Also, interface for accessories when TIB is used on
a highpower transceiver.
time-out timer A timer that limits the length of a transmission.
tone A continuous, sub-audible tone transmitted with the carrier.
TOT See time-out timer.
transceiver Transmitter-receiver. A device that both transmits and receives analog
or digital signals. Also abbreviated as XCVR.
transmitter Electronic equipment that generates and amplifies an RF carrier signal,
modulates the signal, and then radiates it into space.
trunking The automatic sharing of communications paths between a large
number of users. Allows users to share a smaller number of frequencies
because a repeater or communications path is assigned to a talkgroup
for the duration of a conversation. See also conventional.
trunking priority A scan list that includes talkgroups that are all from the same trunking
monitor scan list system.
TSOP See thin small-outline package.
TX Transmit.
UART See Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter.
UHF Ultra-High Frequency.
USK Unique shadow key.

Universal A microchip with programming that controls a computer's interface to its

Asynchronous attached serial devices.
Receiver Transmitter
UCM Universal Crypto Module
Universal Serial Bus An external bus standard that supports data transfer rates of 12 Mbps.
USB See Universal Serial Bus.
VCO See voltage-controlled oscillator.

6875964M01-J
Glossary-12

Term Definition

VCOB IC Voltage-Controlled Oscillator Buffer IC.

VHF Very-High Frequency.
VIP Vehicle Interface Port.
VOCON See vocoder/controller.
vocoder An electronic device for synthesizing speech by implementing a
compression algorithm particular to voice. See also voice encoder.
vocoder/controller A PC board that contains an ASTRO radio’s microcontroller, DSP,
memory, audio and power functions, and interface support circuitry.
voice encoder The DSP-based system for digitally processing analog signals, and
includes the capabilities of performing voice compression algorithms or
voice encoding. See also vocoder.
voltage-controlled An oscillator in which the frequency of oscillation can be varied by
oscillator changing a control voltage.

6875964M01-J
Index Index E
encryption
advanced secure operation ................................... 7-3
Numerics conventional multikey ............................................ 7-3
erasing
700-800 MHz radio specifications ........................ cccxiv a single key ........................................................ 7-3
all keys ............................................................... 7-4
key loading ............................................................ 7-2
A multikey operation ................................................. 7-3
over-the-air rekeying .............................................. 7-4
accessory connector, J2 ............................................9-3 secure
advanced secure operation .......................................7-3 dispatch operation .............................................. 7-2
alignment procedures emergency operation ......................................... 7-2
power detector calibration ....................................6-10 interface boards ................................................. 7-1
reference oscillator ................................................6-8 status annunciator .............................................. 7-2
tuner introduction ...................................................6-1 trunked multikey .................................................... 7-3
Tx current limit .....................................................6-13 environmental information .........................................F-1
Tx deviation balance (compensation) ..................6-16 erasing
Tx power characterization .................................... 6-11 all encryption keys ................................................. 7-4
analog mode of operation ........................................3-38 single encryption key ............................................. 7-3
annunciator, secure status ........................................7-2 exploded view 11-11, 11-12, 11-13, 11-14, 11-15, 11-16,
ASTRO mode of operation ......................................3-38 11-17
audio PA Out bias ....................................................9-15

F
B
fastener torque values .......................................... 8-115
bit error rate (BER) test ...........................................6-18 field programming
block diagram, functional .........................................10-2 equipment .............................................................. 4-5
FLASH IC .................................................................. 3-8
FLASHport technology .............................................. 1-4
C frequencies, test .................................................5-3, 5-4
frequency generation unit (FGU) theory of operation
chassis pad replacement ....................................... 8-112 VHF ..................................................................... 3-43
codes front-panel access test-mode displays ...................... 5-2
operational error ..................................................9-16 functional block diagram ......................................... 10-2
power-up error .....................................................9-15
connector
locations ..................................................10-13, 10-14 H
connectors, radio
locations ..................................................10-13, 10-14 handling precautions ................................................. 2-3
control head heatsinking precautions, RF PA ................................ 2-3
theory of operation ...............................................3-18
controller section, radio .............................................3-2
copyrights I
computer software ....................................................iii
document ..................................................................iii I/O disclaimer .......................................................... 9-14

D J
dash-mount vehicle interface port ...........................3-28 J2 accessory connector ............................................ 9-3
descriptions
radio .......................................................................1-2
disassembly/reassembly
L
introduction ............................................................8-1
loading encryption keys ............................................. 7-2
radio
disassembly .....................................................8-35
reassembly .......................................................8-72 M
required tools and supplies ....................................8-1
disclaimer information ..................................................iii maintenance
displays, front-panel access test-mode .....................5-2 cleaning
external plastic surfaces .................................... 2-2
general ............................................................... 2-2
Index-ii

internal circuit boards and components ............. 2-2 preventive maintenance, periodic ............................. 2-1
general radio care ................................................. 2-2 product safety information ........................................... iii
handling instructions ............................................. 2-2 programming
inspection .............................................................. 2-1 equipment, field ..................................................... 4-5
preventive .............................................................. 2-1
manual
notations ................................................................ 1-1 R
revisions ................................................................... iii
microphone bias ..................................................... 9-15 radio
microprocessor ......................................................... 3-8 connectors
mode locations ............................................. 10-13, 10-14
analog operation ................................................. 3-38 descriptions ........................................................... 1-2
ASTRO operation ................................................ 3-38 information screen ................................................ 6-3
control-head test ............................................ 5-5, 5-6 specifications
performance checks test ....................................... 5-1 700-800 MHz .................................................cccxiv
RF test ................................................................... 5-3 VHF ........................................... cccviii, cccx, cccxii
model numbering scheme ........................................ xxxi upgrading with FLASHport .................................... 1-4
multikey operation radio care and handling instructions, general ........... 2-2
conventional .......................................................... 7-3 receiver
introduction ............................................................ 7-3 700-800 MHz
trunked .................................................................. 7-3 front-end .......................................................... 3-42
IF circuitry ........................................................ 3-42
mixer ................................................................ 3-42
N theory of operation .......................................... 3-42
performance checks ............................................ 5-10
notations troubleshooting ................................................... 9-18
manual .................................................................. 1-1 VHF
warning, caution, and danger ................................ 1-1 front-end ................................................. 3-40, 3-41
IF circuitry ............................................... 3-40, 3-41
mixer ....................................................... 3-40, 3-41
O recycling information, radio ....................................... F-1
reference oscillator alignment ................................... 6-8
operation replacement parts, ordering ...................................... B-1
advanced secure ................................................... 7-3 replacement, chassis pad ......................................8-112
analog mode ....................................................... 3-38 RF exposure compliance information .......................... iii
ASTRO mode ...................................................... 3-38 RF PA
control head ........................................................ 3-18 circuit protection .................................................. 3-39
conventional multikey ............................................ 7-3 DC interconnect .................................................. 3-40
multikey ................................................................. 7-3 gain stages .......................................................... 3-39
trunked multikey .................................................... 7-3 heatsinking precautions ........................................ 2-3
operational error codes ........................................... 9-16 power control ...................................................... 3-39
ordering replacement parts .......................................B-1 RF test mode ............................................................ 5-3
over-the-air rekeying ................................................. 7-4
overview, basic theory .............................................. 3-1
S
P screen, tuner
main menu ............................................................ 6-2
pad replacement, chassis ..................................... 8-112 radio information ................................................... 6-3
parts list transmit current limit alignment .................. 6-13, 6-15
control head .....................11-2, 11-3, 11-4, 11-5, 11-6 secure
radio . 11-11, 11-12, 11-13, 11-14, 11-15, 11-16, 11-17 dispatch operation ................................................. 7-2
radio (100 W) ..........................................11-18, 11-19 emergency operation ............................................ 7-2
transceiver interface board ................................ 11-10 interface boards .................................................... 7-1
parts, ordering replacement ......................................B-1 status annunciator ................................................. 7-2
performance checks service aids, recommended ...................................... 4-3
overview ................................................................ 5-1 signaling types .......................................................... 5-4
receiver ............................................................... 5-10 specifications, radio
signaling types ...................................................... 5-4 700-800 MHz ....................................................cccxiv
test VHF ............................................... cccviii, cccx, cccxii
frequencies ................................................. 5-3, 5-4 SRAM IC ................................................................... 3-8
mode .................................................................. 5-1
setup .................................................................. 5-1
transmitter ........................................................... 5-11 T
power detector calibration alignment ...................... 6-10
power-up error codes .............................................. 9-15 test

6875964M01-J
 Index-iii

bit error rate (BER) .............................................. 6-18 trademark information .................................................. iii
equipment, recommended .................................... 4-1 transmit current limit alignment screen .......... 6-13, 6-15
frequencies ..................................................... 5-3, 5-4 transmitter
setup, performance checks ................................... 5-1 performance checks .............................................5-11
transmitter test pattern ........................................ 6-19 troubleshooting ................................................... 9-17
test mode transmitter test pattern test ..................................... 6-19
control-head ................................................... 5-5, 5-6 troubleshooting
displays ................................................................. 5-2 audio PA Out bias ............................................... 9-15
performance checks .............................................. 5-1 I/O disclaimer ...................................................... 9-14
RF ......................................................................... 5-3 introduction ........................................................... 9-1
theory of operation J2 accessory connector ........................................ 9-3
700-800 MHz microphone bias .................................................. 9-15
receiver operational error codes ....................................... 9-16
component blocks ........................................ 3-42 power-up error codes .......................................... 9-15
front-end ....................................................... 3-42 receiver ............................................................... 9-18
IF circuitry .................................................... 3-42 replacing boards ................................................. 9-15
mixer ............................................................ 3-42 transmitter ........................................................... 9-17
analog mode ....................................................... 3-38 trunked multikey operation ....................................... 7-3
ASTRO mode ...................................................... 3-38 tuner
control head main menu screen ................................................ 6-2
vehicle interface port radio alignment introduction .................................. 6-1
dash-mount .................................................. 3-28 screen
controller section ................................................... 3-2 main menu ......................................................... 6-2
daughtercard module radio information ................................................ 6-3
FLASH IC .......................................................... 3-8 transmit current limit alignment .............. 6-13, 6-15
microprocessor .................................................. 3-8 Tx current limit alignment ....................................... 6-13
SRAM IC ............................................................ 3-8 Tx deviation balance (compensation) alignment .... 6-16
output network section components .................... 3-39 Tx power characterization alignment .......................6-11
overview ................................................................ 3-1 types of signaling ...................................................... 5-4
radio-frequency power amplifier
circuit protection .............................................. 3-39
components ..................................................... 3-39 V
DC interconnect ............................................... 3-40
gain stages ...................................................... 3-39 vehicle interface port
power control ................................................... 3-39 dash-mount ......................................................... 3-28
VHF VHF radio specifications ................... cccviii, cccx, cccxii
frequency generation unit (FGU) ..................... 3-43 view, exploded 11-11, 11-12, 11-13, 11-14, 11-15, 11-16,
receiver 11-17
front-end .............................................. 3-40, 3-41
IF circuitry ........................................... 3-40, 3-41 W
mixer ................................................... 3-40, 3-41
tools required, disassembly/reassembly ................... 8-1 warning, caution, and danger notations .................... 1-1
tools, recommended ................................................. 4-3 warranty information ................................................ xxix
torque values, fastener ......................................... 8-115

6875964M01-J
Index-iv

Notes

6875964M01-J
Motorola Solutions, Inc.
1303 East Algonquin Road
Schaumburg, Illinois 60196 U.S.A.

MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and

the Stylized M logo are trademarks or registered trademarks
of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
© 2009 – 2013 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved.
June 2013.

www.motorolasolutions.com/APX

*6875964M01*
6875964M01-J